(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

BOARD OF 
REGENTS 



Mr. Allen L. Schwait, Chairman 

Mr. Ralph W. Frey, Vice Chairman 

Mr. A. Paul Moss, Secretary 

Mrs. Constance C. Stuart, Treasurer 

Mrs. Betty R. Coss, Assistant Secretary 

Ms. Claudia Ordonez, Assistant Treasurer 

The Hon. Wayne A. Cawley, Jr., Ex Officio 

Dr. Joel A. Carrington 

Mr. A. James Clark 

Mr. Frank A. Gunther, Jr. 

The Hon. Blair Lee, III 

Mr. George V. McGowan 

Mr. Albert W. Turner 

Mr. J. Benjamin Unkle, Jr. 

Mr. John W. T. Webb 



OFFICERS OF THE 
UNIVERSITY 





Mr 




Dr. 




Dr. 




Dr. 




Mr 




Mr 


OFFICERS OF THE 


Dr. 


COLLEGE PARK 


Dr. 


CAMPUS 


Mr 



Dr. John S. Toll, President 
Dr. Albert H. Bowker, Executive Vice President 
Dr. Rita R. Colwell, Vice President for Academic Affairs 
(vacant), Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and Provost 
for Agricultural and Life Sciences 

Donald L. Myers. Vice President for General Administration 
Patricia S. Florestano, Vice President for Governmental 
Relations 

David S. Sparks. Vice President for Graduate Studies 
and Research 

Leroy Keith, Jr., Vice President for Policy and Planning 
Robert G. Smith, Vice President for University Relations 
Richard P. Siemer, Acting Comptroller 



John B. Slaughter. Chancellor 

William E. Kirwan, Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
Charles F. Sturtz. Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 
Dr. William L. Thomas, Jr. Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 



THE GRADUATE 
SCHOOL, COLLEGE 
PARK CAMPUS 



Dr. Arnold Thackray, Dean for Graduate Studies 
and Research 
(effective December 1, 1985) 



GRADUATE CATALOG 



1986 




Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1986univ 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Graduate Program 

Aerospace Engineering 
(ENAE) 



Agricultural & Extension Education 
(AEED) 



Degrees Offered 

M S . PhD 



M.S.. Ph D . 
AGS Certificate 



Agricultural & Resource Economics 
(AREC) 


M S. PhD. 


Agricultural Engineering 
(ENAG) 


MS , Ph D 


Agronomy 
(AGRO) 


MS . Ph D 


American Studies 
(AMST) 


MA. PhD 


Animal Sciences 
(ADVP) 


M.S., Ph.D. 


Anthropology 
(ANTH) 


M AA 


Applied Mathematics 
(MAPL) 


MA . Ph D 


Architecture 
(ARCH) 


M Arch 


Art (History or Studio Arts) 
(ARTS) 


MA.MF/ 


Astronomy 
(ASTR) 


MS. Ph.D. 


Biochemistry 
(BCHM) 


MS. Ph.D. 


Botany 
(BOTN) 


MS.. Ph.D. 


Business & Management 
(BMGT) 


MS.. MB./ 


Business/Law Combined 
(LMBA) 


MBA, J D 



Business/Public Affairs Combined 
(BMPM) 



MBA. M.P.M. 



Page Contact Person 

59 Dr Sung Lee 

BLDG 094 
454-8767 

63 Dr Clifford Nelson 

RM 0220. Symons Hall 
454-3738 

67 Dr Bruce Gardner 

RM 2202A, Symons Hall 
454-3806 

71 Dr Fred Wheaton 

RM 1124. Shriver Lab 
454-3901 

74 Dr James Miller 

RM 1109. HJ. Patterson Hall 
454-3718 

78 Dr John Caughey 

RM 2140, Taliaferro 
454-4661 

81 Dr John Vandersall 

RM. 4151, Animal Science Bldg 
454-7848 

88 Ms AnnaMarie Brennan 

RM 1107. Woods Hall 
454-4154 

92 Ms. Ann Barlied 

RM 1112, Glenn L. Martin Bldg 
454-4362 

100 Stephen F. Sachs 

RM 1205. Architec Bldg. 
454-3427 

106 Ms Julie Mamani 
RM 1211. Art/Soc 
454-3431 

113 Dr Leo Blitz 

Astronomy Program 
454-6061 

117 Dr Marcia Durso 

RM. 1320. Chemistry 
454-5231 

119 Dr Glenn Patterson 

RM. 1210. H.J Patterson Hall 
454-3812 

124 Ms Mary Ann Conley 
MBA Coordinator 
RM 3104. Tydings Hall 
454-5140 

127 Ms Mary Ann Conley 
RM 3104, Tydings Hall 
454-5140 

128 Ms Mary Ann Conley 
RM 3104, Tydings Hall 
454-5140 



Graduate Program 

Chemical Engineering 
(ENCH) 



Chemical Physics 
(CHPH) 



Chemistry 
(CHEM) 



Civil Engineering 
(ENCE) 



Communication Arts & Theatre 
(CMRT) 



Comparative Literature 
(CMLT) 



Computer Science 
(CMSC) 



Counseling & Personnel Services 
(EDCP) 

Criminal Justice & Criminology 
(CRIM) 



Curriculum & Instruction 
(EDCI) 

Economics 
(ECON) 

Education Policy, Planning & 

Administration 

(EDPA) 

Electrical Engineering 
(ENEE) 



Engineering Materials 
(ENME) 



Degrees Offered 

M S , Ph.D. 
M S , Ph D 

M S . Ph D 
M.S.. Ph D 



MA, M.F.A., Ph.D. 
(see Public 
Communication) 



MA. Ph D. 



M.S., Ph.D. 



M.Ed., MA, PhD 
Integrated Master's 
AGS certificate 

MA . Ph D 



M.Ed.. MA. Ed D . 
Ph.D., AGS Certificate 



MA, Ph.D. 



M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D , 
Ph.D., AGS Certificate 



M.S., PhD 



MS. Ph D 



Page Contact Person 

143 Dr Ted Smith 

R. 2115, Chemical Engineering Bldg 
454-5098 

148 Dr Michael Coplan 

RM 1114. Inst, for Physical 
Science & Technology 
454-3839 

150 Dr Marcia Durso 

RM. 1320. Chemistry 
454-5231 

157 Dr James Colville 

RM. 1173D, BLDG 088 
454-2438 

167 Dr Vicki Freimuth 
Speech 

Dr James Webster 
Radio-Television-Film 

Dr Roger Meersman 
Theatre 

Tawes Fine Arts Bldg 
454-2541 

180 Dr John Fuegi 

RM 4223, Jiminez Hall 
454-2685 

183 Graduate Office 
RM. 2317 , 

Computing & Space Sciences Bldg 
454-2002 

189 Dr E.G. Campbell 

RM. 1210, Benjamin Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

197 Dr Charles Wellford 

RM. 2220. Le Frak Hall 
454-4538/5318 

200 Dr E.G. Campbell 

RM 1210. Benjamin Bldg. 
454-2015/3443 

214 Dr John Adams 

RM. 3115L. Tydings Hall 
454-3451 

223 Dr E G. Campbell 

RM 1210, Benjamin Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

233 Dr. Gilmer Blackenship 
• Electrical Engineering 
454-4173 

244 Dr John Hoffman 

RM 1110. Chemical Engineering 
454-2434 



Graduate Program 

English Language & Literature 
(ENGL) 



Entomology 
(ENTM) 

Family and Community 

Development 

(FMCD) 

Food, Nutrition & Institution 

Administration 

(FNIA) 

Food Science 
(FDSC) 

French Language & Literature 
(FRIT) 

Geography 
(GEOG) 

Geography/Library & Information 

Services 

(GELS) 

Geology 
(GEOL) 

Germanic Language & Literature 
(GERS) 



Degrees Offered 

M A , Ph D 
M S . Ph D 
M S 

M S . Ph D 



MS , Ph D 



MA. Ph D 



MA.. Ph D 



MA, M L.S. 



MS. Ph D 



MA, Ph D 



Government and Politics 
(GVPT) 


MA, 


Ph D 


Health Education 
(HLTH) 


MA , 


Ph D 


Hearing & Speech Science 
(HESP) 


MA . 


Ph D 


History 
(HIST) 


MA 


Ph D 


History/Library & Information 

Services 

(HILS) 


M A 


MLS 


Horticulture 
(HORT) 


MS 


Ph D 



Page Contact Person 

248 Dr Leopold Damrosch 
RM 1131. Taliaferro 
454-4109 

253 Dr Robert F Denno 

RM 1300 B. Symons Hall 
454-3843 

257 Dr Roger Rubin or 
Dr Noel Myncks 
Marie Mount Hall. Suite 1204 
454-2142 

262 Dr Elizabeth Prather 
RM 3304 
Mane Mount Hall 
454-2139 

269 Dr Robert Wiley 

RM. 1122 A, Holzapfel Hall 
454-3611/2829 

273 Dr Madeleine Therrien 
3123 Jiminez Hall 
454-4303 

277 Dr Kenneth Corey 

RM 1113, Le Frak Hall 
454-2241 

284 Dr Kenneth Corey 

RM 1113, Le Frak Hall 
454-2241 

285 Dr Jerry Weidner 

RM 4101. Geology Building, 
454-3548 

291 Dr Otto F. Best 

RM 3215. Jiminez Hall 
454-4301 

297 Dr Don Piper 

RM 2181 G, Le Frak Hall 
454-6745 

306 Dr Roger Allen 

RM. 2383, Physical Education 
Recreation & Health 
454-3055 

309 Dr Sandra Hamlet 

RM 1000, Le Frak Hall 
454-5831 

314 Dr James Gilbert 

RM. 2115, Francis Scott Key Hall 
454-2846 

327 Ms Jean Diepenbrock 
Dr James Gilbert 

RM 4110, Hornbake Library 
454-3016/2846 

328 Dr Timothy Ng 

RM. 1122, Holzapfel Hall 
454-2463 



Graduate Program 

Human Development 
(EDHD) 



Industrial, Technological & 
Occupational Education 
(EDIT) 



Degrees Offered Page Contact Person 



M.Ed., MA, Ed D , 
Ph.D.. AGS Certificate 



M.Ed., MA, Ed.D., 
Ph.D., AGS Certificate 



Journalism 
(JOUR) 


MA (PhD see Public 
Communication) 


Library & Information Services 
(LBSC) 


M L S . Ph D 


Ma ri n e-E st uanne-Environ mental 

Sciences 

(MEES) 


MS , Ph D 


Mathematical Statistics 
(STAT) 


MA . PhD 


Mathematics 
(MATH) 


MA, Ph.D. 


Measurement, Statistics 
and Evaluation 
(EDMS) 


M A , Ph D 


Mechanical Engineering 
(ENME) 


M.S.. Ph D 


Meteorology 
(METO) 


MS.. Ph.D. 


Microbiology 
(MICB) 


MS.. Ph.D. 


Music 
(MUSC) 


M M., D M A . Ph.D. 


Nuclear Engineering 
(ENNU) 


M S , Ph D 


Nutritional Sciences 
(NUSC) 


M.S., Ph D 


Philosophy 
(PHIL) 


MA , PhD 


Physical Education 
(PHED) 


M.A.. Ph.D. 



331 Dr E.G. Campbell 

RM 1210, Benjamin Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

338 Dr E.G. Campbell 

RM 1210. Benjamin Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

346 Dr John L. Martin 

RM 2104, Journalism 
454-2232/5040 

350 Ms Jean Diepenbrock 

RM. 4110. Hornbake Library 
454-3016 

358 Dr Robert E. Menzer 
RM 0313. Symons Hall 
454-3714 

361 Dr Paul Smith 

RM. 1107, Mathematics Bldg 
454-4944 

365 Dr Jeffrey Cooper 
Mathematics Bldg. 
454-2841 



376 Dr. E.G. Campbell 

RM 1210. Benjamin Bldg. 
454-2015/3443 

380 Dr Colin H Marks 

RM 2168. Engineering Classroom 

Building 

454-4216 

389 Dr Robert G Ellingson 

RM 2201. Space Science 
454-2708 

394 Dr. Anthony MacOuillan 
RM. 3112 A. Skinner Bldg 
454-5370 

398 Dr Stewart Gordon 

RM 2114, Tawes Fine Arts Bldg 
454-2504 

409 Dr Frank Munno 

RM 2309, Chemical Engineering 
454-2430/2436 

412 Dr Joseph H Soares, Jr 

RM 2145. Animal Sciences Bldg 
454-5062 

415 Director of Graduate Studies 
RM. 1131, Skinner Hall 
454-2850 

420 Dr Sally Phillips 

RM 2339. Physical Education. 
Recreation & Health Bldg 
454-2652/6664 



Graduate Program 



Physics 
(PHYS) 



Poultry Science 
(POUL) 

Psychology 
(PSYC) 

School of Public Affairs 
(Public Management and 
Public Policy) 

Public Communications 
(PCOM) 



Recreation 
(RECR) 



Sociology 
(SOCY) 



Spanish Language & Literature 
(SPAP) 



Special Education 
(EDSP) 



Textiles and Consumer Economics 
(TXCE) 

Toxicology 



Urban Studies 

(URBS) 

Zoology 

(ZOOL) 



Degrees Offered 

MS . Ph D 



MS , Ph.D 



M.S.. M A . Ph D 



M.P.M., M PP 



Ph.D. 



MA, Ph.D. 



MA, Ph.D. 



MA. Ph.D. 



M.Ed., MA., Ed D, 
Ph.D., AGS Certificate 



MA , Ph.D 



MS . Ph.D. 



MA 



M.S.. Ph.D. 



Page Contact Person 

428 Mrs Jean Clement 

RM 1 120. Physics & Astronomy 

Building 

454-3514 

439 Dr Owen B Thomas 

RM 3129. Animal Science Bldg 
454-3837 

440 Dr Barry Smith 

RM 1147, Zoology-Psychology 
454-6392 

452 Ms Lynn E Chasen 

Suite 1218. Le Frak Hall 
454-7238 

458 Dr Thomas J Aylward 

RM. 1206. Tawes Fine Arts Bldg 
454-4373/2541 

460 Dr Alan R Graefe 

RM 2356, Physical Education, 
Recreation & Health 
454-3390/2930 

464 Dr Ramon Henkel 

RM 2103. Art/Soc Bldg 
454-5933 

474 Dr Eduartd Gramberg 

RM. 2215 G, Jiminez Hall 
454-4305/6 

480 Dr. EG Campbell 

RM. 1210. Benjamin Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

489 Dr. B.F. Smith 

RM 2100, Marie Mount Hall 
454-5150 

495 Dr Jack Schubert, UMBC 
5401 Wilkens Avenue 
Catonsville, MD 21228 

495 Ms. Barbara Williams 
RM 1113. Le Frak Hall 
454-2662 

500 Dr. J. David Allan 

RM 3210, Zoology-Psychology 

Building 

454-5197 



Contents 



Part 1 : General Information 
Admission to Graduate School 

General 11 

Criteria for Admission 11 

Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 13 

Non-degree Admission Categories 13 

Offer of Admission 16 

Admission Time Limits 16 

Change of Degree Level or Program 16 

Termination of Admission 16 

Admission of Faculty 17 

Application Instructions 17 

International Student Applications 18 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 19 

Fees and Expenses 

Payment ot Fees 19 

Refund of Fees 20 

University Refund Statement 20 

Graduate Fees 19 

Determination of in-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and 

Charge-differential Purposes 21 

Fellowships, Assistantships, and Financial 
Assistance 

Fellowships 22 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 23 

Assistantships 23 

Work-Study Program 24 

Graduate Tuition Grants 24 

Loans and Part-time Employment 24 

Golden I.D. Program 25 

Veteran Benefits 25 

Registration and Credits 

Academic Calendar 26 

Developing a Program 26 

Course Numbering System 27 

Designation of Full and Part-time Students 27 

Minimum Registration Requirements ■; 28 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 28 

The Inter-Campus Student 29 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement ... 29 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 30 



Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 30 

Credit by Examination 31 

Transfer of Credit 31 

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit 31 

Course and Credit Changes 32 

Grades for Graduate Students 33 

Computation of Grade Point Average 34 

The Academic Record 34 

Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees 34 
Graduate School Requirements for the M.A., M.S., Thesis Option, 

Non-thesis Option 35 

Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree 36 

Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 36 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral Degrees 37 
Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 38 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 39 

Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 39 

Waiver of Regulations 39 

Commencement 40 

Resources 

Location 40 

Special Research Resources, Special Opportunities for the Artist . 40 

Libraries 42 

Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus 43 

Consortia 53 

Student Services 

Housing 55 

Food Services 56 

Career Development Center 56 

Counseling Center 56 

Health Care 57 

Health Insurance 57 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 58 

Part 2: Graduate Programs 59 

Part 3: The Graduate Faculty 519 

Part 4: Other University of Maryland Campuses 603 
Part 5: Appendices 

University Policy Statements 605 

Policies on Non-Discrimination 605 



Resolutions on Academic Integrity 605 

Code of Student Conduct 607 

University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records 607 

Index 613 

Campus and Area Maps 632 



11 



General 
Information 



Admission to Graduate School 

General 

Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the Dean and 
the staff, who regularly seek the advice of the department chair and graduate 
admission committees of the academic programs in making their decisions. In the 
case of foreign student applicants, the University's Director of International Education 
Services is also consulted. Standards applied by the Graduate School and individual 
programs are to insure that students admitted have high qualifications and a 
reasonable expectation of successfully completing a graduate program. Standards for 
admission to doctoral programs are frequently higher than those for admission to 
master's programs. In many degree programs applications by qualified students for 
admission to graduate study regularly exceed the number of students who can be 
accommodated. In order to maintain programs of outstanding quality, the number of 
spaces in each program is limited according to the availability of faculty, special 
resources, and funds for students requiring financial assistance. The Graduate School 
admits the most highly qualified applicants up to the limit of the number of spaces in 
each program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Notes about Eligibility for Admission 

Those who have earned or will earn a bachelor's degree at a college or university in 
the United States or the equivalent of this degree in another country, will be 
considered for admission to the Graduate School at UMCP. 

a. Students may apply for admission to the University of Maryland during or after 
their final year of undergraduate study, but must furnish proof of graduation before the 
end of their first term of enrollment at the University. 

b. Students applying for admission to a master's degree program in a field of 
specialization in which they already hold a master's degree or its equivalent may do so 
only if the previous degree program was of substantially different character or was not 
accredited. 

c. Summer only — Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer 
sessions should check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they 
wish to take will be offered. To obtain this publication, write to Summer Sessions 
Office, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 20742. 

d. Non-U. S. Citizens who are Permanent Residents and or immigrants may use 
regular applications. Other Non-U. S. Citizens must use the International Student 



12 Admission to Graduate School 



Application Formobtainable from of the Office of Graduate Admissions, Graduate 
School, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 20742. Applications from all 
other Non-U. S. Citizens must be received in the Graduate School Office on or before 
February 1 for Fall Semesters and on or before June 1 for Spring Semesters. 

The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on a 
combination of the following criteria according to requirements of the specific program 
or department. 

1. Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The Graduate School 
requires as a minimum standard a B average or 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, in a program of 
study resulting in the award of a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited 
college or university. In addition, the student's undergraduate program should 
include completion of the prerequisites for graduate study in the chosen field. In 
individual programs, where resources are available, a few applicants who do not 
meet this minimum standard for undergraduate work may be provisionally admitted 
if there is compelling evidence on the basis of other criteria of a reasonable 
likelihood of success in the program the person desires to enter. If an applicant has 
studied at the graduate level elsewhere less weight may be, but is not necessarily, 
placed on the quality of the undergraduate academic record. Some programs may 
require a higher minimum grade average for admission. 
2 Strength of letters of recommendation from persons competent to judge the 
applicant's probable success in graduate school. Usually these letters are from 
the applicant's former professors who are able to give an in-depth evaluation of the 
applicant's strengths and weaknesses with respect to academic work. Additional 
recommendations may come from employers or supervisors who are familiar with 
the applicant's work experience. Applicants should instruct their references to 
send all letters of recommendation directly to the program in which they desire 
entrance. (See application form.) 
3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the predictive utility of 
these scores may vary from one group of applicants to another, a discriminating 
use of all relevant materials will be made in each applicant's case. The three most 
widely used standardized examinations are the Graduate Record Examinations, 
Graduate Management Admissions Test, and the Miller Analogies Test. 

.GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS (GRE): Although many graduate 
programs do not require the GRE, almost all will use such test scores as an 
additional measure of an applicant's qualifications. The GRE may be taken in 
either or both of two forms: The General Test and The Advanced Test. 
Applicants can take this test in their senior year or when filing for admission. 
For details, applicants should write directly to Graduate Record Examinations, 
Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 
GRADUATE MANAGEMENT ADMISSIONS TEST (GMAT): Details about this test, 
required when applying to a program in Business and Management, can be 
obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, Box 966, Princeton, N.J., 
08540. 

THE MILLER ANALOGIES TEST (MAT): Details about the graduate form of this 

test can be obtained by writing to the Director, Counseling Center, University of 

Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

For information on the programs requiring one of these tests, please see the List of 

Graduate Programs in this catalog and the instructions accompanying application 



Admission to Graduate School 13 



forms. 
4 Statement by the applicant of academic career objectives and their relation to 
the intended program of study. These statements help the department or 
program identify students whose objectives are consonant with the objectives of the 
program. 

5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require other evidence of 
graduate potential, such as a portfolio of creative work, completion of specialized 
examinations, or personal interviews. 

Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 

Full Graduate Status 

For admission in this category an applicant must have received a baccalaureate 
degree from a regionally accredited institution and be otherwise fully qualified in every 
respect. 

Provisional Graduate Status 

This designation may be used wnen 1) the quality of the previous academic record at 
a regionally accredited institution is lower than established standards or when there is 
a lack of adequate prerequisite course work in the chosen field; 2) when applicants 
have majored in another area with a creditable record but there is some doubt about 
their ability to pursue the program of study in question; 3) when the applicant is 
engaged in graduate study at another institution but is not able to furnish a transcript 
indicating completion of course work or degree requirements; or 4) when the applicant 
has completed the baccalaureate but has not yet submitted official verification of the 
last semester's work and receipt of the degree. No student will be allowed to enroll 
who has not completed the baccalaureate degree. Final official transcripts indicating 
receipt of the degree must be submitted before the end of the first semester. 

A program to correct any deficiencies in preparation will be outlined by the faculty, 
and the student is expected to become fully qualified within a specified time limit. 
When all conditions have been met, the department may recommend admission of the 
student to full status. Students who are unable to qualify for full admission under the 
conditions specified may have their admission terminated. 

Non-degree Admission Categories 

Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is designed to promote a high level of 
professional competence in an area of specialization in the field of education. The 
candidate must be able to show that he or she can operate as an effective counselor, 
administrator, teacher or skilled person in a major field of professional endeavor. The 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate is offered through most of the programs in 
the College of Education and the Agricultural and Extension Education program in the 
College of Agriculture. The Certificate is awarded by the College of Education or by 
the College of Agriculture. Requirements are as follows: 

1 . Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as are prescribed for 
degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must have completed a master's degree 
or the equivalent in credits earned either at the University of Maryland or at another 
regionally accredited institution. The Miller Analogies Test scores are required at 
the time of application. 



14 Admission to Graduate School 



2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least a "B" from an 
accredited institution may be transferred to the program at the University of 
Maryland. 

3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and filed with the 
Graduate Studies office in the College of Education. 

4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a minimum of 60 
semester hours of credit with not less than 30 semester hours of credit completed 
with the University of Maryland. At least one half of the credits earned either at 
other institutions or at the University of Maryland must be in courses comparable to 
those in the 600-800 series. The student may be required to take a substantial 
portion of the program in departments other than those in the College of Education 
or the College of Agriculture. Registration in certain kinds of field study, field 
experience, apprenticeship or internship may also be required. 

5. There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B" average with no 
"D" or "F" grades will be required before the certificate can be awarded. 

For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures; Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Program in Education," issued by the College of Education. 

Advanced Special Student Status 

The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an opportunity to 
individuals who do not have an immediate degree objective in mind to take graduate 
level courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate School is to conduct 
programs of graduate instruction leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty 
welcomes, to the extent that resources allow, qualified students who have no degree 
objectives. Unofficial transcripts or photocopies of diplomas will be accepted with the 
application for evaluation purposes, but by the end of the first semester of enrollment, 
the student must submit official copies of all required documents. Official transcripts 
must be submitted from all institutions except the University of Maryland, College Park. 
Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must hold a 
baccalaureate degree and satisfy at least one of the following criteria: 

1 Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution with an 
overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit official transcripts covering all 
credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate degree requirements. 

2 Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited institution. 
Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the award of a master's or 
doctoral degree. 

3 Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution and have 
at least four years of successful post-baccalaureate work or professional 
experience. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the award of the 
baccalaureate degree and a signed statement summarizing successful 
post-baccalaureate work or professional experience. 

4 Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 50 percentile of 
appropriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as the Graduate 
Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's Analogies Test, the Graduate 
Management Admissions Test. Where different percentiles are possible, the 
Graduate School will determine which score is acceptable. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status will continue for five years. If there 
is no registration in three consecutive academic year semesters, the admitted status 
will lapse, after which a new application will be required. 



Admission to Graduate School 15 



Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point average. 

Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees. Students in this 
status are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate Teaching or Research 
Assistants or Fellows, or receive other forms of financial aid. All other services, 
e.g. parking, library privileges, etc., are the same as those accorded to other graduate 
students. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to be used as a 
preparatory program for later admission to a doctoral or master's program nor to the 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program. Only six credits earned while in 
this status may be applicable to a degree or certificate program at a later time, with 
the approval of the faculty in the desired program, if the student is subsequently 
accepted for degree or certificate study. For consideration of admission to a degree 
program at a later time, the student must submit a new application. 

Visiting Graduate Student Status 

A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school who wishes to enroll in the 
Graduate School of the University of Maryland at College Park and who intends 
thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is matriculated, may be 
admitted as a Visiting Graduate Student. 

Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good standing in another 
recognized graduate school. The applicant need not submit full transcripts of credits, 
but must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate School and pay the application 
fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student may have the appropriate graduate dean certify, in 
writing, to the Graduate School that the student is in good standing and that the 
credits will be accepted toward the graduate degree. Unless otherwise specified, 
admission will be offered for one year only. 

National Science Foundation Institute Status 

Application for admission to an NSF Institute should be made directly to the director of 
the Institute. If admission to the Graduate School is also necessary, the decision will 
be based on the same criteria for admitting other degree applicants. Admission to an 
NSF Institute status does not imply that the individual will be automatically admitted in 
any other status at a later date. The NSF status terminates upon completion of the 
Institute in which the student was enrolled. A new application must be submitted for 
admission to any other graduate status or program. 

Students already admitted to a regular graduate degree or nondegree status may 
also qualify for participation in an NSF Institute. 

Undergraduate/Non-Degree Student (Special Student) 

This is an undergraduate classification and may be assigned by the Director of 
Admissions (undergraduate division) to those applicants who have received the 
baccalaureate or an advanced degree from a regionally accredited institution but who 
do not desire or who do not qualify for graduate admission. Non-degree seeking 
students who do not have a baccalaureate degree or an R.N. must submit transcripts 
and meet regular admission standards. Transcripts are not required from students with 
baccalaureate degrees or an R.N. 

Application for Non-degree Student Status— Undergraduate must be made directly 
to the Office of Admissions, not to the Graduate School. 

Students often need permission from the deans of the various schools and colleges 
of the university to enroll as a Non-degree Student. Non-degree Students may enroll 



16 Admission to Graduate School 



for courses through the 500 numbered series for which they possess the necessary 
prerequisites. Courses numbered 600 or above are intended for admitted graduate 
students only. 

The student is warned that no credit earned while in a Non-degree Student 
Status — Undergraduate may be applied at a later date to a degree program. 

Offer of Admission 

A written offer of admission is made to all accepted applicants and specifies the date 
of entrance, which will normally coincide with the date requested in the application. 
The student must accept or decline the offer of admission by the date indicated in the 
offer. Individuals whose offers of admission have lapsed must submit a new 
application and fee, if they want to be reconsidered for admission at a later date. 

The offer of admission is also a permit-to-register for courses and must be 
presented by the student at the time of the first registration. Identification as a 
graduate student, to be used thereafter, will be issued at the time of first registration. 

Admission Time Limits 

Applicants are offered admission for a five-year period. A doctoral student must be 
admitted to candidacy within five years of entrance, after which another four-year 
period is permitted for the completion of the remaining requirements. 

Change of Degree-Level or Program 

Students are admitted only to a specified program and within that program only for the 
specified objective: e.g., master's degree, doctoral degree, or Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate. If students wish to change either the program or their status (for 
example, from Advanced Special Student to degree status), they must submit a new 
application. Admission in the new status is not granted automatically. 

Students must be re-admitted when the original objective has been attained; for 
example, when a student who is admitted for the master's degree completes the 
requirements for that degree. If the student wishes to continue for the doctorate, a new 
application for admission to the doctoral program must be submitted; requests for 
admission to the doctoral program are subject to the same review process applied to 
others seeking admission to that program. 

A student can be admitted to only one graduate program at any one time. 
Application for and acceptance of an offer of admission in a second graduate program 
automatically invalidates the student's admission to the first program. 

Termination of Admission 

Students must maintain an average grade of B or better in all graduate courses taken 
and must otherwise satisfy all additional departmental and Graduate School program 
requirements. The admission of all students, both degree and non-degree, is 
continued at the discretion of the major professor, the department or program director, 
and the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 



Admission to Graduate School 17 



Admission of Faculty 

No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland having the rank of 
Assistant Professor or above is permitted to take work leading to an advanced degree 
at this institution. Faculty who wish to take course work for personal enrichment may 
wish to investigate the Advanced Special Student status. 

Application Instructions 

Application Forms 

For a copy of the application write to the Graduate School Mail Room, South 
Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 20742. 

To apply you must send both the completed application and complete, official 
transcripts covering all credits earned at any institution, in duplicate, to the Office of 
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Each applicant must submit two official copies of academic transcripts which 
include all undergraduate and graduate work. Each transcript should bear the 
signature of the registrar and the seal of the granting institution and should include the 
years of attendance, courses taken, grades received, class standing, and the degree, 
diploma or certificate conferred. If you attended UMCP, the Graduate School will 
obtain your records for courses completed on the College Park campus. To facilitate 
the processing of your application, you may attach two official copies of your 
transcripts from other institutions to your application. 

Although photocopies of credentials are acceptable for initial reviews, regular 
admission status cannot be granted, nor will any degree be awarded, until the 
Graduate School has received official copies of all academic credentials certified by 
an administrative official of the school, college or university. 

Application Deadlines 

Students should pay special attention to the deadlines listed in each application 
booklet. In general it is to the student's advantage to apply well before the published 
deadline, particularly if the applicant wishes to be considered for fellowships, 
assistantships, or other forms of financial aid. The Graduate School recommends that 
students time their applications, transcripts, and letters of recommendation to arrive 
before February 1 . 

If possible, the application should arrive before the arrival of transcripts and other 
supporting evidence of preparation, if these materials cannot be attached to the 
application. 

Application deadlines for the Fall and Spring Semesters are listed below: 

1. Fall (Aug.) Semester — Each department, in consultation with the Graduate School, 
sets its own deadlines for Fall semester entrances for U.S. citizens, resident aliens, 
and refugees. 

2. Spring (Jan.) Semester— Application for entry for the January semester must be 
received prior to November 1 . 

3. International Students — All citizens of foreign countries must submit applications for 
admission by the following dates: 

(a)Fall — February 1 of prior academic year, 
(b) Spring — June 1 of prior academic year. 



18 Admission to Graduate School 



Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that their transcripts have, in 
fact, been received by the Graduate School and not by the Registrar's Office or the 
graduate program desired, since no follow-up action can be taken by the Graduate 
School. 

Application Fee 

A non-refundable application fee of $20.00 must accompany each application. (See 
exceptions under "Graduate Fees." Payment must be made by check or money order 
payable to the University of Maryland. Do not send stamps or cash. 

Summer School 

Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions are urged to 
check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they wish to take will 
be offered in a particular session. To obtain this publication, write to Summer Sessions 
Office, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

International Student Application 

Foreign students seeking admission to the University of Maryland should not plan to 
leave their country before receiving an official offer of admission from the Director of 
Graduate Records of the Graduate School. 

Academic Credentials 

The complete application and official academic credentials for all non-U. S. 
citizens — beginning with secondary school records — should be received by the 
Graduate Admissions Office by February 1 for the Fall Semester and by June 1 for the 
Spring Semester. Space available for foreign students may have been filled prior to 
this deadline, and all qualified students may not be accepted. 

English Proficiency Test 

In addition to meeting academic requirements, foreign student applicants must 
demonstrate proficiency in English by taking the Test of English as a Foreign language 
(TOEFL). Because TOEFL is given only six times a year throughout various parts of the 
world, as soon as students contemplate study at the University of Maryland, they 
should make arrangements to take the test. For test information, write to TOEFL 
Director, Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. When 
applicants are ready to begin their studies, they will be expected to read, speak, and 
write English fluently, to understand lectures and to take pertinent notes. 

Financial Resources 

Each international applicant must furnish a statement of financial status to the Office of 
International Education Services. Approximately $12,480.00 annually is required for 
educational and living expenses. This figure, for the 1984-85 academic year, 
increases annually. 

Immigration Documents 

It is necessary for students eligible for admission to- secure from the university's 
Director of International Education Services the immigration form required for obtaining 
the appropriate visa. Students already studying in the United States who wish to 
transfer to the University of Maryland must also secure proper immigration documents 
to request the Immigration and Naturalization Service to grant permission for transfer. 



Fees and Expenses 19 



Reporting Upon Arrival 

Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International Education 
Services, North Administration Building, as soon as possible after arrival at the 
University. This Office will be able to assist not only with various problems regarding 
immigration, housing, and fees, but also with problems relating generally to orientation 
to university and community life. 

Questions concerning criteria and requirements for foreign applicants should be 
addressed to the Director, International Education Services, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Md. 20742. 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 

All records, including academic records from other institutions, become part of the 
official file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. Students 
should obtain an additional copy of their official credentials to keep in their possession 
for advisory purposes and for other personal requirements. 

The admission credentials and the application data of applicants are retained for 
18 months only and then destroyed in the following cases: 1) Applicants who do not 
register for courses at the time for which they have been admitted; 2) Those whose 
applications have been disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond to the 
departmental requests for additional information; and 4) Those whose applications are 
not complete with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or test results. 

Fees and Expenses 

Payment of Fees 

Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are satisfied. 
Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it cannot assume responsibility 
for their receipt. If a student does not receive a bill on or before the beginning of each 
semester, it is the student's responsibility to obtain a copy of the bill at Room 1103, 
South Administration Building, 8:30-4:30, Monday through Friday. 

The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan. Payment for 
past due balances and current semester fees are due on or before the first day of 
classes. 

It is the policy of the University not to defer payment on the basis of a pending 
application for financial assistance to an outside agency, including Veterans 
Administration benefits, bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, etc. 

Students will be severed from University services for delinquent indebtedness to 
the University. In the event that severance occurs, the individual may make payment 
during the semester in which services were severed and all services except housing 
will be restored. A $25.00 Restoration of Services fee will be assessed in addition to 
payment for the total past due amount. 

State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central Collections Unit, and 
in accordance with State law the University is required to turn over all delinquent 
accounts to that office for collection and subsequent legal action. 



20 Fees and Expenses 



Refund of Fees 

A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Withdrawal and Reenrollment Office 
before the official first day of classes entitles the student to a full credit or refund of 
semester tuition. 

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registration must follow the 
withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of Classes." Students will find the 
necessary forms for withdrawal in the Records Office. The effective date used in 
computing refunds is the date the withdrawal form is filed. "Stop Payment" on a 
check, failure to pay the semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not constitute 
withdrawal. 

A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the Division of 
Business Services; otherwise any credit on the student account will automatically be 
carried over to the next semester. 

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition in accordance 
with the following schedule: 

Period from date Refundable tuition 

instruction begins only (Additional 

fees non-refundable) 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks No Refund 

University Refund Statement 

Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for refund only if 
the student completes the prescribed withdrawal procedures or is dismissed from the 
University. Residence Hall and Dining Services charges are authorized for refund only 
if the student completes the prescribed residence hall and dining services contract 
release procedures. Please refer to current "Schedule of Classes" for complete refund 
information and procedures. 

Graduate Fees * 

Application fee 1 $20.00 

A non-refundable $20 application fee and a separate application must be 

submitted for each program in which entrance is sought. 
The University is pleased to waive the application fee under the following 

circumstances: 

1 . The student has been admitted to and has attended the University of Maryland, 
College Park Graduate School previously. 

2. The student is a University of Maryland, College Park senior or graduate with an 
overall grade point average of 3.5 or better. 

3. The student is a senior or a graduate of ah accredited U. S. college or university 
with an overall grade point average of 3.75 or better. In order to claim this 
waiver, you must include transcripts with the application. 

Tuition Per Credit Hour: 1 

Resident Student $87.00 



Fees and Expenses 21 



Non-Resident Student ... $1 54.00 

Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay graduate tuition fees whether or 

not the credit will be used to satisfy program requirements. A graduate student who 

wishes to audit a course must pay the usual graduate tuition. 
Continuous Registration Fee(per semester) $1 .00 

Registration Fee(per semester) 1 $5 00 

Graduation Fee, 

Master's Degree 2 $25.00 

Graduation Fee, 

Doctor's Degree 2 $50.00 

Mandatory Fees 3 

(Students taking 1 -8 credits) $46.00 

(Students taking 9 or more credits) $72.50 

The fees and waivers listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to 
press and are offered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees charged 
in a particular semester are published in the Schedule of Classes for that semester. 

1 non-refundable 

2 refundable 

3 For a breakdown of the "Mandatory Fees," consult the "Schedule of Classes." 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition and 
Charge-Differential Purposes 

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and charge-differential 
purposes will be made by the University at the time a student's application for 
admission is under consideration. The determination made at that time, and any 
determination made thereafter shall prevail in each semester until the determination is 
successfully challenged. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in-state 
status and for submitting all documents for reclassification is the last day of registration 
for the semester the student wishes to be classified as an in-state student. 

The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay in completing 
the review process. It is hoped that a decision in each case will be made within ninety 
(90) days of a request for determination. During this period of time, or any further 
period of time required by the University, fees and charges based on the previous 
determination must be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess fees and 
charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or who wish 
assistance with their classification should contact: The Graduate School Office of 
Graduate Records, Room 2117, South Administration Building, University of Maryland. 
College Park, Maryland 20742— phone (301) 454-5438. 



22 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 

Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial 
Assistance 

The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today and makes 
every effort to offer financial assistance to qualified students through a variety of 
programs. Approximately one-half of all full-time graduate students receive financial 
support, which may include remission of tuition fees, through teaching and research 
assistantships, the work-study program, and University and state fellowships. Referrals 
for on-campus or area employment opportunities for students and students' spouses 
are also available in various departments and in specific student service centers on 
campus. 

Admission to a graduate program is a prerequisite for the award of a teaching or 
research assistantship, a fellowship, a traineeship, a loan, or a work-study award. 
Please be sure that all required documents for your application for admission, as well 
as the appropriate application for financial aid, have been submitted. Some awards 
are made on the basis of the applicant's academic merit, others onthe basis of need. 

There are three campus units which administer the primary forms of financial 
support: the Graduate School, the individual programs, and the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. The Graduate School processes applications for the University of 
Maryland Fellowships (application deadline: February 1) and the Other Race Grants 
(application deadlines: early November and June). The individual programs award 
graduate teaching and research assistantships (priority application deadline: March 1) 
and nominate students for the Graduate Fellowships (to be considered for nomination, 
apply by February 1). The Office of Student Financial Aid processes College 
Work-Study and National Direct Student Loans (priority date for consideration: 
February 15). To be considered for the priority date in the Office of Student Financial 
Aid, you must have submitted a completed University financial aid application, a 
completed Financial Aid Form (available at most colleges throughout the country and 
by request from the Office of Student Financial Aid), financial aid transcripts, if 
appropriate, and any other required documentation to be received by the Office of 
Student Financial Aid by February 15. Note that the Financial Aid Form must be sent to 
the College Scholarship Service in Princeton for analysis, which takes approximately 4 
weeks. 

A more detailed description of the various forms of financial assistance is given 
below. 

Fellowships 

A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic merit and 
promise. All applicants for fellowships must be admitted to the Graduate School on a 
full-time basis to be eligible. Inquiries and requests for appropriate forms should be 
directed to the Graduate Fellowship Office, Room 2114, South Administration Building, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. _ 

The Maryland Fellowship Program, established by the State Legislature and 
administered by the Graduate School, provides a limited number of fellowships to 
qualified applicants who are enrolled in doctoral programs The stipend is $4,000 for 
the academic year, with remission of tuition. These fellowships carry a three year 
non-renewable tenure, for students making satisfactory progress toward the degree. 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 23 

Deadline for the application, which is available from the Fellowship Office of the 
Graduate School, is February 1. 

The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a competitive basis. 
Students cannot appply directly for the award; rather, they must be nominated by the 
department in which they intend to enroll. The stipend, which includes remission of 
tuition, was $7,000 for the 1985-86 academic year. The standard application for 
financial aid will serve as an application for this fellowship program and must be 
submitted by February 1 directly to the department in which you seek admission. 
Awards are based upon the nomination and recommendation of the department chair. 

Other Race Grants This grant is intended to increase the participation of Black 
students in graduate education at the College Park campus. Students who are 
first-year students and students in disciplines in which Blacks are underrepresented 
will be given preference. 

Applicants for the Other Race grant must: 

(1) Be citizens or permanent resident aliens who are classified as Maryland 
residents; 

(2) Be admitted as degree-seeking students; 

(3) Be willing to register as full-time students; 

(4) Be able to demonstrate special merit or need. 

The individual educational grants vary, and have ranged from $500 - $6,000. 
Tuition is also remitted for up to 10 credits per semester. Students may apply for 
reappointment on a yearly basis for up to three years. Additional details and 
application materials are available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School. 

In addition to these University sponsored fellowships, the Graduate School has a 
Fellowship Information Office which lists fellowships and grants available from outside 
agencies. 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 

First-time students who are residents of the state of Maryland and have an 
undergraduate GPA of 3.60 or better from an accredited American college or 
university may ask their departments to nominate them for a Graduate Tuition 
Scholarship. If you think you qualify, please mark the appropriate space on the 
departmentally- administered financial aid form. Departments may have additional 
criteria, e.g., full-time status, for nomina tion of students in their program. 

Assistantships 

Offers of assistantships, which are made by the individual departments, arecontingent 
upon the applicant's acceptance as a graduate student by the Graduate School. 
Departments may set additional criteria. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students in 
many departments and programs. In addition to remission of tuition, these carry 
ten-month or twelve month stipends ranging, in 1985-86, from $7,000 to $9,480. 
Applications for assistantships should be made directly to the department in which the 
applicant will study. 

Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are available in some 
departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For information inquire in the individual 



24 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 

department or program. 

Resident Graduate Assistantships, in limited number, are also available. In 1985-86, 
the 12 month stipend is $7,780, plus remission of tuition, in exchange for part-time 
work in undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff members. These 
Resident Assistantships are open to both men and women. Applications for a Resident 
Graduate Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human Resources, 
Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Administrative Assistantships Many offices on campus currently have graduate 
assistant positions. For further information, contact the Fellowship Office, or the 
individual office or department. 

Work Study Program 

The University has in operation a College Work-Study Program which offers part-time 
opportunities for students who demonstrate sufficient financial need. Every effort is 
made to match the student's interests and career goals with suitable assignments. 
Graduate students who are awarded work-study are usually given positions in their 
programs, according to their experience and skill, assisting with research projects or 
administrative duties. To apply, you must submit to the Office of Student Financial Aid 
a completed financial aid application, financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any 
other required documentation. A Financial Aid Form, developed by the College 
Scholarship Service and available at most colleges throughout the country or by 
request from the Office of Student Financial Aid, must also be submitted. For priority 
consideration, all materials must be received in the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
February 15. 

Graduate Tuition Grants 

These grants, which are awarded on the basis of financial need, provide remission of 
tuition of up to ten credits. Recipients must enroll as at least half-time students. To 
apply, complete the regular University financial aid application. 

Loans and Part-Time Employment 

National Direct Student Loan Funds are available to graduate students of the 
University of Maryland. Applicants must be United States nationals (citizens permanent 
resident status, or recognized refugees). Loans are approved based upon financial 
need. Repayment begins six months after the borrower leaves school, and no interest 
is charged until the beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest after that date is 
charged at the rate of five percent per annum. Repayment of the loan, including 
interest, is deferred during the time the borrower may be in military service, the Peace 
Corps, VISTA, and ACTION, up to a period of three years as well as during time of 
continued study on at least a half-time basis. Applications should be directed to the 
Director, Office of Student Financial Aid, North Administrative Building, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, by February 15 for the fall semester. 

Guaranteed Student Loan programs which have been established for State of 
Maryland residents through the Maryland Higher Education Loan Corporation, permit 
students to borrow money from their hometown banks or other local financial 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 25 

institutions. When the student's adjusted gross income, or that of his/her parents in the 
case of dependent students, exceeds $30,000, students must submit documentation, 
to determine need. Graduate students in good standing may borrow up to $5,000 per 
year, but state agencies and individual banks may set their own limits up to this 
amount. A five percent origination fee will be deducted from the face value of each 
student's loan. In 1985-86 new notes bear 8% simple interest. Students who 
previously borrowed at 7% or 9% may continue to borrow at that rate. Monthly 
repayments begin six months after graduation or withdrawal from school. The federal 
government will pay the interest for eligible students while the student is in school. 
Further details regarding this program for Maryland residents may be secured from the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. For prospective non-Maryland borrowers unable to 
obtain information concerning the particular loan programs of their states, the Office of 
Student Financial Aid can provide necessary information. 

PLUS Loans. Under this federal loan program, $3,000 per year (up to a $15,000 total) 
may be borrowed at 12% interest. The award is based on the cost of university 
attendance, and there is no financial needs test. Repayment of the loan begins 
immediately, with the exception of full-time students, who can have the principal 
deferred. For application forms contact the Financial Aid Office, or the lender. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid, located in the North Administration Building, 
serves without charge as a clearinghouse for students seeking part-time work and 
employers seeking help. Many jobs are available in the residence halls, libraries, 
laboratories, and elsewhere on and off campus. All full-time students seeking work are 
welcome to visit the office and consult referral lists. A computer scholarship search is 
also available. 

Additional information may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid, 
Student Employment Section, located in Room 2114, North Administration Building, 
Telephone: 454-3046. 

Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of Maryland 

The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses and services of 
the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years of age or older, who are 
residents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired persons will be 
considered those who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for more 
than 20 hours per week). People meeting these requirements may apply for graduate 
admission, either as degree or nondegree students, and must meet the same 
admissions criteria pertaining to either category as do all applicants. Once admitted 
and having been issued the Golden Identification Card, such persons may register for 
courses in any session, subject to the same restrictions as any other student, and use 
the library and other campus facilities during the time they are enrolled in courses. 
Tuition fees will be waived for holders of the Golden Identification Card. 

Veterans Benefits 

Recent federal legislation has had significant impact on the veteran-graduate student. 
People who originally were entitled to 36 months of V.A. Educational Benefits now have 
a total of 45 months of educational benefits. The new complement of benefits can be 
used for graduate work. 

See the Veterans Section of the current Schedule of Classes for other current 



26 Registration and Credits 



information. 

Veterans Administration counselors work on campus full-time to assist veterans, 
their dependents, and servicemen and women with all V.A. related questions and 
problems. These representatives can offer you help in getting your monthly educational 
assistance checks, as well as other less known but available benefits. Some of these 
are compensation for service connected disabilities, guaranteed home loans, and 
vocational rehabilitation services for disabled veterans. 

Related information, such as facts on individual state bonuses, removal of 
derogatory SPN codes from your military discharge (DD214), and University of 
Maryland Veterans Club activities, is also available. 

The counselors are available on a walk-in-basis during normal office hours in Room 
1108 North Administration Building. Telephone 454-3430. 



Registration and Credits 



Registration for courses is ongoing during most of the time that the University is in 
session. Information concerning registration procedures, deadlines, and current tuition 
and expenses is found in the "Schedule of Classes," published regularly by the Office 
of Registration and Records. Students interested in summer session courses should 
consult the Summer Session "Schedule of Classes," obtainable from the Office of 
Summer Sessions, Reckord Armory. 

Academic Calendar 

The Academic Calendar is printed in the "Schedule of Classes" for each semester. The 
Graduate School has an "Important Dates" card for graduate students, which lists 
deadlines for submitting requirements for degrees in a particular academic year. 

Developing a Program 

The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules and 
procedures of the Graduate School and all applicable department or graduate 
program requirements which govern the individual program of study. 

Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a degree or certificate 
begins with a visit to the student's academic advisor in the graduate program or 
department to which the student has been admitted. There the student will obtain 
information about specific degree or certificate requirements, which supplement those 
of the Graduate School. 

The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will develop, in consultation 
with a graduate faculty advisor, an individual program of study and research. 

Students admitted to Advanced Special Student Status may seek advice from the 
Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research or from appropriate faculty 
members. 

While most questions normally raised by graduate students, and most problems 
they meet, will be answered or resolved by the faculty advisor or a departmental 
committee, students should remember that -the staff of the Graduate School is 
specifically charged with the responsibility for assisting graduate students who need 
additional information, guidance, or assistance. Further, the Dean for Graduate 
Students is the individual to whom requests or petitions for exceptions or waivers of 
regulations or graduate degree requirements should be addressed and to whom 



Registration and Credits 27 



appeals from decisions of departmental or program faculty or administrators should be 
directed. 

Course Numbering System 

Courses are designated as follows: 

000-099— Non-credit courses. 

100-199 — Primarily first-year courses. 

200-299 — Primarily sophomore courses. 

300-399 — Junior and senior courses not acceptable for credit toward graduate 

degrees. 

400-499 — Junior and senior courses acceptable for credit toward some graduate 

degrees. 

500-599 — Professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, Medicine) and 

post-baccalaureate courses not for graduate degree credit. 

600-898 — Courses restricted to graduate students. 

799 — Master's thesis credit. 

899— Doctoral dissertation credit 

The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the course and 
the last two digits are used for course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 are 
courses that are repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable courses must end in 
through 7. 

Graduate credit will not be given unless the student has been admitted to the 
Graduate School. 

Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate Students 

In order to reflect accurately the involvement of graduate students in their programs of 
study and research and the use of University resources in those programs, the 
Graduate School uses the graduate unit in making calculations to determine full or 
part-time student status in the administration of the minimum registration requirements 
described below and in responding to student requests for certification of full-time 
student status. The number of graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in 
the following manner: 

Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour. 

Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour. 

Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour. 

Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit hour. 

Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour. 

Research course: 899 carries 18 units/credit hour. 

To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student must be officially 
registered for a combination of courses equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate 
assistants holding regular appointments are full — time students if they are registered 
for at least 24 units in addition to the assistantship. Courses taken for Audit do not 
generate graduate units and cannot be used in calculating full- time or part-time 



28 Registration and Credits 



status. 

Minimum Registration Requirements 

All graduate students, masters and doctoral, making any demand upon the academic 
or support services of the university, whether taking courses, using university libraries, 
laboratories, computer facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with faculty 
advisors, taking comprehensive or final oral examinations, must register for the number 
of graduate units which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor, accurately reflect 
the student's involvement in graduate study and use of university resources. In no 
case will registration be for less than one credit. 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 

Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy must register each 
semester, excluding summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. 

Dissertation Research 

Those who have not completed the required semester credit hours of Dissertation 
Research (899) must register for a minimum of one credit of research each semester. 
(See the following sections for specific doctoral degree registration requirements.) 
Doctoral candidates whose demands upon the University are greater than that 
represented by this minimum registration will, of course, be expected to register for the 
number of units which reflect their use of University resources. 

Continuous Registration 

Doctoral candidates who have completed the required minimum of credit hours of 
Dissertation Research (899), and who are making no use of University resources, must 
meet a Continuous Registration requirement, in each semester, except for summer 
sessions, until the degree is awarded. This requirement is met by submitting the 
Continuous Registration Form and paying the $10.00 Continuous Registration fee, in 
person or by mail, directly to the Graduate School. Forms and fees must be received 
before the end of the eighth week of classes during the fall and spring semesters. 
Continuous Registration forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, Room 
2117, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 
20742. 

Failure to comply with the requirement for maintaining Continuous Registration will 
be taken as evidence that the student has terminated the doctoral program, and 
admitted status to the Graduate School will be terminated. A new application for 
admission, with the consequent reevaluation of the student's performance, will be 
required of a student wishing to resume a graduate program, whose admission has 
been terminated under this regulation. 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 

The Graduate School recognizes that physically handicapped students may derive 
considerable educational benefit from courses which include laboratories or other 
non-classroom activities in which the student is" prevented from participating because 
of the handicap. It is, therefore, the policy of the Graduate School to allow 
handicapped students to enroll in such courses, complete only those parts of the 
course that their physical capabilities permit, and receive credit for the course 
proportionate to their levels of participation. 



Registration and Credits 29 



Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to enroll in such courses but 
participate only in certain aspects of them, should consult the Associate Dean for 
Student Affairs in the Graduate School. The Dean will assist the student in making the 
necessary arrangements with the department offering the course, the department 
supervising the student's graduate program, and the Registration Office. The final 
agreement as to the student's level of participation and the amount of credit to be 
awarded will be specified in an agreement to be drawn up by the Graduate School 
and signed by all parties concerned. 

The Inter-Campus Student 

A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the University is eligible 
to take courses on any other campus of the University with the approval of the 
academic advisor and the graduate deans on the home and host campuses. Credits 
earned on a host campus are resident credit at the home campus and meet all degree 
requirements. Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be maintained on the 
home campus, and fees will be paid to the home campus. Forms for registration as an 
inter-campus student may be obtained from the Graduate School offices on any 
campus of the University. 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 

The University of Maryland College Park is a member of the Consortium of Universities 
of the Washington Metropolitan Area. Other institutions currently associated with the 
consortium include the American University, The Catholic University of America, the 
George Washington University, Howard University, University of the District of 
Columbia, Gallaudet College, Mount Vernon College, and Trinity College. Students 
enrolled in these institutions are able to attend certain classes at the other campuses 
and have the credit considered "residence" credits at their own institutions. The 
consortium program permits both undergraduate and graduate students to participate. 
The policies governing registration through the Consortium arrangement are listed 
below. 

UMCP Graduate Students 

1. University of Maryland College Park degree-seeking graduate students may take 
courses at other consortium schools, to be treated as UMCP residence credits, with 
the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies of the degree program in which 
they are enrolled. 

2. No more than 25% of the course credits required for the UMCP graduate degree 
may be taken at other consortium schools through the consortium arrangement. 
Practica, internships, workshops and similar experiential learning courses cannot 
be taken at other consortium schools. 

3. Significant factors to be considered by the Director of Graduate Studies may 
include but are not limited to: 

a. Unavailability of a similar of comparable course at UMCP within a reasonable 
time frame. Mere convenience is not adequate justification. 

b. Possible enhancement of the student's overall program in a way not possible at 
UMCP, as by the presence of unique faculty or the availability of a course not 
offered at UMCP. 

c. The level and content of the course, including the nature of prerequisite 
coursework. 



30 Registration and Credits 



Visiting Students 

1 . Students from other consortium schools may register for University of Maryland 
College Park courses on a space available basis beginning with the first day of 
classes. 

2. Courses for majors in departments or colleges at UMCP that have selective 
admission programs will not normally be available to students from other 
consortium schools. 

3. Students from other consortium schools are expected to meet all prerequisites for 
UMCP courses for which they wish to enroll. 

4. Students from other consortium schools will not normally be permitted to register for 
practica, workshops, internships and other experiential courses at UMCP. 

5. Students from other consortium schools who have previously applied for admission 
to a UMCP graduate degree program and have been denied admisssion will be 
permitted to register for graduate courses in that program only with the specific 
approval of the Director of Graduate Studies of that program. 

6. Students from other consortium schools who have been dismissed from UMCP for 
disciplinary or financial reasons will not be permitted to enroll in courses at UMCP 
under the consortium arrangement. 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 

A senior in the final semester at the University of Maryland at College Park who is 
within seven credit hours of completing the requirements for an undergraduate degree 
may, with the approval of the undergraduate dean, the provost of the division, the 
department or program offering the course, and the Graduate School, register for 
graduate courses. These may later be counted for graduate credit toward an 
advanced degree at the University, if the student has been approved for admission to 
the Graduate School. The total of undergraduate and graduate courses must not 
exceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot be used 
for graduate credit unless proper prearrangement is made. Seniors who wish to 
register for graduate credit should inquire at the Graduate School, Office of the 
Director of Records, for information about the procedure. 

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the 
department or program offering the course, undergraduate students may register for 
graduate level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with the exception of 
799 and 899, for undergraduate credit. 

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year, have 
earned an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have successfully completed, with 
a grade of B or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and be a major in the 
appropriate or a closely related department. The student will be required to obtain 
prior approval of the department offering the course. 

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply subsequent 
departmental or Graduate School approval for admission into a graduate program, nor 
may the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the University of Maryland. 



Registration and Credits 31 



Credit by Examination 

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at the 400 
level previously identified by the appropriate department or program. As a general 
rule, credit by examination is not available for courses at the 600, 700, or 800 levels 
for, in the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a 
continuing interaction between faculty and students to achieve the educational goals of 
advanced study. 

Students may receive credit by examination only for courses for which they are 
otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in which the 
student is enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may be earned 
in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination must obtain the 
consent of their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. Once 
the student begins the examination, the grade earned will be recorded. 

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are 
available or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per course 
regardless of the number of credits or units to be earned. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at regionally 
accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may be 
applied toward master's degrees at the University of Maryland. Proportionately larger 
amounts of credit may be applied toward doctoral degrees. 

All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet the following criteria: 

1 . They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned. 

2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree previously 
earned. 

3. They must have been taken within the time limits applicable to degrees awarded by 
the Graduate School. 

4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at Maryland 
must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree program the student is 
pursuing at Maryland. 

5. The student must have earned a B or better in the courses offered for transfer 
credit. 

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the master's 
degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement. 

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the necessary 
transcripts and certification of department or program approval to the Graduate School 
as promptly as possible for its review and decision. 

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit 

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time less than 
a normal academic semester or summer session and offering graduate credit to the 
participants must meet the following criteria: 

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit. 

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture. 

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem working 
sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session. 

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three "contact 



32 Registration and Credits 



hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits) 
3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per week. 

Course and Credit Changes 

A graduate student may change elections (drop a course, add a course, change 
between audit and credit status, change the number of credits for a course within the 
listed range, cancel registration or withdraw from the University) by obtaining the 
necessary approvals and observing the published deadlines and procedures. The 
deadlines are published each term in the Schedule of Classes; the procedures 
governing each of these transactions are listed below. 

Procedures for Dropping a Course 

A graduate student may drop a course through the 10th week of classes in a term by 
submitting a Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registrations Office North 
Administration Building. Currently, there is a $2.00 charge for each drop processed 
after the 10th day of class. There is no refund of tuition and fees for drops processed 
after the 5th class day (see Schedule of Classes). 

Procedure for Adding a Course after Registration 

A graduate student may add a course until the 10th day of classes in a term (see 
Schedule of Classes for precise date each term), without paying the $2.00 
administrative fee and without Graduate School approval. 

To add a course: 

Submit Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registration Office, North Administration 
Building (an appointment is necessary during the first ten days of class. See Schedule 
of Classes for further details). 

After the 10th day of classes all graduate students are required to obtain: 

1 . Departmental and instructor authorization stamped or written on the add slip. 

2. Approval of the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Students, 2125 South 
Administration Building, for each add. 

Approved requests must be promptly delivered to the Records Office, 1101 North 
Administration Building. 

Procedures for Late Registration 

Students registering after the established registration period and before the end of 
business hours on the tenth day of classes in each term must call the Office of 
Registrations and Records for an appointment to register during the late registration 
period. Students registering after the established registration period (i.e., beginning 
with the schedule adjustment period) will be assessed a $20 late registration fee. 
To register after the tenth day of classes a graduate student must: 

1 . Obtain the approval of the department written or stamped on the registration form. 

2. Obtain the written approval of the Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs, 
2125 South Administration Building. A written explanation of the circumstances 
involved may be required. 

Procedures for Credit Level Change and Change of Grading Option 

Students wishing to change their grading option or credit level in a course may do so 
without special approval until the tenth class day each term. After the tenth class day, 
departmental and Graduate School authorization is required until the end of tenth 
week. No credit level changes or changes or grading options are permitted after the 
tenth week of classes. 



Registration and Credits 33 



1. Exceptions to this deadline require the written approval of the instructor and the 
approval of the Graduate School. 

2. The departmental stamp must be placed on the change of grading option/credit 
level form. 

3. Approved forms should be submitted to the Registrations Office, North 
Administration Building. 

Procedures for Withdrawal from the University. 

Graduate students wishing to cancel their admitted status and withdraw permanently 
from the University may do so at any time. The procedure for withdrawal is to write a 
letter of resignation to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. This letter will be 
reviewed and processed and the necessary offices notified. Please note that although 
students may withdraw during the course of a given term, they are liable for all fees 
and other obligations due the University, and their academic records will reflect their 
status at the time of withdrawal. It should be noted that readmission to the same 
program is not possible should the student wish to return to the University at some 
later time. 

Procedure for Cancelling Registration for a Term 

To cancel a registration for a given term, after the stated deadlines, a graduate student 
must provide a written explanation, endorsed by the graduate director of his or her 
program, to the Associate Dean for for Student Affairs. If appropriate, the request will 
be processed and, if fees are involved, the necessary adjustments made. Please note 
that the cancellation of one's classes during the course of a given term is not meant to 
be used as a means of avoiding poor grades. 

Grades for Graduate Students 

A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on all graduate — level courses taken is required 
for graduation with a graduate degree. Graduate students are required to meet all 
departmental and program rules and regulations. Departments and programs may 
stipulate requirements more stringent than those minimally expected by the Graduate 
School. 

Grading Systems 

The conventional A through F grading system is used in graduate level courses. 

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be used, at the discretion of 
the department of program, for certain types of graduate study. These include 
courses which require independent field work, special projects, or independent study. 
Departmental seminars, workshops, and departmental courses in instructional methods 
may also be appropriate for the S-F grading system. 

The "Pass-Fail" grading system is a grading option for undergraduates. However, 
in certain cases, a Department or Program may give permission for a graduate student 
to use the Pass-Fail option for any 100-300 level courses that student takes. Graduate 
credit may not be earned for these courses. 

Thesis and dissertation research, and courses labelled "Independent Study" or 
"Special Problems," may use either the A-F or the S-F grading system. 

Only one grading system will be used for a single course in a particular semester. 
The grading system will be designated by the department or program offering the 
course. 



34 Degree Requirements 



Computation of Grade Point Average 

The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality points. 
The grades of D, F, and I receive no quality points. After a student is matriculated as a 
graduate student, all courses taken numbered 400 and above, except 500-level 
courses, those numbered 799 or 899, and those graded with an S, will be used in the 
calculation of the grade point average. A student may repeat any course in an effort to 
earn a better grade. The later grade, whether higher or lower, will be used in 
computing the grade point average. Grades for graduate students remain as part of 
the student's permanent record and may be changed only by the original instructor on 
certification, approved by the department chair and the Dean for Graduate Studies 
and Research, that an actual mistake was made in determining or recording the grade. 
No course taken after August 23, 1974, will be considered "not applicable" for the 
purpose of computing the grade point average of a graduate student. No graduate 
credit transferred from another institution will be included in the calculation of the 
grade point average. 

The Academic Record (Transcript) 

A graduate student's academic record (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete 
history of the student's academic progress at the University of Maryland. As such, it 
cannotbe altered except in conformance with stated Graduate School policies 
governing change of election. Under no circumstances will the academic records be 
altered because of dissatisfaction with a grade or other academic accomplishment. 

Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees. 

Programs 

The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must constitute a 
unified, coherent program which is approved by the student's advisor and by the 
Graduate School. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit towards a 
graduate degree is required; in certain cases six of the thirty semester hours must be 
thesis research credits. The graduate program must include at least 12 hours of 
course work at the 600 level or higher. If the student is inadequately prepared for the 
required graduate courses, additional courses may be required, which may not be 
considered as part of the student's graduate program. Credits to be applied to a 
student's program for a master's degree cannot have been used to satisfy any other 
previously earned degrees. 

Grade-point Average 

The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average grade of B over 
all courses taken for graduate credit. 

Time Limitation 

All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a five year period. 
This time limit applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be included in a 
student's program. 

Residence Requirements 



Degree Requirements 35 



A minimum residence of one year of full-time study, or its equivalent, at this university 
is required. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate requirements 
may be imposed, especially for degrees which are offered only in one department, 
college, or division. For these special requirements consult the descriptions which 
appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special 
publications which can be obtained from the department or college. 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of Master of Arts 
and Master of Science 

THESIS OPTION 

Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research credit (799) is 
required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours 
required in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be earned in the major subject. No 
less than one-half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of 
twelve, must be selected from courses numbered 600 or above. 

Thesis Requirement 

A thesis must be submitted for the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees 
except for those programs in which a non-thesis option has been approved by the 
Dean in conformity with the policy of the Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis is 
the responsibility of an examining committee appointed by the Dean, on the 
recommendation of the student's advisor. The advisor is the chairperson of the 
committee, and the remaining members of the committee are members of the graduate 
faculty who are familiar with the student's program of study. The chairperson and the 
candidate are informed of the membership of the examining committee by the Dean. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be found in the 
Graduate School Requirements for Theses and Dissertations, which may be obtained 
from the Room 2114, South Administration Building. 

Oral Examination 

A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has completed 
the thesis to the satisfaction of the student's advisor, providing all other requirements 
for the degree have been completed, and a 3.0 grade point average, computed in 
accordance with the regulations described under "Grades for Graduate Students" has 
been earned. 

The examining committee, with a minimum of three members, conducts the oral 
examination (an additional comprehensive written examination may be required at the 
option of the department or program). The chairperson of the examining committee 
selects the time and place for the examination and notifies other members of the 
committee and the candidate. Members of the committee must be given a minimum of 
seven school days in which to read the thesis. The duration of the examination is 
normally about an hour, but it may be longer if necessary to insure an adequate 
examination. 

The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be unanimous. 
Students may present themselves for examination only twice. The report of the 



36 Degree Requirements 



committee, signed by each member, must be submitted to the Dean for Graduate 
Studies and Research no later than the appropriate date listed in the "Important Dates 
for Advisors and Students," if the student is to receive a diploma at the 
Commencement in the semester in which the examination is held. 

NON-THESIS OPTION 

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees without thesis vary 
slightly among departments and programs in which this option is available. Standards 
for admission are, however, identical with those for admission to any other master's 
program. The quality of the work expected of the student is also identical to that 
expected in the thesis programs. 

The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are a minimum of 30 
semester credit hours in courses approved for graduate credit with a minimum 
average grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in 
courses numbered 600 or above; the submission of one or more scholarly papers; and 
successful completion of a comprehensive final examination, a portion of which must 
be written. 

A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected to meet the 
same deadlines for application for a diploma and for final examination reports 
established for all other degree programs. 

For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see the list of 
Graduate Programs in this Catalog. 

Requirements for the Degree of Master of Education 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree with 
the following requirements: 

1. A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade average of B. Grades 
for courses not a part of the program but taken in graduate status will be computed 
in the average. 

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 with the remainder at least 
in the 400 series. Some departments require courses in departments outside of 
those in Education. 

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of coursework. A part of the 
examination may be oral. 

4. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or two seminar papers. 

5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. 

6. Test battery. 

For further details, see "Statement of Policies and Procedures: Master's Degrees in 
Education," issued by the College of Education, and descriptions of departmental 
programs. 

Requirements Applicable to other Master's Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture, Master of 
Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of Music, and Master of 
Fine Arts are given under the individual Graduate Program entries in those fields. 



Degree Requirements 37 



Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Doctoral Degrees 

Credit Requirements 

The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral degree register 
for a minimum of 12 research credits, but the number of research and other credit 
hours required in the program varies with the degree and program in question. 

Residence 

The equivalent of three years of full-time graduate study and research is the minimum 
required. Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one year must be spent at the 
University of Maryland. On a part-time basis the time needed will be increased 
correspondingly. All work at other institutions offered in partial fulfillment of the 
requirements for any doctoral degree must be submitted, with the recommendation of 
the department or program concerned, to the Graduate School for approval at the time 
of application for admission to candidacy. Official transcripts of the work must be filed 
in the Graduate School. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the departments may elect, 
are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy. 

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within five years after 
admission to the doctoral program and at least one academic year before the date on 
which the degree will be conferred. 

It is the responsibility of the student to submit an application for admission to 
candidacy when all the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. Applications 
for admission to candidacy are made in duplicate by the student and submitted to the 
major department for further action and transmission to the Graduate School. 
Application forms may be obtained at the Graduate School Records Office. 

Time Limitation 

The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including the 
dissertation and final examination, during a four year period after admission to 
candidacy. Extensions of time are granted only under the most unusual circumstances. 
If students fall to complete all requirements within the time allotted, they must submit 
another application for admission to the Graduate School and, if readmitted, another 
application for Advancement to Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program 
prerequisites prior to Advancement to Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral degree. The 
topic of the dissertation must be approved by the department or program committee. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any doctoral degree 
must register for the prescribed number of semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation 
Research (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will be found in the 
Graduate School Requirements for Theses and Dissertations, which may be obtained 
from the Graduate School Records Office. 

Publication of the Dissertation 

If a student wishes to publish all or a portion of the thesis or dissertation prior to its 
defense and approval by the Graduate Faculty examining committee, he or she must 
first seek the approval of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. This approval 



38 Degree Requirements 



is sought through a letter to the Dean, endorsed by the dissertation advisor, containing 
an explanation of the need for early publication. 

Final Examination 

The final oral defense of the dissertation is conducted by a committee of the Graduate 
Faculty appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. Nominations for 
membership on the committee are submitted by the student's major professor by the 
third week of the semester in which the student expects to complete all requirements, 
but no later than two months prior to the examination, on the designated form. 

The major professor serves as chair of the committee, which will consist of a 
minimum of five voting members, all of whom hold the doctoral degree. At least one of 
the five must be a Regular Member of the Graduate Faculty in a department or 
graduate program at UMCP external to the one in which the student is seeking the 
degree. A minimum of three members of the committee must be regular members of 
the Graduate Faculty of the University of Maryland. 

One or more members of the committee may be persons from other institutions who 
hold the doctorate and who are distinguished scholars in the field of the dissertation. 

One member of the committee, usually the campus member from another 
department or program, is designated as the Dean's representative. In addition to 
having the normal responsibility of a faculty examiner, the Dean's representative has 
the responsibility of assuring that the examination is conducted according to 
established procedures. Any disagreement over the examination procedures is 
referred to the Dean's representative for decision. 

The time and place of the examination are established by the chairperson of the 
committee. The student is responsible for distributing a complete copy of the 
dissertation to each member of the committee at least ten days before the 
examination. 

All final oral examinations are open to all members of the Graduate Faculty. After 
the examination, the committee deliberates and votes in private. Two or more negative 
votes constitute a failure. The student may be examined no more than twice. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate requirements 
may be imposed, especially for those degrees which are offered in only one 
department, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the 
descriptions which appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog 
or the special publications which can be obtained from the department, college, or 
division. 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high 
attainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in independent research. It is not 
awarded for the completion of course and seminar requirements no matter how 
successfully completed. 

Residence 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Foreign Language Requirement 



Degree Requirements 39 



A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. The student should inquire in the department regarding this 
requirement. Students must satisfy the departmental or program requirement before 
they can be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate. 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement for a specific number of course credits in 
either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the Graduate School to encourage 
the development of individual programs for each student who seeks the PhD. To that 
end, the academic departments and interdisciplinary programs have been directed to 
determine major and minor requirements, levels or sequences of required courses, 
and similar requirements for submission to the Graduate Council for approval. 

Admission to Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an original 
dissertation on a topic approved by the department or program. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree must register for a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral 
research (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Final Examination 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.d). degree are for the most part the 
same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the College of Education. The 
Ed.D. project requires a minimum of 6 semester hours of dissertation credit, while the 
Ph.D. requires a minimum of 12 semester hours of dissertation credit. Consult the 
Graduate Studies Office in the College of Education and the individual department for 
additional details. 

Requirements for other Doctoral Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Musical Arts are given under 
the corresponding program description. 

Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a Regulation 

All policies of the Graduate School have been formulated by the Graduate Council, the 
governing body of the Graduate School, with the goal of ensuring academic quality. 
These policies must be equitably and uniformly enforced for all graduate students. 
Nevertheless, circumstances occasionally occur which warrant individual 
consideration. Therefore, if a graduate student believes that there are compelling 
reasons for a specific regulation to be waived or modified, the student should submit a 
written petition to the Graduate School, Room 2125 South Administration, explaining 
the facts and issues which bear on the case. In all instances, the petitions must be 
reviewed by the departmental graduate director or chair and, if the petition involves a 
course, by the course instructor. If both of these people recommend approval and so 
state in writing, it is then forwarded to the Graduate School for final review. 



40 Resources 



Commencement 

Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions and 
Registrations within the first three weeks of the semester in which the candidate 
expects to obtain a degree, except during summer session. During the summer 
session, the application must be filed during the first week of the second summer 
session. Exact dates are noted for each semester and the summer sessions in 
"Important Dates for Advisors and Students." 

If, for any reason, students do not graduate at the end of the semester in which 
they have applied for the diploma, they must re-apply for it in the semester in which 
they expect to graduate. 

Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement exercises. 
Those who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the University of 
Maryland student supply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks before the date of 
commencement but may be cancelled later if students find themselves unable to 
complete the requirements for the degree. 

Resources 

Location 

In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the best of all 
possible worlds. Situated on 1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the College Park 
Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., which is rapidly 
becoming the nation's capital in cultural and intellectual activity as well as political 
power. The Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Filene Center, and the many 
fine area theaters regularly present performances by the world's most exciting and 
renowned artists. The Smithsonian Museums and the National Gallery of Art, among 
others, sponsor standing collections and special exhibits that attract national attention. 
In addition to cultural activities, the nation's Capital provides interested students the 
opportunity to observe at first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit in the galleries 
of Congress; to watch the Supreme Court in session; and to attend public 
Congressional hearings. The possibilities for personal enrichment offered in this 
exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous. 

Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus, the scene in the 
Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland offers a great variety of recreational 
and leisure activities in its many fine national and state parks, from the Catoctin 
Mountains in Western Maryland to the Assateague Island National Seashore on the 
Atlantic bound Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus. Historic 
Annapolis, the state capital, is only a short drive away, and the city of Baltimore, with 
its rich variety of ethnic heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, and its 
impressive urban transformation, is only thirty miles from College Park. 

Special Research Resources 

The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest concentrations of 
research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Libraries and 
laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are within easy commuting 
distance. There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas, information, technical 



Resources 41 



skills, and scholars between the university and these centers. The libraries and 
facilities of many of these centers are open to qualified graduate students at the 
university. The resources of many more are available by special arrangement 

In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library, with 
its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are among the worlds most outstanding 
research libraries. In addition, Dumbarton Oaks; the National Archives; the Smithsonian 
Institution; the World Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the National Agricultural 
Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore; the libraries of the Federal 
Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, Education, and Welfare; Housing 
and Urban Development; and Transportation, and approximately 500 other specialized 
libraries are all within a few minutes drive of the College Park Campus These 
resources make the University of Maryland one of the most attractive in the nation for 
scholars of all disciplines. 

The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States 
Department of Agriculture has stimulated the development of both laboratories and 
opportunities for field research in the agricultural and life-sciences. The National 
Institutes of Health offer unparalleled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical and 
behavior research. Opportunities are also available for collaborative graduate study 
programs with other major government laboratories, such as the National Bureau of 
Standards, the Naval Research Laboratory, and the U.S. Geological Survey. 

The long-standing involvement of the State of Maryland in the development of the 
commercial and recreational resources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the 
establishment of outstanding research facilities for the study of marine science at the 
University of Maryland Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies, with research 
facilities at Horn Point near Cambridge, at Crisfield, and at Solomons Island, Maryland. 

Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline. Work in the 
behavioral sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for 
fully automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include two small Van de 
Graaff accelerators; an assortment of computers, including a PDP 11/45, a UNIVAC 
1108 and a UNIVAC 1100/41; a 10 KW training nuclear reactor; a full scale low velocity 
wind tunnel; several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels; specialized facilities in the 
Institute for Physical Science and Technology; a psychopharmacology laboratory; 
shock tubes; a quiescent plasma device (Q machine) for plasma research; and 
rotating tanks for laboratory studies of meteorological phenomena. 

Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and even 
laboratory-equipped vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay. The University also 
owns and operates one of the world's largest and most sophisticated long-wavelength 
radio telescopes located in Clark Lake, California and a cosmic ray laboratory located 
in New Mexico. 

Special Opportunities for Artists 

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is concentrated in 
the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently completed Art-Sociology Building. 
Creative work is greatly stimulated by the close interaction that has developed 
between the students and faculty of the University and the artists and scholars at the 
National Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gallery, the 
Smithsonian Institution, as well as the musicians of the National Symphony Orchestra 



42 Resources 



and small musical groups. The Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts and the Filene 
Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for creative artists 
attending the University. 

Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and television is aided by 
the proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the Morris 
Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the Washington and Baltimore 
area. There is a frequent and steady interchange of ideas and talent between students 
and faculty at the University and both educational and commercial radio and television 
media as a consequence of the large professional staffs which are maintained in the 
Washington area. 

Libraries 

The University library system includes major research libraries on both the College 
Park and Baltimore Campuses. 

The Libraries on the College Park Campus contain nearly 2,000,000 volumes, and 
they subscribe to more than 15,000 periodicals and newspapers. Additional collections 
of research materials are available on microfilm, microfiche, phonorecords, tapes, and 
films. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus and the 
principal library for graduate use. Special collections include those of Richard Von 
Mises in mathematics and applied mechanics; Max Born in the physical sciences; 
Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo Mansueti in the biological sciences; 
Katherine Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S. government publications (for which the 
University is a regional depository); documents of the United Nations, the League of 
Nations and other international organizations, agricultural experiment station and 
extension service publications; maps from the U.S. Army Map Service; the files of the 
Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America; the Wallenstein 
collection of musical scores; and research collections of the American Bandmasters 
Association, the National Association of Wind and Percussion Instructors, and the 
Music Educators National Conference. In addition, the collections include microfilm 
productions of government documents, rare books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Within the East Asia Collection is the world's largest repository of published and 
unpublished Japanese-language materials from the Allied Occupation period. 

Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone. Several 
departments and colleges maintain specialized libraries for student use, with 
collections of importance to advanced students. These include the Library of the 
College of Library and Information Services, which contains materials for library 
science and a Juvenile Teaching Materials Collection, and the Engineering and 
Physical Sciences Library, which houses the Technical Report Center with over 
400,000 items from NASA, USDE, and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies. 

Our libraries have several exciting recent acquisitions which will be of special 
interest to graduate students. One new collection, to be known as the International 
Piano Archives at Maryland, contains more than 17,000 tapes, records and piano rolls, 
several thousand pieces of sheet music and scores, and important documents, letters 
and other materials relating to pianists Joseph Hofmann, Anton Rubinstein and others. 

The University has also recently acquired an exceptional collection in astronomy: 
the entire library of the Georgetown University Observatory, which contains numerous 
catalogs, journals, and observatory bulletins dating back to the 1800's. Much of this 



Resources 43 

material has never been published commercially, and when cataloguing is completed, 
Maryland will have one of the most interesting and extensive astronomy collections in 
the country. 

Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus 

Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge, the 
University maintains organized research units outside the usual department structures. 
These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable opportunities for faculty and 
students to engage in research and study in specialized areas and in public service 
activities. 

Institute for Child Study : Director: Robert C. Hardy, in its program the institute 
collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in various fields that are 
concerned with human growth, development, learning and behavior. Programs, which 
have a psychological focus, provide study of all aspects of life span development from 
infancy through aging. Institute research is primarily concerned with social aspects of 
development. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to the Master of 
Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education degrees, and 
the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of human development. 

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology : Director Charles Wellford The 
Institute coordinates the University's interests and activities in the areas of law 
enforcement, criminology, and corrections. The Institute has a very extensive and 
carefully integrated undergraduate program. Special emphasis, however, is placed on 
graduate programs and on research. 

The research capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make 
possible the achievement of its primary goal — the education of social and behavioral 
scientists who have chosen the problem of crime and its prevention and controls as 
their specialization. The Institute offers the M.A. degree with options in criminology or 
criminal justice and the Ph.D. degree in criminal justice and criminology. 

Institute for Physical Science and Technology : Director: J R. Dorfman The 
Institute for Physical Science and Technology is a center for interdisciplinary research 
in pure and applied science problems that lie between those areas served by the 
academic departments. These interdisciplinary problems afford challenging 
opportunities for thesis research and classroom instruction. Current research topics 
include a variety of problems in applied mathematics, statistical physics, optical 
physics, fluid mechanics, physics of condensed matter, space science, upper 
atmospheric physics, engineering physics, and biomathematics. Other areas of 
interest are remote sensing, the effect of ionizing radiation on chemical systems, and 
the history of science and technology. 

Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute are provided 
through the graduate programs in the academic departments of the Division of 
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering. The Institute sponsors a wide 
variety of seminars. Of principal interest are general seminars in statistical physics, 
applied mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. Information 
about these can be obtained by writing the Director or by calling (301) 454-2636. 

Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education : Director Robert Berdahl 



44 Resources 



The primary focus of the institute is to encourage and support the study of public 
policy issues concerning the relations between institutions of higher and adult 
education and their state and federal governments. The institute concentrates on state 
level problems, particularly those relating to Maryland institutions, with special 
emphasis on research and public service for community colleges. 

The institute's location in College Park, next to the nation's capital, facilitates 
monitoring and researching federal policies in postsecondary education. The institute 
addresses problems such as (1) legislative performance audits of higher education, (2) 
evaluation of statewide boards of higher education, (3) interactions among statewide 
boards, accrediting agencies and universities, (4) fundraising and research 
development, and (5) inter-institutional cooperation. 

The teaching base of greatest relevance to the institute lies in the graduate 
programs in higher and adult education in the UMCP Department of Education Policy, 
Planning and Administration; however, interaction with students and faculty from other 
relevant areas is strongly encouraged. 

Other activities of the institute include an annual lecture series, conferences on 
topics of special interest, publication of occasional papers, and a visiting scholars 
program. 

Institute for the Study of Exceptional Children and Youth : Director: Philip J Burke 
The institute is a research unit adjunct to the Department of Special Education in the 
College of Education at UMCP. The institute is a problem-centered organization 
engaged in innovation, research, and evaluation related to major issues affecting the 
lives of exceptional individuals, the gifted and talented as well as the handicapped. 
The institute has five interlocking task areas: policy studies, consumer involvement and 
evaluation, leadership development, interdisciplinary studies, and dissemination. 

Projects include (1) the Special Education Leadership Policy Development 
Program; (2) the Knowledge Base Project for the Improvement of Personel Preparation 
in Special Education; (3) a statewide Olympics of the Mind for gifted and talented 
students; (4) a federally-supported study of the use of microcompters in teaching 
autistic children. 

The institute is designed to become an ongoing part of the University and will add 
new activities and components as needs and opportunities arise. Recognizing that a 
society can be judged by its ability to meet the needs of exceptional populations, the 
institute intends to focus its resources on key issues, problems, and research areas 
that will maintain a strong and independent voice in matters relating to exceptional 
children and youth. 

Institute for Urban Studies: Director: Kenneth E. Corey. The Institute aims at 
developing students knowledgeable both in the technical competencies which 
constitute the skills of "urban manpower" and in the professional understanding of the 
urban community as an object of interdisciplinary analysis. 

The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary B.A. and M.A. 
degree granting program. It was created to offer a teaching program to educate urban 
administrators and specialists to plan, manage and develop metropolitan communities. 
The Washington-Baltimore urban corridor provides an excellent teaching and research 
setting for faculty and students. Since contemporary urban problems must be solved 
by a multi-disciplinary approach, the master's program supplements the Institute's core 
courses with the specialized problem solving methods of the diverse departments and 
professional schools of the University. The Institute has developed a joint program 



Resources 45 



with the UMAB Community Planning Program to enable the Master of Community 
Planning (M.C.P.) degree to be taken by students in College Park as well as in 
Baltimore. 

Center on Aging: Director: Dr. George Baker. The Center on Aging, established in 
1974, has a university-wide mandate to promote aging-related activities. The center's 
goals are to: (1) Promote aging-related research by assisting in proposal preparation 
and in communication with various government and private funding sources. (2) 
Encourage departments, schools, and colleges to pursue aging-related research and 
develop gerontologically-oriented courses. (3) Provide students with educational 
programs, field experiences, training opportunities, and job placements that will 
prepare them for careers in aging-related occupations. (4) Conduct training programs, 
sponsor conferences, and provide on and off-campus technical assistance to meet the 
needs of practitioners who serve older persons. In addition, the Center sponsors a 
colloquium series on aging-related topics that is open to students and the public, 
conducts training and conferences for community level practitioners, and offers an 
annual Senior Center Training Institute for persons involved in direct service activities 
for the elderly. The Center coordinates the Graduate Gerontology Certificate to 
students pursuing Master's and doctoral degrees in regular university departments as 
well as to persons who return to the campus as advanced special students. 

Architecture and Engineering Performance Information Center : Director Donald 
W. Vannoy. Housed in the Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and 
Engineering, and cooperative with the School of Architecture, AEPIC is designed to 
permit architects and engineers to efficiently retrieve information on incidents involving 
the performance of projects for which they are responsible as conceivers, planners, 
designers, constructors, operators, or investigators. 

The information is structured for use in planning new projects; reviewing existing 
projects for rehabilitation, re-use, remedial work or restoration; teaching case studies; 
modifying codes and regulations; planning research; preparing professional texts; 
investigating for negotiations, arbitration or litigation proceedings; and developing new 
products for the construction industry in order to improve professional practice and 
prevent repetition of poor practice. 

Center for Mathematics Education: Director: Dr. Martin L. Johnson. The Center for 
Mathematics Education facilitates a graduate program in mathematics education — a 
program with an integrated focus relating mathematics, psychology, and learning. The 
faculty of the Center believe that crucial to the kind of research effort envisioned is a 
milieu conducive to such an effort — a physical-psychological locale in which students, 
faculty, participating children, parents, and appropriate visitors can become involved 
in the formal and informal interactions so essential to integrative research. 

In support of its graduate program, the center sponsors two major projects: The 
Arithmetic Clinic and the Mathematics Teaching Laboratory. The Arithmetic Clinic 
provides a context wherein graduate students can study difficulties in teaching and 
learning mathematics as they work directly with children. Models and procedures for 
the diagnosis and treatment of learning difficulties in mathematics are tested and 
refined.' 

The Mathematics Teaching Laboratory provides an extensive array of materials for 
teaching elementary school mathematics-materials which graduate students not only 
evaluate but also use in their work with children or with pre-service teachers. 



46 Resources 



Center for Business and Public Policy : Director: Lee E. Preston. The Center, 
housed in the College of Business and Management at UMCP, seeks to encourage 
more effective management in the contemporary social and political environment. It 
stimulates study, research and dialogue among faculty and students, members of the 
management community, and public officials concerning the broad pattern and 
changing character of business and society relationships, and directs attention to 
specific public policy issues through conferences and seminars. It emphasizes the 
development of managerial skills and tools for scanning the social environment, 
analyzing corporate social performance, and developing strategies for business 
response to social change. 

In addition to MBA and doctoral candidates in the College of Business and 
Management, graduate students from throughout the University may participate in 
courses and research opportunities offered by the Center, and faculty from other 
departments are drawn upon for individual projects and programs. Students preparing 
for specialized careers in corporate external affairs will be placed in field internships 
through the Center so that they can gain appropriate experience as part of their 
educational programs. 

The Center publishes and distributes a wide range of documents reflecting its work, 
and is the editorial office for the annual volumes Research in Corporate Social 
Performance and Policy, published by JAI Press, Greenwich, Connecticut. 

Center for Educational Research and Development (CERD) : Director Dr. John T 
Guthrie. Associate Director: Dr. Gerald V. Teague. The Center for Educational 
Research and Development (CERD) is a research facility devoted to promoting the 
study of analysis and complex issues in education. The problems addressed include 
student learning and development, teacher effectiveness, curriculum theory, policy 
analysis, and the social context of education. Issues are examined through a variety 
of methodologies including qualitative approaches, surveys, correlational studies, 
experiments and philosophical/literary analysis. The Center communicates its findings 
broadly, attempting to bring new knowledge to the attention of educational 
decision-makers and the public through a variety of publication outlets. 

The Center provides service to College staff in the development of scholarly 
activities. Assistance is given in the areas of literature retrieval and review, research 
design and analysis, and the communication of findings. Preparation of grant 
proposals including financial preparation, monitoring and accounting is supported. For 
the purposes of conducting research activities and sustaining communication 
regarding the application of new knowledge to educational problems, the Center 
provides a liaison with local, State and National education agencies. Collaborations of 
educational, corporate, and university communities engaged in common research 
pursuits are facilitated. 

Center for Curriculum Development and Change : Director Louise M.Berman This 
Center is committed to working with public and private schools, schools of nursing and 
medicine, business and industrial organizations, museums, and governmental and 
private agencies on issues pertaining to curriculum development and change. 

Among the activities of interest to Center staff and groups they serve are plans for 
designing, implementing, and evaluating curriculum programs: advanced study and 
inservice education for faculty and administrators: networking and identification of 
specialized experts in the curriculum field; and development of national and 
international curriculum programs and exchanges. The Center is associated with the 



Resources 47 



Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. 

Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values : Director Barbara J 
Finkelstein This Center is devoted to the examination of education policy as it reflects 
and expresses values. It provides a setting in which students, faculty, legislators, civil 
servants, and other education publics can explore the social and moral complexities 
and ambiguities inherent in educational goals and practices. 

Activities of the Center include problem indentification, producing essays and 
monographs, organizing conferences, and facilitating dialogue and discussion of 
relevant issues. Internships and postdoctoral study opportunities are available in the 
Center for individuals interested in the humanistic study of education. The Center is 
associated with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. 

Comparative Education Center : Director: George A. Male Established in 1967, the 
Comparative Education Center provides cross-cultural encouragement and assistance 
to faculty and students with international education interests. Center staff members 
represent special competence on Western Europe, Africa, the Near East, and on 
international organizations. 

The Center arranges study visits for educators from other countries, holds symposia 
and occasional lectures, and periodically publishes research essays on international 
education topics. The Center is associated with the Department of Education Policy, 
Planning, and Administration. 

Computer Science Center: Director: Glenn Ricart. The Computer Science Center 
provides the academic community of the University with ready access to large-scale 
computer facilities. The Center's primary function is the effective operation, 
maintenance, and management of these facilities so as to provide, as nearly as 
possible, uninterrupted computer services to the University community. The Center 
also carries on an active program of basic and applied research in computer science. 

Graduate students and faculty with programming problems can bring them to a 
group of programmer consultants who work on an individualized basis to assist in 
applying appropriate computer techniques. The Center also has a staff of systems 
analysts to assist in debugging programs, to adapt software developed elsewhere to 
use the Center's equipment, and to devise original software to meet user needs. Some 
of the additional services offered are keypunching, on-line data entry, 
photo-typesetting, and optical scanning. A large inventory of specialized software is 
available through the program library, and many non-credit short courses are 
presented each semester for users with specialized needs. 

As of February 1985, computing at the Computer Science Center is furnished by a 
Sperry Univac 1100/82, two IBM 4341 systems, and one IBM 4381 system. The 
1100/82 serves research and advanced instructional needs by supporting 200 
simultaneous interactive terminal users as well as a batch processing environment. 
The IBM computers are functionally dedicated to specific areas of instruction. Two 
4341 systems, each of which supports 55 simultaneous interactive terminal users, 
provide Fortran, Pascal, Cobol, and Basic to lower-level classes. The IBM 4381, which 
is jointly owned by the Sea Grant Program, is primarily used for statistical analysis 
(SAS, SPSS, etc.), graphics, and advanced Fortran applications. 

Center of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies: Director: Paul A Weinstein The 
Program of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies was recently organized at UMCP 
and is concerned with two kinds of activity. The first is interdisciplinary research 



48 Resources 



directed primarily toward the study of labor-management relations, wages and related 
problems, the labor market, comparative studies and personnel problems. The 
Program draws on the expertise and interests of faculty from the College of Business 
and Management, the School of Law and the Department of Economics, History, 
Psychology and Sociology. The second main activity consists of community and labor 
relations education projects serving management, unions, the public and other groups 
interested in industrial relations and labor-related activities. These projects consist of 
public lectures, conferences, and symposia as well as non-credit courses. 
Discussions concerning the development of a Master's degree in Industrial Relations 
and Labor Studies are currently underway. 

Center for International Development : Director: Edward E. Azar. The Center for 
International Development was created by the University of Maryland to contribute to 
international research and education on the subject of development, conflict resolution 
and world order. The center is transnational in scope and interdisciplinary in 
approach. It places a heavy emphasis on the application of international behavioral 
and social sciences to understanding the problems of international socio-economic 
change, conflict resolution and international security. 

The center brings together experts concerned with the problems of 
underdevelopment, conflict and application of creative strategies for the resolution of 
internal strife and international violence. In a highly interdependent and complex 
world, the center reaches across national boundaries to pursue co-learning with 
international scholars, especially from the developing countries. In this context, one of 
the central concerns of the center is the analysis and promotion of long-term 
international cooperation between the United States and the Third World. 

At present, long-term research projects underway at the center include theory 
projects in development diplomacy and protracted social conflict, a methods project, a 
policy project dealing with the role of international business in world development and 
in regional and international cooperation, and a data project whose nucleus is the 
Conflict and Peace Data Bank(COPDAB). 

In addition, the center permits students interested in energy and environmental 
politics, world food problems, technology transfer and Third World development to 
pursue a specialization through the center's World Order Studies program. 

The center also sponsors research seminars, public conferences and training 
workshops and provides numerous opportunities for intellectual and professional 
enrichment of scholars within and outside of the University of Maryland. 

Center for Language and Cognition : Director: David L. Horton. The purpose of the 
Center for Language and Cognition is to provide a central focus for instruction and 
research training on all aspects of language and cognition represented by the training 
staff. The Center's specific goals are to (1) encourage and support research and (2) to 
train students capable of making substantial contributions to the understanding of 
human cognitive systems and of relating this understanding to behavior in natural 
settings. 

The training program consists of classroom instruction (courses and seminars), 
research apprenticeships, and a variety of special features designed to provide an 
integrative program for all students. The special features include an "interdisciplinary" 
center seminar which provides a common forum for the discussion of contemporary 
issues and an evening discussion seminar in which a variety of professional, practical, 
and theoretical issues are considered. Also of importance are the visiting scholar 



Resources 49 



series, a technical report series, and a variety of informal procedures for the training of 
competent, mature scientists. 

Center for Philosophy and Public Policy : Director Dr Douglas MacLean The 
Center for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplinary program of 
research and curriculum development, investigating the structure of arguments and the 
nature of values relevant to the formation, justification, and criticism of public policy. 
Most research efforts, chosen from topics expected to be a focus of public policy 
debate during the next decade, are coordinated by center research staff and 
conducted cooperatively by working groups composed of philosophers, policymakers, 
analysts, and other experts from within and without the government. This diversity 
permits comprehensive examination of the major aspects of the complex issues 
investigated. Current research areas include: regulatory policy, environmental ethics, 
nuclear strategy, the nature of ecology, the rationality of attitudes toward risk, equality 
of opportunity, the ethics of legal negotiation, and the mass media and democratic 
values. Research products are made available through commercial publication, 
distribution of model courses, a quarterly newsletter, working papers, and workshops. 

The Center's curriculum development seeks to bring philosophical issues before 
future policymakers and citizens. Courses dealing with contemporary normative issues 
in the national and international arenas are offered through the School of Law, School 
of Public Affairs, and various undergraduate programs. Courses which have been 
offered include: Hunger and Affluence, Philosophical issues in Public Policy; Human 
Rights and Foreign Policy; Ethics and Energy Policy; The Endangered Species 
Problem; Risk and Consent; Ethics and the New International Order; The Morality of 
Forced Military Service; Theory of Regulatory Policy; Ethics and National Security; and 
Environmental Ethics. The Center is sponsored jointly by the Divisions of Arts and 
Humanities and of Behavioral and Social Sciences. 

The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life : Director Tom 
Tuttle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life operates within 
the College of Business and Management. The Center has four major functions: 1) to 
foster increased productivity and quality of working life through work with various 
public and private sector organizations in Maryland; 2) to act as a clearing house for 
information about productivity and quality of working life and publish a bimonthly 
newsletter, "The Maryland Workplace;" (3) to increase knowledge levels about 
productivity and quality of working life in Maryland through the regular curriculum of 
the University, as well as through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) 
to conduct research which adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and the 
quality of working life. 

Reading Center : Director: Robert M. Wilson. The Reading Center provides support 
services for undergraduate and graduate students in the area of reading education. 
The faculty of the center believe that a positive learning environment facilitates learning 
and are continuously searching for ways to improve reading instuction. 

The center operates a diagnostic and remedial clinic in which graduate students 
work with children who have mild to severe reading difficulties. Clinic diagnosis and 
instruction is of the highest quality and is closely supervised. Over 2,000 children 
have been assisted in the clinic. Hundreds of graduate students have refined their 
diagnostic and remedial instructional skills there. The clinic provides a pool of 
research subjects for faculty and graduate students. 



50 Resources 



The center facilitates faculty research through awarding small grants, obtaining 
research subjects, and sponsoring staff development in such areas as research 
design and statistical procedures. 

Collaborative efforts are made with other UMCP faculty as well as with the Maryland 
State Department of Education and the local schools. These efforts have resulted in 
interdisciplinary classes, conferences, and research projects. Faculty and graduate 
students aid local schools by conducting inservice activities, consulting on curriculum 
development, and providing support to parent organizations. 

Center for Renaissance and Baroque Studies : Director: Samuel Schoenbaum 
(UMCP). Executive Director: Susan Zimmerman (UMCP). The Center for Renaissance 
and Baroque Studies, housed in the Division of Arts and Humanities at UMCP, was 
established in 1981 to serve all disciplines within the Division of Arts and Humanities. 

The Center has several objectives: to promote interdisciplinary research and 
teaching among faculty in Renaissance and Baroque studies; to aid individual 
departments in the development of new curricula and programs; to support and 
publicize faculty research projects; to develop research opportunities for graduate 
students; to promote closer relations with major research centers in the Washington 
and Baltimore areas; to encourage the development of campus resources in the 
humanities, such as library collections; to strengthen ties with faculty in humanities 
disciplines from regional colleges and universities; and to enrich the life of the 
university and area community through guest lectures, conferences, exhibitions, 
concerts, and other public presentations. 

Major programs sponsored by the Center include the Maryland Handel Festival and 
Symposium under the direction of Paul Traver, professor of music; the 
scholar-in-residence program, which appoints a distinguished scholar for a semester 
to teach, lecture, and conduct faculty colloquia; and at least one interdisciplinary 
symposium. 

Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based Administration : Director: 
Edward J. Andrew, Jr. This laboratory is the research and development unit of the 
Maryland Commission on School-Based Administration and the Maryland Assessment 
Center Project. It is concerned with the professional preparation and inservice 
development of school principals. 

Collaborating with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration 
in these efforts are the Maryland State Department of Education, other institutions of 
higher education, and the 24 local school districts in Maryland. 

The Laboratory's mission is to devise and activate a systematic plan to strengthen 
the effectiveness of school principals in Maryland through programs of principal 
assessment, professional preparation and development, and research on principal 
assessment and development. 

Science Teaching Center : Director: Emment L. Wright. The Science Teaching 
Center is a component of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. As such, the 
center offers graduate programs and conducts research in science education. 
Program options are available for individuals from informal instructional settings and for 
elementary, secondary and college teachers of science, as well as for science 
supervisors. Center facilities include the Science Teaching Center library, the 
International Clearinghouse on Science and Mathematics Curricular Development, and 
instructional laboratories. Activities of the center include the review of books and films 



Resources 51 



for the National Science Teachers Association and the National Association of Biology 
Teachers, and the development of research projects in association with other units on 
the UMCP campus. In addition, the center sponsors projects and workshops, for local 
educational authorities, state departments of education, federal agencies, and state, 
national and international organizations. 

Survey Research Center : Director: John Robinson. The Survey Research Center 
was created in 1980 as a Division-wide research facility within the behavioral and 
social sciences. The Center specializes in the design of questionnaires and the 
conduct of surveys for policy purposes, and has the capacity to conduct mini-survey 
experiments, and in-depth clinical interviews. The Center provides assistance to 
researchers in sample design, has technical expertise on the storage, manipulation, 
and analysis of very large data sets, and provides support services to archive and 
maintain such data sets. 

The Center supports graduate education by providing both technical training and 
practical experience to students. Also, the Center has a strong community service 
mission through the provision of technical assistance on survey methods and survey 
design to units of state and local governments, and by conducting surveys on a 
contract or grant basis for these governmental units. 

Transportation Studies Center : Director: Lowell Birdwell (UMCP). Housed in the 
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering, and with input from 
the other divisions of the College Park campus as well as from academic departments 
on the Baltimore County campus, the Center acts as a catalyst to foster research and 
development and interdisciplinary studies in transportation and to provide the means 
for investigators from different disciplines to work together on a wide range of 
transportation related problems. Objectives of the Center are to identify potential 
research projects by establishing a dialogue and rapport with sponsoring agencies 
and offices; to provide coordination between the various disciplines engaged in or 
having potential to engage in transportation research and between potential research 
sponsors and University researchers; to facilitate cooperation between the University of 
Maryland and other universities and industry, for joint undertakings; to promote and, 
where appropriate, to supervise specific educational programs of an interdisciplinary 
nature. 

Among the areas identified as having interest and research potential are 
transportation systems management, transportation planning, public policy, public 
utilities, systems economics, multiple uses of rights-of-way, mass transit systems, 
conservation of energy, terminal siting, bridge and pavement design, traffic flow 
coordination, traffic safety and efficiency, transportation economics, aerospace 
transportation, meteorological factors, noise control, highway landscaping, 
environmental considerations, and air, rail, water and highway alternatives. 

Water Resources Center : Director: Robert E. Menzer. The Water Resources 
Research Center sponsors and coordinates research on all aspects of water supply, 
demand, distribution, utilization, quality enhancement or degradation, and allocation or 
management. The center brings together water resource user groups, such as local, 
state and federal management and regulatory agencies and citizens groups, with 
university researchers and educators to assist in the solution of both basic and applied 
water resources problems. Research proposals are solicited from researchers which 
address water problems within the state, while water resources problems confronting 



52 Resources 



management, regulatory and health agencies and or citizens of the state are 
determined by use of an advisory committee. The center acts to bring together the 
technical expertise, financial resources and other contributions necessary to help solve 
existing water resources problems and to generate basic scientific information which 
may contribute to solutions of future problems or which may prevent development of 
new water resource problems. The center's funds are derived from the Office of Water 
Policy. U.S. Department of Interior, under PL 95-467, from substantial university 
contributions in faculty time and other expenses, and from other local, state and 
federal agencies and private sources. Funds are made available for research projects 
on a competitive basis. Training of graduate and undergraduate students in water 
resources and the transfer of existing water resources knowledge to user groups are 
integral components of the center's activities. 

Center for Young Children : Director: Marilyn Church. The Center for Young Children 
is a research facility for graduate students and faculty. It is located in the College of 
Education and is under the direction of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. 
Approximately 70 children ages 3 through 5 attend daily sessions in a nursery 
school-kindergarten setting. Observation booths adjoin each room providing facilities 
for observational research and instruction. An individual testing room is also available 
for use in working with individuals or small groups of children. 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research : Director: John H. Cumberland. The 
Bureau of Business and Economic Research conducts research in the areas of 
regional, urban and environmental economics. Projects are funded by the University, 
and by State and Federal Government agencies. Research is conducted by Bureau 
faculty members, who hold joint appointments with the Department of Economics, and 
by advanced graduate students working on degree programs. 

Bureau of Governmental Research: Acting Director: Peter Brown. Activities of the 
Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to the problems of state and local 
government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes findings with 
reference to local, state and national governments and their interrelationships. It 
undertakes surveys, sponsored programs and grants, and offers its assistance and 
service to units of government in Maryland. The bureau furnishes opportunities for 
qualified students interested in research and career development in state and local 
administration. The Bureau also acts as coordinator for the Annual School for Maryland 
Assessing Officers. 

Institute for Governmental Service: Director: Patricia S. Florestano. The Institute 
provides consulting services to county, municipal, and state governments. 
Consultation and assistance are provided on specific problems in such areas as 
program evaluation, survey research, preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, 
fiscal management, personnel, zoning, and related local or intergovernmental activities. 
The staff analyzes and shares with governmental officials information concerning 
professional developments and opportunities for new or improved programs and 
facilities. 



Resources 53 



Consortia 

The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and local consortia 
concerned with advanced education and research. They offer a variety of opportunities 
for senior scholar and graduate student research. 

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-profit educational 
and research consortium of 51 colleges and universities in the South formed in order 
to broaden the opportunities for member institutions collectively to participate in many 
fields of education and research in the natural sciences related to the environment, 
energy, and health. Educational programs range from short term courses or institutes, 
conducted with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship programs administered by 
ORAU for the U.S. Department of Energy. 

The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), was created to serve as a 
focal point of a vigorous and expanding national research effort in the atmospheric 
sciences. NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation 
by the UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH (UCAR), made 
up of 48 U.S. and Canadian universities with doctoral programs in the atmospheric 
sciences or related fields. The scientific staff includes meteorologists, astronomers, 
chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and representatives of other disciplines. Over 
the years, UMCP Meteorology department, faculty, and staff members have had an 
active collaboration with NCAR colleagues and have made use of NCAR facilities. The 
Meteorology Department maintains a mini-computer which allows access to NCAR's 
CRAY I computer. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (URA), a group of 52 universities 
engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organization for the Fermi National 
Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The accelerator, 
located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's highest-energy proton accelerator. 
University of Maryland faculty and graduatestudents have been involved in 
experiments at Fermilab since its inception. 

The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDUCOM) provides a 
forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in communications science and 
technology and their relation to the planning and programs of colleges and 
universities. The council particularly fosters inter-university cooperation in the area of 
communications science. 

The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA) was designed to 
promote cooperation between universities, research organizations, and the government 
in the development of space science and technology, and in the operation of 
laboratories and facilities for research, development, and education in these fields. 
USRA currently has four active research programs. They focus on low gravity cloud 
physics, computer applications in science and engineering, lunar science, and 
materials processing in space. 

The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM 
FOR POLITICAL and SOCIAL RESEARCH (ICPSR) One purpose of the Consortium is 
to facilitate collection and distribution of useful data for social science research. The 
data include survey data from the University of Michigan Center for Political Studies 
and from studies conducted by other organizations or by individuals, census data for 
the United States, election data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision results, and 
biographical data. 

The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH 



54 Resources 



CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide scale environmental research program, with the Johns 
Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, and the Smithsonian 
Institution. The Consortium coordinates and integrates research on the Chesapeake 
Bay region and is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in the 
management and control of the area. Each participating institution calls on faculty- 
expertise in a diversity of disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, 
engineering, geology, and the social and behavioral sciences. Through this 
interdisciplinary research program a computerized Management Resource Bank is 
being developed containing a biological inventory of the Chesapeake Bay region, a 
legal survey, and socioeconomic data of the surrounding communities. The Consortium 
provides research opportunities for faculty members, graduate students, and 
undergraduate students at the University. 

Officially chartered in 1969, the ASSOCIATION OF SEA GRANT PROGRAM 
INSTITUTIONS is a growing organization concerned with the development and wise 
use of ocean and Great Lakes resources. Composed of the nation's major colleges, 
universities and institutions with ocean programs, the Association works for the 
betterment of the management and utilization of marine resources. Maryland's 
research and education program is greatly involved with estuarine processes and 
commercial fisheries, especially oysters, in the Chesapeake Bay. Other important 
research efforts such as the joint cholera program with Florida, Louisiana and Oregon, 
represent strong national efforts. 

The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea Grant funding by 
the Department of Commerce for the calendar year 1977. Although forty-six 
universities, colleges and non-profit organizations hold either regular or associate 
memberships in SGA, Maryland is one of only about twenty who have comprehensive 
institutional programs and who are eligible to become Sea Grant Colleges. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN EDUCATION is to 
involve all interested agencies in the State of Maryland in the identification, 
development, and utilization of the human resources of the State for the purpose of 
improving human relationships in education. The consortium provides training 
activities for educational personnel, promotes the sharing of expertise among 
education professionals, disseminates information as to activities, personnel and 
materials concerning human relationships, and promotes cooperative relationships 
among the agencies involved. 

Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER RESOURCES 
(UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately 80 members. UCOWR was 
created to provide a forum for interchange of information pertaining to water resources 
research in academic communities. Member institutions also exchange information on 
special conferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities. 

The University of Maryland is an associate member of the UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL 
OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM (UNOLS) established to improve 
coordinated use of federally supported oceanographic facilities, bringing together the 
Community of Academic Oceanographic Institutions which operate those facilities, and 
creating a mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning for 
oceanographic facilities. As an associate member, the University of Maryland has a 
very active graduate level research program in the marine sciences and operates 
facilities through the Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies. 

Chartered in 1981-1982 with the University of Maryland among its founding 
members, the POTOMAC RIVER BASIN CONSORTIUM comprises 20 or so academic, 



Student Services 55 



governmental and private sector institutions whose intent is to expand scholarly and 
popular interest and involvement with the many natural, cultural, and historical 
dimensions of the Potomac Valley basin and its subregions and the Chesapeake Bay 
Consortium interests range from agriculture, anthropology, and engineering to historic 
preservation, environment, geography, history, public policy and urban studies. 
Consortium activities, intermural and interdisciplinary, are aimed at enhancing 
opportunities for collaborative studies of the region in academic curricula, student 
exchange, internships, workshops, seminars, and a publication program of academic 
studies and papers. 

The University of Maryland is one of the charter members of THE SOUTHEASTERN 
UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (SURA), a consortium of institutions of 
higher learning formed in 1980 for the purpose of managing large cooperative projects 
in science, engineering and medicine. SURA's first undertaking was the proposal for a 
National Electron Accelerator Laboratory (NEAL). Although NEAL's primary research 
potential is in nuclear science, research in condensed matter physics, medicine, and 
industrial applications is a natural byproduct. 

The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social needs of limited resource 
peoples and less developed countries. Membership in the organization is open to 
universities, research institutions and other organizations with capabilities related to 
rural and urban development and technology transfer. The University of Maryland is a 
charter member and has participated in several SECID technical assistance contracts 
including ones in Kenya, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Guyana, Malawi, Zambia, Senegal, 
and Mali. 

Student Services 

Housing 

The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1195, Student Union, 454-3645), in 
cooperation with many of the local landlords and apartment managers, maintains an 
extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several headings (Rooms. 
Unfurnished Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office can also provide students 
with convenient maps of the College Park area and with lists of local motels, trailer and 
mobile home parks, real estate agents, and furniture rental companies. In addition, the 
University has set aside a limited number of furnished rooms in the undergraduate 
residence halls for single graduate students. 

Current rates for housing in the area are about $150-$225 per month for a room in 
a private home, $275-$375 per month for an efficiency or one bedroom apartment; 
$175-$225/month for a shared apartment, and $500-$600/month for a two-bedroom 
house. 

The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for married graduate 
students and for a limited number of single graduate students. Both Lord Calvert 
Apartments and University Hills Apartments are within walking distance of campus, 
which means that there is usually a waiting list, especially during the period 
immediately preceding the fall semester. Priority for housing in these complexes is 
currently given to married full-time graduate assistants, then married full-time graduate 
non-assistants. 

Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is currently (1985-86) $294-$311 /month, with 



56 Student Services 



two-bedroom apartments costing from $331 to $348/month; a limited number of 
efficiencies are available to single students for a monthly rent of $253-$285. Students 
must sign a one year lease and pay a security deposit of $100 (payable when the 
applicant's name is added to the waiting list). There is a nonrefundable application fee 
of $10 for adding a name to the waiting list. After the initial lease expires, residence in 
the apartments is on a monthly basis. Graduate students who maintain full-time status 
are permitted to live in the apartments for a maximum of thirty-six months. 

Information and applications for University-owned housing can be obtained from 
the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, Maryland 20783 (422-7445). 

University Food Services 

The University Food Service offers several dining contract options which are available 
to graduate students. The options and their costs on a semester basis for 1985-1986 
were any 19 meals per week for $789.00; any 15 meals per week for $735.50; and any 
10 meals per week for $700.00. University people can obtain guest meal tickets for 
individual meals in contract dining halls for fairly reasonable prices (unlimited 
quantities for $3.80 at breakfast, $4.75 for lunch or brunch, and $6.00 at dinner). More 
information about contract dining can be obtained from the dining services office 
(454-2906). 

In addition to the services offered by the contract dining halls, graduate students 
may wish to take advantage of the cash line services available at the Hill Dining Hall or 
the various restaurants and snack bars at the Student Union. 

Hillel Kosher Dining Club, housed in Hillel House, 7612 Mowatt Lane, College Park 
(422-6200), provides Kosher meals on either a regular or occasional basis. The 
Maryland Food Co-op, located in the basement of the Student Union, provides natural 
foods and vegetarian options, and students may earn food credits by working there. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center, located in Hombake Library offers a wide variety of 
services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is to assist students in exploring 
career opportunities and planning their careers. Services include career advising, the 
Career Library, the credentials service, and the on-campus interview program. 

The career advising program includes both individual and group advising sessions 
and workshops on jobseeking skills, resume preparation, and interviewing skills. The 
Career Library contains occupational information, full-time job listings, employer 
directories, and other reference sources. 

Graduate students are eligible to participate in the on-campus interview program, 
which involves campus visits by representatives from business, government, and 
education. Students interested in employment in the fields of education and library 
science will find the credentials service especially valuable. 

Certain services of the Center are also available to students' spouses. 

Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers consultation onr education/psychological concerns; an 
open educational-vocational information library; recorded interviews with department 
heads on the characteristics of graduate majors offered on the campus; and a weekly 
Research and Data series of presentations on current educational/psychological 
topics. 



Student Services 57 



Available services include the following: the Counseling Service, which offers initial 
consultation on any problems and provides further counseling services or referral 
services to appropriate individuals or agencies in the area; the Reading and Study 
Skills Laboratory, for those interested in improving any of their educational skills 
including special assistance for students for whom English is a second language, the 
Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation Service, providing a variety of services to the 
parents of young children with learning or behavior problems; and the Testing, 
Research and Data Processing Division, which serves as the testing and census taking 
arm of the campus. 

The Center provides consultation to a variety of groups and individuals concerning 
organizational development and group productivity. Other programs include a series of 
self-understanding and development groups for interested students and staff. 

The Center provides a wide variety of research reports on characteristics of 
students and campus environment. 

National testing programs (GRE, Miller Analogies, etc.) are administered by the 
Counseling Center as well as testing for counseling purposes. Office location; 
Shoemaker Building. Telephone: Counseling Services 454-2931; Reading and Study 
Skills Lab 454-2935; Testing Information 454-3127. 

Health Care 

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across from the 
Student Union. Both graduate and undergraduate students are eligible for health care 
at the Health Center. Services provided include both emergency and routine medical 
care, mental health evaluation and treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, 
gynecological services, and upon referral from a Health Center physician, 
dermatological services and orthopedic services. 

Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an appointment. 
Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an appointment will be seen on a 
walk-in basis. Emergencies always receive highest priority. 

The Health Center is open 8:00 a.m.-8:00 p.m. weekdays and 11:00 a.m.-3:00 
p.m. on weekends with acute illnesses taking priority on evenings and weekends. 
People with emergencies are seen 24 hours a day. 

Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes eligible for routine 
medical care and professional services at the Health Center. Charges however, are 
made for certain laboratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be 
noted that the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance. For information 
and emergencies, call 454-3444; Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health, 454-4925; 
Women's Health, 454-4923; Health Education, 454-4922. 

Health Insurance 

Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and many students 
do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group insurance policy is available to 
students. This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable rates, for hospital, surgery, 
emergency, laboratory, and x-ray purposes; some coverage for mental and nervous 
problems; and contains a major hospital provision. Students may enroll at mid-year for 
a half-yearly rate, and they may elect to have family coverage. Enrollment periods for 
the policy are August 15, October 1, January 1, and March 1. For additional 
information and application forms, see the brochure available in the Health Center or in 



58 Student Services 



the Office of Student Affairs. 

In addition, graduate assistants are eligible for the State employee insurance plan 
options. For further information, contact your department, or the Personnel Benefits 
office. 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 

In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following publications: 

Graduate Application Booklet: This booklet, which contains the application forms and 
information you need to complete the forms, is available on request from the Graduate 
School Mailing Office or from the individual departments. 

Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new graduate 
student with an introduction to the campus and the College Park area, is available from 
the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth policies, procedures, and 
services of interest to graduate assistants and is available from the departmental 
graduate offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

Graduate School Requirements for Theses and Dissertations. This manual contains 
the instructions for preparation of theses and dissertations and is available from the 
Graduate School (Room 2117, South Administration). 

Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card of dates for 
submission of final documents is available from the various departmental graduate 
offices, as well as from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 



59 



Graduate 
Programs 



Aerospace Engineering 



Professor and Chair: Gessow 

Professors: Anderson, Donaldson, Melnik, Plotkin 

Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones, Chopra, Lee, Winklemann 

Assistant Professor: Fabunmi 

Lecturers: Billig, Chandler, Griffin, Hong, Jobanek, Johnson, Regan, Vamos, Waltrup 

Hong, Jobanek, Johnson, Regan, Salkind, Vamos, Waltrup 

The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a broad program of graduate studies 

leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The curricula 

for these degrees are adapted to meet the objectives and background of the individual 

student and are planned by the student and an advisor. Applications for admission 

are invited from those holding a B.S. degree in engineering, the physical sciences, 

and mathematics. Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural Mechanics, and Flight 

Dynamics are the major areas of specialization available to graduate students. Within 

these areas of specialization, the student can tailor programs such as Computational 

Fluid Dynamics, and Helicopter or V/STOL Technology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Two master's degree options are available: thesis and non-thesis. No special 
departmental requirements are imposed beyond the Graduate School requirements. 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the Aerospace Engineering Department 
requires a minimum of 48 semester hours of course-work beyond the B.S. including (1) 
not less than 18 hours within one departmental area of specialization, (2) not less than 
9 hours from among the other areas of specialization in the department, (3) not less 
than 12 hours in courses which emphasize the physical sciences or mathematics 
rather than their applications. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at least 24 hours 
of which no more than 6 are less than 600 level. Written qualifying and oral 
comprehensive examinations are also required. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The research facilities of the department are available to the graduate student. The 
aerodynamic facilities include two subsonic, and a supersonic wind tunnel. Facilities 
are also available for static and vibration testing of structures. An assortment of 
computers including a UNIVAC 1108 complemented by remote access units on a 
time-sharing basis are available. The Department provides special facilities for the use 
of students which include remote terminals, mini-computers and personal computers. 
Under special circumstances, thesis research may be accomplished in off-campus 



60 ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 



research facilities. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships and fellowships, including the Glenn L. Martin 
Rotorcraft and Hypersonic fellowships, are available for financial assistance. 

Courses 

ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 

ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2) Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. 
Corequisites: ENAE 452 and ENAE 471. Application of fundamental measurement 
techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, structural, aerodynamic, and 
propulsion tests, correlation of theory with experimental results. 

ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III (1) Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. 
Corequisites: ENAE 452, ENAE 471, and ENAE 475. Application of fundamental 
measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, structural, 
aerodynamic, flight simulation, and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theory with 
experimental results. 

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3) Prerequisites: ENAE 345, ENAE 451, and ENAE 371. 
Theory, background and methods of airplane design, subsonic and supersonic. 

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3) Prerequisites: ENAE 345 and ENAE 
371. Theory, background and methods of space vehicle design for manned orbiting 
vehicles, manned lunar and planetary landing systems. 

ENAE 415 Computer-aided Structural Design Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 452 
or consent of instructor. Introduction to structural design concepts and analysis 
techniques. Introduction to computer software for structural analysis which is utilized to 
verify exact solutions and perform parametric design studies of aerospace structures. 
Not open to students who have earned credit in ENAE 431. 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3) PrerequisiteENAE 345 
and ENAE 371 . Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in dynamics. 

ENAE 451 Flight Structures I: Introduction to Solid Mechanics (4) Prerequisite: 
ENES 220. An introduction to the analysis of aircraft structural members. Introduction 
to theory of of elasticity, mechanical behavior of materials, thermal effects, 
finite-difference approximations, virtual work, variational and energy principles for static 
systems. 

ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements (3) Prerequisite ENAE 451 
Application of variational and energy principles to analysis of elastic bodies; stresses 
and deflections of beams including effects of non-principal axes, non-homogeneity, 
and thermal gradients; differential equations of beams, bars, and cables. Stresses and 
deflections of torsional members, stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of 
structures. 

ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computational Mechanics (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 452 
or consent of instructor. Introduction to the concepts of computational analysis of 
continuous media by use of matrix methods. Foundation for use of finite elements in 
any field of continuum mechanics, with emphasis on the use of the displacement 
method to solve thermal and structural problems. 



ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 61 



ENAE 457 Flight Structures III (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent An 
advanced undergraduate course dealing with the theory and analysis of the structures 
of flight vehicles. Stresses due to shear, indeterminate structures, plate theory, 
buckling and failure of columns and plates. 

ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3) Prerequisites: ENME 216 and ENAE 471 Operating 
principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket engines, thermodynamic 
cycle analysis and engine performance, aerothermochemistry of combustion, fuels, 
and propellants. 

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 461. Advanced and current 
topics in flight propulsion. 

ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 371 and ENME 216. Elements of 
compressible flow with applications to aerospace engineering problems 

ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 371. Theory of the flow of an 
incompressible fluid. 

ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3) Prerequisite ENAE 472 or 
equivalent. An advanced course dealing with aerodynamic problems of flight at 
supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Unified hypersonic and supersonic small 
disturbance theories, real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer with 
applications to hypersonic flight and re-entry. 

ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating (3) Prerequisites ENAE 371 
ENAE 471, and ENME 216. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow, Navier-Stokes 
equations, similarity, boundary layer equations; laminar, transitional and turbulent 
incompressible flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convective heat transfer; 
conduction through solids, introduction to radiative heat transfer. 

ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering (1-4) Technical elective taken with the 
permission of the student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and conference courses 
designed to extend the student's understanding of aerospace engineering. Current 
topics are emphasized. 

ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3) May be repeated to a maximum of three credits. 
Elective for seniors in aerospace engineering with permission of the student's advisor 
and the instructor. Original research projects terminating in a a written report. 

ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3) Prerequisites - ENAE 445 or consent of instructor. 
Studies in the dynamics and control of flight vehicles. Fundamentals of the dynamics 
of rigid and non-rigid bodies and their motion under the influence of aerodynamic and 
gravitational forces. 

ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3) Prerequisites - ENAE 640 or consent of instructor. A 
continuation of ENAE 640. 

ENAE 646 Helicopter Theory I (3) Prerequisites - ENAE 461 or consent of instructor. 
Theories of rotor aerodynamics in axial and nonaxial flight, dynamics of rotor blades, 
helicaopter performance, stability, control, and current methods of helicopter dynamic 
analysis. Development of a digital program for dynamic simulation of helicopter flight. 

ENAE 647 Helicopter Theory II (3) Prerequisites - ENAE 646 or consent of instructor. 

A continuation of ENAE 646. 

ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Structural Mechanics (3) Prerequisites ENAE 452 



62 ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 



or equivalent. Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to cartesian tensors; 
application of calculus of variations and variational principles of elasticity; Castigliano's 
theorems; applications to aerospace structures. 

ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 453 and 
ENAE 650, or consent of instructor. Development of finite element representation of 
continua using Galerkin and variational techniques. Derivation of shell elements and 
parametric representation of two and three dimensional elements. Application to 
aerospace structures, fluids and diffusion processes. 

ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Continua (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 
652. Finite element formulation of nonlinear and time dependent processes. 
Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity, plasticity and creep. Application to 
nonlinear continua including aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat transfer, 
creep. 

ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3) Prerequisites: MATH 246 and ENAE 452 or 
equivalents: or consent of instructor. Advanced principles of dynamics necessary for 
structural analysis; solutions of eigenvalue problems for discrete and continuous elastic 
systems, solutions to forced response boundary value problems by direct, modal, and 
transform methods. 

ENAE 656 Structural Dynamcis II (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or consent of instructor. 
Topics in aeroelasticity: wing divergence; aileron reversal; flexibility effects on aircraft 
stability derivatives; wing, empennage and aircraft flutter; aircraft gust response. 

ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 451 or equivalent. 
Static and dynamic stability of structural systems. Classification of leading systems: 
linear and nonlinear post — buckling behavior. Perfect and imperfect system behavior. 
Buckling and failure of columns and plates. 

ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion (3) PrerequisiTES, ENAE461 , 462. Special problems 
of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet 
engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion (3) Prerequisites: ENAE461, 462. Special problems 
of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet 
engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) Prerequisite: MATH 463 or 
permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. 
Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. 
Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) Prerequisite: MATH 463 or 
permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. 
Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. 
Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3) Prerequisite ENAE 472 or 
permission of instructor. One dimensional flow, of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock 
waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimensional 
transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. 
Linearized theory of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially 
symmetrical potential flow. One - dimensional flow with friction and heat addition. 



Agricultural and Extension Education Program 63 



ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3) Prerequisite ENAE 472 or 
permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock 
waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimensional 
transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. 
Linearized theory of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially 
symetrical potential flow. One - dimensional flow with friction and heat addition. 

ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) Derivation of navier stokes equations, 
some exact solutions: boundary layer equations Laminar flow-similar solutions, 
compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical methods, stability 
and transition of turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flows, free mixing flows. 

ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) Derivation of navier stokes equations, 
some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar solutions, 
compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical methods, stability 
and transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-istropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flows, free mixing flows. 

ENAE 688 Seminar (1-3) 

ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or equivalent. 
Fundamentals of probability theory pertinent to random vibrations, including correlation 
functions, and spectral densities; example random processes; response of single 
degree and multidegree of freedom systems. 

ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace Engineering (1-3) 

ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Agricultural and Extension Education 
iram 



Progi 



Professor and Chair: Nelson 

Professors: Longest, Ryden (Emeritus) 

Associate Professors: Cooper, Rivera, Seibel 

Assistant Professor: Gibson 

Affiliate Professors: Booth, Coffindaffer, DeColon, Shelton, Snipp 

Adjunct Professors: Richards, Soobitsky, Werge 

This is a multidisciplinary department consisting of several educational and social 

science specialities. As such, the Department of Agricultural and Extension Education 

serves the academic and continuing education needs and interests of the Cooperative 

Extension workers, teachers of agriculture/agribusiness and renewable natural 

resource programs, and professionals involved in adult and continuing education, 

community development, rural sociology, and environmental education. 



64 AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 



Admission and Degree Information 

The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees and the Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate (requiring 30 credits beyond the master's degree) may be 
obtained in options in Agricultural Education, Environmental Education, Extension, 
Adult and Continuing Education, and Community Development. 

Specialization options in Agricultural Education are teacher education, research, 
and administration and supervision. Specialization options under certification, 
Extension, Adult and Continuing Education include staff development, program 
development, administration and supervision, and continuing education. The 
multidisciplinary Community Development program specialties include various social 
science disciplines with research, teaching, and extension functions; human and 
organizational planning and development; and public affairs education. 

In the Master of Science programs both thesis and non-thesis options are available. 
Applicants for all programs must present transcripts and recommendations for 
evaluation. 

No specific number of credits is required for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each 
student's program is planned by the student's faculty committee according to previous 
education and experience, special interests and needs, and professional plans of the 
individual. No foreign Language is required but is encouraged for those interested in 
international development areas. Students are encouraged to develop research 
competencies through specific courses and participation in Department research 
programs. 

Applicants must present results of the Miller Analogies and/or GRE tests with their 
applications for admission, along with recommendations from individuals competent to 
evaluate academic strengths of the applicant. 

Courses 

AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 

AEED 423 Extension Communications (3) An introduction to communications in 
teaching and within an organization, including barriers to communication, the diffusion 
process and the application of communication principles person to person, with 
groups and through mass media. 

AEED 426 Development and Management of Extension Youth Programs (3) 

Designed for present and prospective state leaders of extension youth programs. 
Program development, principles of program management, leadership development 
and counseling; science, career selection and citizenship in youth programs, field 
experience in working with youth from low income families, urban work. 

AEED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and Extension Education (3) Concepts 
involved in working with groups planning extension and continuing education 
programs. Analysis of group behavior and group dynamics related to small groups 
and development of a competence in the selection of appropriate methods and 
techniques. 

AEED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society (3) Examination of the many aspects of rural 
life that affect and are affected by changes in technical, natural and human resources. 
Emphasis is placed on the role which diverse organizations, agencies and institutions 
play in the education and adjustment of rural people to the demands of modern 



AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 65 



society. 

AEED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3) Topics examined include 
conditions under which people in poverty exist, factors giving rise to such conditions, 
problems faced by the rural poor, and the kinds of assistance they need to rise out of 
poverty. Topics and issues are examined in the context of rural-urban interrelationships 
and their effects on rural poverty. Special attention is given to past and present 
programs designed to alleviate poverty and to considerations and recommendations 
for future action. 

AEED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) Designed primarily for teachers 
Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and minerals: 
natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Concentration on 
subject matter. Taken concurrently with AEED 497 in summer season. 

AEED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1) Current problems and trends in rural 
education. 

AEED 489 Field Experience (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of department. Planned field 
experience for both major and non-major students. Repeatable to a maximum of four 
credits. 

AEED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) Designed primarily for teachers 
Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and minerals: 
natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Methods of teaching 
conservation included. Taken concurrently with AEED 487 in summer season. 

AEED 499 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: staff approval. 

AEED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in Agricultural Education (2-3) 

Second semester. Analysis of community agricultural education needs, selection and 
organization of course content, criteria and procedures for evaluating programs. 

AEED 626 Program Development in Adult and Continuing Education (3) Concepts 
in program planning and development. Study and analysis of program design and 
implementation in adult and continuing education. 

AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and Continuing Education (3) Prerequisite 
AEED 626 or consent of instructor. An analysis of program evaluation concepts as they 
relate specifically to adult continuing education. Program evaluation concepts, issues 
and problems with emphasis on the use of evaluation procedures. 

AEED 628 Seminar in Program Planning (1-5) The student assists in the 
development of an educational program in an institutional or community setting. He 
also develops an individualized unit of study applicable to the program. Seminar 
sessions are based on the actual problems of diagnosing needs, planning, 
conducting, and evaluating programs. Repeatable to a maximum of five credits. 

AEED 630 Teaching-learning in Adult and Continuing Education (3) The 

teaching/learning process in adult continuing education. Instructional techniques and 
methodologies appropriate for adults. The curriculum development process. Issues 
and priorities in adult continuing education. 

AEED 631 Seminar in Adult Basic Education (3) The social context of illiteracy 
Problems and issues in literacy education. Existing strategies of adult basic education 
(ABE). 



66 AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 



AEED 632 International Extension/Adult Education (3) The state of extension/adult 
education in other countries. The social context of extension/adult education in 
selected countries. Analysis of existing extension/adult education programs and the 
contributions of these systems to the field. 

AEED 642 Continuing Education in Extension (3) Studies the process through which 
adults have and use opportunities to learn systematically under the guidance of an 
agent, teacher or leader. A variety of program areas will be reviewed giving the 
student an opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate learning activities for adults. 

AEED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3) First semester. Analysis of structure and 
function of rural society and application of social understandings to educational 
processes. 

AEED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3) First semester Theories of leadership 
are emphasized. Techniques of identifying formal and informal leaders and the 
development of rural lay leaders. 

AEED 691 Research Methods in Adult and Continuing Education (3) The scientific 
method, problem identification, survey of research literature, preparing research plans, 
design of studies, experimentation, analysis of data and thesis writing. 

AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: approval of staff. 

AEED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching (1) Summer session. Identification of 
experiences and activities in an effective student teaching program, responsibilities 
and duties of supervising teachers, and evaluation of student teaching. 

AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits 
provided content is different. 

AEED 798 Seminar in Rural Education (1-3) Problems in the organization, 
administration, and supervision of the several agencies of rural and/or vocational 
education. Repeatable to a maximum of eight credits. 

AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AEED 882 Agricultural College Instruction (1) 

AEED 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) Prerequisites: experience, a master's 
degree, and at least six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students whose 
application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the education faculty. Each 
apprentice is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with 
an appropriate agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working 
relationship with the apprentice and the other persons involved. 

AEED 889 Internship in Education (3-8) Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Internships 
in the major area of study for experienced students who are assigned to an 
appropriate school system, educational institution, or agency in a situation different 
than that in which the student is regularly employed. * 

AEED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 67 



Agricultural and Resource Economics 
Program 

Professor and Chair: Hueth 

Professors: Brown, Cain, Foster, Gardner, Lessley, McConnell, Norton, Stevens, Tuthill, 

Wysong 

Associate Professors: Bockstael, Chambers, Hardie, Lawrence, Levins, Lopez, Strand 

Assistant Professor: Phipps 

The Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics offers a course of study 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate 
program prepares students through courses in traditional subject matter areas, 
research experiences designed to give technical and creative competency in applied 
economics, and seminar and discussion opportunities. 

The Department provides two areas of specialization, agricultural economics and 
resource economics. Both areas of specialization integrate opportunity for study and 
research from a variety of disciplines related to agricultural and resource economics. 
Study and research within these two areas of specilization can include agricultural 
development, international trade, agricultural marketing, farm management and 
production economics, agricultural policy, econometrics, land use, marine resources, 
water resources and environmental quality. 

There are substantial employment opportunities for persons with advanced training 
in Agricultural and Resource Economics. Graduates from the Department obtain 
employment in government, industry and universities. In government, graduates are 
hired by such agencies as U.S. Departments of Agriculture and Interior and the 
Environmental Protection Agency. Some obtain positions with the World Bank and 
similar agencies. Industry openings are usually with larger companies, often involve 
research, but sometimes include management or program responsibilities. Positions 
obtained in academics usually include assistant professor positions (teaching, 
research, extension) in major universities. A few graduates have accepted teaching 
positions in smaller colleges. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree in both 
areas of specialization. The thesis option requires a minimum of 24 credits for course 
work and six credits for thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place after 
completion of the thesis and is primarily a defense of the thesis. The non-thesis option 
requires 33 credits for course work, and a scholarly paper. There is a final 
comprehensive written examination for the non-thesis option. The examination is 
primarily concerned with course work taken during the program. 

Students with a bachelor's degree generally enter the master's program before 
applying for the doctoral program. A minimum of 48 credits for course work beyond 
the bachelor's degree and 12 credits for dissertation research are required for the 
Ph.D. degree. Qualifying examinations are administered on completion of core course 
requirements. Written field examinations are held when course work has been 
completed. An oral dissertation defense is also required. 

There is no foreign language requirement for any graduate degree. The time 
required to complete a master's degree is generally two years. The Ph.D. adds a 
minimum of two years beyond the Master's program. The Graduate Record 



68 AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 



Examination (GRE) Aptitude Test scores are required with the application for 
admission. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department actively employs the resources of many state, federal, and 
international agencies unique to the Washington, D.C. area to offer experience from 
the world of government and business. The Library of Congress in Washington and the 
National Agricultural Library in Beltsville (just north of the campus) enhance teaching 
and research efforts. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past 
academic performance and availability of funds. Many full-time students in the 
Department hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. Part-time and 
summer work is often available for students not on assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The Policy Handbook for the Graduate Program provides course requirements, 
examination procedures and descriptive material for M.S. and Ph.D. programs. For 
specific information, contact: 

Dr. Bruce Gardner 

Graduate Coordinator 

Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Courses 

AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3) Prerequisite ECON 403 An 
introduction to agricultural price behavior. The use of price information in the 
decision-making process, the relation of supply and demand in determining 
agricultural prices, and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of 
processing in the marketing system. Elementary methods of price analysis, the 
concept of parity and the role of price support programs in agricultural decisions. 

AREC 405 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) Prerequisites: ECON 403 and 
MATH 220. The use and application of production economics in agriculture and 
resource industries through graphical and mathematical approaches. Production 
functions, cost functions, multiple product and joint production, and production 
processes through time. 

AREC 407 Agricultural Finance (3) Prerequisite: AREC 250. Application of economic 
principles to develop criteria for a sound farm business, including credit source and 
use, preparing and filing income tax returns, methods of appraising farm properties, 
the summary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective control and profitable 
operation of the farm business. 

AREC 414 Agricultural Business Management (3) Prerequisite: AREC 250 The 
different forms of businesses. Management functions, business indicators, measures of 
performance, and operational analysis. Case studies are used to show applications of 
management techniques, course in 



AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 69 



AREC 427 Economics of Agricultural Marketing Systems (3) Prerequiste AREC 
250. Basic economic theory as applied to the marketing of agricultural products, 
including price, cost, and financial analysis. Current developments affecting market 
structure including effects of contractual arrangement, vertical integration, 
governmental policies and regulation. 

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Policy (3) Development of natural 
resource policy and analysis of the evolution of public intervention in the use of natural 
resources. Examination of present policies and of conflicts between private individuals, 
public interest groups, and government agencies. 

AREC 433 Food and Agricultural Policy (3) Prerequisite: AREC 250. Economic and 
political context of governmental involvement in the farm and food sector. Historical 
programs and current policy issues. Analysis of economic effects of agricultural 
programs, their benefits and costs, and comparison of policy alternatives. Analyzes the 
interrelationship among international development, agricultural trade and general 
economic and domestic agricultural policies. 

AREC 445 World Agricultural Development and the Quality of Life (3) Prerequisite: 
AREC 250. An examination of the key aspects of the agricultural development of less 
developed countries related to resources, technology, cultural and social setting, 
population, infrastructure, incentives, education, and government. Environmental 
impact of agricultural development, basic economic and social characteristics of 
peasant agriculture, theories and models of agricultural development, selected aspects 
of agricultural development planning. 

AREC 453 Natural Resources and Public Policy (3) Prerequisites: AREC 250 or 
ECON 203. Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory, methodology, and 
policies concerned with the allocation of natural resources among alternative uses. 
Optimum state of conservation, market failure, safe minimum standard, and 
cost-benefit analysis. 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in Agriculture (3) An introduction to the 
application of econometric techniques to agricultural problems with emphasis on the 
assumptions and computational techniques necessary to derive statistical estimates, 
test hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single equation models. 
Includes linear and non-linear regression models, internal least squares, discriminant 
analysis and factor analysis. 

AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resources Economics (3) 

Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits. 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3) 

Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course 
develops a basic understanding of the development of economic and political thought 
as a foundation for understanding our present society and its cultural heritage. 
Prerequisite: acceptance in the honors program of the department of agricultural and 
resource economics. 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1850 to the present. This 
couse continues the development of a basic understanding of economic and political 
thought begun in AREC 495 by the examination of modern problems in agricultural 
and resource economics in the light of the material read and discussed in AREC 495 



70 AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 



and AREC 496. Prerequisite: successful complettin of AREC 495 and registration in 
the honors program of the department and resource economics. 

AREC 639 Internship in Resource Management (2-4) Prerequisite permission of 
major advisor and department chairman. Open only to graduate students in the arec 
resource management curriculum. Repeatable to a maximum of four hours. 

AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Agriculture Business 
and Analysis (3) Prerequisites' ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The application of 
mathematical programming to solve a wide variety of problems in agriculture, business 
and economics. Emphasis on modeling large-scale systems and interpreting results. 

AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resource Economics (3) First and 
second semester. Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on the persons 
available for teaching unique and specialized phases of agricultural and resource 
economics. The course will be taught by the staff or visiting agricultural and resource 
economists who may be secured on lectureship or visiting professor basis. 

AREC 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters. Students will participate through 
study of problems in the field, reporting to seminar members and defending positions 
adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will present ideas for analysis and discussion 
among class members. Students involved in original research will present progress 
reports. Class discussion will provide opportunity for constructive criticism and 
guidance. 

AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Resource Economics (1-2) First 
and second semesters and summer. Intensive study and analysis of specific 
problems in the field of agricultural and resource economics, which provide information 
in depth in areas of special interest to the student. 

AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and Demand Analysis (3) Second semester 
An advanced study in the theory of: (1) the individual consumer, (2) household 
behavior, and (3) aggregate demand. The concepts of price and cross elasticities of 
demand, income elasticity of demand, and elasticity of substitution will be examined in 
detail. The use of demand theory in the analysis of welfare problems, market 
equilibrium (with special emphasis on trade) and the problem of insufficient and 
excessive aggregate demand will be discussed. 

AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) First semester Study of the 
more complex problems involved in the long-range adjustments, organization and 
operation of farm resources, including the impact of new technology and methods. 
Applications of the theory of the firm, linear programming, activity analysis and 
input-output analysis. 

AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3) Theory and practice of the complex 
functional and institutional aspects of food distribution systems analyzed from the 
perspective of management decision-making in the food industry. Possible long range 
economic effects of current structural adjustments: social and ecological aspects of 
food industry management decision-making. 

AREC 832 Agricultural Price and income Policy (3) Second semester, alternate 
years, 1973. The evolution of agricultural policy in the united states, emphazing the 
origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon agricultural 



Agricultural Engineering Program 71 



production, prices and income. 

AREC 844 International Agriculture Trade (3) Economic theory, policies and 

practices in international trade in agricultural products Principal theories of 
international trade and finance, agricultural trade policies of various countries, and 
agricultural trade practices 

AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic Development (3) First semester, alternate 
years, 1972. Theories and concepts of what makes economic development happen 
Approaches and programs for stimulating the transformation from a primitive 
agricultural economy to an economy of rapidly developing commercial agriculture and 
industry. Analysis of selected agricultural development programs in Asia, Africa and 
Latin America. 

AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics (3) Second semester, alternate years 
Assessment and evaluation of our natural, capital, and human resources, the use of 
economic theory and various techniques to guide the allocation of these resources 
within a comprehensive framework; and the institutional arrangements for using these 
resources. ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequisite. 

AREC 883 Agricultural and Resource Economics Research Techniques (3) First 
semester. Emphasis is given to philosophy and basic objectives of research in the field 
of agricultural and resource economics. The course is designed to help students 
define a research problem and work out logical procedures for executing research in 
the social sciences. Attention is given to the techniques and tools available to 
agricultural and resource economics. Research documents in the field will be 
appraised from the standpoint of procedures and evaluation of the search. 

AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Agricultural Engineering Program 

Associate Professor and Chair: Stewart 

Professors: Harris, Wheaton 

Associate Professors: Grant, Johnson 

Assistant Professors: Farsaie, Frey, Magette, Muller, Rebuck 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Sager 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Brinsfield 

Visiting Professor: Yeck 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers a graduate program of study with 

specialization in either agricultural or aquacultural engineering leading to the degree of 

Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems place 

emphasis on the engineering aspects of the production, harvesting, processing and 

marketing of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber products. Concern for the 

conservation of land and water resources and the utilization and/or disposal of 

byproducts associated with biological systems is included in order to maintain and 

enhance the quality of our environment while contributing to efficient production of 

food and fiber to meet increasing population demands. 

Agricultural Engineering graduate students can look forward to excellent 
employment opportunities. Recent estimates indicate three to five openings presently 
exist for every student completing an advanced degree in Agricultural Engineering. 
Future projections indicate the demand for Agricultural Engineers with advanced 



72 ENAG — Engineering Agricultural 



degrees will be as good or better than it is presently. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is open to B.S. graduates in engineering, physical science or biological 
science who meet graduate school requirements and who have satisfactorily 
completed a core of basic engineering courses. For the thesis M.S. program, a 
minimum of 30 semester hours are required of which at least 9 hours will be 
agricultural engineering courses, 6 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be 
biometrics. A non-thesis M.S. is also available, requiring a minimum of 33 semester 
credit hours. At least 9 credit hours will be ENAG courses, 3 hours will be a required 
paper and 3 hours will be biometrics. 

A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a B.S. are required for the Ph.D. program of 
which 12 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. Additional 
coures may be required depending on the student's background. 

The Department has no language requirements for either graduate degree. Except 
for the above requirements, a M.S. or Ph.D. program is planned on a personal basis 
and is oriented toward the intellectual and professional objectives of the student. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the Department, the facilities of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station, the Computer Science Center, and the College of 
Engineering are available. Facilities of the University of Maryland Center for 
Environmental and Estuarine Studies enhances the aquacultural phase of the 
Department's graduate program. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance may be available to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information contact: 
Chair, 
Agricultural Engineering Department 

Courses 

ENAG — Engineering Agricultural 

ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Principles of operation and functions of power and 
machinery units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating units; and 
control mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines and power unit 
components, in 

ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and Environmental Control (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Characteristics of 
construction materials and details of agricultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity, 
electrical circuits, and electrical controls. Materials handling and environmental 
requirements of farm products and animals. 

ENAG 414 Mechanics of Food Processing (4) Three lectures and one laboratory per 



ENAG — Engineering Agricultural 73 



week. Prerequisite: PHYS 121. Applications in the processing and preservation of 
foods, of power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, 
instruments and controls, materials handling and time and motion analysis. 

ENAG 421 Power Systems (3) Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: ENME 217, ENEE 300 and ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Analysis of energy 
conversion devices including internal combustion engines, electrical and hydraulic 
motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and coordination of power sources with 
methods of power transmission. 

ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: 
ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Applications of engineering and soil sciences in erosion 
control, drainage, irrigation and watershed management. Principles of agricultural 
hydrology and design of water control and conveyance systems. 

ENAG 424 Functional and Environmental Design of Agricultural Structures (3) 

Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 454. An analytical 
approach to the design and planning of functional and environmental requirements of 
plants and animals in semi- or completely enclosed structures. 

ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3) Three lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of 
basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the properties, distribution and circulation of 
water as related to public interest in water resources. 

ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: MATH 
246, ENCE 330 or ENME 342. Properties, distribution and circulation of water from the 
sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in channels and through 
the soil profile. Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered. 

ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) Prerequisite: consent of department. A study 
of the engineering aspects of development, utilization and conservation of aquatic 
systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing aquatic animals or plants as 
related to other facets of water resources management. 

ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and Equipment (3) Two lectures and 
one two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENES 221 and senior standing. Theory 
and methods of agricultural machine design. Application of machine design principles 
and physical properties of soils and agricultural products in designing machines to 
perform specific tasks. 

ENAG 454 Bioligical Process Engineering (4) Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. 
Design of systems to pump, heat, cool, dry and control biological materials as part of 
food and agricultural engineering. The effect of physical parameters on biological 
material response to these processes. 

ENAG 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) Prerequisite: 
permission of the instructor. Selected topics in agricultural engineering technology of 
current need and interest. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are 
different. Not acceptable for credit towards major in agricultural engineering. 

ENAG 489 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering (1-3) Prerequisite: approval 
of department. Student will select an engineering problem and prepare a technical 
report. The problem may include design, experimentation, and/or data analysis. 

ENAG 499 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural 



74 Agronomy Program 



engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit. 

ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3) Prerequisite: approval of department. 
Analysis of instrumentation requirements and techniques for research and operational 
agricultural or biological systems. 

ENAG 612 Similitude in Agricultural Engineering (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and 
either ENME 342 or ENCE 330, or consent of instructor. Application and use of 
dimensional and model analysis for studying mechanical, structural, and fluid systems 
encountered in agricultural engineering. 

ENAG 631 Land and Water Resource Development Engineering (3) Prerequisite: 
ENAG 422 or approval of department. A comprehensive study of engineering aspects 
of orderly development for land and water resources. Emphasis on project formulation, 
data acquisition, project analysis and engineering economy. 

ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological Systems (3) Prerequisite: AGEN 454 
or equivalent. Description of the physical state of a biological system using geometry, 
physical properties and forces. Discussion of important interrelationships, 
measurement techniques and resulting transport processes as applied to biological 
process engineering. 

ENAG 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Engineering (1-4) Prerequisite: consent 
of instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in the various areas of agricultural 
engineering. Maximum eight credits. 

ENAG 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters. 

ENAG 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Aquacultural Engineering (1-6) 

First and second semester and summer school. Work assigned in proportion to amount 
of credit. 

ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Agronomy Program 

Professor and Chair: Miller 

Professors: Axley, Aycock, Bandel, Decker, Fanning, McKee 

Associate Professors: Kenworthy, Mcintosh, Mulchi, Sammons,Tumer,Vough,Weil, 

Weismiller 

Assistant Professors: Angle, Bruns, Dernoeden, Glenn, Rabinhorst, Ritter, Thomison, 

Welterlen 

The Department of Agronomy offers graduate courses of study leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The student may pursue major work in 
the crops division or in the soils division of the Department. Programs are offered in 
cereal crop production, forage management, turf management, plant breeding, 
tobacco production, crop physiology, weed science, -soil chemistry, soil physics, soil 
fertility, soil and water conservation, soil genesis and classification, soil survey and 
land use, soil mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology, air pollution, waste 
disposal, and soil environment interactions. 

All graduates with advanced degrees in Agronomy from this university have found 
employment in areas of their interests. Most are doing teaching or research at other 
universities or with the federal government; some are with international agencies and a 



AGRO — Agronomy 75 



few have advanced to administrative positions. A number are employed by industries 
in research or sales-related positions. Some graduates are managing whole divisions 
of these corporations. Others are employed by consulting firms or are breeding new 
varieties of crops for sale to the farmers. Opportunities for employment of Agronomy 
graduates in the future appear to be excellent. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. A 
bachelor's degree in Agronomy is not required if the student has adequate training in 
the basic sciences. All students must complete the Master of Science degree in 
Agronomy before admission to the doctoral program. Departmental regulations have 
been assembled for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these 
regulations are available from the Department of Agronomy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Agronomy Department has over 20 well-equipped laboratories to carry out basic 
and applied research in crop and soil science. Basic equipment in the laboratories 
include: X-ray diffraction and mass spectrophotometer, atomic absorption gas 
chromatograph, isotope counters, petrographic microscopes and equipment for thin 
section preparations, neutron soil moisture probe and scaler, tissue culture equipment, 
grain quality analyzer, and carbonfurnace. Growth chambers, extensive greenhouse 
space, and five research farms permit a wide range of environmental conditions for 
research into plant growth processes. A complete complement of planting and 
harvesting equipment is available for field research. A computer center, located on 
campus, is available for use by the Department. Microcomputers within the 
department are also available. The University and the National Agricultural Sciences 
Libraries, supplemented by the Library of Congress, make the library resources among 
the best in the nation. Many projects of the Department are conducted in cooperation 
with the Agricultural Research Service of the United States Department of Agriculture 
with headquarters located three miles from the campus. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of research assistantships and teaching assistantships are available 
for qualified applicants. 

Courses 

AGRO — Agronomy 

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 213. Principles and 

methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plant and perennial forage 

species. 

AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the history, 

adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of various types of tobacco, with 

special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. Physical and chemical 

factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. 

AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN100. A study of principles and practices of managing turf for lawns, 



76 AGRO — Agronomy 



golf courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields and highways for commerical sod 
production. 

AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3) Prerequisites: BOTN 101, and AGRO 100; or 
concurrent enrollment in these courses. A general look at world grasslands; production 
and management requirements of major grasses and legumes for quality hay, silage 
and pasture for livestock feed; new cultivar development and release; seed production 
and distribution of improved cultivars. 

AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3) Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or 
concurrent enrollment in these courses. A study of principles and practices of corn, 
small grains, rice, millets, sorghums, and soybeans and other oil seed crops. A study 
of seed production, processing, distribution and federal and state seed control 
programs of corn, small grains and soybeans. 

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) Prerequisite: AGRO 302. A study of the 
chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils that are important in growing 
crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or biological nature and their correction 
by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated. 

AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the manufacturing of commercial fertilizers and their use in soils 
for efficient crop production. 

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the importance 
and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil erosion control, and the effect of 
conservation practices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on farm 
planning for soil and water conservation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted 
to field trips. 

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography (4) Three lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. Processes and 
factors of soil genesis. Taxonomy of soils of the world by U.S. System. Laboratory 
covers soil morphological characteristics, composition, classification, survey and field 
trips to examine and describe soils. 

AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302. Evaluation of soils in the uses of land and the 
environmental implications of soil utilization. Interpretation of soil information and soil 
surveys as applied to both agricultural and non-agricultural problems. Incorporation of 
soil data into legislation, environmental standards and land use plans. 

AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and a course in physics, or permission of instructor. A study 
of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity. 

AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the chemical 
composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil 
conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutrients. 'Chemical methods of soil analysis will be 
studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer requirements. 

AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite: AGRO 302, CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study of biochemical 



AGRO — Agronomy 77 



processes involved in the formation and decomposition of organic soil constituents. 
Significance of soil-biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition will be 
considered. 

AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3) Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or 
permission of instructor. Reaction and fate of pesticides, agricultural fertilizers, 
industrial and animal wastes in soil and water with emphasis on their relation to the 
environment. 

AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2) Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. The 
coordination of information from various courses in the development of balanced 
cropping systems, appropriate to differnet objectives in various areas of the state and 
nation. 

AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical 
herbicides in the control of weeds. 

AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy (1-3) Prerequisites AGRO 302, 406, 407 
or permission of instructor. A detailed study, including a written report of an important 
problem in agronomy. 

AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding I (2) Prerequisite: AGRO 403 or equivalent. 
Genetic and cytogenetic theories as related to plant breeding including interspecific 
and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, and sterility mechanisms. 

AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding II (2) Prerequisites: AGRO 601 and a graduate 
statistics course. Quantitative inheritance in plant breeding including genetic 
constitution of a population, continuous variation, estimation of genetic variances, 
heterosis and inbreeding, heritability, and population movement. 

AGRO 608 Research Methods (2) Second semester. Prerequisite: permission of staff. 
Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop research of 
the Maryland experiment station or review of literature on specific phases of a 
problem. 

AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) One lecture and two laboratory periods a 
week. Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 
and permission of instructor. A continuation of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil 
chemistry of minor elements necessary for plant growth. 

AGRO 789 Recent Advances in Agronomy (2-4) First semester Two hours each 
year. Total credit four hours. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A study of recent 
advances in agronomy research. 

AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) First and second semesters. Total credit toward 
master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. Degree, 6. Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. 

AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AGRO 802 Breeding For Resistance to Plant Pests (3) Second semester, alternate 
years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: ENTM 252, BOTN 221, AGRO 403, or 
permission of instructor. A study of the development of breeding techniques for 
selecting and utilizing resistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and the effect 
of resistance on the interrelationships of host and pest. 



78 American Studies Program 



AGRO 804 Design and Analysis of Crop Research (3) Field plot technique, 
application of statistcal of application of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project. 

AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2) Prerequisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641 
plus advanced training in plant sciences. Major emphasis will be on physiological 
processes affecting yield and productivity of major food fiber and industrial crops of 
the world. Topics such as photosynthesis, respiration, photorespiration, nitrogen 
metabolism will be related to crop growth as affected by management decisions. 
Topics of discussion will also include growth analysis and the use of computer 
modeling of crop growth by plant scientists. 

AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2) Two lectures a week Second 
semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: AGRO 453 and CHEM 
104 or permission of instructor. The importance of chemical structure in relation to 
biologically significant reactions will be emphasized in more than 10 different herbicide 
groups. Recent advances in herbicidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of action 
will be reviewed. Adsorption, decomposition and movement in the soil will also be 
studied. 

AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) First semester, alternate years. (Offered 
1972-1973.) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A 
fundamental study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and legumes 
to environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, 
humidity, lenght of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoliation 
practices. Relationship of these factors to life history, production, chemical and 
botanical composition, quality, and persistence of forages will be considered. 

AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) First semester, alternate 
years. (Offered 1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. An 
advanced study of the theory of the chemical methods of soil investigation with 
emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. 

AGRO 831 Soil Mineralogy (4) Soil minerals, with emphasis on clay minerals, are 
studied from the viewpoint of soil genesis and physical chemistry. Mineralogical 
analyses by x-ray and chemical techniques. 

AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 
1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. An advanced study 
of physical properties of soils. 

AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



American Studies Program 



Associate Professor and Chair: Kelly 

Associate Director and Director of Graduate Studies: Caughey 

Associate Professors: Caughey, Johns, Lounsbury, Mihtz 

Assistant Professor: Diner 

Adjunct Professor: Washburn 

American Studies offers an interdisciplinary program leading to both the M.A. and 

Ph.D. Graduate students in the field take (1) courses in the various allied departments 

(e.g., Anthropology, Art, Communication Arts and Theatre, Education, English, 



American Studies Program 79 



Geography, Government and Politics, History, Journalism, Philosophy, Sociology, 
Women's Studies), and (2) intergrating courses in the core program taught by the 
American Studies faculty. 

All students take the introductory graduate proseminar, which focuses on the 
history, theory, and methodology of American culture studies. Other graduate seminars 
vary from semester to semester — sometimes concentrating on a cultural time period 
(e.g., Victorian America), a particular mode of cultural expression (e.g., film, material 
culture, popular culture), or a particular theme or methodology (e.g.. ethnography and 
culture studies, literature considered in cultural context, sex roles and 'feminist theory). 
A special cooperative venture enables students interested in material culture to take 
substantial course work at the Smithsonian Institution. 

Because of the broad, interdisciplinary character of American Studies, degree 
holders have a wider range of employment opportunities than candidates with more 
narrowly focused degrees. Government service offers an abundant outlet for American 
Studies degree holders, with UMCP candidates and/or graduates currently holding 
employment at the Smithsonian, the National Endowment for the Arts, the Department 
of Labor, and Capitol Hill, and in a variety of public service institutions related to the 
government. The American Studies degree has proven valuable in the 
communications industry: newspaper work, television, and radio. Recent graduates 
have held or now hold teaching positions at such institutions as Syracuse University, 
the University of California at Santa Cruz, Temple University, the University of 
Maryland, Baltimore County, Alexandria University (Egypt), and several community 
colleges. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's candidates are required to complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work. 
All candidates are required to take at least 9 hours of core American Studies 
seminars— 3 hours of AMST 618, and 6 hours of AMST 628 and 629. In addition, 
students select an area of concentration from courses offered in the allied 
departments, either emphasizing the orientation of a single discipline or pursuing a 
topic or issue that spans several fields (e.g., Afro-American culture, historic 
preservation, the media, women's studies). 

Candidates write a thesis for six hours of credit. Alternatively, with permission, they 
take two 3-hour courses and an examination based on an individual reading list; in 
addition, they write a scholarly paper. 

Many students accepted for the doctoral program already have an MA. in 
American Studies. Well-qualified candidates without an American Studies M.A. are 
admitted to the doctoral program, but they may be required to make up background 
deficiencies. 

Core program requirements for the Ph.D. are similar to those for the M.A.— 12 hours 
of American Studies courses: 3 at the 618 level, 6 in AMST 628 and 629, and 3 in 
AMST 828, "Research Seminar in American Studies". The remainder of the student's 
course work is taken from courses in the allied departments, and in other core 
American Studies electives. 

Ph.D. candidates must complete at least 30 semester hours beyond the M.A., 
including an 18-hour residency requirement. Candidates must also demonstrate 
proficiency in a tool (e.g., foreign language, computer science, culture concept), must 
pass a comprehensive written examination, and must write a dissertation based upon 
original research and interpretation. 



80 AMST — American Studies 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The proximity of many federal institutions allows for a firsthand appreciation of politics 
and cultural life, while the facilities of the National Archives and the Library of 
Congress give the historian access to the materials documenting the experiences of 
past generations. Important galleries, including the National Collection of Fine Arts and 
the National Gallery of Art, exhibit the high points of creative expression in the visual 
arts. The holdings of the Smithsonian Institution contain artifacts from the vernacular 
traditions in architecture and technology, from the folk arts, and from Native American 
culture. The District of Columbia and its surrounding regions represent an impressive 
aggregate of associations and communities — alternative political strategies sponsored 
by public interest groups, the focus upon black cultural identity found in the Anacostia 
Neighborhood Museum, the "new cities" of Columbia, Maryland and Reston, 
Virginia — which seek to confront the crises of urban America in a constructive manner. 
The department, drawing upon the resources of its cultural environment, offers the 
individual an education in the most meaningful sense; a personal encounter with 
academic tradition related to the processes of immediate and contemporary social 
change. 

Financial Assistance 

Some assistantships are available for qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For additional information, please write to the Director of Graduate Studies, American 
Studies Program, University of Maryland. 

Courses 

AMST — American Studies 

AMST 418 Cultural Themes in America (3) Examination of structure and development 
of American culture through themes such as "the dynamics of change and conflict", 
"culture and mental disorders", "race", "ethnicity", "regionalism", "landscape", "humor". 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America (3) Analysis of development of American 
cultural institutions and artifacts. Ehphasis on relationship between intellectual and 
esthetic climate and the institutions and artifacts. 

AMST 428 American Cultural Eras (3) Investigation of a decade, period, or 
generation as a case study in significant social change within an American context. 
Case studies include "Puritan dynamics in American culture, 1630-1700", "Antebellum 
America, 1840-1860", "American culture in the Great Depression". Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

AMST 429 Perspectives on Popular Culture (3) Topics in popular culture studies, 
including the examination of particular genres, themes, and issues. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

AMST 432 Literature and American Society (3) Examination of the relationship 
between literature and society: including literature as cultural communication and the 
institutional framework governing its production, distribution, conservation and 



Animal Sciences Program 81 



evaluation. 

AMST 450 Seminar in American Studies (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Developments in theories and methods of American studies scholarship, with 
emphasis upon interaction between the humanities and the social sciences in the 
process of cultural analysis and evaluation. 

AMST 498 Special Topics in American Studies (3) Prerequisite a course in 
American history, literature, or government, or consent of the instructor. Topics of 
special interest. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits when topics differ. 

AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 638 Orientation Seminar: Material Aspects of American Civilization (3) 

Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected Aspects of American Civilization (3) Class 
meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies (3) This course is designed to 
provide students with the opportunity to pursue independent, interdisciplinary research 
and reading in specific aspects of American culture under the supervision of a faculty 
member. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AMST 828 Research Seminar in American Studies (3) Research and writing in 
American studies. Repeatable to six credits, provided topics are different. 

AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Animal Sciences Program 



Professor and Program Chair: Vandersall 

Professors: (Animal Science) Westhoff (Department Chair), Ftyger, Vandersall, William, 

Young (Veterinary Medicine), Hammond (Associate Dean), Marquart, Mohanty 

Associate Professors: (Animal Science) DeBarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Hartsock, 

Majeskie, Mather, Russek-Cohen, Stricklin, Vijay, (Veterinary Medicine) Dutta, 

Mallinson, Manspeaker 

Assistant Professors: (Animal Science) Alston-Mills, Cassel, Hudson, Leighton, Peters, 

Varner (Veterinary Medicine) Gorham, Ingling, Ogden, Robl, Snyder 

Professors Emeriti: Green, Keeney, King, Leffel, Mattick 

Adjunct Professor: Hawk 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Paape 

The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences offers work leading to the degrees of 

Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the thesis and non-thesis options 

are available for the Master's Degree. Areas of concentration within the Program 

include animal nutrition, physiology, genetics, breeding, behavior, pathology, virology, 

immunology and cell biology. Opportunities for study are primarily related to domestic 

species but studies with wild animals are available. 



82 Animal Sciences Program 



Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examinations 
(aptitude) and at least 3 letters of recommendation. 

It is recommended that during the first semester, required by the second, that the 
student select a chair and members of his/her Advisory Committee for Program 
approval. With this committee's advice, a proposed schedule of courses which 
includes at least one credit of ADVP Seminar (ANSC 698A) must also be filed. 
Committees may require remedial courses if the student enters with inadequate 
prerequisistes or has deficiencies in her/his undergraduate program. By the next 
semester a thesis research proposal or non-thesis "scholarly paper" must be approved 
and filed. The thesis or "scholarly paper" must be presented in a public seminar in 
addition to the final oral examination by the Advisory Committee. A written 
comprehensive examination is required of non-thesis students. A final bound copy of 
the thesis or scholarly paper must be submitted to the Program office. Students with 
adequate undergraduate training usually complete the Master's degree within two 
years. 

Ph.D. students entering from other institutions with the Master's are expected to 
meet the requirements indicated above. The M.S. is not a prerequisite for admission 
to Ph.D. study, however most students find it advantageous. Two additional credits of 
the program seminar are required. Early in the program an Advisory Committee must 
be formed for Program approval. A plan of study and research proposal must be filed 
as in the Master's program. At least one semester of teaching experience is required. 
The Admission to Candidacy examinations are both written and oral. Prior to the final 
oral examination the candidate must present his/her dissertation in a public seminar. 
In addition to the dissertation, at least one paper in form for publication in a referred 
scientific journal must be approved. A final bound copy of the dissertation must be 
submitted to the Program office. Completion of the Ph.D. degree should be completed 
within three years after the M.S. degree. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Faculty in the program are an outstanding group representing research accomplished 
in a wide variety of related fields. Excellent supporting courses in physiology, 
biochemistry and microbiology are available in the appropriate departments. Courses 
in biometrics listed in the catalog under BIOM provide a strong background in 
experimental design and statistical analysis. Several terminals and micro computers 
are available in the Animal Sciences Center. The Computer Science Center offers 
courses in programming and computer language, as well as facilities for the statistical 
analysis of thesis data. 

Outstanding laboratory facilities are available in the Animal Sciences Center which 
includes the combined resources of the Departments of Animal Sciences and College 
of Veterinary Medicine. Facilities are available for cell culture, monoclonal antibody 
production, and enzyme-linked immunosorbant assays. • Instrumentation is available to 
graduate students for gas lipid chromatography, atomic absorption, ultra violet and 
visable spectrophotometry, calorimetry, electron microscopy, liquid scintillation 
radioactivity measurements, electrophoresis, ultracentrifugation, ovum 
micromanipulation and a variety of microbiological techniques. Controlled environment 
facilities in the Center permit work with laboratory animals and detailed experiments on 
larger animals. Surgical facilities are available for research in the areas of 



ANSC — Animal Science 83 



reproductive and nutritional physiology. 

Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep and swine are readily 
available for graduate research. Limited numbers of experiments can be conducted on 
the campus with large animals. Experiments requiring large numbers of animals are 
carried out at one of four outlying farms. 

A cooperative agreement with the Agricultural Research Service at nearby 
Beltsville, Maryland (BARC) makes available laboratory, animal and research personnel 
resources of importance in the graduate program. 

In addition to excellent library facilities on the Campus, the National Agricultural 
Library, the National Library of Medicine and the Library of Congress, all located within 
10 miles, constitute the best library resource for graduate study available anywhere. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of Graduate Assistantships are available and awarded to students 
presenting strong academic records and a capability and motivation to perform well in 
teaching or research assignments. 

Additional Information 

For specific information on the Program, admission procedures or financial aid, 
contact: 

Dr. J. H. Vandersall, Chair, Animal Sciences Graduate Committee, Department of 
Animal Sciences. 

Courses 

ANSC — Animal Science 

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) Prerequisite CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and 
BCHM 261 recommended. A study of the fundamental role of all nutrients in the body 
including their digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary requirements and 
nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and man. 

ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period per 
wee k. Prerequisites: MATH 110, ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A critical 
study of those factors which influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine 
and poultry. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in formulation of 
economically efficient rations will be presented. 

ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) Prerequisites: anatomy and physiology. The 
specific anatomical and physiological modifications employed by animals adapted to 
certain stressful environments will be considered. Particular emphasis will be placed 
on the problems of temperature regulation and water balance. Specific areas for 
consideration will include: animals in cold (including hibernation), animals in dry heat, 
diving animals and animals in high altitudes. 

ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) An advanced course primarily designed 
for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It includes a study of the 
newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. 
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. This course gives basic 
instruction in the nature of disease: including causation, immunity, methods of 



84 ANSC — Animal Science 



diagnosis, economic importance, public health aspects and prevention and control ot 
the common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. 

ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3) A comprehensive course in care and 
management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on physiology, anatomy 
and special uses for the different species. Disease prevention and regulations for 
maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will be required. 

ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic Animals (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. A study of parasitic 
diseases resulting from protozoan and Helminth infection and arthropod infestation. 
Emphasis on parasites of veterinary importance: their identification; life cycles, 
pathological effects and controi by management. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) Two lectures and one laboratory. An introduction 
to the interrelationships of game birds and mammals with their environment, population 
dynamics and the principles of wildlife management. 

ANSC 421 Swine Production (3) Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of swine 
production systems including the principles of animal science for the efficient and 
economical management of swine breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing. 

ANSC 422 Meats (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: 
ANSC 221. A course designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food and the 
factors influencing acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It includes 
comparisons of characteristics of live animals with their carcasses, grading and 
evaluating carcasses as well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and 
merchandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory periods are conducted in 
packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets and University Meats 
Laboratory. 

ANSC 423 Beef Production (3) One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: ANSC 401. Application of various phases of animal science to the 
management and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 

ANSC 424 Sheep Production (3) Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory 
per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of 
sheep production systems including the principles of animal science for the efficient 
and economical management of sheep breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing. 

ANSC 425 Herpetology (3) Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of beef 
production systems including the principles of animal science for the efficient and 
economical management of beef breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing. 

ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding (3) Second semester. Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisites: ANSC 201 or equivalent, ANSC 222, ANSC 423 OR 424. Graduate credit 
(1-3 hours) allowed with permission of instructor. The practical aspects of animal 
breeding, heredity, variation, selection, development, systems of breeding and 
pedigree study are considered. 

ANSC 430 Topics in Equine Science (4) Three lectures and one two-hour discussion 
period per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 211, 212, 230. Pre- or corequisite, ANSC 401. 
Specific problems of importance to the equine industry, including such areas as 



ANSC — Animal Science 85 



nutrition, physiology, anatomy, genetics and pathology. 

ANSC 431 Horse Production (2) One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. 
Laboratory and assigned project to be performed at University of Maryland Horse 
Farm, Ellicott City, Md. Prerequisite: ANSC 101. 210, 211. 230 and consent of 
department. Field trips. Application of equine science principles to the management 
and production of horses. 

ANSC 432 Breeding Farm Management (2) One lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 211, 212, 230 and consent of department. Animal 
equine science principles in the management of equine breeding establishments. Field 
trips. 

ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisites: ANSC 242, and ANSC 201. A specialized course in breeding 
dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on methods of evaluation and selection, systems of 
breeding and breeding programs. 

ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lactation (3) Prerequisites ANSC 212 
or equivalent and CHEM 261 or CHEM 461. Three lectures per week. The physiology 
and biochemistry of milk production in domestic animals, particularly cattle. Mammary 
gland development and maintenance from the embryo to the fully developed lactating 
gland. Abnormalities of the mammary gland. 

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems (3) Prerequisites AREC 406 and 
ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy farming 
including an evaluation of the costs and returns associated with each segment. The 
economic impact of pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent developments 
in animal nutrition and genetics, agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and 
agronomic practices are discussed as they apply to management of a dairy herd. 

ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction (3) Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or 
ANSC 212. Anatomy and physiology of reproductive processes in domesticated and 
wild mammals. 

ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction Laboratory (1) Pre- or 
corequisites: ANSC 446. One three-hour laboratory per week. Animal handling, 
artificial insemination procedures and analytical techniques useful in animal 
management and reproductive research. Not open to students who have credit for 
ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976. 

ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) (Alternate even years) one three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisites: a basic course in animal physiology. The basic 
physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive system. Special 
emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates. 

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1) Two lectures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology of embryonic development as 
related to principles of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the 
hatchery industry are discussed. 

ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: ANSC 401/NUSC 402 or concurrent 
registration. Six hours of laboratory per week. Digestibility studies with ruminant and 
monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various food products, and feeding trials 
demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals. 



86 ANSC — Animal Science 



ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101. Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases, 
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication. 

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite: ZOOL 210. Gross and microscopic structure, dissection and 
demonstration. 

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be 
devoted to problems concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. 
The second half will be devoted to nutrition. 

ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1) This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting 
the quality of poultry products and with hatchery management problems, egg and 
poultry grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 

ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and Wildlife Management (3) Three lectures. 
Analysis of various state and federal programs related to fish and wildlife management. 
This would include: fish stocking programs, Maryland deer management program, 
warm water fish management, acid drainage problems, water quality, water fowl 
management, wild turkey management and regulations relative to the administration of 
these programs. 

ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal Science (1) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and 
extension service personnel. One primary topic to be selected mutually by the 
instructor and students will be presented each session. 

ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2) First semester One one-hour lecture 
and one-three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Physiological, microbiological and biochemical aspects of the nutrition of ruminants as 
compared to other animals. 

ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) Second semester. Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisites: CHEM 481 and 463. The role of minerals in metabolism of animals and 
man. Topics to be covered include the role of minerals in energy metabolism, bone 
structure, electrolyte balance, and as catalysts. 

ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) Prerequisites: ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two 
one-hour lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week. Advanced study of 
the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in nutrition including 
chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syndromes A 
critical study of the biochemical basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of vitamins 
with other substances and of certain laboratory techniques. 

ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) First and second semesters. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: permission of instructor. Theory of 
electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen„preparation and techniques, operation 
of electron photography, interpretation of electron images, related instruments and 
techniques. 

ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 
450, CHEM 461, or consent of instructor. One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. 



ANSC — Animal Science 87 



Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative descriptions of energy 
requirements and utilization. 

ANSC 614 Proteins (2) Second semester. One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 and CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Advanced 
study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and metabolism. Protein digestion, 
absorption, anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance. 

ANSC 622 Advanced Breeding (2) Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisites: ANSC 426 or equivalent, and biological statistics. This course 
deals with the more technical phases of heredity and variation, selection indices, 
breeding systems, and inheritance in farm animals. 

ANSC 641 Expermental Mammalian Surgery I (2) First semester Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor. A course presenting the fundamentals of anesthesia and the 
art of experimental surgery, especially to obtain research preparations. 

ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3) Second semester Prerequisites 
ANSC 641, permission of instructor. A course emphasizing advanced surgical 
practices to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular surgery and chronic 
vascularly isolated organ techniques, experience with pump oxygenator systems, 
profound hypothermia, hemodialysis, infusion systems, implantation and transplantation 
procedures are taught. 

ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) First semester. One lecture and two laboratory 

periods per week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. The application of 

biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical methods to problems in biological 
research. 

ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4) First and second semesters. Readings on 
individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. Methods of analysis and 
presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction (3) First semester Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ANSC 212 or its equivalent. The role of the 
endocrines in reproduction is considered. Fertiltiy, sexual maturity, egg formation, 
ovulation, and the physiology of oviposition are studied. Comparative processes in 
birds and mammals are discussed. 

ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3) Prerequisite ANSC/NUSC 401: and 
either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and six hours of laboratory per 
week. Basic instrumentation and techniques desired for advanced nutritional research. 
The effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary metabolism, enzyme 
kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient absorption in laboratory animals. 

ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of Domestic Animals (2) Second semester Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites: a course in basic genetics and biochemistry. The 
underlying physiological basis for genetic differences in production traits and selected 
morphological traits will be discussed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms 
and physiological traits will be studied. 

ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the Environment (2) First semester 
Two lectures or discussions per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 406, or permission of 
instructor. A detailed consideration of certain anatomical and physiological 
modifications employed by mamals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. Each student 



88 Anthropology Program 



will submit for discussion a library paper concerning a specific adaptation to an 
environmental stress. 

ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology (3) Prerequisite - ANSC 412. The 
characteristics and role of pathogenic bacteria and fungi in diseases of domestic 
animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic properties, pathogenesis and types of 
disease, epizootiology, modes of transmission and prophylaxis. 

ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) Prerequisite: MICB 460. A detailed study of virus 
and rickettsial diseases of domestic and laboratory animals. Emphasis on viruses of 
veterinary importance along with techniques for their propagation, characterization and 
identification. 

ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics of Domestic Animals (3) Second 
semester. Prerequisites: ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Current 
literature and research dealing with the principles of population genetics as they apply 
to breeding and selection programs for the genetic improvement of domestic animals, 
population structure, estimation of genetic parameters, correlated characters, 
principles and methods of selection, relationship and systems of mating. 

ANSC 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare 
papers based upon current scientific publications relating to animal science, or upon 
their research work, for presentation before and discussion by the class; (1) recent 
advances; (2) nutrition; (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry. 

ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2) First and second semesters. 
Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite: approval of staff. 
Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of work the student 
is pursuing. 

ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Anthropology Program 

Associate Professor and Chair: Chambers 

Professors: Agar, Gonzalez, Kerley, A. Williams, M. Williams 

Associate Professor: Leone 

Assistant Professors: Dent, Stewart 

Lecturers: Cassidy, Eidson, Kedar 

The Department of Anthropology offers a Master of Applied Anthropology (MAA) 

degree. This is a new professional program for students interested in an anthropology 

career outside academia. Core courses include preparation in cultural analysis and 

management. Students intern with an agency or organization suitable to their career 

interests. Specialization is flexible, permitting students to select from a variety of areas 

of career focus or to tailor course requirements to their special career requirements. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

Students are required to submit evidence of Graduate Record Examination Scores and 
to fulfill the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School. Forty-two 
semester hours of work are required. All students must complete an internship. There 
is no thesis requirement. 



ANTH — Anthropology 89 



Facilities and Special Resources 

A departmental computer lab is available for student use; four teaching and research 
labs for physical anthropology and archeology; photographic darkroom; and a 
departmental library. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available to qualified graduate 
students. Part-time employment related to department research is occasionally 
available. 

Additional Information 

For additional information please contact: 
Dr. Michael Agar, Graduate Director 
Department of Anthropology 
University of Maryland 

Courses 

ANTH — Anthropology 

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology: Principles and Processes (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 

101, 102, or 221. An examination of the nature of human culture and its processes, 
both historical and functional. The approach will be topical and theoretical rather than 
descriptive. 

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology: World Ethnography (3) Prerequisite ANTH 101, 

102, or 221. A descriptive survey of the culture areas of the world through an 
examination of the ways of selected representative societies. 

ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania (3) A survey of the cultures of 
Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural-historical 
problems will be emphasized. 

ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa (3) Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native 
peoples and cultures of Africa and their historical relationships, with emphasis on that 
portion of the continent south of the Sahara. 

ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far East (3) A survey of the major 
sociopolitical systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major anthropological questions will 
be dealt with in presenting this material. 

ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest (3) Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture 
history, economic and social institutions, religion, and mythology of the Indians of the 
southwest United States. 

ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America (3) Prerequisites ANTH 101 and 102 The 

native people and cultures of North America north of Mexico and their historical 
relationships, including the effects of contact with European-derived populations. 

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America (3) Prerequisites ANTH 101 and 102 
Cultural background and modern social, economic and religious life of Indian and 
Mesitzo groups in Mexico and central America; processes of acculturation and 
currents in cultural development. 



90 ANTH — Anthropology 



ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples (3) Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 
102. A comparative survey of the structures of non-literate and folk societies, covering 
both general principles and special regional developments. 

ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples (3) Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102 A 
survey of the religious systems of primitive and folk societies, with emphasis on the 
relation of religion to other aspects of culture. 

ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and Economy (3) A survey of technology, food 
economy and general economic processes in non-industrial societies. 

ANTH 437 Politics and Government in Primitive Society (3) A combined survey of 
politics in human societies and of important anthropological theories concerning this 
aspect of society. 

ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241 A 
survey of the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, with emphasis on 
chronological and regional interrelationships. 

ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241 A 
survey of the archaeological materials of North and South America with emphasis on 
chronological and regional interrelationships. 

ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory 
study of the human skeleton, its morphology, measurement, and anatomic 
relationships. 

ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101 The gross 
anatomy of non-human primates. Laboratory dissection of various primate cadavers 
under supervision. Occasional lectures. 

ANTH 463 Primate Studies (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A combination lecture and 
laboratory examination of non-human primates. Major studies of various types that 
have been undertaken in the laboratory and in the field. 

ANTH 465 Human Growth and Constitution (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory 
study of the growth, development and age changes in the human body from 
conception through old age, including gross photographic, radiographic, and 
microscopic study of growth and variation. 

ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or 
permission of the instructor. A laboratory study of the methods used to identify human 
remains by anthropological techniques and discussion of the role of the anthropologist 
in medico-legal investigation. 

ANTH 467 Human Population Biology Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101 A 
laboratory study of human population genetics, dynamics and variation, including 
anthropological seriology, biochemistry, dermatoglyphics and hair microscopy. 

ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology (1-6) Field training in the collection and 
recording of ethnological data. 

ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology (1-6) Field training in the techniques of 
archaeological survey and excavation. 

ANTH 601 Applied Anthropology (3) History and theory of applied anthropology. The 
relationship between applied anthropology and other major subfields of the profession; 
the interdisciplinary and public context of application; problems of significance and 



ANTH — Anthropology 91 



utility in applied work. 

ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology (3) History and current trends of cultural 
anthropological theory, as a basic orientation for graduate studies and research. 

ANTH 606 Methods of Cultural Analysis I (3) Objectives of cultural analysis and their 
relationship to policy and decision making. An introduction to problem formulation, 
qualitative and quantative research design, and the conduct of research; problems of 
reliability and validity in social research. 

ANTH 607 Methods of Cultural Analysis II (3) Advanced preparation in the analysis 
and review of social research. Case studies of the uses of cultural analysis in applied 
contexts (i.e., social indicators, evaluation, impact assessment, forecasting). 

ANTH 611 Management and Cultural Process (3) Basic principles of managing 
cultural and human resources, decision-making in public and private contexts. The 
diversity and types of cultural resources (archeological, historical, folk and 
sociocultural), and their recognition and value in contemporary society; introduction to 
the identification, protection and professional management of cultural resources. 

ANTH 620 Strategies for Cultural Understanding (3) The political, scientific, 
bureaucratic, and ideological background to decision making in the public and private 
sectors. 

ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination 
of the nature of the interrelationships between human cultures and the natural 
environmentals in which they exist. 

ANTH 630 Quantitative Approaches to Applied Anthropology (3) Introduction to 
variety of statistical techniques applied to problems in policy and decision making. 
Practical experience in computer applications for problems in cultural analysis and 
management. The use of existing statistical data sources. 

ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Archaeology (3) Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. An examination of the principles and purposes involved in the gathering and 
interpretation of archaeological data. 

ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change (3) Change in culture due to contact, 
diffusion, innovation, fusion, integration, and cultural evolution. 

ANTH 688 Current Developments in Anthropology (3) Detailed investigation of a 
current problem or research technique, the topic to be chosen in accordance with 
faculty interests and student needs. May be repeated, as content varies, for a total of 
not more than nine semester hours. 

ANTH 689 Special Problems in Anthropology (1-6) 

ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in Ethnology (1-6) Offered in the summer 
session only. 

ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Archaeology (1-6) Offered in the summer 
session only. 

ANTH 701 Internship Preparation (3) Preparation for internship includes practicum 
training in development, presentation and evaluation of position papers, proposals and 
work plans; literature search and use of secondary data sources in decision making 
affecting cultural analysis and management. Ethics and professional development for 
work in non-academic settings. 



92 Applied Mathematics Program 



ANTH 705 Internship (6-12) Prerequisite: ANTH 701. Problem-oriented internship with 
an appropriate public agency or private institution under the direction of a faculty and 
agency supervisor. 

ANTH 712 Internship Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 705. The preparation and 
presentation ofintemship reports; development of skills in report writing and 
presentation. The completion of a professional quality report based on the internship 
experience. Review of problems in ethics and professional development. 

Applied Mathematics Program 

Professor and Director: Wolfe 

(ENAE) Professor: Donaldson 

Associate Professors: Jones 

(BMGT) Professors: Bodin, Gass, Golden, Kotz 

Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Fromovitz, Widhelm 

Assistant Professor: Trader 

(ENCH) Professors: Cadman, Gentry, McAvoy 

Assistant Professor: Calabrese 

(ENCE) Professor: Sternberg 

Associate Professors: Garber, Schwartz 

(CMSC) Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Edmundson, Kanal, Minker, Stewart 

Associate Professor: O'Leary 

(ECON) Professors: Almon, Betancourt, Kelejian 

Associate Professor: Coughlin 

(ENEE) Professors: Baras, Blankenship, DeClaris, Davisson, Ephremides,Harger, 

Mayergoyz, Newcomb Ott, Taylor 

Associate Professors: Krishnaprasad, Tretter 

Assistant Professors: Makowski, Narayan 

(MATH) Professors: Alexander, Antman, Benedetto, Berenstein, Cooper, Douglis, 

Evans, Fitzpatrick, Greenberg, Hummel, Liu, Johnson, Katok, Osborn, Pearl, Wolfe 

Associate Professors: Arnold, Sather, Schneider, Sweet, Vogelius 

(ENME) Professors: Marks, Yang 

Associate Professors: Bernard, Walston 

Associate Professor: Shih 

(METO) Professors: Baer, Vernekar 

Associate Professors: Robock, Rodenhuis 

(IPST) Research Professors: Babuska, Dorfman, Faller, Hubbard, Kellogg, Olver, 

Yorke, Zwanzig (Distinguished Professor) 

Distinguished Professor: Johnson 

(PHYS) Professors: Banerjee, Brill, SDagt, Ferrell, Glasser, Glick, Gluckstern, 

Greenberg, Griffin, Korenman, MacDonald, Misner, Prange, Redish, Sucher, Woo 

Associate Professors: Fivel, Hu, Kim, Wang 

Assistant Professors: Das Sarma, Hassam 

(STAT) Professors: Mikulski, Yang 

Associate Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith (PUAF) 

Professor: Young (ANSC) 

Associate Professor: Russek 

The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program offers the degrees of Master of 



Applied Mathematics Program 93 



Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. These are awarded for graduate study and research in 
mathematics and its applications in the engineering, physical, and social sciences. In 
addition, the Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied 
mathematics for graduate students not enrolled in the Program. 

The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. In 
particular, under this arrangement the Department of Mathematics assumes the 
responsibility for the administration of the applied mathematics courses under the 
MAPL label. Moreover, the Graduate Office of the Department maintains the records of 
all students in the Applied Mathematics Program and handles correspondence with 
those applying for admission. However, it is important that any application for 
admission indicates clearly whether a student wishes to enter the Mathematics (MATH) 
or the Applied Mathematics (MAPL) Program. 

The faculty considers the primary aim of applied mathematics to be the 
understanding of a wide spectrum of scientific phenomena through the use of 
mathematical ideas, methods, and techniques. The applied mathematician should be 
both a mathematical specialist and a versatile scientist, whose interests and 
motivations derive from a strong desire to confront highly complex or descriptive 
situations with mathematical analysis and ideas. In line with this, at least half of the 
required work is expected to be in courses with primarily mathematical content, and 
the remaining part has to include a coherent set of courses in some field of application 
outside of the usual mathematics curriculum. Some of the areas currently pursued by 
graduate students in the Program are various areas of physics, information structures, 
meteorology, operations research, pattern recognition, structural mechanics, and 
systems and control theory. Many other areas of study are available through the 
participating departments. It may also be noted that the faculty includes a strong 
group in numerical analysis and that all students include courses on numerical and 
scientific computing in their programs. 

Employment opportunities in industry, government, and education are currently very 
good for the applied mathematician. Our graduates have little difficulty finding 
satisfactory employment. In particular, the local employment environment is very 
favorable since there are many scientific and educational institutions in the area, such 
as the Goddard Space Flight Center, the National Bureau of Standards, and the 
National Institutes of Health. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for 
admission to graduate study in the Program should have completed, with at least a B 
average (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which includes a 
strong emphasis on mathematics. The student's general ability for graduate study in 
the Program and mathematical capabilities will be determined from his or her record 
and recommendations. 

A mathematical preparation with grades of B or better at least through the level of 
advanced calculus in a school of good academic standing will normally be considered 
sufficient demonstration of the required mathematical background. Previous education 
in some part of an application area, such as physics, one of the engineering 
disciplines, economics, etc., and a basic competence in computational techniques will 
be favorably considered in a student's application for admission to the Program, 
although this is not a prerequisite. 



94 Applied Mathematics Program 



When a student has decided upon an area of specialization, a study advisory 
committee is appointed by the Director of the Program. This committee, working 
together with the student, is responsible for formulating a course of study leading 
toward the degree sought. This course of study must constitute a unified, coherent 
program in an acceptable field of specialization of applied mathematics and must 
meet with the approval of the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics. 

Besides any other requirements specified by the Graduate School, the following 
specific conditions must be met for an M.A. degree in Applied Mathematics: 

(1) At least 12 of the 24 required course credits for the M.A. degree with thesis are 
in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 6 of these 12 credits are on 
the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 12 credits are in a course on numerical analysis. At 
least 1 of the 12 credits is in an approved applied mathematics seminar. 

(2) The 24 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level, or 
alternatively, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level, in courses whose content is 
primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and (2) above. 

(1) At least 15 of the 30 required course credits for the non-thesis master's option 
are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of these 15 credits are 
on a 600-800 level. At least 3 of these 15 credits are in a course on numerical 
analysis. At least 1 of the 15 credits is an approved applied mathematics seminar. 

(2) The 30 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level, or, 
alternately, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level, in courses whose content is 
primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and (2) above. 

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the M.A. degree without 
thesis. The examination consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in 
a mathematics area, and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts 
shall be taken as closely together as possible. (Comprehensive examinations are not 
required for the M.A. degree with thesis.) A scholarly paper is required for the M.A. 
degree without thesis. 

The student in the doctoral program must take a minimum of 36 hours of courses 
exclusive of dissertation research. At least 24 of these 36 credits are at the 600-800 
level. 

A transfer of at most 24 credits of graduate-level work taken at a regionally 
accredited institution prior to or after admission to the Ph.D. Program is permitted 
providing (1) the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics has approved the 
transfer; (2) a grade of B or better was earned in the courses taken (no course with 
pass/fail grades will be accepted); (3) the credit was earned within the time limit 
imposed for completing the Ph.D. degree at the University of Maryland. 

Course Distribution: 1) at least 18 of the required 36 credits are in courses with 
primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of these 18 credits are on the 600-800 level. 
At least 3 of the 18 credits are in numerical analysis. At least 2 of the 18 credits are in 
approved mathematics seminars. 2) The 36 credits include either 6 credits at the 
600-800 level or alternately 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses 
whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 3) No course 
may be used to meet the requirements under both items (1) and (2) above. 

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. The 
examination consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in an area of 
mathematics, and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall be 



MAPL — Applied Mathematics 95 



taken as closely together as possible. 

In addition the student must pass the Candidacy Examination for the Ph.D. degree. 
The Candidacy Examination is an oral examination which serves as a test of the 
detailed preparation of a student in the area of specialization and seeks to discover if 
he or she has a deep enough understanding to carry out the proposed research. The 
examination assumes further advanced course work beyond the Comprehensive 
Examination. 

Certified Minors 

The Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathematics to 
regular graduate students who are enrolled in a graduate degree program of the 
University of Maryland other than the Program itself. The successful completion of the 
requirements for such a minor will be recorded in the student's transcripts. Moreover, a 
number of departments participating in the Applied Mathematics Program permit the 
requirements for the certified minor to replace part of the degree requirements of the 
major department. 

A student wishing to pursue a certified minor in applied mathematics must fill out 
an application form for participation in the Certified Minor Program. Such forms are 
available from the office of the Director of the Applied Mathematics Program. 

The Certified Minor Program at the Master's level must contain at least either 6 
semester hours in 400-level courses and 3 semester hours in 600-level courses, or 6 
semester hours in 600-level courses. At the doctoral level the Certified Minor Program 
must contain at least 9 semester hours of graduate credit, of which at most 3 hours 
may be on the 400-level. 

Financial Assistance 

The main source of support for full-time students in the Program is teaching 
assistantships in the Department of Mathematics. These assistantships carry a stipend 
plus remission of tuition of up to ten hours each semester. In addition there are some 
research assistantships available in participating departments once a student has 
acquired advanced training. 

Courses 

MAPL — Applied Mathematics 

MAPL 460 Computational Methods (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240, 241, and CMSC 110 
or equivalent. Basic computational methods for interpolation, least squares, 
approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and 
transcendental equations, systems of linear equations and initial value problems for 
ordinary differential equations. Emphasis on the methods and their computational 
properties rather than on their analytic aspects. Listed also as CMSC 460. (Credit will 
be given for only one of the courses, MAPL 460 or MAPL 470.) 

MAPL 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3) Prerequisites MATH 240 AND 241; 
CMSC 110 or equivalent. The first half of a one-year introduction to numerical analysis 
at the advanced undergraduate level, supplemented with programming assignments. 
Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear equations, 
acceleration of convergence, numerical treatment of differential equations. Listed also 
as CMSC 470. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, MAPL 460 or MAPL 



96 MAPL — Applied Mathematics 



470.) 

MAPL 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 
MATH 241; CMSC 110 or equivalent. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470, forms a 
one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level. 
Direct solution of linear systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric 
eigenvalue problem, basic iterative methods. Topics will be supplemented with 
programming assignments. (Listed also as CMSC 471.) 

MAPL 477 Optimization (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 110; MATH 405 or MATH 401. Linear 
programming including the simplex algorithm and dual linear programs, convex sets 
and elements of convex programming, combinatorial optimization integer 
programming. (Listed also as CMSC 477.) 

MAPL 498 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of 
the instructor. Topics in applied mathematics of special interest to advanced 
undergraduate students. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if the subject 
matter is different. 

MAPL 600 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3) Prerequisites: MAPL 470, 471 
and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in numerical 
linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, iterative 
methods, and other topics. (Same as CMSC 770.) 

MAPL 604 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3) Prerequisites: MAPL 470, 
471 and MATH 410; or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of nonlinear equations 
in one and several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected 
applications. (Same as CMSC 772.) 

MAPL 607 Advanced Numerical Optimization (3) Prerequisites: MATH 410 and 
MAPL/CMSC 477; or equivalent. Modern numerical methods for solving unconstrained 
and constrained nonlinear optimization problems in finite dimensions. Design of 
computational algorithms and on the analysis of their properties. 

MAPL 610 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (3) Prerequisites: 
MAPL/CMSC 470 and MATH 414; or consent of instructor. Methods for solving initial 
value problems in ordinary differential equations. Single step and multi-step methods, 
stability and convergence, adaptive methods. Shooting methods for boundary value 
problems. 

MAPL 612 Numerical Methods in Partial Differential Equations (3) Prerequisites: 
concurrent registration in MATH/MAPL 680 or in MAPL 650; or consent of the 
instructor. Introduction to problems and methodologies of the solution of partial 
differential equations. Finite difference methods for elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic 
equations, first order systems, and eigenvalue problems. Variational formulation of 
elliptic problems. The finite element method and its relation to finite difference 
methods. 

MAPL 614 Mathematics of the Finite Element Method (3) Prerequisites: concurrent 
registration in MATH/MAPL 681 or in MATH/MAPL 685; or MAPL 612 and consent of 
instructor. Variational formulations of linear and nonlinear elliptic boundary value 
problems; formulation of the finite element method; construction of finite element 
subspaces; error estimates; eigenvalue problems; time dependent problems. 

MAPL 640 System Theory (3) General system models. State variables and state 



MAPL — Applied Mathematics 97 



spaces. Differential dynamical systems. Discrete time systems. Linearity and its 
implications. Controllability and observability. State space structure and 
representation. Realization theory and algorithmic solutions. Parameterizations of linear 
systems; canonical forms. Basic results from stability theory. Stabilizability. Fine 
structure of linear multivariate systems; minimal indices and polynomial matrices. 
Inverse Nyquist array. Geometric methods in design. Interplay between frequency 
domain and state space design methods. Interactive computer-aided design methods. 
(Listed also as ENEE 663) 

MAPL 641 Optimal Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of the 
instructor. General optimization and control problems. Static optimization problems. 
Linear and nonlinear programming methods. Geometric interpretations. Dynamic 
optimization problems. Discrete time maximum priciple and applications. Pontryagin 
maximum principle in continuous time. Dynamic-programming. Feedback realization of 
solutions. Extensive applications to problems in optimal design, navigation and 
guidance, power systems. Introduction to state constrained and singular optimal 
control problems. (Listed also as ENEE 664.) 

MAPL 644 Estimation and Detection Theory (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent 
or consent of instructor. Estimation of unknown parameters, Cramer-Rao lower bound: 
optimum (map) demodulation: filtering, amplitude and angle modulation, comparison 
with conventional systems; statistical decision theory; Bayes, minimax, 
neyman/pearson, criteria-68 simple and composite hypotheses; application to coherent 
and incoherent signal detection; m-ary hypotheses; application to uncoded and coded 
digital communication systems. (Listed also as ENEE 621.) 

MAPL 650 Advanced Mathematics For the Physical Sciences I (3) Prerequisites 
MATH 240 AND 410. Effective analytic methods for the study of linear and nonlinear 
equations that arise in the physical sciences; algebraic equations, integral equations 
and ordinary differential equations. (Not open to graduate students in math or mapl 
without special permission from their advisor.) 

MAPL 651 Advanced Mathematics For the Physical Sciences II (3) Prerequisite: 
MAPL 650. Continuation of MAPL 650. Partial differential equations; linear and 
nonlinear eigenvalue problems. (Not open to graduate students in MATH or MAPL 
without special permission from their advisor.) 

MAPL 655 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Functions I (3) Prerequisite MATH 413 
or MATH 463. Transcendental equations, gamma function, orthogonal polynomials, 
Bessel functions, integral transforms, Watson's lemma, Laplace's method, stationary 
phase, analytic theory of ordinary differential equations, Liouville-Green (or WKBJ) 
approximation. (Cross-listed with MATH 655) 

MAPL 656 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Functions II (3) Prerequisite 
MATH/MAPL 655. Steepest descents, coalescing saddle-points, singular integral 
equations, irregular singularities, Bessel, hypergeometric, and Legendre functions, 
Euler-Maclaurin formula, Darboux's method, turning points, phase shift. (Cross-listed 
with MATH 656) 

MAPL 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3) Prerequisites MATH 405 and 410 or 

the equivalent. Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually with Floquet theory 
for periodic systems, linearization and stability, planar systems usually with 
Poincare-Bendixson theorem. (Same as MATH 670) 



98 MAPL — Applied Mathematics 



MAPL 671 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3) Prerequisites: MATH 630 and 
MATH/MAPL 670 or equivalent. The content of this course varies with the interests of 
the instructor and the class. Stability theory, control, time delay systems, Hamiltonian 
systems, bifurcation theory, and boundary value problems. (Same as MATH 671) 

MAPL 673 Classical Methods in Partial Differential Equations I (3) Prerequisite: 
MATH 410 or equivalent. Cauchy problem for the wave equation and heat equation, 
Dirichlet and Neumann problem for Laplace's equation. Classification of equations, 
Cauchy-Kowaleski theorem. General second order linear and nonlinear elliptic and 
parabolic equations. (Same as MATH 673.) 

MAPL 674 Classical Methods in Partial Differential Equations II (3) Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL 673. General theory of first order partial differential equations, 
characteristics, complete integrals, Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Hyperbolic systems in two 
independent variables, existence and uniqueness, shock waves, applications to 
compressible flow. (Same as MATH 674.) 

MAPL 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems I (3) Prerequisite: MATH 405 
and 410 or equivalent. Operational methods applied to ordinary differential equations. 
Introduction to linear spaces, compact operators in Hilbert space, study of 
eigenvalues. (Same as MATH 680.) 

MAPL 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems II (3) Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL 680. Boundary value problems for linear differential equations. Method of 
energy integrals applied to Laplace's equation, heat equation and the wave equation. 
Study of eigenvalues. (Same as MATH 681.) 

MAPL 685 Modern Methods in Partial Differential Equations I (3) Prerequisite: 
MATH 630 and 631. Spaces of distributions, Fourier transforms, concept of weak and 
strong solutions. Existence, uniqueness and regularity theory for elliptic and parabolic 
problems using methods of functional analysis. (Same as MATH 685.) 

MAPL 686 Modern Methods in Partial Differential Equations II (3) Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL 685. Emphasis on nonlinear problems. Sobolev embedding theorems, 
methods of monotonicity, compactness, applications to elliptic, parabolic and 
hyperbolic problems. (Same as MATH 686.) 

MAPL 698 Advanced Topics in Applied Mathematics (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Repeatable if topic differs. 

MAPL 699 Applied Mathematics Seminar (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Seminar to acquaint students with a variety of applications of mathematics and to 
develop skills in presentation techniques. Repeatable if topic differs. 

MAPL 701 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Background from algebra and geometry, kinematics of deformation. Stress 
equations of motion, thermodynamics of deforming continua. Theory of constitutive 
relations. Materials with memory. Initial boundary value problems of nonlinear solid and 
fluid thermomechanics. Boundary value problems of linear theories of solids and fluids. 

MAPL 710 Linear Elasticity (3) Prerequisite: MAPL 701 or consent of instructor. 
Formulation of the equations. Compatibility, uniquess, existence, representation and 
qualitative behavior of solutions. Variational principles. St. Venant beam problems, 
plane strain and plane stress, half — space problems, contact problems, vibration 
problems, wave propagation. Emphasis is placed on formulation and technique rather 



MAPL — Applied Mathematics 99 



than on specific examples. 

MAPL 711 Non-linear Elasticity (3) Prerequisite: MAPL 701, or consent of instructor. 
Formulation of initial boundary value problems. Constituive restrictions. Special 
solutions. Perturbation methods and their validity. Theories of rods and shells. 
Buckling and stability. Shock propagation. 

MAPL 720 Fluid Dynamics I (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A mathematical 
formulation and treatment of problems arising in the theory of incompressible, 
compressible and viscous fluids. 

MAPL 721 Fluid Dynamics II (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A continuation of 
MAPL 720. 

MAPL 731 Information Theory (3) Corequisite: ENEE 620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or 
equivalent. Information measure, entrophy, mutual information: source encoding; 
noiseless coding theorem, noisy coding theorem; exponential error bounds; 
introduction to probalistic error correcting codes, block and convolutional codes and 
error bounds; channels with memory; continuous channels; rate distortion function. 
(Same as ENEE 721.) 

MAPL 732 Error Correcting Codes (3) Introduction to linear codes; bounds on the 
error correction capabilities of codes; convolutional codes with threshold, sequential 
and Viterbi decoding; cyclic random error corrcting codes; P-N sequences; cyclic and 
convolutional burst error correcting codes. (Listed also as ENEE 722.) 

MAPL 735 Advanced Methods and Algorithms in Detection and Filtering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 621. Foundations of random processes. Conditional expectations. 
Markov processes and martingales. ITO calculus. Detection and estimation of 
continuous signals with continuous observations. Jump processes. Detection and 
estimation with discontinuous observations. Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for 
digital filtering problems. (Listed also as ENEE 772.) 

MAPL 740 Mathematical Methods in Control Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 
or consent of instructor. Applications of compactness in control and communication, 
geometric methods in optimal control of lumped and distributed systems and harmonic 
analysis of linear systems. Applications to control and estimation problems. (Listed 
also. as ENEE 760.) 

MAPL 741 Control of Distributed Parameter Systems (3) Prerequisite: an 
introductory course in functional analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760, and 
background in control and system theory. Study of systems governed by partial 
differential equations. Delay systems. Boundary and distributed control, Lyapunov 
stability. Optimal control of systems governed by partial differential equations and of 
delay systems. Applications to continuum mechanics, distributed networks, biology, 
economics, and engineering. (Same as ENEE 761.) 

MAPL 742 Stochastic Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent; and ENEE 
663 / MAPL 640; or consent of the instructor. Stochastic control systems, numerical 
methods for the Ricatti equation, the separation principle, control of linear systems with 
Gaussian signals and quadratic cost, nonlinear stochastic control, stochastic stability, 
introduction to stochastic games. (Same as ENEE 762.) 

MAPL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

MAPL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



100 Architecture Program 



Architecture Program 



Professor and Dean: Steffi an 

Graduate Director: Sachs 

Undergraduate Director: DuPuy 

Assistant to the Dean: LaPanne 

Professors: Hill, Loss, Lu, Schlesinger, Steffian 

Associate Professors: Bechhoefer, Bennett, Fogle, Johns, Lewis, DuPuy, Etlin, Vann 

Assistant Professors: Dean, Wiedemann, Mclnturff. Berke 

Lecturers: Muse, Rixey, Schumacher 

The School of Architecture offers a graduate program leading to the professional 

degree, Master of Architecture. The School's basic objective is to provide the highest 

possible quality professional education and training in architecture. Its program is 

organized around required courses in architectural and urban design, architectural 

history and theory and architectural science and technology. Electives in Architecture 

and related fields are available in a curriculum that is rigorous and challenging. 

The School is accredited by the National Architectural Accreditation Board. It is a 

member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture assigned to the 

Northeastern Region. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is competitive. Candidates must satisfy the general 
requirements of the Graduate School and submit the following: 1) three letters of 
recommendation from persons competent to judge the applicant's probable success in 
graduate architectural school; 2) results of the Graduate Record Examination aptitude 
tests (not over five years old); and 3) evidence of creative ability in the form of a 
portfolio of drawings, photographs, or other expressive media; details concerning 
format and content may be obtained from the School of Architecture. 

Applications will be considered from three categories of students: 1) students with 
four-year baccalaureate degrees (architecture or equivalent major) from accredited 
architecture schools; 2) students with baccalaureate degrees not in architecture from 
an accredited college or university who successfully complete specified 
undergraduate prerequisites which are outlined by the School of Architecture; and 3) 
students with an accredited professional degree in architecture, Bachelor or Master of 
Architecture. Students are expected to enroll on a full-time basis. For complete 
information on curricula requirements for these categories, write to the School of 
Architecture. 

1) Students entering the program with a four-year baccalaureate degree in 
architecture from an accredited college or university normally require two years of 
graduate study to complete the requirements for the professional degree, Master of 
Architecture. The established curriculum requires four semesters of academic work 
encompassing a total of 60 credits. Additional credits may be required depending 
upon the admissions committee's evaluation of the individual's academic and 
architectural experience. 

2) Students entering the professional program with other than architecture 
undergraduate majors will normally require eight semesters of design studio and other 
prerequisite courses. All requirements for the Master of Architecture, including 
prerequisites, may be completed in three calendar years, if two semesters of summer 



ARCH — Architecture 101 



design work are included. Information on required courses and curriculum may be 
obtained from the School of Architecture. 

3) A special option leading to the Master of Architecture degree is available to 
those students already possessing a professional degree in architecture (B. Arch, or 
M. Arch.) from an accredited program. This option is designed to accommodate the 
needs of students who wish to do advanced work beyond that required for the 
professional degree. Applicants must specify in detail the nature of the proposed 
course of study, for review and approval by the admissions committee prior to their 
admission. They must complete a minimum of 30 credits, including ARCH 799 Thesis 
in Architecture (6 credits). At least 12 credits, other than thesis, shall be 600-level or 
above. All course selections must be approved by the graduate committee of the 
School. 

Presently, areas of concentration in which the School has noteworthy resources for 
advanced work are architectural and urban design, architectural history and 
preservation, and architectural technology. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The School of Architecture of the University of Maryland is ideally located between 
Washington, D.C. and Baltimore, in the midst of a large number of historical 
communities and a varied physical environment. The resulting opportunity for 
environmental design study is unsurpassed. Resources of the School include a 
modern physical plant designed for environmental design education; extensive on-site 
libraries of books, current periodicals and slides; a faculty whose credentials 
encompass expertise in design, architectural structures, solar and conventional 
heating and cooling system design, energy optimization, architectural history and 
preservation, urban planning, landscape architecture and other environmental design 
specialities. The School also provides graduate students an opportunity for 
professional experience and service through its nonprofit Center for Architectural 
Design and Research, CADRE Corporation, housed in the School, whose mission is to 
broaden the educational experience of students through environmental design services 
directed by faculty members, rendered to a variety of clients. 

Financial Assistance 

The School of Architecture offers a limited and varying number of teaching and 
research assistantships, scholarships, fellowships and internships. Applicants should 
apply for financial assistance when submitting the application for admission. 

Courses 

ARCH — Architecture 

ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6) Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio 
per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 303 with a grade of C or better. Design projects 
involving the elements of environmental control, basic structural systems, building 
processes and materials. For architecture majors only. 

ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6) Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio 
per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 402 with a grade of C or better. Design projects 
involving forms generated by different structural systems, environmental controls and 
methods of construction. For architecture majors only. 



102 ARCH — Architecture 



ARCH 408 Selected Topics in Architecture Studio (1-6) Prerequisite ARCH 403, or 
equivalent, and permission of instructor. Topical problems in architecture and urban 
design. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided the content is different. 

ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 312. Design of steel, 
timber, and reinforced concrete elements, and subsystems; analysis of architectural 
building systems. Introduction to design for both natural and man-made hazards. 

ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications For Buildings (3) Prerequisite ARCH 313 or 
permission of instructor. Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide heating, cooling, 
hot water, and electricity for buildings and related techniques for reducing energy 
consumption. 

ARCH 415 Illumination, Electrical and Systems Technology in Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 115 and PHYS 122. For architecture majors only. Theory, 
quantification, and architectural design applications for electrical systems, illumination, 
daylighting, communication systems, conveying systems, fire protection and plumbing. 

ARCH 416 Advanced Architectural Structures (3) Prerequisites ARCH 403 and 
ARCH 412. Analysis of structural issues in architectural design; structure as an 
architectural form determinant; integration of architectural, structural and other 
technical disciplines in building design. 

ARCH 417 Advanced Environmental Technology in Buildings (3) Prerequisites: 
ARCH 403, 313, and 415. Analysis of environmental technology issues in architectural 
design; mechanical systems, illumination and acoustics as architectural form 
determinants; integration of environmental technology systems and related technical 
disciplines in building design. 

ARCH 418 Selected Topics in Architectural Science (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided content is different. 

ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Architectural Science (1-4) Proposed work must 
have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 7 credits. 

ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or 
permission of instructor. American architecture from the late 17th to the 20th century. 

ARCH 421 Seminar in the History of American Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 
420 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical problems in 
American architecture. 

ARCH 422 History of Greek Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of 
the instructor. Survey of Greek architecture from 750-100 B.C. 

ARCH 423 History of Roman Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission 
of the instructor. Survey of Roman architecture from 500 B.C. To A.D. 325. 

ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or 
permission of instructor. Major trends in Russian architecture in the medieval (10th - 
17th centuries), Imperial (1703 - 1917), and Soviet periods. 

ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of 
instructor. Selected historical and modern theories of architectural design. For 
architecture majors only. 
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of 



ARCH — Architecture 103 



instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different. 

ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Architectural History (1-4) Proposed work must 
have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or 
permission of instructor. Architecture of western Europe from the early Christian and 
Byzantine periods through the late Gothic, with consideration of parallel developments 
in the eastern world. 

ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or 
permission of instructor. Renaisssance architectural principles and trends in the 15th 
and 16th centuries and their modifications in the Baroque period. 

ARCH 434 History of Modern Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission 
of instructor. Architectural trends and principles from 1750 to the present, with 
emphasis on developments since the mid-1 9th century. 

ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 
434 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical problems in 
modern architecture. 

ARCH 436 History of Islamic Architecture (3) Survey of Islamic architecture from the 
seventh through the eighteenth century. 

ARCH 437 History of Pre-Columbian Architecture (3) Architecture of Pre-Columbian 
Mexico and Central America from the Pre-Classic Period through the Spanish 
conquest. 

ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 303. Studio work in visual 
design independent of architectural problem solving. 

ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3) One and one-half hours lecture and 
four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 344. Examination of the meaning 
of documentation and the use of photography in the evaluation of architecture. 
Architecture students only, except by permission of the instructor. 

ARCH 445 Visual Analysis of Architecture (3) Two hours of lecture and two hours of 
studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 303 and ARCH 343, or permission of the 
instructor. Visual principles of architectural design through graphic analysis. 

ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3) Prerequisites: ARCH 340 or APDS 
337 or JOUR 351; and consent of instructor. Advanced study of photographic criticism 
through empirical methods, for students proficient in photographic skills. Photographic 
assignments, laboratory, seminar, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different. 

ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual Studies (1-4) Proposed work must have a 
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3) Introduction to city planning theory, 
methodology and techniques, dealing with normative, urban, structural, economic, 
social aspects of the city; urban planning as a process. Architectural majors or by 
permission of the instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week. 



104 ARCH — Architecture 



ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 350 or permission of the 
instructor. Advanced investigation into problems of analysis and evaluation of the 
design of urban areas, spaces and complexes with emphasis on physical and social 
considerations, effects of public policies, through case studies. Field observations. 

ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A case 
study of urban development issues, dealing primarily with socio-economic aspects of 
changes in the built environment. 

ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3) Theories of planning and design of urban 
spaces, building complexes, and new communities. 

ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different. 

ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban Planning (1-4) Proposed work must have a 
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3) Principles and methods of site analysis; the 
influence of natural and man-made site factors on site design and architectural form. 
For architecture majors only, or by permission of instructor. 

ARCH 461 Design and Energy (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 402 and ARCH 415. Two hours 
of seminar, two hours of laboratory each week. Energy strategies in building related to 
the broader context of architectural problem solving. 

ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture (3) Prerequisite ARCH 302 or 
permission of instructor. Introduction to computer programming and utilization, with 
emphasis on architectural applications. 

ARCH 472 Economic Determinants in Architecture (3) Introduction to economic 
factors influencing architectural form and design, including land economics, real 
estate, financing, project development, financial planning, construction and cost 
control. 

ARCH 475 Advanced Architectural Construction and Materials (3) Prerequisites: 
ARCH 375 and 403. Processes of construction, assembly, integration, and coordination 
of architectural, mechanical, electrical, and structural aspects of building; special 
attention to design development of building details. 

ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different. 

ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-4) Proposed work must have a 
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural Preservation (3) Prerequisite: 
ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Theory and practice of preservation in America, 
with emphasis on the problems and techniques of community preservation. 

ARCH 481 The Architect in Archaeology (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The 
role of the architect in field archaeology and the analysis of excavating, recording, and 
publishing selected archaeological expeditions. 

ARCH 482 The Archaeology of Roman and Byzantine Palestine (3) Archaeological 
sites in Palestine (Isreal and Jordan) from the reign of Herod the Great to the Moslem 



ARCH — Architecture 105 



conquest. 

ARCH 483 Field Archaeology (3) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Participation 
in field archaeology with an excavation officially recognized by proper authorities of 
local government. 

ARCH 488 Selected Topics in Architectural Preservation (1-4) Prerequisite: consent 
of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 489 Independent Studies in Architectural Preservation (1-4) Proposed work 
must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6) Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio 
per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent. Comprehensive building and urban 
design; studio options in advanced topical problems. 

ARCH 601 Architecture Studio VI (6) Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio 
per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 600. Continuation of ARCH 600. 

ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis in Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 
416. Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of selected complex structural 
systems. 

ARCH 613 Structural Systems in Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 416 or 
permission of instructor. Theory and application of selected complex structural 
systems as they relate to architectural decisions. 

ARCH 614 Environmental Systems in Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 415 AND 
417 or permission of instructor. Qualitative analysis of selected environmental systems 
and design determinants. 

ARCH 678 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-6) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided the subject matter is 
different. 

ARCH 679 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-6) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ARCH 700 Architecture Studio VII (6) Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio 
per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 601 . Continuation of ARCH 601 . 

ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Project management, 
organizational, legal, economic and ethical aspects of architecture. 

ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Directed research and 
preparation of thesis program. 

ARCH 798 Thesis in Architecture (1-6) Prerequisites: ARCH 700 AND 797. 

ARCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



106 Art Program 



Art Program 

Professor and Chair: Burn ham 

Professors: Denny, Driskell, Levitine, Miller, Morrison, Rearick, Truitt 

Associate Professors: DeMonte, DiFederico, Farquhar, Forbes, Gelman, Hargrove, 

Klank, Krushenick, Lapinski, Niese, Pogue, Spiro, Stafford, Wheelock.Withers 

Assistant Professors: Caswell, Craig, Ferraioli, Kehoe, Kim, Meizlik, Richardson, Van 

Alstine, Venit 

Lecturers: Divito, Gossage, Wright 

The Department of Art offers programs of graduate study leading to the degrees of 

Master of Arts in art history, Master of Fine Arts in studio art and Doctor of Philosophy 

in art history. Both disciplines, rooted in the concept of art as a humanistic experience, 

share an essential common aim: the development of the student's aesthetic sensitivity, 

understanding and knowledge. The major in art history is committed to the advanced 

study and scholarly interpretation of existing works of art, from the prehistoric era to 

the present, while the studio major stresses the student's direct participation in the 

creation of works of art. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to graduate study in studio art, an undergraduate degree with an art 
major from an accredited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. The 
candidate should have approximately 30 credit hours of undergraduate work in studio 
courses and 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses 
should be part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. In addition, special 
departmental requirements must be met. Candidates for the Master of Fine Arts 
degree will be required to pass an oral comprehensive examination, present an 
exhibition of their thesis work, write an abstract based on the thesis, and present an 
oral defense of the thesis. 

For admission to graduate study in art history, in addition to the approved 
undergraduate degree, or its equivalent, special departmental requirements must be 
met. Departmental requirements for the Master of Arts degree in Art History include 
ARTH 692; reading knowledge of French or German (evidenced by an examination 
administered by the Art Department); a written comprehensive examination which tests 
the candidate's knowledge and comprehension of principal areas and phases of art 
history; a thesis which demonstrates competency in research and in original 
investigation by the candidate; and a final oral examination on the thesis and the field 
which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in Art History include ARTH 692; 
reading knowledge of French and German; an oral examination and a written 
examination; a dissertation which demonstrates the candidate's capacity to perform 
independent research in the field of art history; and a final oral examination on the 
dissertation and the field it represents. 

Applicants are encouraged to submit their applications by March 1 for entrance in 
the Fall and by November 1 for entrance in Spring as the available spaces are usually 
filled early. 



ARTE — Art Education 107 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of Art is an annual Spring event which is 
sponsored by the University of Maryland and held jointly at the National Gallery of Art 
and the University. This symposium provides the opportunity for advanced graduate 
students from the member institutions to present their research in professional form. 
From time to time the Department of Art also publishes abstracts of the Symposium 
papers in Studies in Art History presented at the Middle Atlantic Symposium in the 
History of Art. 

The University also supports the University of Maryland Caesarea Project, an 
ongoing excavation at Caesarea Maritima, Israel. Qualified graduate students are 
eligible for participation in the excavations, and work at this site may lead to M.A. or 
Ph.D. dissertation subjects. 

The University of Maryland Art Gallery is an adjunct of the Department of Art which 
maintains a collection of twentieth-century American paintings and works on paper and 
a study collection of African sculpture. The staff, which includes at least one full-time 
graduate assistant a year, organizes and hosts major exhibitions of historical and 
contemporary art for the benefit of the University community and the general public. 
Major catalogues are published each year and a series of graduate courses in 
museum practice are offered wihin the Gallery. 

The University of Maryland is thirty-five minutes from the National Gallery of Art, the 
National Museum of American Art, the National Portrait Gallery, the Freer Gallery, the 
Corcoran Gallery, the Phillips Gallery, Dumbarton Oaks, and the Hirshhorn Museum 
and Sculpture Garden. In Baltimore, forty-five minutes from the University, is the 
Baltimore Museum of Art and the Walters Art Gallery. In addition to the 36,000-volume 
art library, students have access to the Library of Congress, Archives of American Art, 
and the research libraries of Dumbarton Oaks, National Museum of American Art and 
other branches of the Smithsonian. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available in art. 

Additional Information 

Description of Departmental requirements for the above programs and other 
information may be obtained from the Department of Art. 

For information on work leading to the degree of Master of Education in art 
education, the student is referred to the section devoted to Secondary Education in 
this catalog. 

Courses 

ARTE — Art Education 
ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



108 ARTH — Art History 



ARTH — Art History 

ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting (3) Survey of Greek and Roman frescoes and 
panels; study of extant paintings and lost works known only through literary sources. 

ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3) Greek art and archaeology from 1000 B.C. 
To 50 B.C. 

ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3) Roman art and archaeology from 
Etruscan origins to Diocletian. 

ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art (3) Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean. 

ARTH 405 Japanese Painting (3) Survey of Japanese painting from the sixth through 
the sixteenth centuries, including traditional Buddhist painting, narrative scrolls, and 
Zen-related ink painting. 

ARTH 406 Arts of China (3) Chinese art from pre-history through the 14th century, 
with special focus on painting, sculpture, and minor arts. 

ARTH 407 Arts of Japan (3) A survey of Japanese art from pre-history through 14th 
century, concentrating on architecture, sculpture and painting. 

ARTH 410 Early Christian - Early Byzantine Art (3) Sculpture, painting, architecture, 
and the minor arts from about 312 TO 726 AD. 

ARTH 411 Byzantine Art, 726 - 1453 (3) Sculpture, painting, architecture and the 
minor arts from 726 to 1453 A.D. 

ARTH 412 Medieval Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. 
First semester will stress Romanesque. 

ARTH 413 Medieval Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. 
Second semester will stress the Gothic period. 

ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the 15th Century (3) Painting in the 
Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the 16th Century (3) Painting in the 
Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting 
from about 1400 to 1430. 

ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting 
from about 1430 to 1475. 

ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting from 
about 1475 to 1500. 

ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting from 
about 1500 to 1525. 

ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting of the 
major southern European centers in the 17th century. 

ARTH 431 European Baroque Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting of the 
major northern European centers in the 17th century. 

ARTH 434 French Painting (3) French painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to 
Poussin. 



ARTH — Art History 109 



ARTH 435 French Painting (3) French painting from 1600 to 1800. From Le Brun to 
David. 

ARTH 440 19th Century European Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
Europe from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism. 

ARTH 441 19th Century European Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
Europe. From Realism, to Impressionism and Symbolism. 

ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 260, 261 
or consent of instructor. History of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: artists, 
styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence on 20th century. 

ARTH 450 20th Century Art (3) Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 19th 
century to 1920. 

ARTH 451 20th Century Art (3) Painting, sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the 
present. 

ARTH 452 History of Photography (3) History of photography as art from 1839 to the 
present. 

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Sculpture (3) Trends in sculpture from 
Neo-Classicism to the present. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of sculpture 
during the 20th century. 

ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 
261, or consent of instructor. Graphic techniques and styles in Europe from 1400 to 
1800; contributions of major artists. 

ARTH 462 African Art (3) First semester, the cultures west of the Niger river (Nigeria 
through Mali) FROM 400 B.C. To the present. The art is studied through its 
iconography and function in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the 
artists, including a study of the societies, cults and ceremonies during which the art 
was used. 

ARTH 463 African Art (3) Second semester, the cultures east and south of Nigeria. 
The art is studied through its iconography and function in the culture and the 
intercultural influences upon the artists, including a study of the societies, cults and 
ceremonies during which the art was used. 

ARTH 464 African Art Research (3) Seminar with concentration on particular aspects 
of African art. The course is given at the Museum of African Art in Washington, D. C. 

ARTH 470 Latin American Art (3) Art of the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods. 

ARTH 471 Latin American Art (3) Art of the 19th and 20th centuries. 

ARTH 473 Arts of Black Americans I (3) The visual arts of Black Americans from the 
Colonial period through the 19th century, including crafts and decorative arts. 

ARTH 474 Arts of Black Americans II (3) The visual arts of Black Americans in the 
20th century, including crafts and decorative arts. 

ARTH 476 History of American Art to 1900 (3) Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
the United States from the Colonial period to 1900. 

ARTH 477 History of American Art Since 1900 (3) Architecture, sculpture and 
painting in the United States from 1900 to the present. 



110 ARTH — Art History 



ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3) Prerequisite: consent of department 
head or instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I (2-3) For advanced students, by 
permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content 
differs. 

ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History II (2-3) 

ARTH 612 Romanesque Art (3) Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 11th 
and 12th centuries; regional styles; relationships between styles of painting and 
sculpture; religious content. 

ARTH 614 Gothic Art (3) Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 11th and 
12th centuries; regional styles; relationships between styles of painting and sculpture; 
religious content. 

ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism (3) Prerequisite: ART 423 or permission of 
instructor. Mannerism in Europe during the 16th century; beginnings in Italy; 
ramifications in France, Germany, Flanders, Spain; painting, architecture, and 
sculpture. 

ARTH 634 French Painting From Lebrun to Gericault: 1715-1815 (3) Development 
of iconography and style from the Baroque to neo-Classicism and Romanticism. 
Trends and major artists. 

ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860 (3) Prerequisite: ART 440 OR 441 or 

equivalent. Courbet and the problem of realism; precursors, David, Gericault, 
landscape schools; Manet; artistic and social theories; realism outside France. 

ARTH 662 20th Century European Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. 
A detailed examination of the art of a individual country in the 12th century: France, 
Germany, Italy, Spain, England. 

ARTH 676 20th Century American Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. 
The "Eight," the Armory show, American abstraction, romantic-realism, new deal art 
projects, American surrealism and expressionism. 

ARTH 692 Methods of Art History (3) Methods of research and criticism applied to 
typical art-historical problems; bibliography and other research tools. May be taken for 
credit one or two semesters. 

ARTH 694 Museum Training Program (3) 

ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3) 

ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) For advanced graduate 
students, by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated for credit if 
content differs. 

ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History (3) Prerequisite: consent of department 
head or instructor. 

ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 402, 403 or permission of 
instructor. 

ARTH 708 Seminar in Japanese Painting (3) Prerequisite - ARTH 406 OR 407 or 
permission of instructor. Japanese painting of the 14th through 16th centuries, and its 
origins in Chinese models. Course may be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits if the 



ARTS — Art Studio 111 



content differs. 

ARTH 709 Seminar in Early Christian and Byzantine Art (3) Prerequisite - ARTH 410 
OR 411 or permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for a maximum of six 
credits if the content differs. 

ARTH 712 Seminar in Medieval Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 412, 413 or permission of 
instructor. 

ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian Renaissance Art (3) Problems selected from 
significant themes in the field of Italian Renaissance art and architecture, 1200-1600. 
May be repeated for credit if content differs. 

ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century European Art (3) 

ARTH 740 Seminar in Romanticism (3) Problems derived from the development of 
romantic art during the 18th and 19th centuries. 

ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century European Art (3) Problems derived from the 
period starting with David and ending with Cezanne. 

ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) 

ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission 
of instructor. 

ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission 
of instructor. Problems of Mexican art of the 19th and 20th centuries; Mexicanismo; the 
"mural renaissance"; architectural regionalism. 

ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century American Art (3) Problems in architecture and 
painting from the end of the Colonial period until 1860. 

ARTH 780 Seminar: Problems in Architectural History and Criticism (3) 

ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art History (3) Art historical sources from 
Pliny to Malraux. 

ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) 

ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTS — Art Studio 

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes (3) Six hours per week. Prerequisites: 
either ARTS 220, 330 OR 340. Investigation and execution of process oriented art. 
Group and individual experimental projects. 

ARTS 418 Drawing (3) Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. Original 
compositions from the figure and nature, supplemented by problems of personal and 
expressive drawing. Repeatable for total of 12 credits. 

ARTS 428 Painting (3) Six studio hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 320. Original 
compositions based upon nature, figure, still life and expressive painting emphasizing 
development of personal directions. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 

ARTS 438 Sculpture (3) Six studio hours per week. Prerequisite: One 300 level 
sculpture course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level elements of 
sculpture courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen media. 



112 ARTS — Art Studio 



Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 

ARTS 448 Printmaking (3) Six studio hours per week. Prerequisites: One 300 level 
printmaking course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level elements of 
printmaking courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen 
media. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 

ARTS 468 Advanced Seminar in Studio Art (3) Three studio, three discussion hours 
per week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Relationship of student's work to 
historical and contemporary context. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art (2-3) For advanced students, by 
permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content 
differs. 

ARTS 610 Drawing (3) Sustained treatment of a theme chosen by student. Wide 
variety of media. 

ARTS 614 Drawing (3) Traditional materials and methods including oriental, sumi ink 
drawing and techniques of classical european masters. 

ARTS 616 Drawing (3) Detailed anatomical study of the human figure and preparation 
of large scale mural compositions. 

ARTS 620 Painting (3) 

ARTS 624 Painting (3) 

ARTS 626 Painting (3) 

ARTS 627 Painting (3) 

ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 

ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 

ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in Sculpture (3) For advanced students, 
methods of armature building, and the use of a variety of stone, wood, metal, and 
plastic materials. 

ARTS 637 Sculpture: Casting and Foundry (3) The traditional methods of plaster 
casting and the complicated types involving metal, cire perdue, sand-casting and 
newer methods, such as cold metal process. 

ARTS 640 Printmaking (3) Advanced problems. Relief process. 

ARTS 644 Printmaking (3) Advanced problems. Intaglio process. 

ARTS 646 Printmaking (3) Advanced problems. Lithographic process. 

ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking (3) 

ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio Art (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting (3) Preparation and execution of a wall decoration. 

ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) For advanced graduate 
students by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated for credit if 
content differs. 



Astronomy Program 113 



ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



Astronomy Program 



Professor and Director: Kundu 

Professors: A'Hearn, Bell, Enckson, Kerr, Papadopoulos Rose, Trimble, (part time) 

Wentzel 

Adjunct Professors: Brandt, Westerhout 

Associate Professors: Eichler, Harrington, Matthews, Wilson, Zipoy 

Assistant Professors: Blitz, Hartquist, Heckman 

The Astronomy Program, administratively part of the Department of Physics and 

Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in 

Astronomy. The M.S. program includes both thesis and non-thesis options. Areas of 

specialization include: galactic structure, interstellar medium, extragalactic astronomy, 

stellar atmospheres, stellar evolution, solar physics, solar system, astronomical 

instrumentation, cometary studies, and high energy and plasma astrophysics. 

A full schedule of courses in all fields of astronomy is offered including galactic 
astronomy, astrophysics, solar system astronomy, observational astronomy, celestial 
mechanics, solar physics, study of the interstellar medium, extragalactic astronomy, 
and Plasma astrophysics. The faculty has expertise in most major branches of 
astronomy. The research program is centered around several major areas of interest. 
One is high energy and plasma astrophysics with particular interest centering on 
applications to the study of extragalactic radio sources and of solar phenomena. There 
are related observational programs in the areas of solar radio astronomy and of 
extragalactic astronomy. Other areas include galactic structure, the interstellar 
medium with particular emphases on molecules in space and on star formation, stellar 
atmospheres and cometary physics. 

Job opportunities in the "traditional" areas of universities and observatories are 
extremely limited, although initial temporary appointments as Research Associates are 
considerably easier to obtain. While the more traditional positions are highly 
competitive, opportunities exist in other areas especially in computer software firms 
which do contract work for federal laboratories. All recent Maryland Astronomy Ph.D.'s 
have obtained full time employment. 

Admission and Degree Information 

No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy is required. However, an entering 
student should have a working knowledge of the basic facts of astronomy such as is 
obtainable from one of the many elementary textbooks. A more advanced knowledge 
of astronomy will of course enable a student to progress more rapidly during the first 
year of graduate work. 

Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE Advanced Test in Physics is required 
before an applicant's admission to the Graduate School will be considered. In special 
cases, the Graduate Entrance Committee may waive this requirement, and set other 
conditions as a requirement for admission, to be fulfilled either before admission or 
during the first year at Maryland. 

Ph.D. program: During the first two years, full time students must take at least four 
and normally will take all of the principal courses: ASTR 600, 605, 610, 620, 640, and 



114 Astronomy Program 



670, plus the required physics. A research project, ASTR 690 and 691, is required 
during the second year. Students will be aided in identifying a suitable project by the 
end of the first year. Qualification for the Ph.D. program is based on the overall 
performance in course work, research project, and a written examination integrating 
the six principal courses. The examination is taken during the summer after the 
second year, with an allowance for students who postphoned one or two of the 
principal courses. 

Course requirements for the Ph.D. include the principal courses, at least two 
additional advanced astronomy courses, and twelve credits of advanced physics. In 
addition, students must acquire some personal experience with modern observational 
methods and analysis, normally by accompanying a faculty member to a suitable 
observatory. All of the principal courses are required before advancement to 
candidacy. 

Candidates for the Master of Science Degree with thesis are required to obtain 24 
credits (exclusive of registration for masters research) of which at least 12 are in the 
major area and at least 12 must be at the 600 level (not necessarily the same 12). In 
addition, at least 6 credits must be in a related field (supporting area). 

To obtain the Master of Science Degree without a thesis, 6 credits in the major at 
the 600 level are required in addition to the general requirements described above. 
That is, a total of 30 credits are required, of which 18 must be in the major, and at 
least 18 at the 600 level. The student must also pass a written examination, usually 
consisting of the written part of the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination with appropriately 
chosen passing requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Astronomy Program carries on an extensive research program in the areas 
discussed above with the graduate students playing an active role in this research. 
Approximately one-fourth of all research papers published have a graduate student as 
one of the authors. The Program maintains a small optical observatory on campus. 
Due to the site, its main use is to enable students to gain experience in observational 
techniques and to test out new equipment. There is an important effort in the program 
devoted to the development of optical instrumentation. A Fourier Transform 
Spectrometer is now essentially operational and a photoelectric Fabry Perot 
Interferometer is being further developed. 

The Program also operates a radio observatory near Borrego Springs, California. 
This is designed to operate at meter wavelengths and is one of the major long 
wavelength observatories in the country. A major commitment of this observatory will 
be to solar research. A recently developed radio heliograph will provide real time 
mapping of the radio sun. Work will also go on there in the areas of galactic and 
extragalactic radio astronomy. 

The Program has strong interaction with the national astronomy observatories, and 
many of the students and faculty carry on observing programs at them. There are also 
very close ties with neighboring scientific institutes. A major program of cooperative 
research has been established with the Goddard Space Flight Center and a number of 
graduate students carry on research programs there. There are also close contacts 
with the Naval Observatory, the Naval Research Labs and other government institutes. 



ASTR — Astronomy 115 



Financial Assistance 

Essentially all eligible graduate students are funded. The program offers both 
Research and Teaching Assistantships. 

Additional Information 

For more information, especially for physics courses related to astronomy, see the 
section on Physics. A brochure entitled "Graduate Study in Astronomy," describing the 
requirements, the courses and the research program in detail, is available from the 
department. All correspondence, including that concerning admission to the 
Astronomy Program, should be addressed to: 

Astronomy Program 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

ASTR — Astronomy 

ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3) Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 420 or PHYS 421 or 
consent of instructor. Stellar atmospheres, stellar structure and evolution, neutron stars 
and black holes. 

ASTR 401 Interstellar and Extragalactic Astrophysics (3) Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 
422 or consent of instructor. A survey of the physics of the interstellar medium and of 
astrophysics as it relates to galaxies and cosmology. 

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy I (3) Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or 263, and 3 

credits in astronomy. An introduction to current methods of obtaining astronomical 
information. Emphasis on optical and radio techniques, with brief coverage of X-ray, 
ultraviolet, and infrared techniques. Emphasis on understanding how instruments affect 
the data. 

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy II (3) Prerequisite: ASTR 410. Laboratory work 
with photographic and photoelectric techniques and with components of radio 
telescopes. Two longer individual projects involving observations with various 
instruments. Often requires all-night observing sessions. 

ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3) Prerequisite PHYS 192 and ASTR 
182 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Methods of galactic research, stellar 
motions, clusters of stars, evolution of the galaxy, study of our own and nearby 
galaxies. 

ASTR 430 The Solar System (3) Prerequisite - MATH 246 and either PHYS 263 or 
PHYS 294, or consent of instructor. The structure of planetary atmospheres, radiative 
transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote sensing of planetary surfaces, interior 
structure of planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of asteroids, satellite 
systems, and solar system evolution. 

ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astronomy (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and 
ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Properties of normal and peculiar 
galaxies, including radio galaxies and quasars; expansion of the universe and 
cosmology. 

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3) Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or 
consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, equations of motion. 



116 ASTR — Astronomy 



ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6) Prerequisite: major in physics or 
astronomy and/or consent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit according to 
work done. 

ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3) Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or an equivalent brief 
introduction to stellar atmospheres, or consent of instructor. Oberservational methods, 
line formation, curve of growth, equation of transfer, stars with large envelopes, 
variable stars, novae, magnetic fields in stars. 

ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors (3) Prerequisite: ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief 
introduction to stellar interiors, or consent of instructor. A study of stellar structure and 
evolution: energy transfer and generation in the interior of a star, the structure of stars 
including problems of turbulence, determination of chemical composition, 
non-homogeneous stars, pulsating stars, novae, evolution of both young and old stars, 
the final stages of stellar evolution. 

ASTR 620 Galactic Research (3) Prerequisites: ASTR 420, 410, 411, or consent of the 
instructor. Current methods of research into galactic structure, kinematics, and 
dynamics. Basic dynamical theory. Optical and radio observational methods and 
current results. Review of presently-determined distribution and kinematics of the major 
constituents of the galaxy. Evolution of the galaxy. 

ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: 
PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the structure and evolution of dynamical systems 
encountered in astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as a two-body problem, 
statistical treatment of encounters, study of dynamical problems in connection with star 
clusters, ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity stars. 

ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: 
PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of interplanetary space, the solar wind, comets 
and meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres, motions of particles in the earth's 
magnetic field. 

ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics I (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 41 1 AND 422 or their 
equivalents, or consent of instructor. The first semester survey of the theoretical tools 
of astrophysics. Gas and magnetohydrodynamics applied to interstellar and solar 
phenomena. Radiation of high-energy particles. Introduction to stellar atmospheres. 

ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II (3) Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or consent of 
instructor. Brief survey of stellar structure and evolution, and the physics of the 
interstellar medium and the solar atmosphere. 

ASTR 660 Solar Physics (3) Prerequisites: PHYS 422, ASTR 400 or consent of 
instructor. A detailed study of solar atmosphere. Physics of solar phenomena, such as 
solar flares, structure of the corona, etc. 

ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3) Prerequisite: ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief 
introduction to interstellar matter, or consent of instructor. A study of the physical 
properties of interstellar gas and dust: regions,of ionized hydrogen, regions of neutral 
hydrogen, the problems of interstellar dust and molecules. 

ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Special topics such as extragalactic radio sources, plasma astrophysics, the 
H.R. diagram, chemistry of the interstellar medium, radiophysics of the sun. 

ASTR 698 Seminar (1) Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held 



Biochemistry Program 117 



each semester, with the contents varied each year. One credit for each semester. 
There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from the Washington area, and 
visiting astronomers, usually on topics related to their own work. 

ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced Astronomy (1-6) 

ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 

ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Biochemistry Program 

Professors: Gerlt, Holmlund, Munn, Ponnamperuma 
Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dunaway-Mariano, Hansen, Sampugna 
Assistant Professors BrusWow 

The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the College Park component of the University 
of Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry which also has components at the 
University of Maryland Baltimore County and at the University of Maryland Medical 
School and Dental School in Baltimore. The program offers study leading to Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Research specialization at College Park is 
available in analytical biochemistry, developmental biochemistry, drug metabolism, 
enzyme kinetics, immunochemistry, lipid biochemistry, marine biochemistry, membrane 
structure and function, metabolic regulation, neurochemistry, nucleic acid 
biochemistry, and nutritional biochemistry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Applicants 
should have completed an undergraduate program of study with strong emphasis on 
chemistry and/or biology with appropriate supporting courses in mathematics and 
physics. Before obtaining a degree in the program, a student must demonstrate 
adequate preparation in biochemistry, and in analytical, organic and physical 
chemistry. For this purpose diagnostic examinations in these subjects are offered to 
students at the beginning of their first semester. Students who perform unsatisfactorily 
on these examinations or who may not have had undergraduate preparation in one or 
more of these areas, will be advised to register for appropriate courses. Information on 
course work, comprehensive examinations and the research interests of the faculty is 
available for the guidance of degree candidates. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Biochemistry research is conducted in a new wing occupied in 1975. In addition to 
well-equipped research laboratories, the following central facilities are available: animal 
colony, fermentation pilot plant, electron microscope, analytical ultracentrifuge, PDP-1 1 
computer, liquid scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers, and 
a chemistry-biochemistry library. 



118 BCHM — Biochemistry 



Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are usually available in the Chemistry and 
Biochemistry Department. The Assistantships involve teaching undergraduate 
laboratory and recitation classes and permit a tuition waiver for a ten-credit program of 
graduate study each semester. 

Additional Information 

Information on requirements and research interests of the faculty may be obtained 
from the Director of Graduate Studies, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry. 

Courses 

BCHM — Biochemistry 

BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 243 or 245; or permission of 
instructor. A comprehensive introduction to general biochemistry. The chemistry and 
metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins. 

BCHM 462 Biochemistry II (3) Prerequisite: BCHM 461. A continuation of BCHM 461 

BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Pre or corerequisite: BCHM 461. 

BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 483 or BCHM 463, pre or corequisite: BCHM 462. 

BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2) Prerequisite: BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, or 
consent of instructor. 

BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) Two to four three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent. 

BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2) Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent. 

BCHM 671 Protein Chemistry and Enzymic Catalysis (3) Principles of protein 
structure and function, characterization of active sites, enzyme mechanisms and 
kinetics, antibody structure. 

BCHM 672 Biological Membranes (3) Organization of biological membranes, 
metabolism of membrane lipids, membrane proteins, including receptors, membrane 
functions including bioenergetics and transport, assembly of membranes. 

BCHM 673 Regulation of Metabolism (3) Intracellular milieu, compartmentation, 
metabolic and enzymic approaches to identifying control points, regulation by covalent 
modification of enzymes, metabolic disorders. 

BCHM 674 Nucleic Acids (3) Chemistry of nucleotides and polynucleotides, 
organization of cells and genome from viruses to eukaryotes, dna replication, ma 
synthesis, ribosome biogenesis, regulation of protein synthesis. 

BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6) Prerequisite: one semester of 
graduate study in biochemistry. Laboratory experience in a research environment. 
Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 

BCHM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



Botany Program 119 



BCHM 898 Seminar (1) 

BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Botany Program 



Professor and Chair: Patterson 

Professors: Bean, Corbett. Kantzes, Krusberg. Lockard 1 , Reveal, Sisler 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, Cooke, Karlander, Motta, Racusen, Steiner. Sze, 

Teramura 

Assistant Professors: Collmer, Forseth, Grybauskas. Hutcheson, Millay, Van 

Valkenburg, Wolniak 

1 Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Botany offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems are developed 
on a personal basis and arranged according to the intellectual and professional needs 
of the student. Course programs are flexible and are designed under close supervision 
by the student's advisor. The objective of the program is to equip the student with a 
background and techniques for a career in plant science in academic, governmental, 
industrial or private laboratories. 

The areas of specialization are anatomy and morphology, plant biochemistry, cell 
biology, plant ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics and molecular biology, marine 
botany, mycology, paleobotany, plant nematology, plant pathology, phycology, plant 
physiology, taxonomy, and virology. 

Job opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree holders in Botany continue to be good. 
A very high percentage of our graduates currently find appropriate positions within a 
short time of graduation. Conditions can change rapidly within the discipline, however, 
and consultation with a graduate advisor is recommended. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no special admission requirements. A high degree of intellectual excellence 
is of greater consequence than completion of a particular curriculum at the 
undergraduate level. The degree requirements are flexible. However, they involve 
demonstration of competence in the broad field of botany, as well as completion of 
courses in other disciplines which are supportive of modern competence in this field. A 
foreign language may be required if deemed essential by the student's Graduate 
Advisory Committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has laboratories equipped to investigate most phases of botanical 
and molecular biological research. Field and greenhouse facilities are available for 
research requiring plant culture. Major pieces of equipment include two transmission 
electron microscopes, ultracentrifuges, a liquid chromatograph, low-speed centrifuges, 
microtomes for cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometer, recording 
spectrophotometers, gas chromatographs, and environmentally controlled growth 
chambers. A herbarium, departmental reference room, enzyme preparation rooms, 
dark rooms, cold rooms, special culture apparatus for algae, funggi and higher plants, 
spectrophotometers, and respirometers are among the many special pieces of 
equipment and facilities that are available for research. 



120 BOTN — Botany 



Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available in the form of teaching and research assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a special brochure available upon request. For specific 
information on departmental programs, admission procedures or financial aid, contact: 

Chair, Department of Botany 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

BOTN — Botany 

BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1) Prerequisite: 20 credit hours in biological 
sciences including BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. History of botany as a 
science, from ancient Greece through the 18th century; emphasis on botany as an 
intellectual and cultural pursuit. 

BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2) Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and CHEM 
104. A study of plants important to man that have medicinal or poisonous properties. 
Emphasis on plant source, plant description, the active agent and its beneficial or 
detrimental physiological action and effects. 

BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 202 and BOTN 212, or equivalents. A review of the 
history and principles of plant taxonomy with emphasis on monographic and floristic 
research. A detailed laboratory review of the families of flowering plants. 

BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany (2) Four two-hour laboratory demonstration 
periods per week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. 
A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations, projects, 
and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools. 

BOTN 410 Grass Systematlcs (3) Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 212 or AGRO 405 or permission of the instructor. A 
study of the grass family including the structure, classification, identification, and 
economic importance of members of this diverse family. Grass identification. 

BOTN 411 Evolutionary Biology of Plants (3) Prerequisite BOTN 202 or equivalent 
Evolution of basic plant biological systems, major structural adaptations of plant 
organs, and origins of vascular plant groups. The pace, patterns and mechanisms of 
evolution, discussed within a genetic, systematic and paleontological framework. 

BOTN 412 Vascular Plant Morphology (4) Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 202 OR 416, or equivalents. Comparative 
studies of structural adaptations, reproductive biology, and phylogenetic relationships 
of bryophytes, fern "allies," ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms. 

BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A 
study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors generally associated 
with such distribution. 

BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The 
basic principles of plant genetics are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the 



BOTN — Botany 121 



hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics of specialized 
organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations of basic and economic 
significance gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics 
in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics considered. 

BOTN 416 Plant Structure (4) Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: BOTN 101. A survey of the basic structural features of vascular 
plants, including subcellular organelles, cells, tissues, and organs. Emphasis on 
structural phenomena as they relate to physiological processes of agricultural 
importance. 

BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2) Four two-hour laboratory periods a week 
for eight weeks. Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The identification 
of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, 
and other techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each 
student will make an individual collection. 

BOTN 420 Plant Cell Biology (3) Prerequisites: organic chemistry and two years of 
botany, or permission of the instructor. A study of eucaryotic cell organization, 
integrating structure with function and concentrating on subcellular organelles and the 
mechanisms of physiological regulation at the cellular level. 

BOTN 423 Diseases of Agronomic Crops and Turf (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 221. 
Practical experience in recognition and control of diseases affecting field crops such 
as corn, soybeans, small grains, tobacco and turf. Symptoms of ecomomic importance 
and control measures for the important diseases of these crops. 

BOTN 426 Mycology (4) Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: BOTANY 101 or permission of the instructor. An introductory 
course in the biology, morphology and taxonomy of the fungi. 

BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1) Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be 
arranged. Prerequisite BOTN 221, or equivalent. The techniques of pesticide 
evaluation and the identification and control of diseases of Maryland crops are 
discussed. Offered in alternate years or more frequently with demand. 

BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4) Two lectures and one four-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and general chemistry. Organic chemistry strongly 
recommended. A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. 

BOTN 456 Principles of Microscopy (2) Two lectures and one demonstration per 
week. Prerequisite: BOTN 420 or its equivalent. An introduction to optical principles 
that underlie light and electron microscopic image formation. Brightfield, darkfield, 
phase contrast, differential interference contrast, fluorescence and polarized light 
microscopy. Comparison of light and electron microscopy. The application of these 
techniques to problems in biological research. 

BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The 
dynamics of populations as affected by environmental factors with special emphasis 
on the structure and composition of natural plant communities, both terrestial and 
aquatic. 

BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation (2) Prerequisites: BOTN 101 or 
permission of instructor. An examination of the biology of higher plants in dune and 
marsh ecosystems. 



122 BOTN — Botany 



BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or 
concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a week. Two or three 
field trips per semester. The application of field and experimental methods to the 
qualitative and quantitative study of vegatation and ecosystems. 

BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent. 
An ecological discussion of plant life in the marine environment of sea coasts, salt 
marshes, estuaries and open seas. 

BOTN 475 General Phycology (4) One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and BOTN 202, or permission of instructor. An 
introductory study of both macro- and micro-algae, including the taxonomy, 
morphology, and life cycles of both fresh water and marine forms. 

BOTN 476 Biology of Phytoplankton (4) Two lectures and two two-hour laboratories 
per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 101 and an introductory course in ecology (ZOOL 212 
or equivalent) or permission of instructor. Collection, identification, culture, physical 
and chemical requirements, life cycles, community structure, specialized environments, 
blooms of phytoplankton. 

BOTN 484 Plant Biochemistry (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 and CHEM 233. 3 lectures 
per week. Biochemical processes characteristic of plants, including photosysnthesis, 
nitrogen fixation and biosynthesis of plant macromolecules. 

BOTN 611 Paleobotany (4) Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: botn 416, or equivalent. Form and evolution of selected fossil plant 
groups beginning with precambrian biota and finishing with flowering plants. 
Geological setting, with consideration of ecology and sedimentology of preservation. 

BOTN 620 Methods in Plant Tissue Culture (2) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A methodology and 
techniques course designed to give the student background and experience in plant 
tissue culture. 

BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2) First semester. Prerequisites: organic chemistry 
and BOTN 441 or equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A study of various 
aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, biochemical transformation, fungal products, 
and mechanism of fungicidal action. 

BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1) First semester. One laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein. Application of 
equipment and techniques in the study of fungal physiology. 

BOTN 624 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens (2) Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour 
discussion session per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221 and permission of instructor. 
A study of plant-pathogenic prokaryotes with emphasis on systematics, etiology, 
cytological and physiological characteristics of the plant-pathogen interaction, ecology, 
epidemiology, control, and genetics. 

BOTN 625 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens Laboratory (2) One four hour laboratory and 
discussion period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221, BOTN 628 or concurrent 
registration therein, and permission of instructor. Emphasis on techniques and 
methods applicable to clinical studies and to research with prokaryotic plant 
pathogens. 

BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2) Second semester. Two lectures per week on the 



BOTN — Botany 123 



biological, biochemical, and biophysical aspects of viruses and virus diseases of 
plants. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biological science and 
permission of instructor. 

BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2) Second semester Two laboratories per 
week on the application and techniques for studying the biological, biochemical and 
biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in 
any biological science and BOTN 632 or concurrent registration therein, and 
permission of the instructor. 

BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4) Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or permission of instructor. (Not offered 
1970-71). The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, 
taxonomy, genetics, physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and control. Recent 
advances in this field will be emphasized. 

BOTN 640 Molecular Mechanisms of Plant Pathogenesis (2) Prerequisites BCHM 
461 and permission of the instructor. Evaluation of current evidence on the role in plant 
disease development of various molecules produced by hosts and parasites. 
Examination of the molecular basis of microbial pathogenicity and plant disease 
resistance. 

BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2) Pre or corequisite BOTN 642 Use of 
apparutus and application of techniques in the study of the chemistry of plants and 
plant materials. 

BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 . Physiology of plant 
hormones, control of morphogenesis and regulation of biosynthesis, 
photomorphogenesis and photoperiodism. 

BOTN 646 Plant Morphogenesis (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 416 or equivalent. 
Biophysical aspects of plant development with particular focus on such structural 
phenomena as molecular self-assembly, polarity, cell division, cell expansion, meristem 
organization, phyllotaxis, and organ formation. 

BOTN 650 Nutrition and Transport in Plants (2) Prerequisite BOTN 441 or 
permission of instructor. The uptake, partioning and utilization of the materials of the 
plant body. Transport of ions across cell membranes, fixation and metabolism of 
carbon and nitrogen, and long distance transport of inorganic chemicals and 
photosynthates in vascular plants. Special emphasis on control and regulatory 
mechanisms that are unique to plant systems. 

BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2) Prerequisite: MATH 220, BOTN 441 plus one year of 
college physics, or their equivalents. An advanced course dealing with physical and 
chemical phenomena associated with the study of plants, stress on problem solving. 

BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2) Pre or corequisite: BOTN 652 
Techniques in measurement of and utilization of light and other parameters associated 
with plants. 

BOTN 656 Techniques in Microscopy (3) Prerequisites: BOTN 456. Two three-hour 
laboratories per week and additional arranged time. Preparation and study of 
biological materials for light and electron microscopy. 

BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3) Prerequisite: a working knowledge of 
elementary genetics and calculus, or permission of the instructor. Population 



124 Business and Management Program 



dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative aspects of the analysis of natural 
communities. Special emphasis will be given to recent theoretical developments. 

BOTN 662 Physiological Plant Ecology (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent. 
Environmental effects on plant ecophysiology. Microclimatology, leaf energy balance, 
plant responses to temperature and radiation, physiological adaptions, water relations, 
plant gas exchange and resistance. 

BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 642 or equivalent, or 
permission of the instructor a study of the physiology of the algae. 

BOTN 684 Plant Membrane Physiology (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 441, 484 or 
equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to plant membrane structure and 
function. 

BOTN 685 Advanced Plant Physiology Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or 
consent of instructor. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 
Biochemical and biophysical approaches to the study of the physiological processes 
of plants. 

BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) Credit according to time scheduled and 
organization of course. Maximum credit toward an advanced degree for the individual 
student at the discretion of the department. This course is organized as lectures, 
discussions or literature surveys on specialized advanced topics under the direction of 
visiting lecturers or or resident faculty 

BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany (1) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. 
Discussion of special topics and current literature in all phases of botany. 

BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3) Credit according to time and scheduled 
and organization of course. Maximum credit towards an advanced degree for the 
individual student at the discretion of the student's advisor. This course emphasizes 
research on a specialized advanced topic and may consist primarily of experimental 
procedures under the direction of visiting lecturers or resident faculty. 

BOTN 721 Clinical and Field Plant Pathology (1-2) Diagnosis of plant diseases 
under clinical conditions, observation of symtoms and disease patterns in the field, 
collecting specimens, and writing control recommendations. Student electing one 
credit hour may emphasize either field or clinical aspects. 

BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Business and Management Program 

Dean: Lamone 

Associate Dean: Carter 

Assistant Dean: Brown 

Director of Doctoral Program: Alt 

Director of MBA & MS Programs: Waikart 

Chairpersons: Bradford, Golden, Gordon, Green, Locke, Poist, Yao 

Professor Emeritus: Wright 

Professors: Bartol, Bodin, Bradford, Carroll, Dawson, Gannon, Gass, Golden, Gordon, 

Greer, Haslem, Jolson, Kolodny, Kotz, Lamone, Leete, Levine, Locke*(Psychology), 



Business and Management Program 125 



Loeb, S., Masi(Affiliated). Polakoff*(Economics), Preston, Simon, Taff 

Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Bedingfield, Chen, Corsi, Courtright, Edelson, 

Edmister, Fromovitz, Hynes, Loeb, M., Nickels, Poist, Schneier, Spekman, Widhelm, 

Yao 

Assistant Professors: Ahad, Barbera, Basu, Christofi, Eun, Friar, Goldenberg, Grimm, 

Hamer, Hevner, Holcomb, Huss, Krapfel, Mattingly (Affiliated), Meisinger (Affiliated), 

Olian, Power, Schick, Smith, K., Smith, R., Soubra, Stark, Sutton, Taylor, Trader, 

Wardlow 

"Joint appointment with the unit indicated 

The College of Business and Management offers graduate work leading to the degrees 

of Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Business and 

Management (MS), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The College's MBA program is 

accredited nationally by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. 

Only about 30% of the more than 1,000 graduate programs in the country are 

accredited by the AACSB, a reflection of the quality of faculty, students, curriculum 

and facilities. 

Areas of faculty specialization include accounting; finance; management science 
statistics and information systems; marketing; organizational behavior and industrial 
relations, and transportation, business and public policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission criteria for the MBA, MS and PhD programs are based on (1) quality of 
recent undergraduate and graduate course work; (2) score on the Graduate 
Management Admission Test (GMAT); (3) letters of recommendation; and (4) other 
relevant information and professional experience with heaviest weight given to (1) and 
(2). 

MBA Program The College of Business and Management offers an MBA program 
designed to provide the educational foundation for those students with the potential to 
exhibit the highest degree of excellence in future careers as professional managers. 
The MBA program requires 54 credits of course work (18 courses of which 5 are 
electives), normally 4 semesters for a full-time student. There is no thesis requirement. 
Successful students in the program are expected to demonstrate the following: (1) a 
thorough and integrated knowledge of the basic tools, concepts and theories relating 
to professional management; (2) behavioral and analytical skills necessary to deal 
creatively and effectively with organizations and management problems; 3) an 
understanding of the economic, political, technological, and social environments in 
which organizations operate; 4) a sense of professional and personal integrity and 
social responsibility in the conduct of managerial affairs both internal and external to 
the organization. 

Program prerequisites include a bachelor's degree, working knowledge of calculus, 
and a computer programming language. 

About one-half of the students enrolled are full time and one-half are part- time. 
Full-time students take 15 credits during each semester of the first year, attend a 
four-session management workshop the second semester of their first year and take 12 
credits each semester during their second year. Part-time students take 6 credits and 
the management workship each regular semester and may take courses during the 
summer. Should these requirements not be met or should a student's grade point 
average fall below 3.0, the student will be placed on probation and granted one 



126 Business and Management Program 



semester to remedy these deficiencies. Failure to do so will result in termination from 
the program. Most courses for part-time students will begin at 7:00 p.m. However, 
occasionally there may be an evening course with an earlier starting time. Maryland 
MBA graduates obtain employment in a wide spectrum of organizations. Starting 
salaries typically range from $26,000 to $35,000 per year. 

MS Program The College offers an MS program for students wishing to concentrate in 
Accounting and Information Systems, Information Systems, Operations Research, or 
Statistics. The Program is designed for students with strong quantitative skills who 
desire a more technical management education. Students typically come to the 
program with undergraduate majors in Business, Engineering, Sciences, Information 
and Computer Systems, Mathematics, or Economics. Prerequisites include calculus 
and a high level computer language. Additional pre-requisites in Business, 
Economics, and Probability or Statistics are determined by the student's concentration. 
Depending on the concentration selected, the program calls for either 30 or 33 credit 
hours beyond the prerequisites. A thesis option is offered which may represent 6 
credits in the area of concentration. Program progress and admission standards 
described above for the MBA program are also applicable to the MS program. 

PhD Program The PhD program is designed to produce outstanding scholars in 
management related disciplines. To this end, a strong research philosophy pervades 
the entire program. The low student to faculty ratio fosters a high degree of interaction 
between faculty and students on research projects of mutual interest, frequently 
culminating in journal articles. Students whose career aspirations are congruent with 
the program's research orientation can look forward to a learning experience that is 
notonly demanding but also stimulating and enriching. Recent graduates are 
employed at the following academic institutions: Ben Gurion University, Boston 
College, Georgia Tech, Penn State, Texas A & M, Syracuse, Houston, the University of 
Southern California, the University of North Carolina, and the University of Texas. 

Maryland PhD students achieve excellence through (1) course work preparation in 
basic and major and minor fields (required), supervised teaching during the period of 
residence (recommended), and independent research culminating in the writing of a 
doctoral dissertation (required). A full time commitment (6 courses per academic year) 
to the program is mandatory as a condition of admittance. 

All PhD students are provisionally admitted and must achieve a 3.25 GPA in each 
of their first two semesters. Failure to do so results in being placed on probation. The 
probationary period will last one semester, at which time the student will be dismissed 
unless a 3.25 overall GPA is obtained. 

PhD requirements for the typical student range from 42 to 75 credits (42 credits for 
students entering with an MBA; 60 credits for students entering with an MS; 75 credits 
for students entering with only a bachelor's degree), including dissertation credits. 
Thirty-three of the hours are devoted to fulfilling the general requirements, discussed 
below, with the remaining credits distributed among the student's major and minor 
fields of study. 

The general requirements for all PhD students are BMGT 611, BMGT 640, BMGT 
650, BMGT 660, two three-credit graduate courses in economics (BMGT 670 and 
BMGT 671 are acceptable for all students except accounting and finance majors), nine 
credits in quantitative methods at the 600 level or above approved by the student's 
faculty chairman, and BMGT 880. These general program requirements (except for 
BMGT 880) may be waived by the Director of Doctoral Studies if equivalent courses at 



Business and Management Program 127 



AACSB accredited schools have been satisfactorily completed. Some of these courses 
may be included in the major and minor course requirements. 

The PhD student may select a single major with two minors or a double major. 
Major and Minor areas in the college include the following: (1) Accounting, (2) Finance, 
(3) Management Science, Statistics, and Information Systems, (4) Marketing, (5) 
Organizational Behavior and Organization Theory, (6) Human Resource Management 
and Labor Relations, (7) Transportation and Physical Distribution, and (8) 
Strategy/Planning (including Public Policy). Both the single and the double major 
arrangements comprise 42 credit hours in total. 

For a single major, the student takes 18 credits beyond the bachelor's degree in 
the major field, at least 6 of which must be taken in graduate seminars at the 800 level 
at the University of Maryland. The minors may include areas inside or outside the 
College of Business and Management. Typical outside minors include such areas as 
Computer Science, Economics, Engineering, Mathematics, Government and Politics, 
Psychology, and Sociology. Each minor is comprised of 12 credits, at least 3 of which 
must be taken in graduate seminars at the 800 level. 

For a double major, the student takes 21 credit hours in each of two major fields, 
one of which may be in a discipline outside the College of Business and Management. 
Special permission from the College's graduate committee is required for a double 
major. 

Each student's PhD program must be approved initially by the student's major area 
faculty chair or his or her representative and the Director of Doctoral Studies. Minor 
areas must be approved initially by the minor area chairperson or his or her 
designated representative. 

Students take written comprehensive examinations in the major area and one minor 
subject area. Following successful completion of the written examinations, each 
student must pass an oral examination given by a committee of the college graduate 
faculty. Any student receiving a "pass with distinction" in all written examinations will 
be exempted from the oral comprehensive. Failure to pass any major or minor written 
comprehensive examination in two attempts will result in termination from the program. 

The dissertation proppoal is defended by each PhD candidate at an open meeting. 
All faculty and other PhD students are invited to attend and participate in the proposal 
defense. 

The dissertation must exhibit the candidate's competence in analysis, interpretation, 
and presentation of research findings, and should be a major contribution to the 
literature of the field. The candidate must defend his or her dissertation in a final oral 
dissertation defense. 

MBA/JD Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Law of the University of 
Maryland at Baltimore offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and JD degrees. 
Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four 
academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be 
credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law 
School at Baltimore as well as to The Graduate School at College Park and must be 
admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 75 credits in law school coupled with 39 credits in 
business courses are required for graduation. Fifteen credits of law will be substituted 
for MBA elective coursework. Grade point averages in each program will be computed 



128 Business and Management Program 



separately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue 
in the program. The Graduate School will not accept transfer credit for coursework 
taken outside the joint program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily 
in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is 
terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains 
enrolled but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular 
(nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the 
law school adviser for the joint program and the MBA Program Director. For further 
discussion of admission and degree requirements, students should see above and 
consult the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 

MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs offer a joint 
program of studies leading to the MBA and MPM degrees. Under the terms of the 
joint program, a student may earn both degrees in approximately five semesters. The 
accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward both 
degrees. Candidates must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly 
equally between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be 
computed separately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school 
to continue in the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in 
order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is 
termiinted may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains 
enrolled but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular 
(nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the 
Associate Dean of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For 
further discussion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the 
general admissions requirements for each program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The College faculty has been recruited from the graduate programs of leading 
universities in the nation. They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and professional 
leaders, with a strong commitment to academic excellence, and to the education of 
the professional manager and researcher. 

Special programs offered by the College include an Executives-in-Residence 
Program and an MBA practicum course, BMGT 791, in which students research a 
problem of significant management concern in a participating firm or agency. Through 
graduate program requirements and faculty research activities, students gain exposure 
to private enterprise to the public sector, and to the vast educational, research, library, 
and cultural resources of Washington, D.C. 

The students also have access to the exceptional academic and professional 
resources of the College Park campus including .excellent library and computer 
facilities. A remote computer terminal and on-line teletype facilities are located in the 
building. 



BMGT — Business and Management 129 



Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to qualified students in the form of fellowships, graduate 
assistantships, work-study, scholarships, and for PhD students, instructorships. 

Additional Information 

The College has available brochures which give specific degree requirements for the 
MBA and PhD programs. Initial inquiries should be directed to: 

Director of the Masters Programs 

College of Business and Management 

or 

Director of the Doctoral Program 

College of Business and Management 

Uiversity of Maryland 

Courses 

BMGT — Business and Management 

BMGT 402 Database and Data Communication Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
302. Introduction to database and data communications systems. Modeling and 
database construction using the three data models: network, relational and 
hierarchical. Implementation project using DMS 1100 database system. Data 
communications protocols and communications support software. Analysis of 
distributed systems and computer networks. Emphasis on new technologies. 

BMGT 403 Systems Analysis (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 402. Techniques and tools 
applicable to the analysis and design of computer based information systems. System 
life cycle, requirements analysis, logical design of data bases, performance evaluation. 
Emphasis on case studies. Project required that involves the design, analysis and 
implementation of an information system. 

BMGT 404 Seminar in Decision Support Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 301 
Design of computer systems to solve business problems and to support decision 
making. Human and organizational factors are considered. Emphasis on case studies. 

BMGT 410 Fund Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 310. An introduction to the 
fund-based theory and practice of accounting as applied to governmental entities and 
not-for-profit associations. 

BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3) Prerequisites - BMGT 311 and 323. Federal 
taxation of corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, and gratuitous transfers. Tools and 
techniques of tax research for compliance and planning. 

BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) Prerequisite: senior standing as 
an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one-third of 
senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, current 
problems and case studies in accounting. 

BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) Prerequisite: Senior standing as 
an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one-third of 
senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, current 
problems and case studies in accounting. 



130 BMGT — Business and Management 



BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 31 1 . A study of the 
independent accountant's attest function, generally accepted auditing standards, 
compliance and substantive tests, and report forms and opinions. 

BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 31 1 . Advanced accounting 
theory applied to specialized topics and current problems. Emphasis on consolidated 
statements and partnership accounting. 

BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 321 . Advanced cost 
accounting with emphasis on managerial aspects of internal record-keeping and 
control systems. 

BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 422. An 
examination and in depth study of special auditing topics such as statistical sampling, 
professional ethics, EDP auditing, legal liability, and SEC accounting. 

BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or 
consent of instructor. Model building involving an intensive study of the general linear 
stochastic model and the applications of this model to business problems. The model 
is derived in matrix form and this form is used to analyze both the regression and 
anova formulations of the general linear model. 

BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments in Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
230 OR 231. Surveys ANOVA models, basic and advanced experimental design 
concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlation are emphasized. Applications of these 
techniques to business problems in primarily the marketing and behavioral sciences 
are stressed. 

BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design For Business and Economics (3) Prerequisite: 
BMGT 230 OR 231 . Design of probability samples. Simple random sampling, stratified 
random sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster sampling designs are developed 
and compared for efficiency under varying assumptions about the population sampled. 
Advanced designs such as multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are 
surveyed. Implementing these techniques in estimating parameters of business models 
is stressed. 

BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or 
consent of instructor. Bayesian approach to the use of sample information in 
decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, expected returns, and 
expected utility are examined. Application of these concepts to decision-making in the 
firm in various contexts are considered. 

BMGT 434 Introduction to Optimization Theory (3) Prerequisite: MATH 220 or 
permission of instructor. Primarily for students majoring in management science and 
statistics. Linear programming, postoptimality analysis, network algorithms, dynamic 
programming, nonlinear programming and single variable minimization. 

BMGT 435 Introduction to Applied Probability Models (3) Prerequisite: MATH 220 
and BMGT 231 or permission of the instructor. Stochastic models in management. 
Stochastic Markov processes, probabalistic inventory models, queueing theory, 
simulation, reliability theory and dynamic programming. 

BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 434 or permission of instructor. Theory and applications of linear, 
integer, and nonlinear programming models to management decisions. Topics 



BMGT — Business and Management 131 



convered include the basic theorems of linear programming; the matrix formulation of 
the simplex, and dual Simplex algorithms; decomposition, cutting plane, branch and 
bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; gradient based algorithms; and quadratic 
programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model formulation and solution using 
prepared computer algorithms. 

BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis For Business Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 430 and MATH 240 or permission of the instructor. Selected 
topics in statistical analysis which are relevant to management for students with 
knowledge of basic statistical methods. Topics include evolutionary operation and 
response surface analysis, forecasting techniques, pathologies of the linear model and 
their remedies, multivariate statistical models, and non-parametric models. 

BMGT 440 Financial Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 340. Analysis and 
discussion of cases and readings relating to financial decisions of the firm. The 
application of finance concepts to the solution of financial problems is emphasized. 

BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3) Prerequisite BMGT 343 Study and 
application of the concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to the analysis, 
valuation, and selection of securities, especially common stock. 

BMGT 444 Futures Contracts and Options (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 343 The 
institutional features and economic rationale underlying markets in futures and options. 
Hedging, speculation, structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, efficiency in 
futures markets, and stock and commodity options. 

BMGT 445 Commerical Bank Management (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 340 and ECON 
430. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings in commercial bank management. 
The loan function is emphasized; also the management of liquidity reserves, 
investments for income, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions, policies, 
organization, structure, services, and regulation are considered. 

BMGT 450 Marketing Research Methods (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 230 AND 350 
Recommended that BMGT 430 be taken prior to this course. This course is intended to 
develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis and 
interpretation of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research; 
the planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report 
preparation. 

BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 350. Recommended that 
PSYC 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course. Considers the growing importance of 
the American consumer in the marketing system and the need to understand him. 
Topics include the foundation considerations underlying consumer behavior such as 
economic, social, psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the consumer in 
marketing situations-as a buyer and user of products and services-and in relation to 
the various individual social and marketing factors affecting his behavior. The influence 
of marketing communications is also considered. 

BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus one other 
marketing course. The industrial and business sector of the marketing system is 
considered rather than the household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial products 
range from raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a plant, business 
office, or institution. Topics include product planning and introduction, market analysis 
and forecasting, channels, pricing, field sales force management, advertising, 



132 BMGT — Business and Management 



marketing cost analysis, and government relations. Particular attention is given to 
industrial, business and institutional buying policies and practice and to the analysis of 
buyer behavior. 

BMGT 454 International Marketing (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus any other 
marketing course. A study of the marketing functions from the viewpoint of the 
international executive. In addition to the coverage of international marketing policies 
relating to product adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of distribution, 
pricing, communications, and cost analysis, consideration is given to the cultural, 
legal, financial, and organizational aspects of international marketing. 

BMGT 455 Sales Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 350. The role of the sales 
manager, both at headquarters and in the field, in the management of people, 
resources and marketing functions. An analysis of the problems involved in sales 
organization, forecasting, planning, communicating, evaluating and controlling. The 
application of quantitative techniques and pertinent behavioral science concepts in the 
management of the sales effort and sales force. 

BMGT 456 Advertising (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 354. The role of advertising in the 
American economy; the impact of advertising on our economic and social life, the 
methods and techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners; the role of the 
newspaper, magazine, and other media in the development of an advertising 
campaign, modern research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising and 
the organization of the advertising business. (Not open for credit to students with credit 
for BMGT 352.) 

BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3) Prerequisite: three courses in 
marketing. Integrative decision making in marketing. Emphasis on consumer and 
market analysis and the appropriate decision models. Case studies are included. 

BMGT 460 Personnel Management: Analysis and Problems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
360. Recommended, BMGT 230. Research findings, special readings, case analysis, 
simulation, and field investigations are used to develop a better understanding of 
personnel problems, alternative solutions and their practical ramifications. 

BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3) Case method analysis of the modern law of 
industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and 
arbitration tribunals. 

BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 362 or permission 
of instructor. Development and structure of labor relations in public sector employment; 
federal, state, and local government responses to unionization and collective 
bargaining. 

BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 364. An examination of 
research and theory concerning the forces which contribute to the behavior of 
organizational members. Topics covered include: work group behavior, supervisory 
behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals and attitudes, communication problems, 
organizational change, and organizational goals and design. 

BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel Management (3) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. This course is open only to the top one-third of undergraduate 
majors in personnel and labor relations and is offered during the fall semester of each 
year. Highlights major developments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations. 



BMGT — Business and Management 133 



BMGT 470 Land Transportation Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of 
managerial problems facing land carriers; emphasis on rail and motor modes of 
transportation. 

BMGT 471 Air and Water Transportation Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 370 
Overall view of managerial problems facing air and water carriers; emphasis on 
international and domestic aspects of air and water modes of transportation. (Not open 
for credit to students with credit for BMGT 472.) 

BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 370. A critical 
examination of current government transportation policy and proposed solutions. 
Urban and intercity managerial transport problems are also considered. 

BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Development (3) Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 
205. An analysis of the role of urban transportation in present and future urban 
development. The interaction of transport pricing and service, urban planning, 
institutional restraints, and public land uses is studied. 

BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 370, 372, 332 
Application of the concepts of BMGT 372 to problem solving and special projects in 
logistics management; case analysis is stressed. 

BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3) The course examines the principal 
ideas in law stressing those which are relevant for the modern business executive. 
Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country will be one of the central topics of 
study. Several leading antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly the reasoning 
process as well as the interplay of business, philosophy, and the various conceptions 
of the nature of law which give direction to the process. Examination of contemporary 
legal problems and proposed solutions, especially those most likely to affect the 
business community, are also covered. 

BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3) Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated 
industries as specific examples, attention is focused on broad and general problems in 
such diverse fields as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, 
government control of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and 
depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, and management. 

BMGT 482 Business and Government (3) Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of 
the role of government in modern economic life. Social control of business as a 
remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of competition. 
Criteria of limitations on government regulation of private enterprise. 

BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 385. A study 
of typical problems encountered by the factory manager. The objective is to develop 
the ability to analyze and solve problems in management control of production and in 
the formulation of production policies. Among the topics covered are plant location, 
production planning and control, methods analysis, and time study. 

BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3) Covers the managerial and decision making 
aspects of urban land and property. Included are such subjects as land use and 
valuation matters. 

BMGT 493 Honors Study (3) First semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: 
candidacy for honors in business and management. The course is designed for honors 
students who have elected to conduct intensive study (independent or group). The 



134 BMGT — Business and Management 



student will work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and the chairman of 
the honors committee. They shall determine that the area of study is of a scope and 
intensity deserving of a candidate's attention. Formal written and/or oral reports on the 
study may be required by the faculty advisor and/or chairman of the honors program. 
Group meetings of the candidates may be called at the discretion of the faculty 
advisors and/or chairman of the honors committee. 

BMGT 494 Honors Study (3) Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: BMGT 
493, and continued candidacy for honors in Business and Management. The student 
shall continue and complete the research initiated in BMGT 493, additional reports 
may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor and honors program chairman. 
Group meetings may be held. 

BMGT 495 Business Policies (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 340, 350, 364, and senior 
standing. A case study course in which the aim is to have the student apply what they 
have learned of general management principles and their specialized functional 
applications to the overall management function in the enterprise. 

BMGT 496 Business and Society (3) Prerequisite: one course in BMGT or consent of 
instructor. Normative role of business in society; consideration of the sometimes 
conflicting interests and claims on the firm and its objectives. 

BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor. Special topics in business and management designed to meet 
the changing needs and interests of students and faculty. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits if the subject matter is different. 

BMGT 501 Business Functions (4) Intensive review of marketing and finance 
functions in the business enterprise. Credit not applicable to graduate degrees. 

BMGT 505 Organizational Behavior and Strategic Management (3) Intensive review 
of organizational behavior theory, and administrative processes and policy in the 
business enterprise. Credit not applicable to graduate degrees. 

BMGT 610 Financial Accounting (3) Intensive review of the technical and conceptual 
aspects of financial accounting and accounting information systems as they apply to 
the business enterprise. 

BMGT 611 Managerial Accounting I (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 610. The use of 
accounting data for corporate financial planning and control. Organization for control, 
profit planning, budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and administration of 
the controllership function in smaller organizations. 

BMGT 620 Management Information Systems (3) The concepts, theory and 
techniques of information systems. The system life cycle. The role of information 
systems in the management and control of the organization. Effectiveness measures of 
information systems. Case studies of information systems as developed by industry 
and government. Societal impact. 

BMGT 630 Managerial Statistics (3) Application of statistical concepts to solution of 
business problems; laboratory use of computer packages. 

BMGT 631 Operations Research and Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 630 
Application of operations research and operations management concepts to solution of 
business problems. Emphasis on integrated approach to management decision 
making. 



BMGT — Business and Management 135 



BMGT 640 Financial Management (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 610 and 630. The role of 
financial management in the firm. Valuation and leverage, capital budgeting, cost of 
capital, dividend policy, long-term financing, working capital management, short-term 
financing, intermediate-term financing and leasing, mergers and international financial 
management topics. 

BMGT 650 Marketing Management (3) Analysis of marketing problems and evaluation 
of specific marketing efforts regarding the organizations' products and services, 
pricing activities, channel selection, and promotion strategies in both domestic and 
international markets. 

BMGT 660 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) The influence of the 
behavioral sciences on the theory and practice of management. Motivation, leadership, 
and international styles of management. 

BMGT 661 Human Resources Management (3) The human resorce function in 
organizations. Human resource planning, procurement and selection, training and 
development, performance appraisal, wage and salary administration, and equal 
employment opportunity. 

BMGT 670 Economic Environment (3) The macroeconomic environment and its 
impact on the business enterprise. Nature of economic fluctuations, analysis of 
consumer spending, theory and analysis of investment spending, supply and demand 
for money and capital, modern macroeconomic theory, international problems, 
forecasting and an analysis of economic conditions. 

BMGT 671 Managerial Economics (3) The application of economic theory to the 
business enterprise in respect to the determination of policy and the handling of 
management problems with particular reference to the firm producing a complex line 
of products, nature of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of production and 
marketing problems, basic types of cost, control systems, theories of depreciation and 
investment and the impact of each upon costs. 

BMGT 672 Physical Distribution Management (3) Managerial practices required to 
fulfill the physical movement needs of extractive, manufacturing, and merchandising 
firms. The total cost approach to physical distribution. Interrelations among purchased 
transport services, privately-supplied transport services, warehousing, inventory 
control, materials handling, packaging, and plant location. The communications 
network to support physical distribution. The problems of coordination between the 
physical movement management function and other functional areas within the 
business firm, such as accounting, finance, marketing, and production. 

BMGT 680 Business and Public Policy (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 670 Survey of 
conceptual and legal aspects of the business-environment relationship; nature of 
public policy; major historic and current policy issues; business role in the policy 
process; developing and managing corporate social policy and impact; special 
problems of the multinational corporation. 

BMGT 690 Strategic Management (3) Prerequisites: All other MBA core courses. 
Case studies and research in the identification of management problems, the 
evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for management 
implementation. 

BMGT 701 Management Analysis and Communication (1) Analysis of business 
problems through case studies to generate written and/or oral reports describing 



136 BMGT — Business and Management 



problem definition, alternative solutions, decision criteria, and recommended solutions. 

BMGT 702 Applied Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) Prerequisites: 
BMGT 640, BMGT 743 and permission of instructor. Applications in definition of 
investment objectives, security analysis, portfolio analysis, portfolio selection, and 
portfolio management as they relate to the MBA Educational Investment Fund. 
Emphasis on analysis and recommendations. 

BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 610. Contemporary 
issues in financial accounting. The nature of income, the relationship between asset 
valuation and income determination, and various approaches to accounting for 
inflation. The accounting standards setting process. The measurement and valuation of 
assets (e.g., foreign investments) and liabilities (e.g., leases and pensions). 

BMGT 711 Advanced Managerial Accounting (3) Prerequisite: First year MBA 
courses. Study of advanced topics such as residual income, transfer pricing, 
information inductance, break-even analysis under uncertainty, statistical significance 
of standard cost variance, cost analysis and pricing decisions, distribution cost 
accounting, accounting data and managerial incentive contracts, and decision support 
systems for capital budgeting. 

BMGT 712 Accounting in Regulated Industries (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 611 Study of 
the unique accounting problems of industrital regulation by governmental agencies. 

BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation On Business Decisions (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
61 1 . The impact of tax law and regulations on alternative strategies with particular 
emphasis on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, 
and other divestures from the viewpoint of profit planning, cash flow, and tax 
deferment. 

BMGT 715 International Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 611. International 
accounting, its problems and organization with the study of the issues involved; 
international standards of accounting and auditing; national differences in accounting 
thought and practice. 

BMGT 721 File Processing and Database Systems (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Concepts and techniques for structuring data on secondary storage 
devices. Experience in the use of these techniques. The basic data structures 
necessary for these techniques. Typical file processing applications. 

BMGT 723 Database Technology (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or permission of 
instructor. The concepts, theory and models of data, its structure, manipulation, and 
storage. The various architectures of data management systems. Evaluation and 
selection of database systems. 

BMGT 724 Economics of Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 
721. Methods for the economic construction and operation of computer systems. 
Techniques for sizing and costing system components and for optimizing system 
design. Methods for efficient utilization of computer resources with particular 
consideration of relavent economic topics such as transfer pricing, joint costs, peak 
load pricing problems and public goods problems. 

BMGT 725 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or 
BMGT 721 . Introduction to practical techniques for information systems and design. 
Design requirements for information processing systems. Models and tools for 



BMGT — Business and Management 137 



requirement analysis. Case studies for real world systems and applications. 

BMGT 726 Distributed Data Processing (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. 
Introduction to distributed data processing concepts. The building blocks of distributed 
systems: computers, terminals, and communications; the interface and protocols that 
allow them to function as an integrated system. Major categories of distributed 
systems; resource-sharing networks, multiple-processor networks, and tightly coupled 
multiprocessors. 

BMGT 727 Security and Control of Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 620 
or BMGT 721. The information control risks faced by corporations. Techniques for 
enhancing the security and integrity of corporate information resources. The auditing 
and control procedures for corporate information systems. Real-world case studies. 

BMGT 73C Bayesian Statistics and Decision Theory (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 630 
Concepts and methods of Bayesian statistical decision theory with application to 
business problems. 

BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 630. The usefulness of 
statistical principles in survey design. The nature of statistical estimation, the 
differential attributes of different estimators, the merits and weaknesses of available 
sampling methods and designs, the distinctive aspects of simple random samples, 
stratified random samples, and cluster samples, ratio estimates and the problems 
posed by biases and non-sampling errors. 

BMGT 733 Developments and Trends in Production Management (3) Prerequisite: 
BMGT 631. Case studies of production problems in a number of industries. Decisions 
concerning operating programs and manufacturing policies at the top level of 
manufacturing. Basic concepts of process and product technology, taking into 
consideration the scale, operating range, capital cost, method of control, and degree 
of mechanization at each successive stage in the manufacturing process. 

BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 631. 
Selected topics and case studies in the application of management science to 
decision making in various functional fields. 

BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Management Science (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
630 and 632. Critical examination of the philosophy underlining the techniques and 
methodology of management science from a systems analysis point of view. 

BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Methodology of 
systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and discrete simulation. Verification and 
validation of simulation models with computer applications. 

BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Concepts 
underlying financial decision making in the firm. Case studies, model building and 
applications in financial theory and management. 

BMGT 742 Financial Planning and Strategy (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 640 Integration 
and extension of financial theory to financial planning and strategy. Financial decision 
making through case analysis and financial planning models. 

BMGT 743 Investment Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Methods of security 
selection and portfolio management in the debt and equity markets. Investment 
alternatives, securities markets, bond and common stock valuation, options, portfolio 
theory, and behavior of stock prices. 



138 BMGT — Business and Management 



BMGT 744 Futures Contracts and Options Management (3) Prerequisites BMGT 
640 and BMGT 743. The institutional features and economic rationale underlying 
markets in futures and options. Hedging, speculation , structure of futures prices, 
interest rate futures, efficiency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. 
Current journal literature. 

BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role 
of financial management in financial institutions. The economic role and regulation of 
financial institutions, analysis of risks and returns on financial assets and liabilities, and 
the structure of assets, liabilities and capital. 

BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 640 The role 
of financial management in the multinational firm. The financing and managing of 
foreign investments, assets, currencies, imports and exports. National and international 
financial institutions and markets. 

BMGT 747 Risk Management (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 640. Strategies for pure risk 
management, including property, personnel, and liablility exposures. Quantitative 
decision-making techniques applied to self-insurance, insurance, and noninsurance 
transfers in organizations. 

BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 650 
The role of advertising, promotion, public relations and related efforts in the 
accomplishment of a firm's total marketing objectives. The development of 
competence in the formulation of mass communications, objectives in budget 
optimization, media appraisal, theme selection, program implementation and 
management, and results measurement. 

BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3) Prerequisites: BMGT 630 and 650. The 
process of acquiring, classifying and interpreting primary and secondary marketing 
data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions. Evaluation of the 
appropriateness of alternative methodologies such as the inductive, deductive, survey, 
observational, and experimental. Recent developments in the systematic recording 
and use of internal and external data needed for marketing decisions. 

BMGT 753 International Marketing (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 650. Environmental, 
organizational, and financial aspects of international marketing as well as problems of 
marketing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product policy, and 
communications which face U.S. firms trading with foreign firms or which face foreign 
firms in their operations. 

BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 650. A systematic 
examination and evaluation of the literature, research tradition and theory of buyer 
behavior in the market place from a fundamental and applied perspective. The 
cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the buying process of individuals and 
institutions. 

BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in Personnel Administration (3) Prerequisite 
BMGT 661. Applications in the design, implementation, and evaluation of human 
resource management programs. Experiential learning activities and simulations. 

BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Collective Bargaining (3) Current problems and 
issues in collective bargaining, including methods of handling industrial disputes, legal 
restrictions on various collective bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of 
collective bargaining, and internal union problems. 



BMGT — Business and Management 139 



BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3) Analysis of labor relations at the 
plant level with emphasis on the negotiation and administration of labor contracts. 
Union policy and influence on personnel management activities. 

BMGT 765 Application of Behaviorial Science to Business (3) Prerequisite BMGT 
660. Case analysis of behavioral knowledge applied to management problems. 
Analysis of modes for introducing change, group versus organizational goals, 
organizational barriers to personal growth, the effect of authority systems on behavior, 
and the relationship between technology and social structure. 

BMGT 766 Management Planning and Control Systems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 660 
Analysis of planning and control systems as they relate to the fulfillment of 
organizational objectives. Identification of organizational objectives, responsibility 
centers, information needs, and information networks. Case studies of integrated 
planning and control systems. 

BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 672 The 
transportation system and its components. The development and present form of 
transportation in both the United States and other countries. Theoretical concepts 
employed in the analysis of transport problems. 

BMGT 771 Transportation and Public Policy (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 672 The nature 
and consequences of relations between governments and agencies thereof, carriers in 
the various modes, and users of transport. The control of transport firms by regulatory 
bodies, taxation of carriers, methods employed in the allocation of funds to the 
construction, operation, and maintenance of publicly-provided transport facilities, and 
the direct subsidization of services supplied by privately-owned entities. Labor and 
safety. Comparative international transport policies and problems. 

BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 672. Organization 
structure, policies, and procedures employed in the administration of inter- and 
intraurban transport firms. Managerial development, operational and financial planning 
and control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional policies, intra- and intermodal 
competitive and complementary relationships, and methods for accommodating public 
policies designed to delimit the managerial discretion of carrier executives. 
Administrative problems peculiar to publicly-owned and operated transport entities. 

BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities: Energy and the Environment (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 671 . Current developments in regulatory policy and issues arising 
among public utilities, regulatory agencies, and the general public. Emphasis on the 
electric, gas, water, and communications industries in both the public and private 
sectors of the economy. Changing and emerging problems such as cost analysis, 
depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the rate base, differential rate-making, and 
labor. The growing importance of technological developments and their impact on 
state and federal regulatory agencies. 

BMGT 791 MBA Field Project (3) Permission of director of MBA program. Experiental 
research project in the identification of management problems, the evaluation of 
alternative solutions, and the recommendation for management. 

BMGT 794 The Environment of International Business (3) The international business 
environment as it affects company policy and procedures. In-depth analysis and 
comprehensive case studies of the business functions undertaken in international 
operations. 



140 BMGT — Business and Management 



BMGT 795 Management of the Multinational Firm (3) The problems and policies of 
international business enterprise at the management level. Management of a 
multinational enterprise as well as management within foreign units. The multinational 
firm as a socio-econometric institution. Cases in comparative management. 

BMGT 798 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) Selected advanced 
topics in the various fields of graduate study in business and management. With 
permission of the college program director, may be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits provided the content is different. 

BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3) Prerequisite: admission to the D.B.A. Program or 
approval of the college director of graduate studies. Selected advanced topics in the 
various fields of doctoral study in business and management. With permission of the 
college director of graduate studies, may be repeated provided the content is 
different. 

BMGT 811 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) Prerequisite - BMGT 710 or equivalent. 
Seminar in the continuing development of the fundamental theoretical framework of 
accounting. 

BMGT 814 Current Problems of Professional Practice (3) Generally accepted 
auditing standards, auditing practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the 
accounting and reporting requirements of the securities and exchange commission. 

BMGT 821 Seminar in Management Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 720 or 
equivalent. Seminar in the management and controllership aspects of accounting in 
large business organizations. 

BMGT 823 Data Base Design (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 721 . The problem of data base 
design in the development of information systems. An integrated database design 
methodology. Techniques for different phases of database design. Computer-aided 
tools for data base design. 

BMGT 824 Database Systems Architecture (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 721 The 
important design issues in the software architecture of a database management 
system. Group projects for the purpose of designing and implementing subsystems of 
a simple relational database system. Database types and applications. 

BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and Management (1-9) 

BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear Programming (3) Prerequisite: MATH 240 
or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of linear 
programming models, theoretical development of the simplex algorithm, and 
primal-dual problems and theory. 

BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Linear Programming and Network 
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 830 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
Concepts and applications of network and graph theory in linear models with 
emphasis on computional algorithms. 

BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and Nonlinear Programming (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
Theory and applications of algorithmic approaches to solving unconstrained and 
constrained non-linear optimization problems. The Kuhn Tucker conditions, Lagrangian 
and Duality Theory, types of convexity, and convergence criteria. Feasible direction 



BMGT — Business and Management 141 



procedures, penalty and barrier techniques, and cutting plane procedures. 

BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer Programming (3) Prerequisite BMGT 830 
and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory, applications, and 
computational methods of interger optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, branch 
and bound methods, and cutting plane methods. 

BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3) Prerequisites MATH 241 
and STAT 400 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theoretical foundations for the 
construction, optimization, and applications of probabilistic models. Queuing theory, 
inventory theory, markov processes, renewal theory, and stochastic linear 
programming. 

BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments (3) Prerequisites: knowledge of 
fortran programming, BMGT 732 AND 734 or equivalent, or permission of instructor 
Statistical design and analysis of simulation experiments. 

BMGT 840 Seminar in Financial Theory (3) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 
Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and empirical research in the 
foundations of finance. 

BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate Finance (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and empirical research in corporate 
finance. 

BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and empirical research in portfolio 
theory. 

BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institutions and Markets (3) Prerequisite 
permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and 
empirical research in financial institutions and markets. 

BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3) Focuses on the fundamentals explain 
alternate channels of distribution and the roles played by various intermediaries, the 
evolution of business structures in marketing, reasons for change, and projected 
marketing patterns for the future. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of 
instructor. 

BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in Marketing: Demand and Cost Analysis (3) 

Consideration is given to quantitative methods in the analysis and prediction of market 
demand and marketing costs. Topics in connection with demand include market 
potentials, sales forecasting, consumer analysis, promotional and pricing results, and 
the like. Cost analysis focuses on allocation of costs by marketing functions, products, 
territories, customers and marketing personnel. Statistical techniques, mathematics, 
models and other methods are utilized in the solution of marketing problems. M.B.A. 
Candidates may register with permission of instructor. 

BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing (3) An inquiry into the problems and elements of 
theory development in general with specific reference to the field of marketing. A 
critical analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to formulate theories 
of marketing and to integrate theories from the social sciences into a marketing 
framework. Attention is given to the development of concepts in all areas of marketing 
thought and to their potential application in the business firm. 

BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource Planning and Selection (3) Prerequisite: 



142 BMGT — Business and Management 



BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in human resource planning, forecasting, and staffing. 

BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Appraisal and Training (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical literature 
in performance appraisal and training. 

BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Administration (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or 
permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical literature in the 
compensation of human resources. 

BMGT 863 Seminar: the Organization and the Individual (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 
or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Seminar in the literature on the relationship 
between individual and organizational characteristics. 

BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Relations and the Group Process in 
Organizatio (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
Emphasis on the literature of small group behavior among industrial work groups, 
white-collar work groups, professional staff, and managerial units. 

BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative Theories of Organization (3) Prerequisite: 
BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the inerdisciplinary 
literature on classical management, systems, and contingency theories of organization. 

BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational Conflict and Change (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 
764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the introduction of planned 
and systematic changes in small work groups, organizational subsystems, and the 
entire or organization through the use of behavioral science techniques. 

BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3) Concentrates on the design and application of 
methods for the solution of advanced physical movement problems of business firms. 
Provides thorough coverage of a variety of analytical techniques relevant to the 
solution of these problems. Where appropriate, experience will be provided in the 
utilization of computers to assist in managerial logistical decision-making. 

BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3) Focuses on the application of quantitative and 
qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial problems drawn from firms in each of 
the various modes of transport. Included is the application of simulation to areas such 
as the control of equipment selection and terminal and line operations. The application 
of advanced analytical techniques to problems involving resource use efficiency within 
the transportation industry and between transportation and other sectors of the 
economy is an integral part of the course. 

BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3) Covers the nature, scope, and 
application of research methodology. The identification and formulation of research 
designs applicable to business and related fields. Required of D.B.A. Students. 

BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 143 



Chemical Engineering Program 

Professor and Department Chair: Cadman 

Professors: Beckmann, Birkner 2 , Gentry, McAvoy, Regan, Schroeder 1 , Smith 

Associate Professor: Gasner 

Assistant Professors: Calabrese, Choi, Davison, Hong 

1 part-time 

2 joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interest and 

background is established between the student, an advisor, and the Department Chair. 

The general chemical engineering program is focused on four major areas; applied 

polymer science, biochemical engineering, environmental and energy-related 

engineering, and process and analysis simulation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any 
of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may 
be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regulations of 
the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the 
B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees 
in Chemical Engineering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 640. In addition to 
the general rules of the Graduate School certain special degree requirements are set 
forth by the Department in its departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A number of special facilities are available for graduate study and research and are 
coordinated through the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, the Laboratory 
for Process Analysis and Simulation, the Laboratory for Biochemical Engineering and 
Environmental Studies, and the Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories contain 
analog and digital process control computers, a gamma radiation facility, an electron 
accelerator, an electron paramagnetic resonance spectrometer, crystal growth and 
mechanical testing equipment, and X-ray units. 

Courses 

ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 

ENCH 425 Transport Processes II: Heat Transfer (3) Prerequisite: MATH 246. Pre- or 
corequisite: ENCH 280. Steady and unsteady state conduction, convective heat 
transfer, radiation, design of condensers, heat exchangers, evaporators, and other 
types of heat transfer equipment. 

ENCH 427 Transport Processes III: Mass Transfer (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 425 
Steady and unsteady state molecular diffusion, inter-phase transfer, simultaneous heat 
and mass transfer, boundary layer theory, mass transfer and chemical reaction. Design 
applications in humidification, gas absorption, distillation, extraction, adsorption and 
ion exchange. 



144 ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 



ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3) Prerequisites ENCH 427. ENCH 
440, ENCH 442. Application of chemical engineering process and unit operation 
principles in small scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from experimental 
observations are used to evaluate performance and efficiency of operations. 
Emphasis on correct presentation of results in report form. 

ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3) Prerequisites ENCH 300, ENCH 325, 
CHEM 481. Fundamental of chemical reaction kinetics and their application to the 
design and operation of chemical reactors. Reaction rate theory, homogeneous 
reactions and catalysis electrochemical reactions. Catalytic reactor design. 

ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems Analysis (3) Prerequisites: ENCH 300, 
ENCH 425. Dynamic response applied to process systems. Goals and modes of 
control, Laplace transformations, analysis and synthesis of simple control systems, 
closed loop response, dynamic testing. 

ENCH 444 Process Engineering Economics and Design I (3) Prerequisites: ENCH 
427, ENCH 440, ENCH 442. Principles of chemical engineering economics and 
process design. Emphasis on equipment types, equipment design principles, capital 
cost estimation, operating costs, and profitability. 

ENCH 445 Process Engineering and Design (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Utilization 
of chemical engineering principles for the design of process equipment. Typical 
problems in the design of chemical plants. Comprehensive reports are required. 

ENCH 446 Process Engineering Economics and Design II (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 
444. Application of chemical engineering principles for the design of chemical 
processing equipment. Typical problems in the design of chemical plants. Not open 
to students who already have credit for ENCH 445. 

ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 427 Chemical 
process industries from the the standpoint of technology, raw materials, products and 
processing equipment. Operations of major chemical processes and industries 
combined with quantitative analysis of process requirements and yields. 

ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 427. 
Application of digital and analog computers to chemical engineering problems. 
Numerical methods, programming, differential equations, curve fitting, amplifiers and 
analog circuits. 

ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 
427. Mathematical techniques applied to the analysis and solution of chemical 
engineering problems. Use of differentiation, integration, differential equations, partial 
differential equations and integral transforms. Application of infinite series, numerical 
and statistical methods. 

ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and Optimization (3) Prerequisites: ENCH 
427, 440. Applications of mathematical models to the analysis and optimization of 
chemical processes. Models based on transport, chemical kinetics and other chemical 
engineering principles will be employed. ' Emphasis on evaluation of process 
alternatives. 

ENCH 455 Chemical Process Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 427 and 440. One 
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Experimental study of various chemical 
processes through laboratory and small semi-commercial scale equipment. Reaction 



ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 145 



kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer. 

ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources (3) Prerequisite: Senior standing in 
engineering or consent of instructor. Theory and application of methods for the control 
and removal of airborne materials. Principles of design and performance of air quality 
control equipment. 

ENCH 468 Research (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Investigation of a 
research project under the direction of a faculty member. Comprehensive reports are 
required. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Fundamentals 
of electrochemistry with application to engineering and commercial processes. 
Equilibrium potentials, reaction mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, surface 
phenomena. Electrorefining, electrowinning, oxidation and reduction, solid, liquid and 
gas systems. Aspects of design and performance of electroprocess plants. 

ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiological Systems (3) Engineering 
description and analysis of physiological systems. Survey of bioengineering literature 
and an introduction to mathematical modeling of physiological systems. 

ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering (3) Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering 
or consent of instructor. Introduction to biochemical and microbiological applications 
to commerical and engineering processes, including industrial fermentation, 
enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and pharmaceutical processing and resulting waste 
treatment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth, energetics and mass transfer. 

ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (2) Prerequisite or co-requisite: 
ENCH 482. Techniques of measuring pertinent parameters in fermentation reactors, 
quantification of production variables for primary and secondary metabolites such as 
enzymes and antibiotics, the insolublization of enzymes for reactors, and the 
demonstration of separation techniques such as ultrafiltration and affinity 
chromatography. 

ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science (3) Prerequisite ENCH 425 The 
elements of the chemistry, physics, processing methods, and engineering applications 
of polymers. 

ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of Polymers (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 481 
Corequisite: CHEM 482 or consent of instructor. Kinetics of formation of high polymers, 
determination of molecular weight and structure, and applied thermodynamics and 
phase equilibria of polymer solutions. 

ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492 One 

lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Measurement of mechanical, electrical, 
optical, thermal properties of polymers, measurement of molecular weight by 
viscosimetry isometric and light scattering methods. Application of X-ray, NMR, ESR, 
spectroscopy molecular relaxation, microscopy and electron microscopy to the 
determination of polymer structure, effects of ultraviolet light and high energy radiation. 

ENCH 495 Rheology of Polymer Materials (3) Prerequisite - ENCH 490 or 492 
Mechanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum point of view and its relationship 
to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity of single phase 
and multiphase materials. Students who have credit for ENCH 495 may not take ENMA 
495 for credit. 



146 ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 



ENCH 496 Processing of Polymer Materials (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. A 
comprehensive analysis of the operations carried out on polymeric materials to 
increase their utility. Conversion operations such as molding extrusion, blending, film 
forming, and calendering. Development of engineering skills required to practice in the 
high polymer industry. Students who have credit for ENCH 496 may not take ENMA 
496 for credit. 

ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar (1) 

ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3) First semester Advanced 
application of the general thermodynamic methods to chemical engineering problems. 
First and second law consequences; estimation and correlation of thermodynamic 
properties; phase and chemical reaction equilibria. 

ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis (3) First semester, application of 
selected mathematical techniques to the analysis and solution of engineering 
problems; included are the applications of matrices, vectors, tensors, differential 
equations, integral transforms, and probability methods to such problems as unsteady 
heat transfer, transient phenomena in mass transfer operations, stagewise processes, 
chemical reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor physics. 

ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena (3) First semester. Heat, mass and momentum 
transfer theory from the viewpoint of the basic transport equations. Steady and 
unsteady state; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory, mechanics of 
turbulent transport; with specific application to complex chemical engineering 
situations. 

ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction Kinetics (3) Second semester. The theory 
and application of chemical reaction kinetics to reactor design. Reaction rate theory; 
homogeneous batch and flow reactors; fundamentals of catalysis; design of 
heterogeneous flow reactors. 

ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical Engineering (1-16) 

ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An 
analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, 
control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations, e.G., Cobalt 60 
Gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical reactors. 

ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An 
analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, 
control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations, e.g., Cobalt 60 
Gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical reactors. 

ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 
Effect of massive doses of radiation on the properties of matter for purposes other than 
those pointed toward nuclear power. Radiation processing, radiation-induced chemical 
reactions, and conversion of radiation energy; isotope power sources. 

ENCH 670 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 650 
Mechanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum point of view and its relationship 
to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity in single phase 
and multiphase materials. 

ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simulation (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: 
ENCH 630. Development of mathematical models of chemical processes based on 



ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 147 



transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, and other chemical engineering methods. 
Emphasis on principles of model building and simulation utilizing mathematical 
solutions and computer methods. 

ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design (3) First and second semesters 
Coordination of chemical engineering and economics to advanced process 
engineering and design. Optimization of investment and operating costs. Solution of 
typical problems encountered in the design of chemical engineering plants. 

ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage Processes (3) Second semester The theory 
and application of complex equilibrium stages. Binary and multicomponent absorption; 
extraction; fiquefaction. 

ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics (3) First semester. Prerequisites: Differential 
equations or consent of instructor. Analysis of open and closed control loops and their 
elements; dynamic response of processes; choice of variables and linkages; dynamic 
testing and synthesis; noise and drift; chemical process systems analysis; strategies 
for optimum operation. 

ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization (3) Second semester Techniques of 
modern optimization theory as applied to chemical engineering problems. Optimization 
of single and multivariable systems with and without constraints. Application of partial 
optimization techniques to complex chemical engineering processes. 

ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 640. Enzyme science and 
kinetics; principles of enzyme insolublization and denaturation with application to 
design, operation and modeling of enzyme reactors. The relationship between mass 
transfer and apparent kinetics in enzyme systems; and techniques of separation and 
purification of enzymes. 

ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 482 or 
permission of instructor. Advanced topics to include use of a digital computer for 
mathematical modeling of the dynamics of biological systems; separation techniques 
for heat sensitive biologically active materials; and transport phenomena in biological 
systems. 

ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial Organs (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 480 or permission 
of instructor. Design concepts and engineering analysis of devices to supplement or 
replace natural functions; artificial kidney; heart assistor; membrane oxygenator; 
materials problems, physiological considerations. 

ENCH 784 Polymer Physics (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. 
Application and correlation of mechanical and dielectric relaxation, NMR, electron 
microscopy, X-ray diffraction, diffusion and electrical properties to the mechanical 
properties and structure of polymers in the solid state. 

ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applications (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 
consent of instructor. Application of theoretical knowledge of polymers to industrial 
processes. An analysis of polymerization, stabilization, electrical, rheological, thermal, 
mechanical and optical properties and their influence on processing conditions and 
end use applications. 

ENCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics (3) Second semester Prerequisite: 
CHEM 604. 



148 Chemical Physics Program 



ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical Reaction Systems (3) First semester. 
Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: ENCH 640. 

ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer Theory (3) First semester Offered in 
alternate years. Prerequisite: ENCH 720. 

ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separation Processes (3) Second semester. Offered 
in alternate years. 

ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Chemical Physics Program 

Director: Sengers 

Associate Director: Alexander 

(CHEM) Professors: Alexander, Moore 

Associate Professors: Greer, Khanna, Miller, Tossell, Weiner 

Assistant Professor: Mignerey 

(ENCH) Professors: Gentry, Hoffman 

Assistant Professor: Mansfield 

(ENEE) Professors: Hochuli, Lee 

Associate Professor: Davis. 

(ENME) Assistant Professor: Radermacher 

Associate Professor: Gupta 

(IPST) Professors: Benesch, Ginter, Sengers, Wilderson, Zwanzig. 

Associate Professors: Coplan, Gammon, Mcllrath. 

Assistant Professor: Hill, Kirkpatrick 

Adjunct Professor: Nossal 

(METO) Associate Professor: Ellingson 

(PHYS) Professors: Lynn, Redish 

Associate Professor: Einstein 

Assistant Professor: Williams 

(PHYS/IPST) Professors: Dorfman, Ferrell 

The Chemical Physics Program provides an academic path for those candidates 

wishing to establish a professional career for which knowledge of both physics and 

chemistry is desirable. The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in chemical 

physics. Candidates have the option of concentrating their studies in chemistry, 

physics, chemical engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering or 

meteorology. 

The Chemical Physics Program is under the joint sponsorship of the Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology, the Chemistry Department, the Department of 
Physics and Astronomy and the College of Engineering. The Chemical Physics 
Committee oversees the program. The Committee consists of faculty representatives of 
the sponsoring units, and has the director of the Chemical Physics Program as its 
chair. The Chemical Physics Program Office which is affiliated with the Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology administers the program. 

About 34 faculty members at the College Park campus, active in subject areas 
related to chemical physics, are affiliated with the Chemical Physics Program. The 
areas of study cover a very broad range of subjects. Examples are: atomic and 
molecular science including atomic and molecular structure and spectroscopy, laser 
physics and quantum electronics, atmospheric physics and spectroscopy, statistical 



Chemical Physics Program 149 



physics, thermodynamics and phase transitions, physics and chemistry of gases and 
condensed matter. Some of the research activities are related to similar activities in 
several government laboratories in the Washington metropolitan area. A booklet 
describing the scope of chemical physics at the College Park campus can be 
obtained from the Chemical Physics Program Office upon request. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students with an undergraduate major in physics, chemistry, engineering or 
mathematics may apply. However, for a successful completion of the chemical physics 
study a strong background in physics and some background in chemistry is desirable. 
Students admitted to the Chemical Physics Program will also be listed as graduate 
students in the department of their chosen area of concentration; however, all matters 
concerning the course of study will be handled by the Chemical Physics Program 
Committee and the Chemical Physics Program Office. 

The course program will be adjusted to the needs of the individual student. In 
case the candidate does not possess the required undergraduate background in both 
physics and chemistry, the candidate's advisory committee will prescribe appropriate 
undergraduate courses. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are required to pass the 
chemical physics qualifying examination which is based on material covered by the 
physics qualifying examination in the areas of classical mechanics, quantum 
mechanics, statistical mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism. 
Additional questions cover areas specifically appropriate to chemical physics, namely 
atomic and molecular spectroscopy and structure, molecular bonding theory, chemical 
reaction dynamics and chemical thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. In 
addition to successfully passing the qualifying examination, the student will be 
required to take a graduate laboratory course, 2 semesters of seminar, 4 advanced 
courses and 12 credit hours of thesis research concluded by the presentation and 
defense of an original dissertation. Under certain circumstances graduate students can 
have access to the resources available at government laboratories in the Washington 
metropolitan area. 

Candidates for the M.S. degree may choose between a thesis or non-thesis option. 
Programs of work are arranged on an individual basis and require approval of an 
advisor associated with the chemical physics program. The requirements for the 
non-thesis option are completion of 30 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602, 
PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a graduate laboratory course, unless specifically exempted, 
submitting a scholarly paper and passing a written examination. The requirements for 
the thesis option are completion of 24 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602, or 
CHEM 687, PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a graduate laboratory, unless specifically 
exempted, 6 credit hours of thesis research, a written thesis and a passing grade on 
an oral examination which includes the defense of the written thesis. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are available for qualified students. 



150 CHPH — Chemical Physics 



Additional Information 

Requests for further information concerning the Chemical Physics Program can be 
obtained by writing to : 

Professor J. V. Sengers, Director, 

Chemical Physics Program Institute for Physical Science and Technology, 

Institute for Physical Science and Technology, 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

CHPH — Chemical Physics 

CHPH 611 Fundamentals of Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy (3) Prerequisite: 
PHYS 622 or equivalent. Atomic and molecular physics. Energy levels of multi-electron 
atoms and diatomic molecules; transition between energy levels. 

CHPH 612 Molecular Structure and Kinetics (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
Molecular structure, atomic and molecular collisions and chemical kinetics including 
experimental techniques. 

CHPH 618 Special Projects in Chemical Physics (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Independent reading and study covering chemical physics subject areas 
not available in other courses. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

CHPH 709 Seminar in Chemical Physics (1) Current research and developments in 
chemical physics. 

CHPH 718 Special Topics in Chemical Physics (1-3) A discussion of current 
research problems in chemical physics. 

CHPH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CHPH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Chemistry Program 



Professor and Chair: Mazzocchi 

Professor and Associate Chair: Walters 

Professors: Adler, Alexander, Ammon, Bailey, Bellama, Castellan, Freeman, Gerlt, 

Gordon, Greer, Grim, Helz, Henery-Logan, Holmlund, Huheey, Jaquith, Jarvis, Khanna, 

Kozarich Mariano, Mazzocchi, Moore, Munn, O'Haver, Ponnamperuma, Pratt 

(Emeritus), Rollinson (Emeritus), Stewart, Stuntz (Emeritus), Svirbely (Emeritus), Tossell, 

Vanderslice (Emeritus), Veitch (Emeritus), Walters, Weiner 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Boyd, DeVoe, Dunaway-Mariano, Hansen, Heikkinen, 

Kasler, Miller, Mignerey, Murphy, Ondov, Sampugna 

Assistant Professors: Brusilow, Herndon 

Research Professor: Bailey 

The Chemistry Department offers programs leading to the Master of Science or Doctor 

of Philosophy degrees with specialization in the fields of analytical chemistry, 

biochemistry, bioorganic chemistry, chemical physics (in cooperation with the Institute 

of Physical Sciences & Technology and the Department of Physics and Astronomy), 

environmental chemistry, geochemistry, inorganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, 

organic chemistry, and physical chemistry. The graduate program in biochemistry is 



Chemistry Program 151 



described separately in this catalog. The graduate program in chemistry has been 
designed with maximum flexibility so that students can achieve a strong background in 
their chosen field of specialization. Graduates usually accept positions with state, 
federal, or private research laboratories. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Departmental 
regulations concerning diagnostic examinations, comprehensive examinations, and 
other matters pertaining to course work have been assembled for the guidance of 
candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available from the 
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has many special research facilities to support research in the fields 
given above. The new research wing of the chemistry building houses biochemistry 
research, a centralized animal colony, and some of the inorganic and analytical 
chemical research. Nuclear chemistry facilities include the 140-MeV cyclotron housed 
in the Physics Department. Other facilities include "clean" rooms for lunar and 
environmental sample analysis, an electron microscope, X-ray fluorescence 
instrumentation, an electron microprobe, mass spectrometers, NMR spectrometers 
including 100 MHz and 200 MHz Fourier-transform NMR spectrometers, ESCA 
spectrometers, ultracentrifuges, and analytical optical spectrometers. Departmental 
research is supported on two large computers in the Computer Science Building, a 
UNIVAC 1100/41 and a UNIVAC 1108, both of which are accessible by remote 
time-sharing terminals. A variety of facilities including a laser laboratory, and other 
electron microscopes are available on campus. The Department has an excellent 
glassblowing shop, a fine student faculty machine shop, and access to other campus 
machine shops. The Chemistry Library, located in the new research wing, has an 
extensive collection of books, journals, and abstracts in chemistry, biochemistry and 
allied fields. Included in the Chemistry Library is a computer terminal for literature 
searching. 

Financial Assistance 

Entering graduate students are normally supported on graduate teaching 
assistantships. Their assistantships usually involve teaching undergraduate laboratory 
and recitation classes and enable the student to pursue a ten-credit program of 
graduate study each semester. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a brochure available describing its graduate program and the 
research interests of its faculty. For a copy of the brochure, or for specific information 
on graduate programs in chemistry, admissions procedures, or financial aid, contact: 

Dr. William Walters 

Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and Research, 

Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 

University of Maryland 



152 CHEM — Chemistry 



Courses 

CHEM — Chemistry 

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 . 

CHEM 403 Radiochemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: one year of 
college chemistry and one year of college physics. Radioactive decay; introduction to 
properties of atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology; chemical, biomedical 
and environmental applications of radioactivity; nuclear processes as chemical tools; 
interaction of radiation with matter. 

CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3) Pre or corequisite: CHEM 482 and 
CHEM 483. An examination of some advanced topics in quantitative analysis including 
nonaqueous titrations, precipitation, phenomena, complex equilibria, and the analytical 
chemistry of the less familiar elements. 

CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 243 or 245, and CHEM 113 OR 115, and consent of 
instructor. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and 
certain functional groups. 

CHEM 425 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3) One lecture and two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 321. An introduction to modern 
instrumentation in analytical chemistry. Electronics, spectroscopy, chromatography and 
electrochemistry. 

CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3) One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 13 OR 1 15, AND 243 OR 245. 

CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 481. An advanced 
study of the compounds of carbon, with special emphasis on molecular orbital theory 
and organic reaction mechanisms. 

CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) One lecture and two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, AND 243 OR 245. The 
systematic identification of organic compounds. 

CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
482 or GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry applied to structures, properties and 
reactions of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed on the relation of 
structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder, polymorphism, and 
isomorphism. 

CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 481, or equivalent. The sources of various elements and chemical reactions 
between them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated. Causes and biological 
effects of air and water pollution by certain elements are discussed. 

CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115; CHEM 243 OR 
245; MATH 141; PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken concurrently); or 
consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
481 , or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 483 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (2) One hour lecture-recitation and 



CHEM — Chemistry 153 



one-three hour laboratory period per week. Corequisite: CHEM 481. An introduction to 
the principles and application of quantitative techniques in physical chemical 
measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 481. 

CHEM 484 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2) One hour lecture-recitation and 
one-three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, 483; corequisite: 
CHEM 482. A continuation of CHEM 483. Advanced quantitative techniques 
necessary in physical chemical measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with 
topics in CHEM 482. 

CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2) Prerequisite CHEM 482 Quantum 
chemistry and other selected topics. 

CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 482 and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 487 Computer Applications in the Biological and Chemical Sciences (4) 

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
CHEM 113; CHEM 287 or equivalent; and knowledge of a scientific programming 
language (PASCAL, FORTRAN or "C"). The utilization of computers to solve chemical 
and biological problems, with emphasis on the utilization of available software rather 
than "de novo" programming. 

CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry (3) Three lectures or two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature of the topic being 
considered. Course may be repeated for credit if the subject matter is substantially 
different, but not more than three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of major 
supporting area requirements for chemistry majors. 

CHEM 503 Principles of Chemistry I (4) Three lectures and three hours of laboratory 
per week. The first semester of a two-semester advanced survey of major topics in 
general chemistry. Covers the nature and composition of matter with attention to the 
implications of modern quantum theory, periodicity, bonding, molecular geometry, 
chemical calculations, gases, states of matter, equilibrium, and acids and bases. The 
laboratory program associated with this course involves refinement of laboratory skills 
through a variety of experiments, mostly quantitative in nature. 

CHEM 504 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4) Three 
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prereq: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A 
one-semester survey of organic chemistry and biochemistry. The chemistry of carbon: 
aliphatic compounds, aromatic compounds, stereochemistry, halides, amines, amides, 
acids, esters, carbohydrates, and natural products. The laboratory experiments deal 
with synthetic and analytical organic activities. 

CHEM 513 Principles of Chemistry II (4) Three lectures and three hours of laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A continuation of the advanced 
survey of topics started in CHEM 503. Kinetics, thermodynamics, ionic equilibria, 
oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry, and the chemistry of common metals and 
nonmetals. Quantitative problem solving. Laboraory experiments, mostly quantitative in 
nature, support the topics developed in the lectures. 

CHEM 521 Quantitative Analysis (4) Two lectures and two three-hour laboratories per 
week. Prereq: CHEM 115 or equivalent. Volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric and 
colorimetric methods in analytical inorganic chemistry. 



154 CHEM — Chemistry 



CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or 
equivalent. Three lectures per week. A survey of the fundamentals of modern 
inorganic chemistry which serves as a basis for more advanced work. 

CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 Three 
lectures per week. A continuation of CHEM 601 with more emphasis on current work in 
inorganic chemistry. 

CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent 
registration therein. One lecture and two three-hour laboratories per week. Practice in 
synthesis and modern experimental techniques in inorganic chemistry. 

CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or 
consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. Structure and properties of coordination 
compounds and the theoretical bases on which these are interpreted. 

CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic Compounds (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or 
consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. An in-depth treatment of the properties 
of compounds having metal-carbon bonds. 

CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (1-3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 
AND 602, or equivalent. One to three lectures per week. Topics of special interest and 
current importance. Course may be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are 
different. 

CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2) One lecture and one three hour laboratory 
period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study of 
the use of the microscope in chemistry. 

CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2) One lecture and one three hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 621 . A study of the optical properties of crystals. 

CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 421 
and 482 or equivalent. The quantitative applications of various methods of optical 
spectroscopy. 

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) Prerequisites CHEM 421 
and 482 or equivalent. The use of conductivity, potentiometry, polarography, 
voltammetry, amperometry, coulometry, and chronopotentiometry in quantitative 
analysis. 

CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quantitative Analysis (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 
421 and 482 or equivalent. The theory and application for quantitative analysis of 
various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, solvent extraction, distillation, and 
mass spectroscopy. 

CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical Chemistry (2) Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisites: CHEM 421 AND 482. A study of advanced methods, including topics 
such as statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic- methods in analytical chemistry, 
analytical measurements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic techniques. 

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) Two lectures per week. An 
advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of polymerization, 
and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. 



CHEM — Chemistry 155 



CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2) Two lectures per week. A partial quantitative 
application of molecular orbital theory and symmetry to the chemical properties and 
reactions of organic molecules. Prerequisites: CHEM 441 AND 482. 

CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) Two lectures per week 

CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2) Two lectures per week 

CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) One to three lecture hours per 
week. Topics of special interest and current importance. Course may be repeated to a 
maximum of nine credits provided the topics are different. 

CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products (2) Two lectures per week 
Prerequisite: CHEM 441. The chemistry and physiological action of natural products. 
Methods of isolation, determination of structure and synthesis. 

CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental Chemistry (3) Prerequisite - 
CHEMISTRY 474. In-depth treatment of environmental chemistry problem areas of 
current research interest. The topics will vary somewhat from year to year. Repeatable 
to maximum of 6 credits. Provided subject is different. 

CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) Two lectures per week 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3) Three lectures per week 

CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or 
equivalent. 

CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite 
CHEM 482 or equivalent. 

CHEM 685 Molecular Structure (3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3) Three lectures per week Prerequisite 
consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of single-crystal x-ray methods. 

CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week 
Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 

CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (2) Two lectures per week 

CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week 

CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
485. 

CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
690 or PHYS 622. 

CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry (1-6) Prerequisite: one semester of 
graduate study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research environment. 
Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. Option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 

CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) One or two four-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 (or concurrent registration 
therein), and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry (2) Two lectures per week Prerequisites 
CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of radio isotopes with special emphasis on 



156 CHEM — Chemistry 



applications to problems in the life sciences. 

CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) One or two four-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: chem 702 and consent of instructor. 
Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on 
applications to problems in the life sciences. 

CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3) Nuclear structure models, radioactive decay 
processes, nuclear reactions in complex nuclei, fission, nucleosynthesis and nuclear 
particle accelerators. 

CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (1-3) One to three lectures per 
week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be given at each 
offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 

CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
221 or equivalent. A discussion of the fate of natural organic products in the 
geological environment. The influence of diagenetic factors, such as hydrolysis, heat, 
pressure, etc., On such compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids. Detailed 
consideration of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and 
crude oil. 

CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or 
equivalent. Current theories of origin and evolution of the solar system with emphasis 
on the experimental data available to chemists from examination of meteorites, the 
moon, and the earth. 

CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution of the ocean; composition of sea water, 
density-chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide system. The geochemistry of 
sedimentation with emphasis on the chemical stability and inorganic and biological 
production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate containing minerals. 

CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3) Distribution of the chemical elements in 
the earth and the mechanisms by which the distributions came about. 

CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical Geochemistry (2-3) One or two lectures 
per week and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This course 
will be subtitled each time it is offered to indicate the analytical method discussed. 
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours. Enrollment will be limited. 

CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry (1-3) One to three lectures per week. A 
discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be given at each offering. 
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 

CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 441, BCHM 462, or CHEM 
721; or ZOOL 446; or BOTN 616; or consent of instructor. The chemical processes 
leading to the appearances of life on earth. Theoretical and experimental 
considerations related to the geochemical, organic, and biochemical phenomena of 
chemical evolution. 

CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CHEM 898 Seminar (1) 

CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Civil Engineering Program 157 



Civil Engineering Program 

Professor and Chair: Colville 

Professors: Albrecht, Birkner, Carter, McCuen, Morris, Ragan, Rib, Sternberg, Witczak 

Associate Professors: Aggour, Garber, Schelling, Schonfeld, Schwartz, Vannoy, 

Wolde-Tinsae 

Assistant Professors: Ayyub, Chang, Goodings, Hao, Perl, Saklas, Smith, Walters 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate work leading to the degrees of 

Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. All programs are planned on an 

individual basis by the student and an advisor to consider the student's background 

and special interests. Courses and research opportunities are available in the general 

areas of transportation and urban systems, environmental engineering, water 

resources, structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, and in construction 

engineering and management. In general, emphasis is on learning sound engineering 

principles and applying them to human needs. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. degree in Civil Engineering. However, 
applicants with undergraduate degrees in other disciplines may be accepted with the 
stipulation that deficiencies in prerequisite undergraduate course work be corrected 
before enrolling in graduate courses. There are no entrance examinations required for 
the program. 

Two options are available for the Master of Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. 
The Department's policies and requirements are the same as the requirements of the 
Graduate School. 

The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree are the same as those 
imposed by the Graduate School. An approved program of study suited to the needs 
of the student is developed by the student and an advisor. The student must pass a 
qualifying examination before being admitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying 
exam is taken when the student's course work is at least 75% completed. There is no 
language requirement for the Ph.D. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities available to graduate students include laboratories in 
the following areas; transportation, systems analysis, environmental engineering, 
hydraulics, remote sensing, structures, and soil mechanics. Computer facilities 
available include the Computer Science Center's UNIVAC 1100/82 and IBM 4341 
computers, complemented by remote terminals and mini-and micro-computer systems 
located within the Department. 

The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan Areas are easily accessible for data, 
field studies, library access, contacts with national organizations and attendance at 
national meetings. The location of the University of Maryland offers a unique 
opportunity to obtain an advanced degree in Civil Engineering. 



158 ENCE — Engineering, Civil 



Financial Assistance 

The majority of full-time graduate students receive financial assistance. Inquiries about 
financial assistance and detailed program information should be directed to : 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Civil Engineering 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

ENCE — Engineering, Civil 

ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) Prerequisites ENES 220, ENCE 350 
and MATH 246. Strength and deformation of deformable bodies, plane stress and 
strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of beams, 
columns, slabs, plates and composite members under load. Elastic and inelastic 
stability. 

ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analysis (4) Three lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: ENES 220. Application of experimental data on materials to design 
problems. Correlation of analytical and experimental methods of analysis with design. 
Electric strain gages, photoelasticty, brittle laquer methods and various analogies. 

ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Planning I (3) Prerequisite: senior standing or 
consent of the instructor. Urban-regional physical planning from the civil engineering 
viewpoint. Integration of the planning aspects of engineering, environmental, structural, 
transportation and water resources into a systems approach to the practice of civil 
engineering. Also included: site, construction, and engineering materials planning; 
engineering economics and evaluation; current topics. 

ENCE 421 Construction Engineering (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: ENCE 340, 351, 370 or consent of instructor. The ordering of engineered 
construction. Modern techniques of construction planning, estimating, scheduling, 
operation, control. Construction methods. Contract and resource management. 
Systems approach to construction management practice. 

ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Channel Flow (4) Three lectures and 
one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application of basic principles to the 
solution of engineering problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid resistance, open 
channel flow under uniform, gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions, sediment 
transport, role of model studies in analysis and design. 

ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 330 AND 360. Study of 
the physical processes of the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometeorology, concepts of 
weather modification, evaporation and transpiration infiltration studies, runoff 
computations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on process simulation 
as a tool in the water resource development. 

ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 330. Concepts related. 
to the development of the ground water resource, hydrogeology, hydrodynamics of 
flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial recharge, sea water intrusion, 
basin-wide ground water development. 

ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 113 and 
ENCE 221 . Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory and analytical 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 159 



techniques used in evaluating man's environment. Emphasis on quantitative, physical, 
electroanalytical and organic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water. 

ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3) Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects 
on visibility, inanimate and animate receptors. Evaluation of source emissions and 
principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors governing the distribution and 
removal of air pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollution control legislation. 

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design (4) Three lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The application of 
sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to the design and operation of water and 
waste water treatment plants and the control of stream pollution. 

ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4) Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Two lectures and two 
laboratory sessions per week. Review of major soil tests and their interpretation for 
engineering purposes. Engineering classification tests (Atterberg limits, grain-size 
distribution, specific gravity), permeability and seepage properties, in-situ and lab 
density-moisture tests, soil strength (penetrometers, vane shear, CBR, unconfined 
compression, direct shear and triaxial) and compressibility characteristics. 

ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Review of classical 
lateral earth pressure theories, analysis of braced excavation systems, cantilever and 
anchored sheet piling design, bearing capacity of shallow foundations (footings and 
mats) design of deep pile foundations to include pile capacity and pile group action. 

ENCE 442 Highway and Airfield Pavement Design (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 340 
Principles relative to the design, construction and rehabilitation of highway and airfield 
pavement systems. Introduction to multi-layered elastic and slab theories, properties 
of pavement materials and methods of characteriaztion, stochastic treatment of design 
variables, economic principles of design alternates and the effect of environment upon 
pavement performance. Review of existing rigid and flexible design methods as well 
as major fundamentals relative to the rehabilitation of existing pavement systems. 

ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3) Pre- or corequisite: ENCE 360 and ENCE 
351. Analyses for stresses and deflections in structures by methods of consistent 
deformations, virtual work and internal strain energy. Application to design of plate 
girders, indeterminate and continuous trusses, two hinged arches and other structures. 
Elements of plastic analysis and design of steel structures. 

ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4) Prerequisites: ENCE 351 and pre- or 
corequisite ENCE 360. Three lecture hours and one laboratory per week. Design of 
reinforced concrete structures, including slabs, footings, composite members, building 
frames, and retaining walls. Approximate methods of analysis; code requirements; 
influence of concrete properties on strength and deflection; optimum design. 
Introduction to prestressed concrete design. 

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques For Structural Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 360 
and pre- or corequisite: ENCE 351. Two lecture hours and one laboratory per week. 
Application of computer oriented methods and numerical techniques to analysis and 
design of structural systems. Matrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility methods 
for framed structures. Introduction of numerical techniques to the solution of selected 
problems in such topics as plates, structural stability, and vibrations. 

ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
department. Application of the principles of engineering economy and statistics to the 



160 ENCE — Engineering, Civil 



solution of civil engineering problems. Economic comparison of alternatives using 
present worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses. Development and 
use of simple and multiple regression models, and statistical decision theory. 

ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System Analysis (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
department. Development and application of the principles of engineering economics 
to problems in civl engineering. Evaluation of design alternatives, depreciation and 
sensitivity analysis. Use of systems analysis techniques, including CPM, PERT and 
decision networks. Introduction to microeconomic analysis. 

ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Location, design, construction and maintenance of 
roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engineering. 

ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 370. 
Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations and maintenance of 
airports and waterways, emphasis on design and operations of transportation facilities. 

ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 370 
Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations, and maintenance of 
railroads and mass transportation systems, emphasis on design and operations of 
transportation facilities. 

ENCE 489 Special Problems (3) Prerequisite: senior standing. A course arranged to 
meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared students for study in a particular field of 
civil engineering. 

ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory (3) Prerequisites: ENES 220, 
221 and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical examination of the methods for testing 
engineering materials and structures under static, repeated, sustained and impact 
forces. Laboratory experiments for the determination of strength and stiffness of 
structureal alloys, concrete and other construction materials. Critical examination of the 
effects of test factors on the determination of engineering properties. 

ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 410 AND 411 or 

consent of instructor. Relation of structural analysis, properties of materials and 
laboratory study of the behavior of members to structural design methods, codes and 
specifications. Effects of temperature, loading rates and state of combined stress on 
behavior of construction materials. 

ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular Materials (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 
600, or consent of instructor. Critical reviews of analytical and experimental 
investigations of the behavior of concretes under diverse conditions of loading and 
environment. Mechanics of granular aggregates and the chemistry of cements. 
Theories of the design of Portland cement and field experience. 

ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) Prerequisites ENES 220, 221 and 
ENCE 300, or equivalent. Analysis for stress and deformation in engineering members 
by the methods of mechanics of materials and elementary theories of elasticity and 
plasticity. Problems in flexure, Torison plates and shells, stress concentrations, 
indeterminate combinations, residual stresses, stability. 

ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and Model Analysis (3) Prerequisite: 
ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent instrumentation, data analysis; states of stress; 
structural models, structural similitude; analogies; non-destructive testing techniques; 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 161 



planning research projects, lab studies and reports. 

ENCE 620 Urban-regional Civil Engineering Planning (3) First semester 
Prerequisite: degree in civil engineering or consent instructor. Theory and methodology 
for the synthesis of general civil engineering aspects of urban and regional planning. 
Integration of land use conditions and capabilities, population factors and needs, 
engineering economics and engineering technologies. Application to special 
problems in urban-regional development. Preparation of engineering reports. 
Presentation methods. 

ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCE 620 
or equivalent. General to comprehensive planning of complex engineering facilities 
such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities and transportation projects. Planning based 
on the synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on general civil engineering 
planning including site, structural and construction planning. Plan evaluation and 
feasibility. 

ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis (3) Prerequisite or corequisite: 
ENCE 461 or consent of instructor. Current applications and research approaches in 
land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban transportation, land-use 
interrelationships, and the planning implementation process in a systems analytic 
framework. 

ENCE 623 Interpretation of Satellite Imagery For Regional Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: foundation courses in computer programming and statisitcs. The 
concepts and approaches used in the computer-aided interpretation of digital format 
data collected by orbiting electro-magnetic scanner systems. Emphasis on the 
translation of computer compatible tapes from the landsat series of satellites into 
information required for the analysis of land and water related problems on a regional 
scale. 

ENCE 630 Environmental and Water Resource Systems I (3) Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor. Application of statistical and systems engineering techniques 
in the analysis of information necessary for the design or characterization of 
environmental or hydrologic processes; emphasis on the fundamental considerations 
that control the design of information collection programs, data interpretation, and the 
evolution of simulation models used to support the decision-making process. 

ENCE 631 Physical Foundations For Hydrologic Modeling (3) Prerequisite ENCE 
431 or permission of instructor. A detailed analysis of the physical processes 
controlling the distribution of runoff from land areas. Infiltration, interception, 
transpiration, evaporation, and spatially varied flows. Emphasis on developing an 
understanding of the physics of hydrologic processes and translating this 
understanding into models that can be used. 

ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow (3) Prerequisite ENCE 330 or equivalent. Application of 
fundamentals of fluid mechanics to problems of free surface flow; computation of 
steady and transient water surface profiles; stratified flows in reservoirs and estuaries; 
diffusion; transition structures; sediment transport. 

ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 433 or consent 
of instructor. Application of principles from chemical thermodynamics and kinetics to 
the study and interpretation of the chemical characteristics of natural water systems. 
Explanation of the chemical composition of natural waters from a consideration of 



162 ENCE — Engineering, Civil 



metal ion solubility controls, ph, carbonate equilibria, absorption reactions, redox 
reactions, and the kinetics of oxygenation reactions which occur in natural water 
environments. 

ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 434 or consent of 
instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. The theory and techniques used in 
the determination and measurement of chemical, radiological, and biological pollutants 
in the atmosphere. Discussion of air sampling equipment, analytical methods and data 
evaluation. 

ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification Facilities (3) Corequisite: ENCE 636 or 
equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Application of basic 
science and engineering science to design of water supply and purification processes; 
design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems. 

ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 
221 or consent of instructor. Properties and quality criteria of drinking water as related 
to health are interpretated by a chemical and biological approach. Legal aspects of 
water use and handling are considered. Theory and application of aeration, 
sedimentation, filtration, centrifugation, desalinization, corrosion and corrosion control 
are among topics to be considered. 

ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental Engineering (3) Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor. An examination of biological principles directly affecting man 
and his environment, with particular emphasis on microbiological interactions in 
environmental engineering related to air, water and land systems; microbiology and 
biochemistry of aerobic and anaerobic treatment processes for aqueous wastes. 

ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3) Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. 
Introduction to the use of elastic theory in stress and displacement solutions to 
geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics). The effect of soil moisture (at 
rest) relative to effective stress principles, capillary and frost. Exact and numeric 
techniques for the analysis for soil seepage under isotropic and anisotropic conditions. 
Classical settlement (consolidation) and compressiblility theories, including finite 
difference solution for vertical and radial drainage. 

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3) Prerquisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent. 
Introduction to braced lateral earth pressure concepts and theories applied to 
foundations. Analysis of braced excavations, retaining walls and design of cantilever 
and anchored sheet piling systems. Principles of Cofferdam design; bearing capacity 
theories related to shallow and deep foundations; soil-foundation interactions for 
footing and mat designs and analysis of single pile and pile group foundations. Exact 
and numeric solution techniques. 

ENCE 642 Soil Dynamics (3) Pre- or corequisite - ENCE 640 or consent of instructor. 
Introduction to field and laboratory cethods for determining the dynamic 
characterization of soil at both small and large strain levels. Analysis and design of 
soil foundations subjected to machinery generated vibrations. A critical review of 
earthquake causes and their effect upon foundations and earth structures relative to 
earthquake resistant design methodologies. 

ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. 
Shear strength of saturated and partially saturated cohesive and cohesionless soils 
incorporating the effects of stress history and in-situ stress conditions. Fundamentals 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 163 



of lateral earth pressure and classical methods of analysis. Integration of basic 
techniques of subsurface exploration methods (equipment, sampling tubes, and 
number of samples) with the above topics to critically analyze stability of earth 
structures (landslides, slope stability and earth dam stability). 

ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North America (3) Prerequisites - ENCE 
340 or equivalent. A critcal review of the distribution of the soils in North America with 
respect to engineering design and construction problems. Design factors such as 
availability of quality aggregate resouces, soil origin and texture, high volume change 
soils, potentially poor subgrade support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils. 

ENCE 645 Embankment Dam Design (3) The design procedures involved in 
embankment dam design, touching on preliminary considerations, embankment design 
and construction preparation, with special attention to rock fill dams, small dams, and 
mine waste disposal dams. Dam surveillance, safety and repair. 

ENCE 646 Rock Mechanics (3) The composition, structure, and properties of intact 
rock and discontinuous rock masses and to the practical analysis and design 
techniques for common rock engineering problems. 

ENCE 647 Underground Construction (3) Design and construction aspects of soft 
ground tunnels, rock tunnels and caverns, shafts, and cut-and-cover excavations. 
Design criteria and philosophies, excavation systems, ground stability, support 
systems, support load analysis, and ground movement prediction. Project 
management, risk, liability, and contractual problems peculiar to tunneling. 

ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3) Review of basic structural and 
matrix theory. Development of force and displacement methods with emphasis on the 
latter. Discussion of special topics such as geometric non-linearity, automated and 
optimum design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open sections and 
sub-division of large structures. Emphasis on applications to civil engineering 
structures. 

ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 410 and 
ENCE 381 or equivalent review of theory of elasticity and in-plane forces; theory of 
orthotropic plates; approximate methods; large deflection theory, buckling; general 
theory of shells, cylindrical shells, domes. 

ENCE 653 Structural Dynamics (3) Analysis of the dynamic response of structures 
and structural components subjected to impact load, transient load, and ground 
excitations; study of single degree-of -freedom and multi degree-of-freedom systems in 
classical closed form solution and approximate numerical solution; solution in the 
frequency domain and the use of finite element method. 

ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Structures (3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. The study of the factors effecting the plastic behavior of steel structures and 
the criteria necessary for design. The design of beams, rigid frames and multi-story 
braced frames using current specifications. A review of current research and practice. 

ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or 
equivalent interpretation of specifications and codes for the design of steel buildings 
and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of steel connections, members and structures; 
the relationship between behavior and design specifications. 

ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 656. Correlation of 



164 ENCE — Engineering, Civil 



theory, experience, and experiments in study of structural behavior, proportioning, and 

preliminary design. Special design problems of fatigue, buckling, vibrations, and 

impact. 

ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3) 

ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in Engineering Analysis (3) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. Basic principles and fundamental concepts of the finite element 
method. Consideration of geometric and material nonlinearities, convergence, mesh 
gradation and computational procedures in analysis. Applications to plane stress and 
plane strain, plates and shells, eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, 
and other problems in civil engineering. 

ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and Measurements (3) Prerequisite: 
ENCE 470 or consent of instructor. The study of the fundamental traits and behavior 
patterns of the road user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic characteristics of the 
pedestrian, the driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow and 
intersection operation, parking, and accidents. 

ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or 
consent of instructor. A survey of traffic laws and ordinances. The design, application 
and operation of traffic control devices and aids, including traffic signs and signals, 
pavement markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, accident, and parking 
analyses. 

ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent 
of instructor. Factors involved and the components of the process for planning 
statewide and regional transportation systems, encompassing all modes. 
Transportation planning studies, statewide traffic models, investment models, 
programming and scheduling. 

ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 672 or consent of instructor. 
Relationship of transportation to the total urban complex, the urban transportation 
planning process, the models used to achieve the various steps in the process and 
the relationship of private and public transportation. Consideration of the factors 
influencing the demand for transportation and the socio-economic consequences of 
transportation. 

ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail Transportation Engineering (3) 
Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Basic engineering components of 
conventional and high speed railroads and of air cushion and other high speed new 
technology. The study of urban rail and bus transit. The characteristics of the vehicle, 
the supporting way, and the terminal requirements will be evaluated with respect to 
system performance, capacity, cost, and level of service. 

ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of 
instructor. The planning and design of airports .including site selection, runway 
configuration, geometric and structural design of the landing area, and terminal 
facilities. Methods of financing airports, estimates of aeronautical demand, air traffic 
control, and airport lighting are also studied. 

ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 461 , ENCE 462 or 
consent of the instructor. An examination of physical and statistical laws that are used 
to represent traffic flow phenomena. Deterministic models including heat flow, fluid 
flow, and energy-momentum analogies, car following models, and acceleration noise. 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 165 



Stochastic approaches using independent and Markov processes, Queuing models, 
and probability distributions. 

ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in Transportation Engineering (3) Prerequisite: 
ENCE 461 or consent of instructor. Theory, methods and applications relevant to the 
study of micro- and macro-scale transportation systems, in terms of their behavior, 
design, and evaluation. A selected overview of optimization, multivariate statistics, 
stochastic processes and the general science of systems decision processes will form 
the basis for a selected study of pertinent examples. 

ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the current literature of civil 
engineering to suit the needs and background of students. May be taken for repeated 
credit when identified by topic title. 

ENCE 689 Seminar (1-16) 

ENCE 730 Environmental and Water Resource Systems II (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 
630 or permission of instructor. Advanced topics in operational research. Applications 
to complex environmental and water resource systems. The use of systems simulation 
and probabalistic modeling. 

ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water Hydrology (3) Prerequisite ENCE 432 or 
equivalent. Theory and application of unsteady flow in porous media. Analysis of one 
and two dimensional unsteady flow. Solutions of non-linear equation of unsteady flow 
with a free surface. Development and use of approximate numerical and graphical 
methods in the study of ground water movement. 

ENCE 732 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A 
critical examination of advanced data analysis and modeling techniques used in 
hydrology; stochastic-deterministic interfaces; trade-offs among lumped, linked system 
and spatially distributed models; sensitivity analysis in performance evaluation; model 
formulation; calibration and verification concepts. 

ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4) Prerequisite: ENCE 633 or consent of 
instructor. Three lectures, one lab a week. A study of the chemistry of both municipal 
and industrial water treatment processes. Among the topics to be considered are 
water softening, stabilization, chemical destabilization of colloidal materials, ion 
exchange, disinfection, chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions. 

ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology (3) Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite: ENCE 430 or equivalent. Physical properties of air-borne particles. 
Theories of: particle motion under the action of external forces; coagulation; brownian 
motion and diffusion. Application of aerosols in atmospheric sciences and industrial 
processes. 

ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and Industrial Wastes Treatment Facilities (3) 

Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Application of basic science and engineering science to design of municipal and 
industrial waste treatment processes; design and economics of unit operations as 
applied to environmental systems. 

ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid Waste Treatment and Disposal (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 221 and fundamentals of microbiology, or consent of instructor. 
Theory and basic principles of treating and handling waste products; hydraulics of 



166 ENCE — Engineering, Civil 



sewers; biological oxidation; principles and design criteria of biological and physical 
treatment processes; disposal of waste sludges and solids. 

ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes (3) Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. A study of the 
characterisitcs of liquid wastes from major industries, and the processes producing the 
wastes. The theory and methods of eliminating or treating the wastes, and their effects 
upon municipal sewage-treatment plants, and receiving waters. 

ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media Flow (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 731 
Analysis of two-liquid flows for immiscible fluids, simultaneous flow of two immiscible 
fluids and miscible fluids. Hydrodynamic dispersion theories, parameters of dispersion 
and solutions of some dispersion problems with emphasis on migration of pollutants. A 
maximum of six hours may be earned in this course. 

ENCE 741 Aircraft Remote Sensing in Civil Engineering (3) Prerequisite - ENCE 340 
or equivalent or consent of instructor. Theoretical and practical aspects of the use of 
remote sensing in engineering. Emphasis on the interpretation of aerial photography 
and infrared, radar, multispectral and other sensor data. The planning of aerial and 
field remote sensing missions and the applications of these sensors to engineering 
programs including regional inventories, route locations, environmental surveys and 
site investigations. Computer analysis of remote sensing data is considered. 

ENCE 742 Site Investigation (3) Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of 
instructor. A study of various techniques for evaluating the physical environment and 
performing exploration programs for engineering facilities. Methods for using various 
techniques available for engineering site investigations, including interpretation of 
topographic, geological and agricultural soil maps; and the use of geophysical and 
subsurface exploration systems. 

ENCE 745 Advanced Pavement Design (3) Fundamentals of recent mechanistic 
structural design approaches of flexible and rigid systems for highway and airfield 
pavements. The principles of probabilistic (reliability) design approaches, dynamic 
material characterization, theoretical stress solutions (multilayer and slab analysis) and 
fundamental distress criterion of material fatigue and deformability, integrated into a 
total structural design system framework. 

ENCE 746 Pavement Management Systems (3) The overall framework necessary to 
develop a Pavement Management System (PMS) at the project and network level. 
Major emphasis on the data collection, maintenance and rehabilitation phases of the 
systems concept. Pavement condition, performance, safety and structural evaluation . 
Maintenance and rehabilitation methodologies needed to develop life cycle costing of 
various alternative strategies. 

ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 
and ENCE 451 or equivalent review of classical determinate and indeterminate 
analysis techniques; numerical technique; multistory buildings; space structures; 
suspension bridges and cables structures; arches; long span bridges. 

ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural Behavior (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 750 or 
equivalent. Elastic and inelastic behavior of structural members and frames; problems 
in torsion, stability and bending; open and closed thin-walled sections; curved girders. 

ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or 

equivalent the behavior and strength of reinforced concrete members under combined 
loadings, including the effects of creep, shrinkage and temperature. Mechanisms of 



Communication Arts and Theatre Program 167 



shear resistance and design procedures for bond, shear and diagonal tension. Elastic 
and ultimate strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns in multistory frames. 
Applications to reinforced concrete strutures. 

ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or 

equivalent. Fundamental concepts of prestressed concrete. Analysis and design of 
flexural members including composite and continuous beams with emphasis on load 
balancing technique. Ultimate strength design for shear. Design of post tensioned flat 
slabs. Various applications of prestressing including tension members, compression 
members, circular prestressing, frames and folded plates. 

ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Communication Arts and Theatre Program 

Professor and Chair: Gillespie 

Professors: Ay I ward, Bentley, Jamieson, Kolker, Meersman, Pugliese, Wolvin 

Associate Professors: Falcione, Fink, Freimuth, Gomery, Kirkley, McCaleb, Totaro 

O'Leary, Weiss 

Assistant Professors: Carlson, Blum, Brown, Parks, Robinson, Shyles, Webster, 

Patterson, Elam, Jr., Kriebs, Parker 

Lecturer: Niles 

The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre offers the Master of Arts degree in 

each of the three divisions: speech communication; theatre; radio-television-film. Within 

each of these divisions it is possible to concentrate in specific areas which are 

described below. The Department also offers a Master of Fine Arts in Theatre. 

The Department also participates in the Ph.D. degree in Public Communication, 
which embraces all three divisions and the College of Journalism. Although the Ph.D. 
program is interdisciplinary within the four areas, a student is free to explore and 
concentrate in specific areas such as rhetoric and public address, organizational and 
political communication, governmental communication, broadcast communication, 
public relations, international communication, science and medical communication, 
theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre history and cinema history and aesthetics. For 
complete information on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public 
Communication Program" entry. 

There are increasing opportunities for employment in many fields associated with 
all aspects of communication. Employment opportunities may be found in private 
business and industry, local, state and federal government agencies, in various 
educational institutions, and in the media and theatre. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to the graduate program in any of the divisions, the applicant must meet 
all requirements of the Graduate School and, normally, provide acceptable Graduate 
Record Examination Scores. If applicants do not have the equivalent of an 
undergraduate major in their field of interest, opportunities exist for them to take course 
work in preparation for subsequent admission. 

The Department offers the M.A. degree with thesis and non-thesis options. Along 
with the minimum requirements established by the Graduate School, each division of 



168 Communication Arts and Theatre Program 



CMRT has special requisites for the completion of its own program. Graduate 
assistants are generally able to complete their 30 hour programs in 18 months, while 
students without assistantships most often finish in a calendar year. 

Radio-Television-Film 

A student in the Radio-Television-Film Division may either concentrate in a particular 
area (film or broadcasting, for example) or elect a more general program covering the 
multiple aspects of electronic and film communication. Students whose academic 
goals extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film Division may, upon approval of their 
advisor, take as many as twelve credit hours in cognate fields in other divisions or 
other departments of the University. Examples of such programs would include 
educational uses of media, broadcast management, and electronic journalism. 

Speech Communication 

Students who elect to pursue a program of study in the Division of Speech 
Communication are encouraged to develop programs reflecting an understanding of 
the genesis, the nature, and the effects of human speech behavior. A student may 
concentrate within a specialized area of Speech Communication (Political 
Communication or Organizational Communication, for example) or may elect a more 
general course of study. Students in the Speech Communication Division are urged to 
augment their program of study with coursework in complementary disciplines and 
with communication internships in the Washington, D.C., Metropolitan area. 

Theatre 

The M.A. program in Theatre is designed to provide the student with opportunities to 
enhance and develop historical and critical faculties and to prepare for participation in 
further graduate work at the doctoral level. This is accomplished through course work 
and in the writing of a thesis using historical and critical research methodologies. 

The three-year M.F.A. in Theatre is designed to offer superior students advanced 
training and opportunities for creative activity. The program prepares the student for 
entrance into the professional theatre or for teaching in the creative areas at the 
college or university level. The areas of concentration are costurme design and 
theater management. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the John F. Kennedy Center for the 
Performing Arts, Arena Stage, and the National, Ford's and Folger Theatres, and the 
Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. In addition, a number of Equity and 
non-Equity dinner theatres and semi-professional experimental theatres abound in the 
area. 

Two of the greatest libraries in the world, the Library of Congress and the Folger 
Shakespeare Library, are in close proximity toCampus. Students also regularly make 
use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the National 
Archives and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in the Washington 
metropolitan area. 

The Department has use of the Tawes Fines Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on 
campus, the Communication Research Center and audio and video production 
facilities. 



RTVF — Radio Television and Film 169 



Financial Assistance 

The Department is able to offer approximately one-half of all full-time graduate 
students teaching or research assistantships. A few additional students are employed 
in various divisions of the Department; these are required to pay their own tuition and 
fees. 

Additional Information 

Descriptions of the Departmental programs and divisions and other information may be 
obtained by writing to: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Communication Arts and Theatre 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

RTVF — Radio Television and Film 

RTVF 402 Advanced Sound Production (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 302 and consent of 
instructor. An advanced sound production methodology in radio drama and 
documentaries. 

RTVF 413 The History of the Film (3) An advanced survey of the film as an art form. 
Cinema pre-history, actualities and the Lumiere tradition, Melies, Griffith, and their 
contemporaries, the silent film (1920-29): Germany, Russia, and the U.S.A., screen 
comedy, the sound film (1926-present): American and foreign master directors, recent 
and current trends. Recommended prior to this course: RTVF 314. 

RTVF 414 Contemporary American Cinema (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 222. An analysis 
of the trends and major social issues in American culture as they are expressed 
through the film medium. Emphasis on "new wave", experimental, underground, 
independent, and cinema verite motion pictures. 

RTVF 415 Contemporary European Cinema (3) A comparative and critical analysis of 
the European motion picture both as a distinct art form reflecting the national character 
of a particular country and as a medium for mass communications demonstrating the 
universality of the human condition. 

RTVF 417 Dramatic Writing For Broadcasting and Film (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 317 
or consent of instructor. An introduction to the principles, methods and limitations of 
writing comedy, drama, and the documentary for radio, television, and film. 

RTVF 418 The Film Auteur (3) The intensive chronological study of the work of one 
European or American film director each semester. 

RTVF 419 Film Genres (3) The study of one major film genre each semester (the 
gangster film, the western, science fiction and horror, the political film). Cinema 
develops formal and thematic conversions and how, as a medium for reflecting social 
ideals and needs. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

RTVF 420 The Documentary Film (3) Growth, implication, and the use of the 

international nonfiction film as propaganda, public service, promotion, education, and 
entertainment. Case studies from representative documentaries will be analyzed. 

RTVF 421 Film Criticism Uad Theory (3) Critical-aesthetic approaches to film in order 



170 RTVF — Radio Television and Film 



to develop a vocabulary for film analysis. Included will be shot analysis; montage and 
deep focus; the Auteur theory; the role of screenwriter, director of photography, actor; 
genre analysis; analysis of film as popular art. 

RTVF 424 The Film Industry: History and Technology (3) The history, status and 
present functions of the American film industry including the studio system, the 
innovation of color and sound, distribution and exhibition. 

RTVF 425 Television and Politics (3) Critical review of studies of the effects of 
political broadcasts; legal and social issues; surveys and media campaigns. 

RTVF 440 Television Direction (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 340 and consent of instructor. 
Principles of television direction including elements of composition, picturization, 
timing, script notation and program coordination. 

RTVF 441 Television Direction II (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 440 or consent of instructor. 
Advanced theories of television direction; script analysis and adaptation, production 
coordination, casting, blocking, rehearsals and mixing. 

RTVF 447 Quantitative Methods of Broadcast Research (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 347 
or the consent of instructor. An examination of the fundamentals of survey research 
methodology as it relates to the study and analysis of broadcast audiences. 

RTVF 449 Television Workshop (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Special 
studio projects. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

RTVF 450 Radio and Television Station Management (3) The role of the manager in 
the modern broadcasting industry. Station communication factors, regulation, 
licensing, personnel functions, sales, programming supervision, audience analysis, and 
station promotion. 

RTVF 451 Broadcast Criticism (3) An analysis of the professional, historical, social, 
and psychological criticism of American radio and television, together with practical 
application of professional and scholarly critical methods. 

RTVF 452 International and Comparative Broadcasting Systems (3) A comparative 
study of international broadcasting program policies, economic systems, control and 
organization. The use of broadcasting in international affairs as an instrument of 
propaganda, culture and information dissemination. Monitoring of overseas 
broadcasts, television programs and discussions with representatives of domestic and 
foreign international broadcast agencies. 

RTVF 453 Broadcast Regulation (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 223. Legal issues involving 
radio and television: freedom, restraints, self-regulation; regulation of programming, 
competition, rights as seen by the broadcaster, regulatory agencies and the public. 

RTVF 454 Cable Television (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 223. History, regulatory 
development, system designs, communications capability and franchising of cable 
television. 

RTVF 456 Structure and Criticism of TV Advertising (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 222, 
RTVF 223 and RTVF 317. An examination of the persuasive power of television 
advertising. Analysis of form, structure and content of the television commercial and 
techniques used to influence attitudes and behavior. 

RTVF 457 Media Economics (3) Economic issues involving radio, television, film, and 
new technologies of cable and satellite transmission. 



SPCH — Speech 171 



RTVF 466 Film Production III, Synchronized Sound Film Systems (3) Prerequisites: 
RTVF 355 and consent of instructor. Synchronized sound and color technology with 
emphasis on the 16mm format. 

RTVF 467 Film Production IV, Advanced (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 464 and consent of 
instructor. Direction and production of 16mm, color, synchronized sound motion 
picture. Production management, cinematography, and sound recording. 

RTVF 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Present day radio-television-film research. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

RTVF 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Broadcasting (3) 

RTVF 601 Visual Communication (3) A theoretical analysis of aspects of perception; 
effects of visual messages in human communication through television and film. 

RTVF 621 Formal Film Analysis (3) The elements and composition of intensive 
analysis of selected narrative films on a shot by shot basis. 

RTVF 628 Seminar in Film (3) Studies of various aspects of film. Subject matter 
changed each semester. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

RTVF 629 Special Problems in Film (3) An experimental course for the development 
of new ideas in film. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits, if subject is 
different. 

RTVF 640 Advanced Television Direction (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 440 or consent of 
instructor. Princples of television direction as applied to dramatic programs, together 
with a consideration of the specific aesthetic values of the television medium. 

RTVF 642 History of Broadcasting (3) Seminar study of the individuals, technological 
developments, and social and economic factors responsible for the development and 
direction of the broadcast media in the United States. 

RTVF 648 Seminar in Broadcasting (3) Studies of various aspects of broadcasting. 
Subject matter changed each semester. 

RTVF 649 Special Problems in Broadcasting (3) An experimental course for the 
development of new ideas in broadcasting. 

RTVF 662 Seminar in Political Broadcasting (3) A seminar integrating the theory of 
mass communication with rhetorical-critical theory in an analysis of major political uses 
of the broadcast media. 

RTVF 666 Producing and Production Management For Film (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 
357 or equivalent. Management problems facing independent and organizational 
filmmakers, budgeting, production management, unions, financing, insurance, taxes, 
and distribution. 

RTVF 699 Independent Study (1-3) 

RTVF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

SPCH — Speech 

SPCH 400 Introduction to Research Methodologies in Speech Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: speech communication major or minor or consent of the instructor. An 
introductory survey of empirical and historical-criti cal research methodologies in 
speech communication. The course is designed to prepare the student to understand 
and to conduct basic research in the field. 



172 SPCH — Speech 



SPCH 420 Advanced Group Discussion (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 220 or consent of the 
instructor. An examination of current research and techniques in the discussion and 
conference, including extensive practice in various types of discussions. Emphasis is 
upon small group leadership and dynamics. 

SPCH 422 Interviewing (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Speech principles 
and practices basic to recognized types of interview, giving special attention to 
behavioral objectives and communication variables involved in the process of 
interviewing. 

SPCH 423 Communication Processes in Conferences (3) Prerequisite: one course 
in speech communication or consent of the instructor. Group participation in 
conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic aspects of language, and the 
function of conferences in business, industry and government settings. 

SPCH 424 Business, Industrial and Government Communication (3) Prerequisite: 
permission of the instructor. Structure, methodology and application of communication 
theory in the industrial setting will be emphasized. 

SPCH 425 Communication and Sex Roles (3) An investigation of the creation of 
images of male and female, and masculine and feminine, through communication, the 
differences in male and female communication behaviors and styles, and the 
implications of those images and styles for male-female interpersonal transactions. 

SPCH 435 Development of Interpersonal Communication Competencies (3) 

Investigation, development and application of interpersonal communication 
competencies, including assertiveness, listening, and conflict resolution. 

SPCH 440 Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 240. A study of the 
advanced theories and techniques employed in the interpretation of prose, poetry and 
drama. Attention is given to selections, analyses, cuttings, script compilations, and the 
planning of programs and performances in oral interpretation. 

SPCH 441 Readers Theatre (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 240 or consent of the instructor. 
Theories and techniques of readers theatre will be analyzed to enhance the 
interpreting and directing abilities of students. Special attention will be given to 
interpretation and direction of prose, drama, and script compilation. 

SPCH 450 Classical and Medieval Rhetorical Theory (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or 
consent of instructor. The theories of speech-making and speech composition as 
propounded by the Classical Rhetoricians. Special attention is given to Plato, Aristotle, 
Socrates, Cicero, Quintlian, and St. Augustine. 

SPCH 451 Renaissance and Modern Rhetorical Theory (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 
or consent of the instructor. A study of the development of modern rhetorical theories 
in Europe and America with consideration of the application of the theories to public 
address. Special attention is given to Thomas Sheridan, John Walker, George 
Campbell, Hugh Blair, Richard Whately, James A. ' Winans, Charles Woolbert, I. A. 
Richards, and Kenneth Burke. 

SPCH 455 Speechwriting (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. 
Intensive study of rhetorical principles of speech composition through study of model 
speeches and through a practicum in speech writing. Emphasis will be placed on the 
application of research in speech writing to various forms and styles of speeches. 

SPCH 460 American Public Address 1635-1900 (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or 



SPCH — Speech 173 



consent of the instructor. Course examines the rhetorical development of major 
historical movements and influential spokesmen from 1635-1900. Emphasis on the 
Reign of Theocracy, the American Revolution, the Presidential Inaugural as a rhetorical 
type, the Compromise of 1850, the Lincoln-Douglas Debates, the Civil War rhetoric and 
the Populist movement. 

SPCH 461 American Public Address in the 20th Century (3) Prerequisite SPCH 200 
or consent of instructor. Course examines the rhetorical development of major 
historical movements and influential spokesmen from 1900 to the present. Focus on 
the progressive movement the rise of labor, women's suffrage, mccarthyism and the 
evolution of pro- and anti-war rhetoric. 

SPCH 462 British Public Address (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the 
instructor. A biographical, textual and critical-rhetorical study of Great British speakers 
and their influences. Special attention will be devoted to the "Golden Age" of British 
oratory and to the forms and styles of contemporary speakers. 

SPCH 470 Listening (3) A study of the listening process, listening variables, listening 
levels, and the development of effective listening behavior 

SPCH 471 Diffusion of Innovation (3) Diffusion theory and its implications for public 
communication campaigns. 

SPCH 472 Nonverbal Communication (3) Survey of nonverbal communication in 
human interaction; theory and research on proxemics, kinesics and paralinguistics as 
expression of relationship, affect and orientation within and across cultures. 

SPCH 474 Communication Theory and Process (3) A general survey of introductory 
material in communication theory. 

SPCH 475 Persuasion in Speech (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the 
bases of persuasion with emphasis on recent experimental developments in 
persuasion. 

SPCH 476 Foundations of Speech Behavior (3) This course will provide a study of 
the acquisition of speech, the elements that influence speech behavior, the influences 
of speech behavior, and a theoretical framework for the analysis of communication 
situations. Students will apply the theory to analysis of specific communication 
situations. 

SPCH 477 Speech Communication and Language (3) Survey of language acquisition 
and development in human communication behavior;theory and research on language 
structure, syntactic, phonological, and cognitive systems as an influence of an 
individual's orientation and development within and across cultures. 

SPCH 478 Speech Communication Colloquim (1) Current trends and issues in the 
field of speech communication, stressing recent research methods. Recommended for 
senior and graduate student majors and minors in speech communication. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 hours. 

SPCH 482 Intercultural Communication (3) The major variables of communication in 
an intercultural context. Communication problems created by cultural, racial, and 
national differences; analysis of stereotypes, values, and cultural assumptions 
influencing verbal and nonverbal communication. 

SPCH 483 Urban Communication (3) A study of communication variations in the 
urban community, exploration of strategies for improving communication. 



174 SPCH — Speech 



SPCH 488 Speech Communication Internship (1-6) Registration by permission of 
adviser only. This independent internship is designed to give the speech 
communication student practical career experience with a speech communication 
professional in the Washington Metropolitan area. Limited to a maximum of six credits. 

SPCH 489 Speech Communication Workshop (1-6) Workshops devoted to special, 
in-depth study in speech communication. Course may be repeatable to a maxium of 
six semester hours. 

SPCH 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Present-day speech research. 

SPCH 499 Honors Seminar (3) For honors students only. Readings, symposiums 
visiting lectures, discussions. 

SPCH 600 Empirical Research in Speech Communication (3) 

SPCH 601 Historical-critical Research in Speech Communication (3) Intense study 
in critical and historical methodology as applicable to research in speech 
communication. Emphasis will be placed on the composition and the evaluation of 
historical-critical studies of significance in the field of rhetorical communication 
scholarship. 

SPCH 628 Organization Communication: Research and Intervention (3) 

Prerequisite: SPCH 424 or consent of instructor. The role of the internal and external 
communication consultant as an organization change-agent. Emphasis upon data 
gathered to facilitate the communication development of the organization. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six credits. 

SPCH 655 Seminar in Speechwriting (3) Theoretical and practical aspects of 
speechwriting at an advanced level. 

SPCH 670 Seminar in Listening Behavior (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 470 or consent of 
instructor. A study of research in and measurement of listening behavior. 

SPCH 680 Speech Communication Programs in Education and Training (3) An 

analysis of instructional development in speech communication. Instructional 
objectives, strategies and evaluation are applied to educational, corporate and 
industrial training programs. 

SPCH 681 Communication Issues in Human Resource Development (3) Research 
in and theory of contemporary communication issues in the human resource 
development of governmental, corporate, business organizations. 

SPCH 688 Speech Communication Field Experience (1-6) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Applications of speech communication principles and research in 
professional communication settings. 

SPCH 698 Special Problems in Speech Communication (3) 

SPCH 720 Seminar in Small Group Communication (3) Small group communication 
theory, research, and applications. 

SPCH 724 Seminar in Organizational Communication (3) Prerequisite: permission of 
the instructor. Theories and problems of human communication within, between, and/or 
among formal organizations will be emphasized. 

SPCH 730 Seminar in Health Communication (3) Communication processes in 
health care and promotion. 



THET — Theatre 175 



SPCH 755 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (3) Second semester Prerequisite SPCH 
460, 461 or 450. Examination of selected theories of style drawn from the fields of 
rhetoric and literature, and analysis of model speeches. 

SPCH 760 Seminar in Political Communication (3) Prerequisite SPCH 601 or 
consent of the instructor. A blend of theory and practice to integrate rheotrical-critical 
theory and empirical methods with politics. Practitioners in political communication will 
be drawn in as resource persons. Students will map the communication strategy for 
candidates and analyze actual campaign strategies. 

SPCH 762 Seminar in Public Address (3) An in-depth study of national and 
international speakers and issues throughout the history of the spoken word. Emphasis 
will be placed upon the application of rhetorical principles to the analysis of world 
speakers and their speeches. 

SPCH 775 Seminar in Persuasion and Attitude Change (3) This seminar will 
concentrate on the problem of making message strategy decisions. Course content will 
consist of study of both theoretical and empirical research on attitude and attitude 
change in persuasive communication. 

SPCH 776 Seminar in Interpersonal Communication (3) Interpersonal 
communication theory, research, and practice. 

SPCH 798 Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An individual 
course designed for intensive study or research of problems in any one of the three 
areas of drama, general speech, or radio/tv. 

SPCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

THET — Theatre 

THET 415 Playwriting (3) The writing of a one-act and a full-length play. 

THET 420 Styles and Theories of Acting (3) Prerequisites: THET 120, 221, 320 or 
consent of instructor. Emphasis on the philosophical basis and techniques necessary 
for acting modern realistic drama and acting period style dramas. In-depth study of 
Stanislavski System and application of those techniques toward performance in 
scenes. Examination and application of the techniques necessary for the preparation 
and performance of an acting score for performing Shakespeare. Improvisation. 
Required attendance at live theatre productions. 

THET 421 Movement for Actors (3) Studies and intensive exercises to aid the acting 
student in understanding physical and emotional energy flow, body placement, 
alignment and body image. The physical aspects of character. 

THET 422 Mime (3) Exploration of the principles and techniques of mime. 
Concentration on theory, body awareness and control, balance, isolation, illusions, 
characterizations. Emphasis on solo and duet performance. 

THET 423 Stage Combat (3) Principles and techniques of directing fights for the 
stage with emphasis on hand-to-hand combat, quarterstaff and rapier and dagger. 
History of hand weapons from primitive man through the nineteenth century. 

THET 424 Advanced Vocal Performance Skills (3) Prerequisite: THET 221 
Advanced methodology and performance practice in vocal production. 

THET 425 Advanced Creative Expression (3) Prerequisite: THET 125. A continuation 
of THET 125 with emphasis on physical and vocal flexibility through improvisation in 



176 THET — Theatre 



scene work and monologues. 

THET 426 Dance for the Theatre (3) Practice in and approaches to dance for the 
professional theatre. Intensive work in tap, show jazz and show dance, with work in 
auditioning. 

THET 427 Professional Acting Practices (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Practices and approaches to acting for the professional theatre. Auditioning, scene 
study, characterization and resume formulation. 

THET 429 Actor's Studio (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Participation in 
dramatic roles executed under faculty supervision in the department's productions. 
Eligible students must make commitments and plan performances with course 
instructor during pre-registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

THET 430 Advanced Directing For the Stage (3) Prerequisite: THET 330 or consent 
of instructor. Discussion of the preparation procedures and rehearsal practices 
necessary for the presentation of a variety of theatrical styles and forms. Emphasis on 
understanding the relationship between the director, the actor, the script and the 
audience. A series of student directed scenes supplemented by attendance at theatre 
productions. 

THET 440 Children's Dramatics (3) Principles and methods of creative dramatics as 
applied in the classroom or community center for elementary, secondary and 
exceptional children. Supervised conducting of classes in creative dramatics at the 
University, nearby community centers or schools. 

THET 441 Puppetry for Teaching and Performance (3) The development of puppetry 
from its origin to the present. The design, execution and manipulation of hand and rod 
puppets and their applicability to educational, recreation and performance situations. 

THET 445 Directing Plays For Children's Theatre (3) Prerequisite: THET 440 An 
introduction into the formal elements of directing plays for children. The organization of 
large groups of children in the framework of children's theatre. History of children's 
theatre, script analysis, and basic directing skills for staging children's theatre. A final 
presentation of a short established or original children's play is required. 

THET 450 American Musical Comedy (3) The evolution of musical comedy through 
opera to early American extravaganzas and minstrels to the musicals of the 1920's and 
1930's. The development and highlights of the form since 1940. The function and 
form of the libretto, music and lyrics, and the roles of the creative personnel of a 
musical production. Workshops in performance skills. 

THET 451 Musical Comedy Workshop (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor 
Development of the ability to move, act and express through the media of lyric and 
music. 

THET 460 Theatre Management I (3) The practical tools of theatre management: 
production philosophies, selecting and balancing a season, tickets and box office 
procedures, budgeting, graphic arts production, advertising, publicity and other 
promotional devices. 

THET 461 Theatre Management II (3) Prerequisite: THET 460 or consent of instructor. 
Case studies, discussions, lectures and projects concerning advance theatre 
management decision making and administration, including such areas as personnel 
relations, contract negotiations, theatrical unions, fund raising, touring, audience 



THET — Theatre 177 



development and public relations. 

THET 471 Advanced Scenic Design (3) Prerequisites: THET 170, 273, 375 or consent 
of instructor. Study of period styles and techniques in scenic design. Emphasis on 
individual projects and multi-use theatres. 

THET 472 Stage Property Design (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Materials and 
techniques for the design and execution of stage properties with special emphasis on 
period research, special materials, and special effects. 

THET 473 Scene Painting (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Scene painting 
techniques and materials. Three-dimensional realistic scenery and non-realistic 
two-dimensional backdrops. Individual projects. 

THET 474 Stage Management and Technical Direction (3) Intensive practical study 
of the techniques and procedures for stage management and technical direction. An 
independent project dealing with the production of a theoretical show. 

THET 475 Professional Lighting Practices (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Practice and approaches to lighting for the professional theatre. Electricity, 

instrumentation, safety, regulations, common union practices, development of a 

production from designer's work sheets. 

THET 476 Principles and Theories of Stage Lighting (3) Prerequisite: THET 170, 

recommended THET 273. A study of the theories of electrification, instruments, design, 

color, and control for stage and television. Brief survey of sound for the theatre. 

Practical work on productions. 

THET 477 Advanced Lighting Design (3) Prerequisite: THET 476. Study of history 

and theory of lighting design. Design exercises in proscenium, in-the-round, thrust, 

outdoor pageant, circus, concert, spectacle, dance and television lighting. A survey of 

lighting companies and equipment and architectural lighting. 

THET 479 Theater Workshop (1-3) Prerequisite: THET 170 and permission of the 

instructor. Participation in the technical aspects of theatre production in selected 

university and experimental theatre productions. Repeatable to a maximum of six 

credits. 

THET 480 Stage Costume History and Design I (3) Basic principles of theatre 

costume design and introduction to rendering skills. Emphasis on development of 

design conception, unity, character statement, basic clothing design and period style 

adaptation. 

THET 481 Stage Costume History and Design II (3) One lecture and six hours of 

laboratory per week. Prerequisite: THET 480. An advanced study of costume design 

and interpretation leading to understanding and facility in design of stylized 

productions. Emphasis on design for musical comedy, dance theatre, opera and 

various non-traditional forms of theatre production. 

THET 485 Advanced Makeup (3) Prerequisite: THET 180 or consent of instructor. 

Advanced techniques and materials in makeup for the theatre, television and film. 

Practical work with three-dimensional makeup (prosthetic devices), hair pieces, 

mask-making and stylized makeup. Opportunity to develop skills in a creative 

approach to makeup design. 

THET 486 Stage Costume Construction I (3) Study and practical experience in 

garment construction and related costume crafts as used in theatre costume design. 



178 THET — Theatre 



Flat pattern development, textiles, theatrical sewing techniques and organization of the 
costume construction process. 

THET 487 Stage Costume Construction II (3) Study and practical experience in the 
construction of stage costumes, props and accessories. Pattern development by 
draping, millinery, corsets, masks, jewelry, armor and period footwear. 

THET 490 History of the Theatre I (3) Evolution of the theatre from primitive origins, 
through the early Renaissance with emphasis on playwrights and plays, theatre 
architecture and decor, and significant personalities. Extensive use of graphic material, 
play reading, related theatre-going. 

THET 491 History of the Theatre II (3) A continuation of THET 490 beginning with the 
16th century and progressing into the 20th, examining the late Renaissance, 
Elizabethan, Restoration, 17th to 19th century European, and early American theatres. 
Emphasis on dramatic forms and styles, theatre architecture and decor, and significant 
personalities. Extensive use of graphic material, play reading, related theatre-going. 

THET 495 History of Theatrical Theory and Criticism (3) The development of 
theatrical theory and criticism from the Greeks to the modern theorist. The 
philosophical basis of theatre as an art form. Important theorists and the practical 
application of their theories in either play scripts or theatrical productions. Required 
attendance at selected live theatre productions. 

THET 499 Independent Study (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An 
independent study course in which each student completes an assigned major theatre 
project under close faculty supervision. Projects may culminate with term papers, 
scenic or costume designs, or a stage production. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

THET 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Theatre (3) 

THET 603 The Aesthetics of Theatre Arts (3) 

THET 604 Development of Theatrical Isms (3) Study of theatricalisms from 
classicism through collectivism. 

THET 607 Criticism in the Public and Communicative Arts (3) 

THET 610 The American Theatre (3) 

THET 611 Trends and Opportunities in Modern Theatre (3) 

THET 612 The Educational Theatre (3) An examination and analysis of all aspects of 
the Educational Theatre. 

THET 625 Shakespearean Acting (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and 
practice of Shakespearean acting. 

THET 626 Advanced Acting Ensemble in Styles I (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Performance of comedy, using the works of Moliere and George Bernard 
Shaw. 

THET 627 Advanced Acting Ensemble in Styles II (3) Prerequisite: THET 626 or 
permission of instructor. Performance of serious contemporary drama using works of 
Chekhov and Pinter. 

THET 630 The Performing Arts: Contextual Approach (3) The common contextual 
approach to criticism and research in theatre. 



THET — Theatre 179 



THET 650 Directing and Performing in Musical Theatre (3) Prerequisite consent of 
instructor. Selection, production, direction and performance in musical theatre through 
class and studio theatre presentations. 

THET 660 Theatre Management (3) The relationship between professional theatre 
management and educational theatre management. The goals and responsibilities of 
theatre management in terms of planning, supervision and communication. 

THET 669 Independent Study (1-3) 

THET 670 Historical Studies in Theatrical Architecture and the Scenic Arts (3) 

Studies of the origin of the physical theatre and stage scenery from pre-Grecian ritual 
to establishment of the modern theatre plant and theatre practices. 

THET 671 Theory of Visual Design in Theatre Forms (3) A historical and theoretical 
study of the development of theatre forms with an emphasis on the relationship of the 
form to the production. 

THET 672 Theory of Visual Design in Scenery (3) A historical and theoretical study 
of design practices in performing arts with an emphasis in scene design and 
interpretation. 

THET 675 Theory of Visual Design in Lighting (3) An arts with an emphasis in 
lighting design and interpretation. 

THET 678 Theory of Visual Design For the Performing Arts (3) Prerequisite: THET 
375 or consent of instructor. An historical and theoretical study of design practices in 
the performing arts. 

THET 681 Theory of Visual Design in Costuming (3) An arts with an emphasis in 
costume design and interpretation. 

THET 688 Special Problems in Drama (3) The preparation of adaptations and other 
projects in dramaturgy. 

THET 689 Theories of the Drama (3) Advanced study of the identification and 
development of dramatic form from the early Greek drama to contemporary forms; the 
aesthetics of theatre arts; and dramatic criticism. 

THET 690 Historical Studies in Greek and Roman Theatre (3) The ancient theatre 
from the earliest Greek origins through Roman origins and collapse. 

THET 691 Historical Studies in Medieval Theatre (3) The origin, development and 
practice of the medieval theatre. 

THET 692 Historical Studies in Renaissance Theatre (3) An investigation of varied 
elements of the Renaissance related to the theatre arts, the influence of the 
Renaissance on the theatre, and general theatre practices that originated in this 
period. 

THET 693 Historical Studies in Elizabethan Theatre (3) A study of the Elizabethan 
era to gain a clear understanding of drama and theatre at that time. 

THET 694 Historical Studies in Modern Theatre (3) An historical survey of 
production styles. 

THET 698 Seminar: Studies in Theatre (3) Research projects adapted to individual 
backgrounds and special work. 



180 Comparative Literature Program 



THET 699 The Theory of Pre-modern Dramatic Production (3) An historical survey 
of production styles. 

THET 788 Master's Tutorial (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Collaboration with 
a faculty member on joint creative and artistic projects. 

THET 789 Master's Practicum (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Participation in 
creative and artistic activities with professional level theatrical organizations. 

THET 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Comparative Literature Program 

Professor and Director: Fuegi 

Professors: Beck, Bentley, Best, Bryer, Damrosch, Freedman, Gillespie, Gramberg, 

Herin, Holton, Jones, MacBain, Panichas, Patterson, J. Russell, Schoenbaum, 

Sosnowski 

Associate Professors: Barry, Beiken, Bennett, Caramello, Coogan, Fink, Flieger, 

Handelman, Hallet, Kerkham, Mintz, Peterson, Tarica, C. Russell 

Assistant Professor: Felaco 

The Program in Comparative Literature offers graduate work leading to the degrees of 

Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The CMLT Program draws on a distinguished faculty in several departments and 
offers concentrated work in major movements and genres. The greatest strength of 
the program is currently in the history and criticism of dramatic literature and in the 
novel. Though the focus of courses and seminars is usually specifically literary, 
interdisciplinary work is very much encouraged as is practical criticism in the arts. 
Departments cooperating in the Program include: American Studies, Classics, English, 
French and Italian, German and Slavic, History, Spanish and Portuguese, Dramatic 
Arts, Radio-Television-Film, and the Women's Studies Program. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have a strong background in the arts and humanities. Since 
advanced work in Comparative Literature is based on the premise that literature should 
be read in the original whenever possible, students are expected to be able to read at 
least one language other than English with a high degree of aesthetic appreciation. 
Ph.D. students are expected to use at least two foreign languages actively in their 
work, and it is assumed that efforts will be made to develop an acquaintance with one 
or two additional languages. Entrance examinations are not required, but high scores 
on GRE literature and language examinations will add weight to applications. 

Students take courses in CMLT and in two other departments of literature. The M.A. 
degree requires thirty hours, either 24 hours of course work and a thesis, or thirty 
hours of course work and a comprehensive examination. No specific number of hours 
is required for the Ph.D., as the number will .vary according to the preparation and 
goals of the individual student; the average has been eight to ten courses beyond the 
M.A. A Master's degree is a required step toward the Ph.D. The Ph.D. comprehensive 
examinations cover four major areas, determined after consultation with the individual 
student's committee. 



CMLT — Comparative Literature 181 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The resources of the Kennedy Center, the Folger Library, the American Film Institute, 
Kennan Institute, and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly drawn upon ao are internship 
possibilities in the greater Washington area and graduate exchange programs with 
European Universities. 

Financial Assistance 

Various assistantships and general university fellowships are available. CMLT students 
may teach in various departments cooperating in the CMLT Program and may be 
considered for a year abroad as a teacher at cooperating European universities. 

Courses 

CMLT — Comparative Literature 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) Survey of the 
background of European literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in 
English translations, discussing the debt of modern literature to the ancients. 

CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) Study of the medieval 
and modern continental literature. 

CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3) The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
and Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on 
dramatic structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized 
world. 

CMLT 415 The Old Testament As Literature (3) A study of sources, development 
and literary types. 

CMLT 416 New Testament As Literature (3) A study of the books of the New 
Testament, with attention to the relevant historical background and to the transmission 
of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not essential. 

CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance (3) Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin 
required. 

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance (3) Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin 
required. 

CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of 
the middle ages studied in translation. 

CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradition (3) A reading of the divine comedy to 
enlighten the discovery of reality in western literature. 

CMLT 461 Romanticism: Early Stages (3) Emphasis on England, France and 
Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 462 Romanticism: Flowering and Influence (3) Emphasis on England, France 
and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3) The novel in translation from Stendhal through 
the existentialists, selected from literatures of France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and 



182 CMLT — Comparative Literature 



Spain. 

CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3) Emphasis on the major work of 
Ibsen, with some attention given to selected predecessors, contemporaries and 
successors.' 

CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3) 

CMLT 488 Genres (3) A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic, 
satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy, etc. The course may be repeated for 
cumulative credit up to six hours when different material is presented. 

CMLT 489 Major Writers (3) Each semester two major writers from different cultures 
and languages will be studied. Authors will be chosen on the basis of significant 
relationships of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies between their respective 
works, and the importance of each writer to his literary tradition. 

CMLT 496 Conference Course in Comparative Literature (3) Second semester. A 
tutorial type discussion course, correlating the courses in various literatures which the 
student has previously taken with the primary themes and masterpieces of world 
literature. This course is required of undergraduate majors in comparative literature, 
but must not be taken until the final year of the student's program. 

CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative Literature (3) 

CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative Literature (3) 

CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature (3) 

CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3) 

CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3) 

CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3) Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours. 

CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and Its Influence (3) 

CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in Literature (3) 

CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century Literature (3) Studies in eighteenth century 
literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism (3) Studies in romanticism: as announced. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) Seminar in modern 
and contemporary literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 681 Literary Criticism: Ancient and Medieval (3) 

CMLT 682 Literary Criticism: Renaissance and Modern (3) 

CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types (3) 

CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Computer Science Program 183 



Computer Science Program 

Professor and Chair: Basili 

Professors: Agrawala, Atchison, Basili, Chu 2 , Edmundson 3 , Kanal, Minker, Stewart 4 

Associate Professors: Austing, Davis, Gannon, Nau, O'Leary, Samet, Shneiderman, 

Tripathi, Weiser, Zelkowitz 

Assistant Professors: Fontecilla, Mount, Perlis, Ramakrishnan, Reggia 5 , Ricart 1 , 

Roussopoulus, Shankar, Smith 

Research Professor: Rosenfeld 6 

Adjunct Professor: Mills 

1 joint appointment with Computer Science Center. 

2 joint appointment with Electrical Engineering. 

3 joint appointment with Mathematics 

4 joint appointment with Insitute for Physical Science and Technology. 

5 joint appointment with UMAB 

6 joint appointment with Center for Automation Research 

The Department of Computer Science offers graduate programs leading to the 

degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: 

applications, artificial intelligence, computer systems, information processing, 

numerical analysis, programming languages, and theory of computing. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to the graduate programs in computer 
science are described in a brochure available through the Departmental Education 
Office. There are two options for the master's degree: 24 hours of course work plus the 
completion of a thesis: or 33 hours of course work, a comprehensive examination plus 
the completion of a scholarly paper. There is no minimum course requirement in the 
doctoral program. The number and variety of courses offered each semester enables 
students and their advisors to plan individualized degree programs. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains a laboratory consisting of several VAX 11/750 and 11/780 
computers, and utilizes the UNIVAC 1100/82 computer system maintained by the 
Computer Science Center. The Department has numerous Xerox Star work stations, 
IBM PCs, and Sun work stations. The Department is on ARPANET (address Maryland) 
and on CS-NET (address UMCP-CS). 

Additional Information 

For information on degree programs and graduate assistantships, contact: 
Associate Chair for Education, 
Department of Computer Science. 
University of Maryland 



184 CMSC — Computer Science 



Courses 

CMSC — Computer Science 

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages and Systems (3) Prerequisite: 
MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors with no 
programming background. Organization and characteristics of computers. Procedure 
oriented and assembly languages. Representation of data, characters and instructions. 
Introduction to logic design and systems organization. Macro definition and generation. 
Program segmentation and linkage. Extensive use of the computer to complete 
projects illustrating programming techniques and machine structure. (CMSC 400 may 
not be counted for credit in the graduate program in computer science.) 

CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. 
Input/output processors and techniques. Intra-system communication, buses, caches. 
Addressing and memory hierarchies. Microprogramming, parallelism, and pipeling. 

CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. An 
introduction to batch systems, spooling systems, and third-generation 
multiprogramming systems. Description of the parts of an operating system in terms of 
function, structure, and implementation. Basic resource allocation policies. 

CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 412. Basic algorithms of 
operating system software. Memory management using linkage editors and loaders, 
dynamic relocation with base registers, paging. File systems and input/output control. 
Processor allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing. Emphasis on practical 
systems programming, including projects such as a simple linkage editor, a 
stand-alone executive, a file system, etc. 

CMSC 420 Data Structures (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 220 or equivalent. Description, 

properties, and storage allocation of data structures including lists and trees. 

Algorithms for manipulating structures. Applications from areas such as data 

processing, information retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating systems. 

CMSC 424 Database Design (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 220 and CMSC 420. (CMSC 
450 recommended.) Motivation for the database approach as a mechanism for 
modelling the real world. Review of the three popular data models: relational, network, 
and hierarchical. Comparison of permissible structures, integrity constraints, storage 
strategies, and query facilities. Theory of database design logic. 

CMSC 426 Image Processing (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 420 or equivalent. An 
introduction to basic techniques of analysis and manipulation of 'pictorial data by 
computer. Image input/output devices, image processing software, enhancement, 
segmentation, property measurement, Fourier analysis. Computer encoding, 
processing, and analysis of curves. 

CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 330 Formal 
translation of programming languages, program syntax and semantics. Finite state 
grammars and recognizers. Context- free parsing techniques such as recursive 
descent, prededence, LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). Machine independent code 
improvement and generation, syntax-directed translation schema. 

CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 220, 330, 430. A detailed 
examination of a compiler for an algebraic language designed around the writing of a 
compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and parsing, code generation, 



CMSC — Computer Science 185 



optimization and error recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such as 
bootstrapping and translator writing systems. 

CMSC 434 Human Factors in Computer and Information Systems (3) Prerequisites 
CMSC 330, PSYC 100, and STAT 400. Human factors issues in the development of 
software, the use of database systems, and the design of interactive computer 
systems. Experimentation on programming language control and data structures, 
programming style issues, documentation, program development strategies, 
debugging, and readability will be emphasized. Interactive system design issues such 
as response time, display rates, graphics, on-line assistance, command language, 
menu selection, or speech input/output. 

CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3) Prerequisite CMSC 420 AND 430, 
or equivalent. State-of-the-art techniques in software design and development. 
Laboratory experience in applying the techniques covered. Structured design, 
structured programming, top-down design and development, segmentation and 
modularization techniques, iterative enhancement, design and code inspection 
techniques, correctness, and chief-programmer teams. The development of a large 
software project. 

CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3) Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent 
of instructor. This is the same course as MATH 444. An elementary development of 
propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a 
discussion of Markov algorithms, turing machines and recursive functions. Topics 
include post productions, word problems, and formal languages. 

CMSC 451 Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 
122 and CMSC 250. CMSC 420 recommended. Fundamental techniques for designing 
and analyzing computer algorithms. Basic methods include Greedy methods, 
divide-and-conquer techniques, search and traversal techniques, dynamic 
programming, backtracking methods, branch-and-bound methods, and algebraic 
transformations. 

CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and 
250. An introduction to the theory of computation. An introductory treatment of classes 
of computable functions, computability by register machines, computability by turing 
machines, unsolvable decision problems, concrete computational complexity, and 
complexity of loop programs. 

CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language Theory (3) Prerequisites CMSC 122 and 
250. An introduction to the theory of formal languages as applied to Chromsky's 
hierarchy of grammars and Chromsky's hierarchy of languages, a summary treatment 
of acceptors related to these languages, and a brief introduction to the theory of 
transformational grammars. 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 110 
or 122. Basic computational methods for interpolation, least squares, approximation, 
numerical quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and transcendental equations, 
systems of linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary differential 
equations. Emphasis on the methods and their computational properties rather than on 
their analytic aspects. Listed also as MAPL 460. (Credit will be given for only one of 
the courses, CMSC 460 or CMSC 470.) 

CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 AND 241 ; 



186 CMSC — Computer Science 



CMSC 110 or 122. The first half of a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the 
advanced undergraduate level, supplemented with programming assignments. 
Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear equations, 
acceleration of convergence, numerical treatment of differential equations. Listed also 
as MAPL 470. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, CMSC 460 or CMSC 
470.) 

CMSC 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 
AND 241; CMSC 110 or 122. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470, forms a one-year 
introduction to numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level. Direct solution 
of linear systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric eigenvalue problem, 
basic iterative methods. Topics will be supplemented with programming assignments. 
(Listed also as MAPL 471.) 

CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 
241. General enumeration methods, difference equations, generating functions. 
Elements of graph theory, matrix representations of graphs, applications of graph 
theory to transport networks, matching theory and graphical algorithms. (Also listed as 
MATH 475.) 

CMSC 477 Optimization (3) Prerequisite: MATH 401 or MATH 405; CMSC 110 or 122. 
Linear programming including the simplex algorithm and dual linear programs, convex 
sets and elements of convex programming, combinatorial optimization integer 
programming. (Listed also as MAPL 477.) 

CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer Science (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. An individualized course designed to allow a student or students to pursue 
a specialized topic or project under the supervision of the senior staff. Credit 
according to work done. 

CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 411, CMSC 412, 
CMSC 250, and STAT 400, or equivalent. Basic theoretical results in computer 
systems, including synthetic models of system structure, analytical (probabilistic) 
models of system structure, analysis of computer system mechanisms, analysis of 
operating system mechanisms, and analysis of resource allocation policies. 

CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in Artificial Intelligence (3) Prerequisites: 
CMSC 420 AND 450. Underlying theoretical concepts in solving problems by 
heuristically guided trial and error search methods. State-space problem reduction, 
and first-order predicate calculus representations for solving problems. Search 
algorithms and their "optimality" proofs. 

CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3) Prerequisite - CMSC 430 
Syntactic and semantic models of programming languages. Finite state processors 
and their application to lexical analysis. Context free languages, LR(K), precedence 
languages as models of programming languages. Extensions to context free grammars 
such as property grammars, inherited and synthesfzed attributes, Van Wijngearden 
grammars (ALGOL 68), abstract syntax, the Vienna definition language, graph models. 
Translator writing systems. 

CMSC 640 Computability and Automata (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 452 Formal 
treatment of abstract computing devices and the concept of "effective procedure". (1) 
finite-state automata. Finite-state transducers and acceptors, finite-state languages, 
regular expressions and sets. (2) Turing machines, computability, and partial recursive 



CMSC — Computer Science 187 



functions. The Turing formalism as a model of the computation process; (3) 
Representative models of digital computers. 

CMSC 651 Analysis of Algorithms (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 451 or consent of 
instructor. Efficiency of algorithms, orders of magnitude, recurrence relations, 
lower-bound techniques, time and space resources, NP-complete problems, 
polynomial hierarchies, and approximation algorithms. Sorting, searching, set 
manipulation, graph theory, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier transform, pattern 
matching, and integer and polynomial arithmetic. 

CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3) Prerequisites MATH/CMSC 460 OR 
470, and CMSC 110. Detailed study of problems arising in the implementation of 
numerical algorithms on a computer. Typical problems include rounding errors, their 
estimation and control; numerical stability considerations; stopping criteria for 
converging processes; parallel methods. Examples from linear algebra, differential 
equations, minimization. (Also listed as MATH 684). 

CMSC 720 Information Retrieval (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Designed to introduce 
the student to computer techniques for information organization and retrieval of natural 
language data. Techniques of statistical, syntactic and logical analysis of natural 
language for retrieval, and the extent of their success. Methods of designing systems 
for use in operational environments. Applications to both data and document systems. 

CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Introductory 
course on applications of computational techniques to linguistics and natural-language 
processing. Research cycle of corpus selection, pre-editing, keypunching, processing, 
post-editing, and evaluation. General-purpose input, processing, and output routines. 
Special-purpose programs for sentence parsing and generation, segmentation, idiom 
recognition, paraphrasing, and stylistic and discourse analysis. Programs for 
dictionary, thesaurus, and concordnace compilation, and editing. Systems for 
automatic abstracting, translation, and question-answering. 

CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 640 and STAT 400. 
Introductory course on applications of mathematics to linguistics. Elementary ideas in 
phonology, grammar, and semantics. Automata, formal grammars and languages. 
Chomsky's theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's depthhypothesis and 
syntactic complexity. Markov-chain models of word and sentence generation, 
shannon's information theory, Carnap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicostatistics 
and stylostatistics, Zopf's law of frequency and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. 
Mathematical models as theoretical foundation for computational linguistics. 

CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 620 and STAT 401. 
Heuristic programming; tree search procedures. Programs for game playing, theorem 
finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-purpose programs. Conversation with 
computers; question-answering programs. Trainable pattern classifiers-linear, 
piecewise linear, quadratic, "o", and multilayer machines. Statistical decision theory, 
decision functions, likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster detection. Neural 
models, computational properties of neural nets, processing of sensory information, 
representative conceptual models of the brain. 

CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial Information (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 
420. Input, output, and storage of pictorial information. Pictures as information sources, 
efficient encoding, sampling, quantization, approximation. Position-invariant operations 
on pictures, digital and optical implementations, the pax language, applications to 



188 CMSC — Computer Science 



matched and spatial frequency filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement" and 
"image restoration". Picture properties and pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of 
complex pictures; "figure" extraction, properties of figures. Data structures for pictures 
description and manipulation; "picture languages". Graphics systems for 
alphanumeric and other symbols, line drawings of two- and three-dimensional objects, 
cartoons and movies. 

CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science (3) Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. This is the same course as LBSC 721. Definition of information science, 
relation to cybernetics and other sciences, systems analysis, information, basic 
constraints on information systems, processes of communication, classes and their 
use, optimalization and mechanization. 

CMSC 740 Automata Theory (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 640. This is the same course as 
ENEE 652. Introduction to the theory of abstract mathematical machines. Structural 
and behavioral classification of automata. Finite-state automata; theory of regular sets. 
Pushdown automata. Linear-bounded automata. Finite transducers. Turing machines; 
universal Turing machines. 

CMSC 745 Theory of Formal Languages (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 640. Formal 
grammars; syntax and semantics. Post productions; Markov algorithms. Finite-state 
languages, parsing, trees, and ambiguity. Theory of regular sets. Context-free 
languages; pushdown automata. Context-sensitive languages; linear bounded 
automata. Unrestricted rewriting systems; turing machines. Closure properties of 
languages under operations. Undecidability theorems. 

CMSC 750 Theory of Computability (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 640. Algorithms; church's 
thesis. Primitive recursive functions; godel numbering. General and partial recursive 
functions. Turing machines; Turings' thesis. Markov algorithms. Church's Lambda 
calculus. Grzegorczyk hierarch; Peter hierarchy. Relative recursiveness. Word 
problems, Post's correspondence problem. 

CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3) Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 471 
and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in numerical 
linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, iterative 
methods, and other topics. (Same as MAPL 600.) 

CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3) Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 
471 and MATH 410; or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of nonlinear equations 
in one and several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected 
applications. (Same as MAPL 604.) 

CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical Systems (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 
420 and STAT 400. Monte-Carlo and other methods of investigating models of interest 
to physical scientists. Generation and testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, 
deterministic and incomplete models. 

CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer Science (1-3) 

CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer Systems (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of computer 
systems to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 
CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Information Processing (1-3) Prerequisite: 



Counseling and Personnel Services Program 189 



permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of 
information processing to suit the interest and background of students. May be 
repeated for credit. 

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Programming Languages (1-3) Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by faculty from the literature of 
programming languages to suit the interest and background of students. May be 
repeated for credit. 

CMSC 840 Advanced Automata Theory (3) Prerequisite CMSC 740. Advances and 
innovations in automata theory. Variants of elementary automata; multitape, multihead, 
and multidimensional machines. Counters and stack automata. Wang machines; 
shepherdson-sturgis machines. Recursive hierarchies. Effective computability; relative 
uncomputability. Probabilistic automata. 

CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of Computing (1-3) Prerequisite: permission 
of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of theory of 
computing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical Methods (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of numerical 
methods to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Consumer Economics Program 

(See Textiles and Consumer Economics Program) 

Counseling and Personnel Services Program 

Professor and Chair: Hershenson 

Professors: B irk 2 , Marx, Magoon 12 , Pumroy 1 , Schlossberg 

Associate Professors: Allan, Hoffman, Greenberg, Knefelkamp, Lawrence, Leonard 2 , 

Medvene 2 , Power.Ray 2 , Rhoads, Spokane, Teglasi, Westbrook 2 

Assistant Professors: Boyd 2 , Freeman 2 , Johnson, Mullison 2 , Strein, Thomas 3 , Waldo 

1 joint appointment with Psychology 

2 joint appointment with Counseling Center. 

3 joint appointment with Student Affairs 

The Department of Counseling and Personnel Services offers graduate programs 

designed to provide the knowledge and skills needed for practice and scholarship in 

counseling and related human service professions. These fields are concerned with 

assisting peopie (individually, in groups, and in organizations) to attain their optimal 

level of personal, social, educational and career functioning. Graduates of the 

Department are employed in a variety of settings including schools, colleges and 

universities, mental health agencies, rehabilitation agencies, correctional facilities, 

business and industry, government agencies, other community service facilities, and 

private practice. These professionals may serve any of several roles either at the 

practitioner's level or at an advanced level as supervisors, researchers, educators, or 

program administrators. Professional entry-level programs are offered in five areas of 

specialization: 



190 Counseling and Personnel Services Program 



1) The School Counseling specialization program prepares students to serve as 
either elementary/middle school counselors or secondary school counselors, in which 
roles they offer expertise on the personal, social, educational, and vocational 
development of pupils; provide individual and group counseling; serve as consultants 
to classroom teachers, school administrators and parents; and coordinate pupil 
personnel services. 2) The School Psychology program prepares students for 
certification as school psychologists, whose principal duties are to assess intellectual 
and emotional factors which affect pupils' functioning in school settings and to devise 
intervention strategies to enhance the learning and behavioral adjustment of pupils. 3) 
The College Student Personnel specialty program prepares specialists for service in 
higher education settings in two areas of concentration: college counseling and 
Student Personnel Administration which includes such functions as Student 
Development, Student Union, Housing, Admissions, Placement, Deans of Students and 
Vice Presidents of Student Affairs. 4) The Community Counseling specialization 
provides three emphases within the program: career development and vocational 
counseling, community mental health counseling and consultation, and adult 
development and counseling. 5) The Rehabilitation Counseling specialty program 
prepares counselors to work with persons having mental, emotional, social, or physical 
handicaps. 

Because of differences in certification, licensure, and employment requirements 
across specialty areas, professional entry-level programs of two types are offered, 
depending on the area of specialization: (1) a Master's degree program (M.A., thesis 
required; or M.Ed., thesis not required), or (2) an integrated Master's/Advanced 
Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) program. In this program, the student is admitted to the 
full sequence, takes the Master's comprehensive examination after twenty-four hours of 
course-work, writes a Master's thesis (if M.A.) after about twenty-four more hours of 
course-work, then takes the A.G.S. comprehensive examination while completing the 
remaining credits to the total of sixty semester hours, and is awarded the Master's 
degree and A.G.S. certificate simultaneously. It is possible for students in the 
integrated Master's/A. G.S. program to stop at the Master's level, after completing thirty 
to thirty-six semester hours (including the thesis, if M.A.); but this Master's degree will 
not qualify them for certification in those specialty areas which require a sixty-semester 
hour academic program. The applicant is encouraged to contact the Department for 
further information concerning the entry-level requirements and curriculum of each 
area of specialization. 

It is possible for individuals who wish to enter a career in counseling but who are 
undecided about which area of specialization they, wish to pursue to apply for 
admission at the Master's level as "Undesignated" applicants. These students may 
apply for admission to a specialty area within their first 15 credits of coursework within 
the department. While admission to a particular specialty will depend on available 
space within and the student's appropriateness for that specialty area, they will be 
assured of being admitted to one or more areas as long as their academic 
performance and professional development have been satisfactory. 

The A.G.S. certificate is offered in all of the aforementioned areas of specialization. 
For individuals who hold a thirty-credit Master's degree in counseling or a closely 
related field, this certificate program may serve: (1) to provide the additional education 
required for professional certification or licensure in those specialty areas which 
require a program of two year's length, and/or (2) to provide the academic 
background for an advanced level of professional practice within a specialty area. 



Counseling and Personnel Services Program 191 



The Ph.D. degree in Counseling and Personnel Services is offered in four areas of 
specialization: (a) Counseling Psychology (in collaboration with the Psychology 
Department); b) School Psychology; c) College Student Personnel Administration; and 
d) Counseling and Consultation. The goal of doctoral studies is to prepare students to 
achieve exceptional competence in the theory and practice of their field; to develop 
high level skills as researchers, educators and administrators; and to assume positions 
of leadership in various relevant settings. Students in the Counseling Psychology 
specialization are educated to work as doctoral level counseling psychologists and 
supervisors in such settings as college and university counseling centers, community 
mental health agencies, and academic departments. Doctoral level school 
psychologists serve as advanced level practitioners, supervisors, administrators, 
researchers and teachers of school psychology. Students in College Student 
Personnel Administration are prepared to assume leadership positions as 
administrators of college or university student personnel services or as teachers and 
researchers of college student personnel work. Doctoral students in Counseling and 
Consultation are prepared to assume roles as supervisors, consultants, administrators, 
educators or researchers in school counseling, rehabilitation, or career development 
programs. All Ph.D. students in the Department are educated in accord with the 
scientist-practitioner model, wherein they are expected to attain advanced skills as 
both practitioners and researchers in their area of specialization. 

Professionally accreditated/approved programs within the Department include: 
School Psychology (provisional) and Counseling Psychology doctoral programs, by the 
American Psychological Association; and Rehabilitation Counseling Masters/A. G.S. 
program, by the Council on Rehabilitation Education. The M.A./A.G.S. program in 
School Psychology and the Masters (M.A, or M.Ed.) program in School Counseling are 
approved for certification by the Maryland State Department of Education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for regular admission to Master's degree programs must have an overall 
undergraduate average of B (3.0 on a 4-point scale) and must submit their scores on 
the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination (required for School 
Psychology M.A./A.G.S. program). Their undergraduate program must include at least 
15 semester hours of coursework in behavioral science fields (anthropology, 
education, psychology, sociology, and/or statistics). Applicants for admission to 
A. G.S. and Ph.D. programs must have a Master's degree in counseling or a closely 
related field. For Admission as a Ph.D. student, a grade point average of 3.5 in prior 
graduate work is required, together with an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies 
Test or the Graduate Record Examination (for Counseling Psychology and School 
Psychology). Selective screening of qualified applicants is necessary in order to limit 
enrollment to the available faculty resources of the Department. 

Departmental comprehensive examinations are required of all Master's, A.G.S., and 
doctoral students. All doctoral students are required to take advanced courses in 
statistics and research design. There are no foreign language requirements for the 
Ph.D. degree. 



192 EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

Facilities and Special Resources 

All Master's A.G.S.and doctoral students in the Department are required to include 
supervised fieldwork experiences as part of their degree programs. To this end, the 
Department has excellent cooperative relationships with the Division of Student Affairs 
(including such offices as the Counseling Center, Orientation, Campus Activities, the 
Student Union, Resident Life, and Commuter Affairs), with units in Academic Affairs 
(such as Advising, Career Development, Admissions, and Experiential Learning), and 
with units in University College. The Department also runs career development centers 
at two government agencies (NASA Goddard Space Flight Center and the Naval 
Research Laboratory) at which students may gain supervised fieldwork experiences. 
Fieldwork may also be done at a wide variety of school systems, counseling services, 
and mental health agencies in the Maryland/District of Columbia area. 

In addition to campus and department resources, students also utilize the many 
major research and professional institutions of relevance to the counseling and 
personnel services field which are easily accessible to the campus. These include the 
Library of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Institutes of Health 
and of Education, the American Psychological Association, and the American 
Association for Counseling and Development. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers several graduate assistantships, and paid experiences have 
been arranged for some students in the Department with a variety of on-campus and 
off-campus agencies. 

Additional Information 

Individual brochures describing the curriculum of each professional entry-level and 
each doctoral specialization may be obtained by writing or calling [(301) 454-2026] the 
Department. 

Courses 

EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Personnel Services (3) Presents 
principles and procedures, and examines the function of counselors, psychologists in 
schools, school social workers, and other personnel service workers. 

EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene (3) The practical application of the principles of mental 
hygiene to classroom problems. 

EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3) Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a 
variety of social situations, including contingency contracting and time out will be 
acquired. 

EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior (3) Development of student proficiency in analyzing 
complex patterns of behavior on the basis of empirical evidence. 

EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Basic principles of human 
behavior will be reviewed and application of these principles will be implemented 
under supervision. 



EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 193 

EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3) Two hours of lecture discussion and 
two hours of laboratory per week. The nature and property of groups, interaction 
analysis, developmental phases, leadership dynamics and styles, roles of members 
and interpersonal communications. Laboratory involves experimental based learning. 

EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3) Strategy development for counselors and 
educators to deal with problems of racism. 

EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling (3) Introductory course for 
majors in rehabilitation counseling, social work, psychology, or education who desire to 
work professionally with physically or emotionally handicapped persons. 

EDCP 461 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3) Theory and research concerning 
disability, with emphasis on crisis theory, loss and mourning, handicapped as a 
deviant group, sexuality and functional loss, attitude formation, dying process and 
coping. Implications for counseling and the rehabilitaaton process. 

EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Personnel (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
A systematic analysis of research and theoretical literature on a variety of major 
problems in the organization and administration of student personnel services in higher 
education. Included will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel 
philosophy in education, counseling services, discipline, housing, student activities, 
financial aid, health, remedial services, etc. 

EDCP 489 Field Experience in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-4) 

Prerequisites: at least six semester hours in education at The University of Maryland 
plus such other prerequisites as may be set by the major area in which the experience 
is to be taken. Planned field experience may be provided for selected students who 
have had teaching experience and whose application for such field experience has 
been approved by the education faculty. Field experience is offered in a given area to 
both major and nonmajor students. Note: the total number of credits which a student 
may earn in EDCP 489, 888, AND 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to major students who have formal 
plans for individual study of approved problems. 

EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (1-6) The maximum number of credits that 
may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the 
symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been reached. 
The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course 
heading: workshops conducted by the Department of Counseling and Personnel 
Services (or developed cooperatively with other departments, colleges and 
universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical 
experiences in counseling and testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy 
laboratories, and special education centers; institutues developed around specific 
topics or problems and intended for designated groups. 

EDCP 605 Issues in Counseling Adults (3) Theoretical approaches to adult 
development. The scope and variety of settings (industry, education, government) in 
which programs of adult counseling and guidance take place, and the nature of such 
programs. 

EDCP 606 Counseling Adults in Transition (3) Theoretical background for 
understanding adult transitions such as divorce, promotion, major illness and 



194 EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

bereavement. Strategies for helping adult clients cope with major life changes. 

EDCP 610 Professional Orientation (3) Survey of knowledge base and practices in 
counseling and personnel services specializations, professional ethics, credentialling 
relevant legislation, current issues. 

EDCP 611 Career Development Theory and Programs (3) Research and theory 
related to career and educational decisions; programs of related information and other 
activities in career decision. 

EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Examination of constructs and research relating to major personality theories with 
emphasis on their significance for working with the behaviors of individuals. 

EDCP 615 Counseling I: Appraisal (3) For counseling and personnel majors only. 
Collection and interpretation of appraisal data, synthesis of data through case study 
procedures. Development of interview skills. 

EDCP 616 Counseling II: Theory and Practice (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 615. 
Counseling theories and the practices which stem from such theories. 

EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 616. A survey of theory, 
research and practice of group counseling and psychotherapy with an introduction to 
growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeutic factors in groups, composition 
of therapeutic groups, problem clients, therapeutic techniques, research methods, 
theories, ethics and training of group counselors and therapists. 

EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling (2-6) Prerequisites: EDCP 616 and permission of 
instructor. Sequence of supervised counseling experiences of increasing complexity. 
Limited to eight applicants in advance. Two hours class plus laboratory. 

EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 617, EDCP 619, and 
consent of instructor. A supervised field experience in group counseling. 

EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3) Prerequisite: graduate course in group process. 
Study of case consultation, systems consultation, mental health consultation and the 
professional's role in systems intervention strategies. 

EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (4) Assessment of development, 
emotional and learning problems of children in schools. Practicum experience. 

EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (4) Prerequisite: EDCP 633 
Assessment of development, emotional, and learning problems of adolescents in 
schools. Practicum experience. 

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management I (3) Prerequisite: 
EDCP 414. Diagnosis and treatment of problems presented by teachers and parents. 
Practicum experience. 

EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management II (3) Prerequisite: 
EDCP 635. The objective of this course is to understand and to treat children's 
problems. The focus is primarily on the older child in secondary school and the 
orientation is essentially behavioral. Practicum experience will be provided. 

EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of Personnel Services (2) Prerequisite: 
EDCP 619 or permission of instructor. Exploration of personnel services programs and 
implementing personnel services practices. 



EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 195 

EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services Seminar (2) Prerequisite: advanced 
standing. Examination of issues that bear on professional issues such as ethics, 
interprofessional relationships and research. 

EDCP 662 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or consent of 
instructor. Appraisal of medical aspects in rehabilitation; nature, cause, treatment, 
limitations, prognosis of most common disabilities; medical terminology; role of the 
medical specialities. 

EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent 
and consent of instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabilitation counseling. The 
psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding his needs, treatment approaches 
available, and society's reaction to the client. 

EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation (1-6) Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar (3) Prerequisite: Master's degree 
in counseling, or instructor's permission. Systematic investigation of methods of theory 
analysis and their application to counseling theory. 

EDCP 717 Evaluation of Research in Counseling (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
department. Research on process and outcome in counseling. A review of research 
and appropriate research methodologies. 

EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes (2-6) Prerequisites EDCP 626 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

EDCP 726 Practicum in Individual Testing I (3) Prerequisite: EDMS 622. The 
administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and Wechsler scales of 
intelligence. 

EDCP 727 Practicum in Individual Testing II (3) Prerequisite: EDMS 622 and consent 
of the instructor. Practicum experience in the administration of and the interpretation of 
the results of individual psychological tests. Alternate instruments to the Stanford-Binet 
and Wechsler scales of intelligence and the measurement of special abilities through 
the use of appropriate instruments. 

EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation Counseling (2) This course is part of the core 
curriculum for rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to provide the advanced 
rehabilitation counseling student with a formal seminar to discuss, evaluate and 
attempt to reach personal resolution regarding pertinent professional problems and 
issues in the field. 

EDCP 771 The College Student (3) A demographic study of the characteristics of 
college students as well as a study of their aspirations, values, and purposes. 

EDCP 776 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual and group supervised introduction to 
intake and counseling relationships. 

EDCP 777 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Praticum (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 776 and permission of instructor. Continuation of EDCP 776. 

Further experience under direct supervision of more varied forms of counseling 

relationships. 

EDCP 778 Research Proposal Seminar (3) The development of thesis, dissertation or 



196 EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

other research proposals. 

EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum (1-6) Prerequisite: permission of instructor, previous 
practicum experience. Individual supervision in one of the following areas: (a) 
individual counseling, (b) group counseling, (c) consultation, or (d) administration. 

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 

Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) Master's 
AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under 
the direction of their advisers may register for credit under this number. 

EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registration required to the extent of six 

hours for Master's thesis. 

EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-8) 

Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students whose 
application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the education faculty. Each 
apprentice is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with 
an appropriate staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or educational 
institution or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working 
relationship with the apprentice and the other persons involved. Prerequisites: teaching 
experience, a Master's degree in education, and at least six semester hours in 
education at the University of Maryland. Note: the total number of credits which a 
student may earn in EDCP 489, 888, AND 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) 
semester hours. 

EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Personnel Services (3-8) Internships in the 
major area of study are available to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) any student who has been advanced 
to candidacy for the Doctor's degree; and (b) any student who receives special 
approval by the education faculty for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at least 60 semester hours of graduate 
work, including at least six semester hours in education at the university of maryland. 
Each intern is assigned to work on a full-time basis for at least a semester with an 
appropriate staff member in a cooperating school, school system, or educational 
institution or agency. The internship must be taken in a school situation different from 
the one where the student is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor maintains a 
close working relationship with the intern and the other persons involved. Note: the 
total number of credits which a student may earn in EDCP 489, 888, AND 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) Registration required to the extent of 
6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. Dissertation. 



Criminal Justice and Criminology Program 197 



Criminal Justice and Criminology Program 

(Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology) 

Directorand Professor: Wellford 

Professor Emeritus: Lejins 

Professor: Sherman 

Associate Professors: Ingraham, Loftin, Maida, Miller 

Assistant Professors: Paternoster, Smith, Uchida, Young 

The Program of graduate study leading to a Master of Arts and Ph.D. degree in the 

area of Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to prepare students for research, 

teaching and professional employment in the operational agencies in the field of 

criminal justice. This program combines an intensive background in a social science 

discipline such as sociology, psychology, public administration, etc., with 

graduate-level study of selected aspects of the criminal justice field. 

A study recently completed of Institute M.A. and Ph.D alumni reveals that Masters 
degree graduates have found employment in both public and private institutions in 
virtually every kind of activity associated with the criminal justice system: research, 
teaching, state, federal, and local law enforcement, courts, corrections, private 
security, funded programs, etc. Ph.D. graduates have found employment mostly in 
teaching, research, and as administrators in government agencies. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, special admission 
requirements include the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, a major in a 
social science discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the appropriate area of 
criminal justice. For the M.A. applicant, the undergraduate social science major must 
have included at least one course each in theory, statistics and research methods. 
The Ph.D. applicant must have completed two statistics, two research methods and 
two theory courses, one of each being at the master's-level. Admission to the Ph.D. 
program presupposes completion of the M.A. degree. At the discretion of the 
Graduate Admissions Committee of the Institute, deficiencies in some of the above 
areas may be made up by noncredit work at the beginning of the program. 

Students enrolled in the M.A. program have two options: a Criminology option and 
a Criminal Justice option. The general plan of study for both options, is as follows: 
Thirty (30) semester hours of courses, consisting of: 1) at least 6 appropriate level 
courses in criminology and criminal justice, three of which are required courses, which 
must be passed with a 'B' or better; 2) a graduate level course in statistics, the course 
to be selected from an approved list; 3) 6 credit hours of either thesis credit or 
additional course work depending on the option selected by the student; and, 4) one 
elective course. The student has a choice between: a) a M.A. degree with an M.A. 
thesis, b) an M.A. degree without thesis, but with some additional requirements. 

For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in addition to the general Graduate School 
Ph.D. requirements, competence in research methodology and in quantitative 
techniques is expected, as well as competence in the general theory of the criminal 
justice field and in the specialization area selected by the student. The necessary 
coursework is determined on the basis of the student's previous preparation, needs, 
and interests. The candidate is required to pass comprehensive examinations. 



198 CRIM — Criminology 



Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are available on a competitive basis. Further, 
graduate research assistantships are sometimes available for graduate students to 
participate in research projects directed by faculty members and funded by outside 
sources. 

Additional Information 

A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology and its 
programs is available upon request. Inquiries should be directed to: 

Graduate Program Coordinator 

Institute of Criminal Justice 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

CRIM — Criminology 

CRIM 432 Law of Corrections (3) Prerequisite: LENF 230 OR 234 and CRIM 220. A 
review of the law of criminal corrections from sentencing to final release or release on 
parole. Probation, punishments, special treatments for special offenders, parole and 
pardon, and the prisoner's civil rights are also examined. 

CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in 
relation to the general problem of crime; analysis of factors underlying juvenile 
delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 
450 or consent of instructor. Methods and programs in prevention of crime and 
delinquency. 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents in the Community (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the 
processes and methods in the modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a 
community setting. 

CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) Prerequisite: 
CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. History, organization and functions of 
penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 

CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3) Prerequisite CRIM 220, CRIM 
450, and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical overview of 
criminological theory up to the 50's. Deviance. Labeling. Typologies. Most recent 
research in criminalistic subcultures and middle class delinquency. Recent proposals 
for "decriminalization". 

CRIM 455 Psychology of Criminal Behavior (3) Prereqisites CRIM 220 or equivalent 
and PSYC 331 or equivalent. Biological, environmental, and personality factors which 
influence criminal behaviors. Biophysiology and crime, stress and crime, 
maladjustment patterns, psychoses, personality disorders, aggression and violent 
crime, sex-motivated crime and sexual deviations, alcohol and drug abuse, and 
criminal behavior. 

CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology (3) Topics of special interest to advanced 
undergraduates in criminology. Such courses will be offered in response to student 



LENF — Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 199 

request and faculty interest. No more than six credits may be taken by a student in 
selected topics. 

CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal Justice and Criminology (3) Prerequisite: 
completion of research methods and statistics requirements for the M.A. Degree. 
Examination of special research problems and techniques. 

CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology (3) First semester. Survey of the principal issues in 
contemporary criminological theory and research. 

CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology (3) Second semester 

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) First semester 

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency As A Community Problem (3) Second semester 
An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency in 
Maryland. 

CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3) Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its 
equivalent. A study of the development of criminological thought from antiquity to the 
present. 

CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor 
Supervised study of selected problems in the field of criminology. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) Doctoral dissertation research in 
criminal justice and criminology. 

LENF — Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

LENF 400 Criminal Courts (3) Prerequisites: LENF 100 or consent of instructor. 
Criminal courts in the United States at all levels; judges, prosecutors, defenders, 
clerks, court administrators, and the nature of their jobs; problems facing courts and 
prosecutors today and problems of administration; reforms. 

LENF 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Administration (3) Prerequisite: LENF 340 or 
consent of instructor. The structuring of manpower, material, and systems to 
accomplish the major goals of social control. Personnel and systems management. 
Political controls and limitations on authority and jurisdiction. 

LENF 455 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice I (3) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues related to 
planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the development of innovative ideas 
using a research and development approach to change. 

LENF 456 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice II (3) Prerequisite: 
LENF 455 or consent of instructor. An examination of of conceptual and practical 
issues related to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on change strategies 
and tactics which are appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level positions. 

LENF 462 Special Problems in Security Administration (3) Prerequisites: LENF 360 
and consent of instructor. An advanced course for students desiring to focus on 
specific concerns in the study of private security organizations; business intelligence 
and espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical security; transportation, 
banking, hospital and military security problems; uniformed security forces; national 



200 Curriculum and Instruction Program 



defense information; and others. 

LENF 498 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (1-6) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Supervised study of a selected topic to be announced in the field of criminal 
justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

LENF 600 Criminal Justice (3) Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program in 
criminal justice or consent of instructor. Current concept of criminal justice in 
relationship to other concepts in the field. Historical perspective. Criminal justice and 
social control. Operational implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of evaluation. 

LENF 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and Society (3) Prerequisite: LENF 230 or its 
equivalent and a course in introductory criminology. The criminal law is studied in the 
context of general studies in the area of the sociology of law. The evolution and social 
and psychological factors affecting the formulation and administration of criminal laws 
are discussed. Also examined is the impact of criminal laws and their sanctions on 
behavior in the light of recent empirical evidence. 

LENF 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Administration (3) Prerequisites: one course 
in the theory of groups or organizations, one course in administration; or consent of 
instructor. Examination of external and internal factors that currently impact on police 
administration. Intra-organizational relationships and policy formulation; the conversion 
of inputs into decisions and policies. Strategies for formulating, implementing and 
assessing administrative decisions. 

LENF 650 Research Seminar in Public Policy and Crime Control (3) Prerequisites: 
consent of instructor. Analysis of the political and organizational process of policy 
development and implementation in criminal justice. Collection, analysis and 
interpretation of research data on current and ongoing efforts to form and implement 
policy. 

LENF 699 Special Problems in Criminal Justice (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Supervised study of a selected problem in the field of criminal justice. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

LENF 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3) LENF 720 - criminal justice system 
planning (3) prerequisites: one course in criminal justice and one course in research 
methodology. System theory and method; examination of planning methods and 
models based primarily on a systems approach to the operations of the criminal justice 
system. 

LENF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Curriculum and Instruction Program 

Chair: Arends 

Professors: E. G. Campbell, Carr, Fein, Fey 6 , Folstrom 1 , Layman 8 , Lockard 2 , Roderick, 

Seefeldt 3 , Sublett, Weaver, Wilson. 

Associate Professors: Amershek, Brigham, Church, Cirrincione 4 , Craig, Davey, 

Davidson, DeLorenzo, Eley, Farrell 5 , Gambrell, Garner, Heidelbach, Heikkinen 7 , 

Henkelman 6 , Herman, Jantz, Johnson, McCaleb 9 , McWhinnie 10 , Saracho, Williams 

Assistant Professors: P. Campbell, Cole 6 , Dreher, Finley, Gillingham, Markham, 

Shelley 1 , Slater 11 , H. Williams 12 , Young 13 

1 Joint appointment with Music 



Curriculum and Instruction Program 201 



2 Joint appointment with Botany 

3 Joint appointment with Human Development 

4 Joint appointment with Geography 

5 Joint appointment with History 

6 Joint appointment with Mathematics 

7 Joint appointment with Chemistry 

8 Joint appointment with Physics 

9 Joint appointment with Communication Arts and Theatre 

10 Joint appointment with Housing and Applied Design 

11 Joint appointment with English 

12 Joint appointment with Library and Information Services 

13 Joint appointment with Physical Education 

The Department offers programs leading to the following degrees or diplomas: Master 

of Arts <thesis and non-thesis), Master of Education, Advanced Graduate Specialist, 

Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The Department offers a variety of 

programs individually designed to meet the personal and professional goals of 

graduate students. These goals may include educational research, teaching, 

supervising, providingleadership as curriculum specialists within the disciplines, 

teacher education or consulting at all levels of instruction: early childhood, elementary, 

secondary, and higher education. Programs are offered to meet the needs of 

professionals in school and non-school settings. All programs are available on the 

College Park Campus; some programs are available in off campus centers. 

Areas of emphasis include art education, early childhood education (birth to eight 
years of age), elementary education, history/social studies education, language and 
cultural studies (English education, foreign language education, teaching English as a 
second language, speech and drama education), mathematics education, music 
education, professional development (teacher education, human relations), reading 
education, science education and uses of microcomputers in education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree programs require a minimum of 30 to 36 semester hours, the 
AGS diploma program 60 hours beyond the bachelor's degree, and the doctorate a 
planned sequence of approximately 60 semester hours beyond the master's degree. 
Programs include both theory and practicum, professional work, research and 
academic courses. There are no foreign language requirements unless the 
dissertation is on a topic that requires it. 

Admission to the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade point 
average and the submission of a Miller Analogies Test score. Admission to an AGS or 
doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and 
either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least the 40th percentile on the 
Miller Analogies Test score. 

Master's degree students are required to take a 6 hour comprehensive examination 
near the end of their program. Doctoral students are required to take a prelimimary 
examination, usually written, after approximately 12 semester hours of work and a 
comprehensive examination near the completion of the program. An oral examination 
in defense of the dissertation constitutes the final step in completing the doctorate. 



202 EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction to support graduate 
study and research include the Micro Teaching and decision making laboratory, the 
Center for Mathematics Education, the Center for Young Children, the Reading Center 
and the Science Teaching Center. Additional facilities in the College of Education 
include the Educational Technology Center, the Curriculum Laboratory, and Teacher 
Education Centers in local schools. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available in the Department of Curriculum 
and Instruction. These assistants work with research, supervision of student teachers, 
and teaching undergraduate classes. 

Additional Information 

Write or call the Department (301-454-7346) for more specific information about the various 
programs. 

Courses 

EDCI 401 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Art (4-8) Limited to art education 
majors who have consent of department. Fulfils elementary teaching requirements in 
K-12 art education program. 

EDCI 402 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Art (2-8) Prerequisite: EDCI 300 

EDCI 403 Teaching of Art Criticism in Public Schools (3) Introduction to theories of 
art criticism as related to teaching of art. Trips to galleries and museums. Open to fine 
arts majors and students from other disciplines. 

EDCI 406 Practicum in Art Education: Two-Dimensional (3) Theory and practical 
experience in two-dimensional design in various art media; development of teaching 
procedures and presentation of materials in school settings. 

EDCI 407 Practicum in Art Education: Three-Dimensional (3) A lecture-studio 
course to develop skills, material resources, and educational strategies for 
three-dimensional projects in school settings. 

EDCI 410 The Child and the Curriculum: Early Childhood (3) Relationship of the 
school curriculum, nursery school through grade 3, to child growth and development. 
Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; 
readiness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of 
children. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 411 Student Teaching: Preschool (4) Prerequisite: completion of required 
methods courses and consent of the department. 

EDCI 412 Student Teaching: Kindergarten (4) Prerequisite: completion of required 
methods courses and consent of department. 

EDCI 413 Student Teaching: Primary Grades (8) Prerequisite: completion of required 
methods courses and consent of department. 

EDCI 416 Mainstreaming in Early Childhood Educational Settings (3) Theoretical 
bases and applied practices for integrating handicapped children into regular early 
childhood programs. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 203 



EDCI 420 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Corequisite: EDCI 421. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and tecniques in 
relation to the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 421 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Social Studies (12) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 320. 

EDCI 422 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Geography (12) Prerequisite: 
EDCI 321. 

EDCI 423 Social Studies in Early Childhood Education (3) Curriculum, organization 
and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of environmental 
resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, 
nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 424 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) Curriculum, organization and 
methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of environmental resources. 
Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 425 Social Studies and Multicultural Education (3) Seminar relating to general 
social science principals that are applicable to multicultural education as a component 
of social studies instruction. Cultural experiences arranged on an independent basis 
for each participant. 

EDCI 426 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390. or consent of instructor. The objectives, 
selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, 
textbooks and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to social 
studies education. For in-service teachers. Includes emphasis on multicultural 
education. 

EDCI 430 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Foreign Language 

(3) Co-requisite: EDCI 431. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques 
in relation to the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 431 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Foreign Languages (12) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 330. 

EDCI 432 Foreign Language Methods in the Elementary School (3) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. Methods and techniques for developmental approach to the 
teaching of modern foreign languages in elementary schools. Development of 
oral-aural skills in language development. 

EDCI 433 Teaching the Audio-Lingual Skills in Foreign Languages (3) Prerequisite: 
EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other 
instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to foreign language 
education. For in-service teachers. 

EDCI 434 Methods of Teaching English to Speakers of other Languages (3) An 

introductory course in methods for teaching listening, speaking, reading and writing 
techniques and a review of research findings. 

EDCI 435 Teaching Reading in a Second Language (3) Prerequisite consent of 
instructor. Analysis of selected theories and practices in first language reading applied 
to second language teaching/learning; diagnostic and prescriptive techniques and 
analysis of the student's cultural background as a factor in evaluating reading 



204 EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 



achievement in the second language. 

EDCI 436 Teaching for Multicultural Understanding (3) The techniques and content 
for teaching culture in foreign language classes and English as a Second Language 
(ESL) classes. Research and evaluation of selected aspects of a culture as basis for 
creating teaching materials. 

EDCI 437 Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) Analysis of bilingual-bicultural education 
in the U.S. and abroad with emphasis on TESOL Methods of teaching, goals, 
instructional materials and mainstreaming of bilingual students. 

EDCI 438 Field Experience in TESOL (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent, and 
consent of instructor. Systematic observations, tutoring and teaching in a TESOL field 
setting. 

EDCI 440 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: English, Speech, 
Drama (1) Corequisite: EDCI 441. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and 
techniques in relation to the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 441 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: English (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 
340. 

EDCI 442 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Speech (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 
340. 

EDCI 443 Literature for Children and Youth (3) Analysis of literary materials for 
children and youth. Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding examples of 
contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of individual authors, 
illustrators and children's book awards. 

EDCI 444 Language Arts in Early Childhood Education (3) Teaching of spelling, 
handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for 
in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 445 Language Arts in the Elementary School (3) Teaching of spelling, 
handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for 
in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 446 Methods of Teaching English, Speech, Drama in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, 
selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, 
textbooks, and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to 
english, speech, and drama education. For in-service teachers. 

EDCI 447 Field Experience in English, Speech, Drama Teaching (1) Corequisite: 
EDCI 340. Practical experience as an aide to a regular english, speech or drama 
teacher; assigned responsibilities and participation in a variety of teaching/learning 
activities. 

EDCI 450 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Mathematics (3) 

Corequisite: EDCI 451. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and techniques in 
relation to the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 451 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Mathematics (12) Prerequisite: 
EDCI 350. 

EDCI 452 Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3) Prerequisite: MATH 210 or 
equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 205 



meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through 
grade 3. 

EDCI 453 Mathematics in the Elementary School (3) Prerequisite: MATH 210 or 
equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic 
meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 454 The Mathematics Laboratory (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or 
consent of the instructor. The definition, design, and uses of an elementary school 
mathematics laboratory. Laboratory visitations. The design of instructional activities and 
field-test activities with children. 

EDCI 455 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, 
selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, 
textbooks and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to 
mathematics education. For in-service teachers. 

EDCI 456 Diagnosis of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3) Prerequisites: all 
courses in the EDSP 330 block and MATH 210 or consent of the instructor. 
Development of skills in diagnosing and identifying learning disabilities in mathematics 
and in planning for individualized instruction. Clinic participation required. 

EDCI 461 Reading in Early Childhood Edcuation (3) Fundamentals of developmental 
reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experience stories, procedures 
in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and 
procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery 
school through grade 3. 

EDCI 462 Reading in the Elementary School (3) Fundamentals of developmental 
reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experience stories, procedures 
in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and 
procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 
1-8. 

EDCI 463 The Teaching of Reading in the Secondary School (3) The fundamentals 
of secondary reading instruction, including emphasis on content reading instruction. 

EDCI 464 Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis and Instruction (3) Prerequisite, 
EDCI 362 or 463. A laboratory course in which each student has one or more pupils 
for analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per week to diagnose 
individual cases and to plan instruction. 

EDCI 466 Literature for Adolescents (3) Reading and analysis of fiction and 

nonfiction; methods for critically assessing quality and appeal; current theory and 

methods of instruction; research on response to literature; curriculum design and 
selection of books. 

EDCI 467 Teaching Writing (3) Sources and procedures for developing curriculum 
objectives and materials for teaching written composition; prewriting, composing, and 
revision procedures; contemporary directions in rhetorical theory; survey of research 
on composition instruction. 

EDCI 471 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Science (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 
352 



206 EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 



EDCI 472 Methods of Teaching Science in Secondary Schools (3) Prerequisites: 
EDHD 300, EDCI390, and consent of instructor. The study of the teachers role in 
secondary school science instruction: preparing objectives, planning lessons, selecting 
and organizing for classroom and laboratory instruction, determining appropriate 
teaching methods, selecting textbooks and other instructional materials, measuring 
and evaluating student achievement. Includes lab and field experience. For in-service 
teachers. 

EDCI 473 Environmental Education (3) Two lecture-discussion periods and one three 
hour laboratory-field experience session per week. An interdisciplinary course covering 
the literature, techniques and strategies of environmental education. Emphasis on the 
study of environmental education programs and the development of a specific 
program which is designed to implement the solution of an environmental problem. 
The laboratory-field experience is provided as a model for future activities of students. 
[Open to any student who wishes to become actively involved in the process of 
environmental education program development.] 

EDCI 474 Science in Early Childhood Education (3) Objectives, methods, materials 
and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily for in-service 
teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 475 Science in the Elementary School (3) Objectives, methods, materials, and 
activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily for in-service 
teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 476 Teaching Ecology and Natural History (3) An introduction to the teaching 
of natural history in the classroom and in the field. Ecological principles; resources and 
instructional materials; curricular materials. Primarily for teachers, park naturalists, and 
outdoor educators. 

EDCI 480 The Child and the Curriculum: Elementary (3) Relationship of the school 
curriculum, grades 1-6, to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum 
organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting 
curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service 
teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 481 Student Teaching: Elementary (12) Prerequisite: completion of required 
methods courses and consent of department. 

EDCI 482 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Special Education (8) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. 
Limited to special education majors who have previously applied. Provides 8 weeks of 
full-time experience in the regular elementary classroom. 

EDCI 483 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Elementary (6) Prerequisites: 
EDHD 300, EDCI 480, or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in 
elementary and middle school media centers. Participation at a professional level in 
the management and operation of an on-going media program. 

EDCI 484 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Music (4-6) Limited to MUED 
majors who have consent of department. Fulfills elementary teaching requirements in 
K-12 music education programs. 

EDCI 485 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Physical Education (4-8) 

Limited to PHED majors who have consent of the department. Fulfills elementary 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 207 



teaching requirements in K-12 physical education programs. 

EDCI 486 Supervision of Student Teachers (3) Designed for in-service teachers The 
development and refinement of skills in observing, evaluating and conducting 
conferences with student teachers. Clinical supervision and cooperative problem 
solving. Required by some school systems for supervision of student teachers. 

EDCI 487 Introduction to Computers in Instructional Settings (3) Prerequisite: at 
least six hours in education or instructional experience. A first-level survey course for 
students interested in the possibilities of using computers for instructional purposes. 
"Hands-on" experience with computers. Site visits, guest speakers, and individual 
project opportunities. 

EDCI 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) Prerequisite: Major in 
curriculum and instruction, or consent of department. May be repeated to a maximum 
of six credits when topic is different. 

EDCI 489 Field Experience in Education (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester 
hours in education at The University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites as may 
be set by the major area in which the experience is to be taken. Planned field 
experience may be provided for selected students who have had teaching experience 
and whose application for such field experience has been approved by the education 
faculty. Field experience is offered in a given area to both major and nonmajor 
students. Note - the total number of credits which a student may earn in EDCI 489, 888, 
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDCI 490 Curriculum and Instruction in the Middle and Junior High School (3) 

Curriculum and Instruction in the middle and junior high school. Purposes, functions 
and characteristics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program 
of studies, methods, staff, and other topics together with implications for prospective 
teachers. 

EDCI 491 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Health (12) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. 

EDCI 492 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Dance (2-8) Prerequisite: EDCI 
383. 

EDCI 493 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Secondary (6) Prerequisite: 
EDHD 300 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in secondary 
school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the management and 
operation of an on going media program. 

EDCI 494 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Music (2-8) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. 

EDCI 495 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Physical Education (2-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 496 Student Teaching Seminar in Library Media Services (3) An analysis of 
theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 498 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) Prerequisite: Consent of 
advisor. Available only to curriculum and instruction majors who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 

EDCI 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) The maximum number of credits 



208 EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 



that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester 
hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following types of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this 
course heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed 
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, 
speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed 
around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDCI 600 Trends in Art Education Curriculum (3) The effect of recent developments 
in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in art education. 

EDCI 601 History of Art Education (3) A study of the growth of the art curriculum in 

American schools. Perspective on art education philosophy as viewed through a 
historical survey beginning with the United States colonial period to the present. 

EDCI 602 The Teaching of Aesthetics in the Public Schools (3) The aesthetic 
foundations of art education. Development of skills necessary for critical investigation 
of works of art, and identification of curriculum implications resulting from various 
aesthetic and psychological approaches to art. 

EDCI 610 Curriculum for Early Childhood Education (3) Basic examination of 
curriculum theory, research and practice in educational settings for infants and 
children to age eight. 

EDCI 611 The Young Child in the Community (3) Analysis of the impact of major 
social and economic trends on young children through study and research of 
community agencies, commercial enterprises and social experiences. 

EDCI 612 Teaching Strategies in Early Childhood Education (3) An examination of 
theory and research concerning teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of planning, 
organization of learning environments, evaluation of learning, general classroom 
management, and inter-personal relationships. 

EDCI 613 Teacher-Parent Relationships (3) Research in the teachers' role in parent 
involvement in school activities and processes. 

EDCI 614 Intellectual and Creative Experiences in Early Childhood Education (3) A 

critical examination of theories of intellectual and creative development, language 
development, problem solving and critical thinking. 

EDCI 620 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Social Studies (3) The effect of 
recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in social 
studies. 

EDCI 621 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Geography (3) The effect of 
recent developments in educational thinking and. practice on the curriculum in 
geography. 

EDCI 622 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 
322 or consent of instructor. Examination of current literature and research reports in 
the social sciences as they relate to social studies curriculum and instruction. 

EDCI 630 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Foreign Language (3) The 

effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in 
foreign language education. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 209 



EDCI 631 Testing in the Foreign Language/ESL Classroom (3) Analysis of 
standardized and teacher-made FL/ESL tests; i.e., aptitude, ach ievement, and 
proficiency; emphasis on principles of FL/ESL test construction with opportunity to field 
test commercial and teacher-made materials. 

EDCI 634 Advanced TESOL Methods (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent. 
Reading, writing, listening and speaking skills; work in diagnosing student strengths 
and weaknesses in English; development of ESOL instructional materials and TESOL 
research projects. 

EDCI 637 Advanced Laboratory Practice in Foreign Language/ESOL Education 
(2-6) Prerequisites: EDCI 434 and 634 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship in 
TESOL setting. Six credits require full-time work for one-half semester. A full-time 
commitment involving observing, tutoring, teaching. 

EDCI 640 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: English (3) The effect of recent 
developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in english 
education. 

EDCI 641 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Speech (3) The effect of recent 
developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in speech. 

EDCI 642 Communications and the School Curriculum (3) Curriculum development 
based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's interactions 
with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environment. 

EDCI 643 Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite, EDCI 
342 or consent of instructor. Analysis of current issues, trends, and problems in 
language-arts instruction in terms of research in educational theory and the language 
arts; processes for effecting changes in methods and materials for classroom 
instruction. 

EDCI 644 Teaching Children's Literature in the Classroom (3) Issues and trends in 
children's literature with emphasis on implications in classroom settings. Contemporary 
social conditions and problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censorship, media 
adaptation, and reading habits. 

EDCI 650 Trends in Mathematics Education (3) Recent developments in educational 
thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in mathematics. 

EDCI 651 Theoretical and Research Foundations of Elementary School 
Mathematics (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. 
Theoretical and research literature interrelating mathematics education with 
psychology, sociology, philosophy, and history. Evaluation of the influence of this 
literature on research, teacher preparation, and mathematics instruction in schools. 

EDCI 652 Elementary School Mathematics Curricula (3) Prerequisite EDCI 352 or 
equivalent, and consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of past and present curricular 
projects, experimental programs, and instructional materials. Design and 
implementation of elementary school mathematics curricula. 

EDCI 653 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and 
treatment of disabilities in mathematics. Theoretical models, specific diagnostic and 
instructional techniques and materials for working with children in both clinical and 
classroom settings. Practice using techniques by coonucting case studies with 



210 EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 



children previously diagnosed as primarily corrective rather than severely disabled. 
Clinic hours to be arranged. 

EDCI 654 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathemtics II (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCI 653 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Diagnosis and 
treatment of severe learning disabilities in elementary school mathematics. Theoretical 
models, relevant research and specific techniques appropriate for accessing the 
interaction of subject matter, organismic, and instructional variables. Clinic hours for 
case study work to be arranged. 

EDCI 655 Practicum in Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in 
Mathematics (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 654 or equivalent and consent of instructor. 
Supervised clinical research studies with children experiencing learning difficulties in 
mathematics. 

EDCI 660 Corrective Reading Instruction (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463, or 

equivalent. Diagnostic techniques, instructional materials and teaching procedures 
useful in the regular classroom; appropriate for teachers, supervisors, and 
administrators. 

EDCI 661 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463 
The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the teaching 
of reading in the content areas. Focus on improving student achievement in content 
disciplines where reading materials are used as instructional resources. 

EDCI 662 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and Prescription (3) Prerequisites: 12 
credits of graduate study in education, or consent of instructor. Survey course in 
reading diagnosis and prescription for graduate students not majoring in reading. The 
interpretation of reading diagnostic techniques with an overview of various 
prescriptions based on diagnosis. 

EDCI 663 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3) Implications of current 
theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the elementary school. 

EDCI 664 Clinical Assessment in Reading (3) Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 
or 667. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials useful to the reading specialist in 
assessing serious reading difficulties. At least one diagnostic screening conducted 
with a school age student. 

EDCI 665 Clinical Remediation of Reading Disabilities (3) Prerequisites: EDCI 660 
and EDCI 663 or 667. Remedial procedures and materials useful to the reading 
specialist in planning programs of individual and small group instruction. 

EDCI 666 The Role of the Reading Resource Teacher (3) Prerequisites: EDCI 663 or 
667 and EDMS 645. Preparation of reading personnel to function as resource persons 
to classroom teachers, administrators and the school community. Emphasis on role 
expectations, pertinent research, literature review and on site experiences. 

EDCI 667 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) Implications of current theory 
and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the secondary school. 

EDCI 670 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Science (3) The effect of recent 
developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in science 
education. 

EDCI 671 Teaching Science in Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 372 or 
consent of instructor. Analysis of the teaching of science to children through (1) the 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 211 



identification of problems to teaching science, (2) the investigation and study of 
research reports related to the identified problems, and (3) the hypothesizing of 
methods for improving the effectiveness of science education for children. 

EDCI 672 Curriculum Innovations in Early Childhood-Elementary Science 
Education (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of curricula in early 
childhood-elementary science; interaction with early childhood-element ary school 
children using selected activities from science curricula. 

EDCI 680 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum (3) The effect of recent 
developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum. 

EDCI 681 Trends in Elementary School Curriculum (3) Recent developments in 
educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in elementary 
education. 

EDCI 682 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Urban Schools (3) The effect of 
recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in urban 
schools. 

EDCI 683 Implementation of Curricular Specialties (3) Implementation of curricular 
specialties in educational settings; research methods applied in curriculum 
implementation; societal values, ethics and responsibilities associated with the 
implementation of curricular specialties; and personal capabilities to successfully 
implement curriculum. 

EDCI 684 Introduction to Field Methods in School and Community (3) Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. Application of selected field research methods to problems of 
professional practice. Issues pertaining to the role and responsibilities of the field 
investigator working in schools and other service agencies. Students plan and conduct 
field study utilizing qualitative field techniques. 

EDCI 685 Research Methods (3) The interpretation and conduct of research in 
curriculum and instruction. 

EDCI 687 Applications of Computers in Instructional Settings (3) Prerequisite: 
EDCI 487 or consent of instructor. Applications of computers in instructional settings. 
Psychological and human-factor implications. The application of learning theory to 
such topics as simulations, CMI, CAI, and representative courseware and hardware 
evaluations. 

EDCI 700 Theory and Research in Art Education (3) A survey of the research 
literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional 
curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 701 Theory and Research in Music Education (3) A survey of the research 
literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional 
curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 710 Staffing in Early Childhood Programs (3) For advanced students in early 
childhood education. Problems involved in administration of faculty and staff in 
programs for young children. 

EDCI 711 Education and Group Care of the Infant and Young Child (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or consent of the instructor. The historical, theoretical and 
empirical basis for the group care and education of young children with special 
emphasis on the child under the age of three. 



212 EDCi — Curriculum and Instruction 



EDCI 713 Research in Early Childhood Education (3) Prerequisites: EDMS 645 or 
equivalent. The design and conduct of research with infants and children to age eight; 
reviews, evaluations and discussions of significant and relevant early childhood 
research literature. 

EDCI 720 Theory and Research in Social Studies Education (3) Prerequisites: EDCI 
620 or 622, and EDMS 645. A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research 
techniques; considertation of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of 
modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 730 Theory and Research in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (3) A survey 
of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and 
techniques. 

EDCI 731 Advanced Teaching of Reading in a Second Language (3) Prerequisite: 
EDCI 435. A survey of research literature and evaluation of research techniques 
applied in second language teaching/learning. Interpretations of diagnostic 
techniques with prescriptions for meeting individual differences based upon student's 
cultural background. 

EDCI 740 Theory and Research in English Education (3) A survey of the research 
literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional 
curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 741 Theory and Research in Speech Education (3) A survey of the research 
literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional 
curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 750 Theory and Research in Mathematics Education (3) A survey of the 
research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and 
techniques. 

EDCI 761 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 
665. Corequisite: EDCI 762. Diagnostic work with children in clinic and school 
situations. Administration, and interpretation. Prescription, diagnostic instrument, case 
report writing and conferences. 

EDCI 762 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Instruction (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 
665. Corequisite: EDCI 761. Remedial instruction with children in clinic and school 
situations. The development of competency in remedial techniques, diagnostic 
teaching and evaluation. 

EDCI 769 Theory and Research in Reading (3) Prerequisite - consent of instructor. 
Survey of the literature in reading and allied fields, an examination of current research 
directions and methodologies. Implications for classroom practice. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

EDCI 770 Foundations of Science Education (3) Prerequisites: EDCI 670 or 671, or 
consent of instructor. The study and interpretation of science education literature 
describing the development of science education; pre-kindergarten through college; 
the establishment of frames of reference to determine the influences on current and 
future practices in science education; and the identification and critical analysis of 
topics in science education. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 213 



EDCI 771 Theory and Research in Science Education (3) Prerequisites EDCI 770 
and EDMS 646, or consent of instructor. A study of various techniques and paradigms 
for research in science education, pre-kindergarten through college. The significance 
of selected science education research studies. The identification and critical analysis 
of one researchable topic in science education and the development of a proposal for 
this topic which outlines a well delineated research plan. 

EDCI 780 Theory and Research on Teaching (3) Analysis of general theory and 
research on teaching; the interactive process of instruction preschool through higher 
education in school and non-school settings; future directions and needed research. 

EDCI 781 Persons as Researchers (3) Study of the ways persons function as 
researchers and the reasons they pursue selected areas of inquiry. Analysis of 
research roles, designs, and approaches in a variety of educational settings. 

EDCI 782 Theory and Research in Urban Education (3) A survey of the research 
literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional 
curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 787 Computer Courseware Development (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 687 or consent 
of instructor. The design, creation, and refinement of instructional sequences using 
microcomputer capabilities and appropriate learning theory implications. Instructional 
modes including tutorial, drill and practice, simulation, and real-world interfacing. 
Advanced programming techniques using BASIC and author languages such as 
PILOT. 

EDCI 788 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) Current topics and issues in 
teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is 
different. 

EDCI 798 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) Prerequisite: Consent of 
advisor. Intended for masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education who desire to 
pursue a research problem. 

EDCI 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

EDCI 800 Seminar in Art Education (3) 

EDCI 810 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) 

EDCI 820 Seminar in Social Studies Education (3) 

EDCI 822 Seminar in Secondary Education (3) 

EDCI 830 Seminar in Foreign Language Education (3) 

EDCI 840 Seminar in English Education (3) 

EDCI 841 Seminar in Speech Education (3) 

EDCI 850 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3) 

EDCI 860 Seminar in Reading Education (3) 

EDCI 861 Research Methods in Reading (3) Prerequisite: EDCI 769 and EDMS 646 
or equivalent. Current research questions and methods culminating in a study suitable 
for submission to journals. Emphasis on using and conducting research. 

EDCI 870 Seminar in Science Education (3) 

EDCI 880 Doctoral Proposal Seminar (3) Prerequisite: consent of advisor and 



214 Economics Program 



instructor. EDCI 685 and either EDCI 780 or EDCI 683. Definition of the problem, 
development of research design, design of data collection processes, and writing of 
proposal. 

EDCI 881 Seminar in Instructional Computing (3) 

EDCI 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) Apprenticeships in the major area of 
study are available to selected students whose application for an apprenticeship has 
been approved by the education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at 
least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate staff member of a 
cooperating school, school system, or educational institution or agency. The sponser 
of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. Prerequisites: teaching experience, a master's degree in 
education, and at least six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. 
The total number of credits which a student may earn in EDEL 489, 888, 889 is limited 
to a maximum of twenty semester hours. 

EDCI 889 Internship in education (3-8) Internships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students who have teaching experience. The following groups of 
students are eligible: (a) any student who has been advanced to candidacy for the 
doctor's degree; and (b) any student who receives special approval by the education 
faculty for an internship, provided that prior to taking an internship, such student shall 
have completed at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including at least six 
semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff member in a 
cooperating school, school system, or educational institution or agency. The internship 
must be taken in a school situation different from the one where the student is regularly 
employed. The intern's sponsor maintains a close working relationship with the intern 
and the other persons involved. The total number of credits which a student may earn 
in EDEL 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours. 

EDCI 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Economics Program 

Professor and Chair: Hulten 

Professors: Aaron, Adams, Almon, Bailey, Bergmann, Betancourt, Brechling, Clague, 
Cumberland, Harris, Kelejian, McGuire, Mueller, Oates, O'Connell, Olson, Polakoff, 
Schultze, Straszheim, Ulmer, Wonnacott 
Professor Emeritus: Dillard, Gruchy, Ulmer 

Associate Professors: Bennett, Cropper, Knight, Meyer, Murrell, Panagariya, Weinstein 
Assistant Professors: Coughlin, Kessides, Kiguel, Kole, Prucha, Schwab, Succar, Wallis 
Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Areas of specialization include: economic theory, advanced economic theory, 
comparative economic systems and planning, econometrics, economic development, 
economic history, environmental and natural resource economics, history of economic 
thought, industrial organization, institutional economics, international economics, labor 
economics, monetary economics, public finance, public choice, and regional and 
urban economics. 



Economics Program 215 



Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have taken (or should plan to take immediately) at least one 
advanced undergraduate course in microeconomics, macroeconomics, statistics, and 
calculus. In addition, the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Record Examination is 
required, and the Advanced Economics Test is strongly recommended. Letters of 
recommendation from three persons competent to judge the probability of the 
applicant's success in graduate school should be sent directly to the Director of 
Graduate Studies in Economics. Part-time graduate study is difficult, since few courses 
are taught at night. 

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be taken under either (1) the thesis 
option (24 hours plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis option (30 hours, including 
Economics 621-622, plus a written examination in Economic Theory and a research 
paper). The requirements for the non-thesis option for the M.A. are met automatically in 
the course of the Ph.D. program in Economics. 

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are (1) a written examination in 
economic theory, normally taken at the beginning of the second year of full-time 
graduate study; (2) written examinations in two approved optional fields; (3) a 
comprehensive oral examination covering economic theory and the two optional fields; 
(4) two courses in Quantitative Methods in Economics; (5) two courses (ECON 606, 
607) in the History of Economic Thought; or one in Thought and one in Economic 
History (ECON 611 or 613); (6) foreign language competency or one of several 
options; (7) a research paper available to the faculty at the time of the oral 
comprehensive examination; (8) a dissertation and its successful oral defense. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program in Economics is a comprehensive one. The department 
possesses special strength in the Economics of the Public Sector and Public Choice. 
The department has general strengths in urban economics, poverty, natural resources 
and the environment, in international economics and economic development, and other 
applied areas. Special research projects under the supervision of faculty members 
are carried on in the Economics of Environmental Management, Inter-industry 
Forecasting, and other fields. 

Financial Assistance 

Research assistantships are available in special projects. Numerous teaching 
assistantships are also available. The department can usually help graduate students 
find half-time employment in Federal agencies engaged in economic research. There 
are a limited number of fellowships available, including several for members of groups 
presently underrepresented among economists. 

Additional Information 

A complete description of the requirements of the degrees in economics and the 
admission process is available on request from: 

Director of Graduate Studies in Economics 

Department of Economics 

University of Maryland, 

College Park, Maryland, 20742 



216 ECON — Economics 



Courses 

ECON — Economics 

ECON 401 National Income Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 , 203. Required for 
economics majors. Analysis of the determination of national income, employment, and 
price levels. Discussion of consumption, investment, inflation, and government fiscal 
and monetary policy. 

ECON 402 Business Cycles (3) First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 430. A study of 
the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and secular instability, theories 
of business cycles, and the problem of controlling economic instability. 

ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 , 203. Required for 
economics majors. An analysis of the theories of consumer behavior and of the firm, 
and of general price and distribution theory, with applications to current economic 
issues. 

ECON 405 Intermediate Macro-economic Theory (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 
and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Analysis of determination of national income, 
employment, prices, and growth. Major sectors of economy, models of their 
interaction, fiscal and monetary policy, inflation. Especially recommended for 
economics majors and those with analytic backgrounds. Credit will be given for only 
one course, ECON 401 or ECON 405. 

ECON 406 Intermediate Micro-economic Theory (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 
and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Theory of prices and markets. Analysis of the theory 
of the household and of the firm, concepts of general equilibirium, and welfare 
economics. Especially recommended for economics majors and those with analytic 
backgrounds. Credit will be given for only one course, ECON 403 or ECON 406. 

ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3) Prerequisites: ECON 201 , 203, and 
senior standing. Graduate students should take ECON 705. A survey of the 
development of economic thought since 1900 with special reference to Thorstein 
Veblen and other pre-1939 institutionalists and to post-1945 neo-institutionalist s such 
as J.K. Galbraith and Gunnar Myrdal. 

ECON 415 Introduction to Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the economic and social 
characteristics of underdeveloped areas. Recent theories of economic development, 
obstacles to development, policies and planning for development. 

ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected Areas (3) Prerequisite: ECON 415. 
Institutional characteristics of a specific area are discussed and alternate strategies 
and policies for development are analyzed. 

ECON 421 Economic Statistics (3) Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent. Not open to 
students who have taken BMGT 230 or BMGT 231. An introduction to the use of 
statistics in economics. Topics include: probability, random variables and their 
distributions, sampling theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, 
regression analysis, correlation. 

ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics (3) Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, 
AND 421 (or BMGT 230); or permission of instructor. Emphasizes the interaction 
between the economic problems posed by economists and the assumptions employed 
in statistical theory. Deals with the formulation, estimation and testing of economic 



ECON — Economics 217 



models. Topics include single variable and multiple variable regression techniques, 
theory of identification, autocorrelation and simultaneous equations. Independent work 
relating the material in the course to an economic problem chosen by the student is 
required. 

ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3) Prerequisites: ECON 401 AND 403 and one 

year of college mathematics. A course designed to enable economics majors to 
understand the simpler aspects of mathematical economics. Those parts of the 
calculus and algebra required for economic analysis will be presented. 

ECON 430 Money and Banking (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. The 
structure of financial institutions and their role in the provision of money and near 
money. Analysis of the Federal Reserve System, the techniques of central banks, and 
the control of supply of financial assets in stabilization policy. Relationship of money 
and credit to economic activity and the price level. Credit will be given for only one 
course: ECON 430 or ECON 431. 

ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic Activity (3) Prerequisite: ECON 
401 or ECON 405. Monetary theory and the role of money, financial institutions and 
interest rates in macro models. Analysis of money demand and supply and of the 
Monetarist-Keynesia n debate as they affect inflation and stabilization policy. Credit 
will be given for only one course: ECON 430 or ECON 431. 

ECON 440 International Economics (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. A 
description of international trade and the analysis of international transactions, 
exchange rates, and balance of payments. Analysis of policies of protection, 
devaluation, and exchange rate stabilization and their consequences. Credit will be 
given for only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441 . 

ECON 441 Theory of International Economics (3) Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 
405, and ECON 403 or ECON 406. Theoretical treatment of international trade and 
international finance. Includes Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin theories of comparative 
advantage, analysis of tariffs and other trade barriers, international factor mobility, 
balance of payments adjustments, exchange rate determination, and fiscal and 
monetary policy in an open economy. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 
440 or ECON 441. 

ECON 450 Introduction to Public Sector Economics (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 and 
ECON 203; or ECON 205. The role of federal, state, and local governments in meeting 
public wants. Analysis of theories of taxation, public expenditures, government 
budgeting, benefit-cost analysis and income redistribution, and their policy 
applications. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 454. 

ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203, OR 
205. Analysis of collective decision making, economic models of government, program 
budgeting, and policy implementation; emphasis on models of public choice and 
institutions which affect decision making. 

ECON 454 Theory of Public Finance and Fiscal Federalism (3) Prerequisite: ECON 
403 or ECON 406. Study of welfare economics and the theory of public goods, 
taxation, public expenditures, benefit-cost analysis, and state and local finance. 
Applications of theory to current policy issues. Credit will be given for only one course: 
ECON 450 or ECON 454. 



218 ECON — Economics 



ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. 
Changing structure of the American economy; price policies in different industrial 
classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to problems of public policy. 

ECON 470 Theory of Labor Economics (3) Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. An 
analytical treatment of theories of labor markets. The theory of human capital and 
allocation of time in household labor supply models; marginal productivity theory of 
labor demand; market structure and the efficiency of labor markets; information theory 
and screening; discrimination; distribution of income; and unemployment. Credit will be 
given for only one course: ECON 370 or ECON 470. 

ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Economics (3) Prerequisite: ECON 470. For 
students who wish to pursue, in depth, selected topics in the labor field. Issues and 
topics selected for detailed examination may include: manpower training and 
development, unemployment compensation and social security, race and sex 
discrimination in employment, wage theory, productivity analysis, the problems of 
collective bargaining in public employment, wage-price controls and incomes policy. 

ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 
205. An analysis of the organization, operating principles and performance of the 
Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideological background, planning, 
resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the 
structure and growth of national income. 

ECON 484 The Economy of China (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. 
Policies and performances of the Chinese economy since 1949. Will begin with a 
survey of modern China's economic history. Emphasizes the strategies and institutional 
innovations that the Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems of economic 
development. Some economic controversies raised during the "Cultural Revolution" will 
be covered in review of the problems and prospects of the present Chinese economy. 

ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 
203; OR 205. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with 
special reference to the planning problems of West European countries and the United 
States. 

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Problems and Policies (3) Prerequisites: 
ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An introduction to the study of urban economics through 
the examination of current policy issues. Topics may include suburbanization of jobs 
and residences, housing and urban renewal, urban transportation, development of new 
towns, ghetto economic development, problems in services such as education and 
police. 

ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban Growth (3) Prerequisite: ECON 490 An 
analysis of metropolitan development processes, the consequences of alternative 
growth patterns, and the evaluation of policies to control growth. 

ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional Growth (3) Prerequisite: ECON 
403, or consent of instructor. Study of the theories, problems, and policies of regional 
economic development and the location of economic activity for both rural and 
metropolitan regions. Methods of regional analysis. 

ECON 601 Macro-economic Analysis (3) First semester of a two-semester sequence, 
601 AND 602. Topics normally include general equilibrium theory in classical, 
Keynesian, and post-Keynesian treatments; the demand for money; theories of 



ECON — Economics 219 



consumption behavior and of inflation. 

ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3) Second semester A continuation of 
ECON 601. Major topics include growth and technological change, investment, 
business cycles, and large empirial macroeconomic models. Also included are 
material on wages and employment and on international and domestic stability. 

ECON 603 Micro-economic Analysis I (3) Prerequisite a calculus course or 
concurrent registration in ECON 621 . The first semester of a two-semester sequence 
which analyzes the usefulness and shortcomings of prices in solving the basic 
economic problem of allocating scarce resources among alternative uses. The central 
problem of welfare economics and general equilibrium as a framework for a detailed 
analysis of consumption and production theories including linear programming with 
decisions under uncertainty. 

ECON 604 Micro-economic Analysis II (3) Prerequisite: ECON 603. A continuation of 
ECON 603. Theory of capital, interest and wages. Qualifications of the basic welfare 
theorem caused by noncompetitive market structures, external economies and 
diseconomies and secondary constraints. Application of price theory to public 
expenditure decisions, investment in human capital, international trade, and other 
areas of economics. 

ECON 605 Welfare Economics (3) First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 603. The topics 
covered include Pareto optimality, social welfare funtions, indivisibilities, consumer 
surplus, output and price policy in public enterprise, and welfare aspects of the theory 
of public expenditures. 

ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3) First semester Prerequisite: ECON 403 
or consent of the instructor. A study of the development of economic thought and 
theories including the Greeks, Romans, Canonists, Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Adam 
Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. 

ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) Second semester 
Prerequisite: ECON 606 or consent of the instructor. A study of nineteenth-century and 
twentieth-century schools of economic thought, particularly the Classicists, 
Neo-Classists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic thought, the 
Socialists, and Keynes. 

ECON 611 Seminar in American Economic Development (3) 

ECON 613 Origins and Development of Capitalism (3) Second semester Studies the 
transition from feudalism to modern capitalistic economies in Western Europe. 
Whenever possible, this economic history is analyzed with the aid of tools of modern 
economics, and in the light of comparisons and contrasts with the less developed 
areas of the present day. 

ECON 615 Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) First semester 
Prerequisite: ECON 401 AND 403. An analysis of the forces contributing to and 
retarding economic progress in underdeveloped areas. Macro and micro-economic 
aspects of development planning and strategy are emphasized. 

ECON 616 Seminar in Economic Development (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: 
ECON 615 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ECON 615. Special emphasis is 
on the application of economic theory in the institutional setting of a country or area of 
particular interest to the student. 



220 ECON — Economics 



ECON 617 Money and Finance in Economic Development (3) First semester 
Economic theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real and financial resources to 
finance and accelerate economic development. Monetary, fiscal, and tax reform policy 
and practice by the government sector to design and implement national development 
plans. 

ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3) First semester. An introduction to the theory 
and practice of statistical inference. Elements of computer programming and a review 
of mathematics germane to this and other graduate economics courses are included. 

ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 621 . 
Techniques of estimating relationships among economic variables. Multiple regression, 
the analysis of variance and covariance, and techniques for dealing in time series. 
Further topics in mathematics. 

ECON 623 Econometrics I (3) Introduction to and development of aspects of 
mathematical statistics relevant for econometrics; distribution theory and inference. 
Topics considered include: random variables, density functions, moment generating 
functions, maximum likelihood estimators, sufficient statistics. 

ECON 624 Econometrics II (3) Prerequisite: ECON 623. Formal treatment of 
regression analysis; emphasis on formulation, specifications, and estimation of single 
equation models; elements of computer usage; experience with problems and 
examples. 

ECON 661 The Corporate Firm (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. The 

modern firm; review of the theory of profit; neoclassical and managerial theories of the 
firm. Decisions of the firm: investment, research and development, advertising, 
mergers; analysis of determinants and effects of these decisions. Theoretical and 
empirical studies of the firm. 

ECON 662 Industry Structure, Conduct, and Performance (3) Prerequisites: ECON 
603, 622 OR 624. Determinants of industry structures; structural effects on firm 
conduct and performance. Plant and firm economies of scale and their relation to 
concentration levels. Industry entry barriers; competitive, oligopolistic, and 
monopolistic pricing. Impact of concentration, entry barriers, and other structure 
variables on prices and profits of the industry. Social cost of market power. 

ECON 663 Antitrust Policy and Regulation (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 
624. U.S. Antitrust policy after 1890; actual policies compared to theoretical policies to 
promote economic efficiency. Development of policy toward monopolies, cartels, 
mergers, and patents. Models of the regulatory process and empirical evidence. 
Studies of regulation of electricity, transportation, airlines, and other industries. 
Economics of product safety. Regulation of drugs, automobiles, food, and other 
products. 

ECON 670 The Economics of Labor Markets (3) Prerequisite: ECON 603 or consent 
of instructor. Economics of labor markets with trade unions and governmental control. 
Employer-employee relations in the public, voluntary, and private sectors. Nature of 
unions in bargaining and their impact on relative wages, wage levels, productivity, 
employment, inflation. Economic goals and consequences of public control, 
bargaining, and employment conditions. 

ECON 682 Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union (3) Second 
semester. Prerequisite: ECON 482 or consent of instructor. Measurement and 



ECON — Economics 221 



evaluation of soviet economic growth including interpretation and use of soviet 
statistics, measurement of national income, fiscal policies, investment and 
technological change, planning and economic administration, manpower and wage 
policies, foreign trade and aid. Selected topics in bloc development and reform. 

ECON 686 Economic Growth in Mature Economies (3) A comparative analysis of 
measures for achieving economic stability and progress in mature economies such as 
the major West European countries and the United States, including fiscal and 
monetary policies, tax incentives, manpower programs, redistributional efforts, planning 
procedures and nationalization. 

ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics (3) 

ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3) Prerequisite: background in calculus 
and matrix algebra such as provided by ECON 621 AND 622. Optimization techniques 
such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear programming. Mathematical treatment of 
general equilibrium, including interindustry analysis, the theory of production, 
consumption, and welfare. 

ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3) Prerequisite: ECON 703. Multi-sectoral 
growth models and questions of optimal growth. Last half of course consists of 
presentations of seminar papers. 

ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) Second semester A study 
of the recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory in the United 
States and abroad. 

ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 

ECON 721 Econometrics III (3) Prerequisite: ECON 624. Additional topics on the 
single equation model, including autocorrelation, heteroskedasticity, dummy variables, 
maximum likelihood estimation, and functional forms. Consideration of systems 
problems. 

ECON 722 Econometrics IV (3) Prerequisite: ECON 721. Nonlinear econometric 
systems, simulation, dynamic properties of models, disequilibrium systems, random 
parameter models, Bayesian analysis, Stochastic control, and other topics. Emphasis 
on applications to micro and macro models, to value-of-information problems, and to 
other problems. 

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) First semester. An adequate knowledge 
of micro and macro-economics is assumed. Theory of money, financial assets, and 
economic activity; review of classical, neo-classical and Keynesian contribution; 
emphasis on post-Keynesian contributions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, 
Gurley-Shaw, Friedman, and others. 

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3) Second semester 
Prerequisite: ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of the mechanisms through 
which central banking affects economic activity and prices; formation and 
implementation of of monetary policy; theoretical topics in monetary policy. 

ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3) Prerequisite: ECON 601 The 
international mechanism of adjustment: price, exchange rate, and income changes. 
The flexible exchange rate system, international monetary reform and international 
investment and capital flows. 



222 ECON — Economics 



ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3) Prerequisite: ECON 603 and 
ECON 741. The pure theory of international trade. Comparative costs, the 
Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on factor prices. Tariff analysis, 
commercial policy and customs unions. The gains from trade and ranking of policy 
interventions. 

ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3) Review of utility analysis to 
include the theory of individual consumer resource allocation and exchange and 
welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques upon allocation, 
exchange, and welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their production, 
exchange and consumption. Principles of benefit-cost analysis for government 
decisions. 

ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance (3) Second semester. Theory of taxation and 
tax policy, with particular emphasis on income taxation; empirical studies; the burden 
of the public debt. Research paper by each student to be presented to seminar. 

ECON 755 Theory of Public Choice I (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An 
examination of rationality in individual and collective decision-making with particular 
reference to the theory of games. The reasons why nonmarket collective decision 
procedures are required, the properties of several voting rules, and their normative 
implications. Majority rule, the unanimity rule, the Borda rule, and the demand 
revealing process. The properties of various representative voting mechanisms. 

ECON 756 Theory of Public Choice II (3) Prerequisite: ECON 755 or consent of 
instructor. The normative properties of collective choice procedures. Specific reference 
to the theories of justice advanced by Rawls, Nozick and others; and the import of 
contractarian theories in general. The impossibility theorems of Arrow and Sen. 
Problems raised by voter ignorance and bounded rationality. The theory of 
bureaucracy. 

ECON 771 Advanced Labor Economics: Theory and Evidence (3) Prerequisites: 
ECON 603, 622, 624, or consent of instructor. Modern analytical and quantitative labor 
economics. Labor supply decisions of individuals and households; human capital 
model and distribution of income. Demand for labor; marginal productivity theory, 
imperfect information and screening. Interaction of labor demand and supply; 
unemployment; relative and absolute wages; macroeconomic aspects of the labor 
market. 

ECON 772 Government Policy and the Labor Market (3) Prerequisite: ECON 771 or 
consent of instructor. Impact of governmental programs on the labor market. Programs 
examined chosen from among: employment training and public employment programs; 
public assistance; unemployment insurance, social security, wage-setting policies such 
as fair labor standards act and Davis-Bacon act; policies toward unionization; 
anti-discrimination programs. 

ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 
621, or consent of instructor. Theory of externalities, microeconomic models of 
pollution damage functions, benefits and costs of alternative pollution control 
measures, macroeconomic models of material and energy balance, limits to economic 
growth and long-run problems of intergenerational and interregional efficiency and 
equity. 

ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural Resources (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603 



Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program 223 

AND 621, or consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and non-renewable 
resources from the normative and positive points of view; evaluation of alternative uses 
of natural environments; irreversibilities, discounting and intergenerational transfers. 
Discussion of natural resource problems and policies. 

ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3) Market processes and public policies as 
related to urban problems and metropolitan change. Employment, housing, 
discrimination, transportation and the local public sector. 

ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3) Theoretical and empirical analysis of 
the location and spatial distribution of economic activity. Analysis of regional growth 
and development. The study of analytical methods and forecasting models. 

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Education Policy, Planning, and 
Administration Program 

Professor and Chair: Warren 

Professors: V. Anderson (Emeritus), Andrews, Berdahl, Berman, Carbone, Dudley, 

Finkelstein, Male, McClure (Emeritus), McLoone, Newell (Emeritus), Stephens, van 

Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin (Emerita) 

Associate Professors: Agre, Clague, Goldman, Hopkins, Huden, Lindsay, Noll, Selden, 

Splaine 

Assistant Professors: Coley, Intriligator, King, Schmidtlein, Slater 

Affiliate Assistant Professors: Edelstein, Gilmour, Meisinger 

The Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration offers programs of 

study for the M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as well as for the Advanced 

Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) certificate. Areas of specialization include: administration 

and supervision, curriculum theory and development, education policy, educational 

communications, higher and adult education, and social foundations of education. The 

Ed.D. programs are offered in field-based settings in addition to the College Park 

campus. All of the Department's graduate programs are tailored to students' objectives 

and backgrounds. The programs prepare graduates for careers in research, 

administration, policymaking, planning, supervision, or teaching. Many take positions in 

public or private schools, adult and higher education, non-school educational settings, 

government agencies, or community organizations. Some find career opportunities in 

other countries or with international organizations dealing with education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants must have an overall B average and a B average in the last two years of 
the undergraduate program. In addition, doctoral applicants must have strong Miller 
Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination scores. Selective screening of 
qualified applicants is necessary to limit enrollment to the available faculty resources of 
the Department. Doctoral students take a preliminary examination early in their 
programs. All graduate students must take comprehensive examinations. 

A research, teaching, or administrative internship is required of all A.G.S. and 
doctoral candidates. The internship is performed under faculty supervision in schools, 
colleges, or agencies, in roles that are consistent with the candidate's program 



224 EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

emphasis. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has developed close working relationships with area schools, 
colleges, and local, state, and federal education agencies that serve as resources for 
the academic offerings on campus. Procedures have been established which facilitate 
the use of these agencies for research and field experiences. Embassies in 
Washington, D.C., provide access to materials for the study of foreign education 
systems. Students in the Department make use of the Center for the Study of 
Education Policy and Human Values, Comparative Education Center, the Institute for 
Research in Higher and Adult Education, the Research and Development Laboratory 
on School-Based Administration, and the Center for Curriculum Development and 
Change. 

Financial Assistance 

Some Graduate Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to the Department Chair. 

Courses 

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 412 Logic of Teaching (3) An analysis of the structure of basic subject matters 
in the curriculum and of the standard logical moves in teaching. 

EDPA 440 Utilization of Educational Media (3) Survey of classroom uses of 
instructional media. Techniques for integrating media into instruction. Includes 
preparation of a unit of instruction utilizing professional and teacher produced media. 

EDPA 441 Instructional Materials Development (3) The planning, production, and 
evaluation of a variety of instructional materials for use in education and training. 
Graphic design, lettering, transparencies, mounting, laminating, still photography, 
super 8mm photography, audio, video, slide/tape, planning storyboards and scripts. 

EDPA 442 Instructional Media Services (3) Prerequisites: teaching experience and 
EDPA 440, or equivalent. Procedures for coordinating instructional media programs; 
instructional materials acquisition, storage, scheduling, distribution, production, 
evalution and other service responsibilities; instructional materials center staff 
coordination of research, curriculum improvement and faculty development programs. 

EDPA 443 Instructional Television Utilization (3) Combining televised lessons, 
on-campus seminars, and related workbook assignments, this course focuses upon 
planning for the various uses of instructional television with students. State, local 
school unit, school, and classroom uses wiH be illustrated through film and studio 
production. The aspects of producing ITV programs are developed through the 
television lessons and "hands-on" assignments of the seminars. 

EDPA 444 Programmed Instruction (3) Analysis of programmed instruction 
techniques; selection, utilization and evaluation of existing programs and teaching 
machines; developing learning objectives; writing and validating programs. 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 225 

EDPA 471 The Legal Rights and Obligations of Teachers and Students (3) 

Selected state and federal court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines 
regulating public education: speech and other forms of expression, privacy, 
suspensions, expulsions, search and seizure, tort liability for negligence (including 
education malpractice), hiring, promotion, dismissal and non-renewal of teachers. No 
prior legal training required. 

EDPA 488 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics 
and issues in education policy and administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

EDPA 489 Field Experience in Education (1-4) Prerequisites at least six semester 
hours in education at The University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites as may 
be set by the major area in which the experience is to be taken. Planned field 
experience may be provided for selected students who have had teaching experience 
and whose application for such field experience has been approved by the education 
faculty. Field experience is offered in a given area to both major and non-major 
students. The total number of credits which a student may earn in EDPA 489, 888, and 
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours. 

EDPA 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Available only to mature students who have definite plans for individual study of 
approved problems. 

EDPA 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) The maximum number of credits 
that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester 
hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this 
course heading: Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed 
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, 
speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed 
around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDPA 601 Contemporary Social Issues in Education (3) Theoretical and practical 
consideration of vital social issues currently affecting education. 

EDPA 605 Comparative Education (3) Analyzes and compares leading issues in 
education in various countries of the world, particularly as they relate to crucial 
problems in American education. 

EDPA 610 History of Western Education (3) Educational institutions through the 
ancient, medieval and early modern periods in western civilization, as seen against a 
background of socio-economic development. 

EDPA 611 History of Education in the United States (3) A study of the origins and 
development of the principal features of the present system of education in the United 
States, emphasizing the variety of interpretive and methodological concerns that define 
the field. 

EDPA 612 Philosophy of Education (3) A study of the great educational philosophers 
and systems of thought affecting the development of modern education, with particular 
emphasis on recent scholarship on philosophical problems in education. 



226 EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 613 Educational Sociology (3) The sociological study of education as an 
evolving set of methods and procedures, and body of knowledge. Several major 
theoretical perspectives used by sociologists studying education, comprise the focus 
of the course. 

EDPA 614 Politics of Education (3) Educational institutions as political entities with an 
emphasis on their relationships with federal, state, and local governments as well as 
with interest groups. The application of competing models of the political process to 
the passing of laws, development of budgets, and the control of the formulation, 
implementation, and evaluation of education policies. 

EDPA 620 Education Policy Analysis (3) Policy making in education from planning to 
evaluation with emphasis on the identification of policy problems and the resources 
available to analysts through multi-disciplinary approaches. An introductory experience 
with education policy analysis. 

EDPA 621 Decision Making and Education Policy (3) Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or 
consent of instructor. Organizational decision processes and policy formation within 
educational organizations — schools, colleges, universities, government agencies and 
industry. 

EDPA 622 Values, Ideology, and Education Policy (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or 
consent of instructor. The study of education policy as it reflects values and ideologies 
and as it structures choice. 

EDPA 623 Education Policy and Social Change (3) Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or 
consent of instructor. Relationships between education policy-making and social 
change. The work of theorists in history, economics, political science, philosophy, 
sociology and anthropology. 

EDPA 625 Federal Education Policy (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or consent of 
instructor. Federal involvement in education in the United States from 1780 to the 
present, emphasizing the effects of legislation, court decisions, agencies, and 
presidential initiatives on the distribution of education opportunities. 

EDPA 626 Education Policy and the Young (3) The systematic exploration of 
education policy as it has organized, reflected and influenced the lives of children, 
youth, and families, with particular emphasis on American policies and systems. 

EDPA 627 Education Policy: An International Perspective (3) An analysis of 
education policy issues in various parts of the world. Comparisons with the United 
States. Teachers' organizations and citizen participation in policy determination. Ethnic 
and racial group pressures and attempts to control education policy. 

EDPA 634 The School Curriculum (2-3) A foundations course embracing the 
curriculum as a whole from early childhood through adolescence, including a review of 
historical developments, an analysis of conditions. affecting curriculum change, an 
examination of issues in curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in 
curriculum design. 

EDPA 635 Principles of Curriculum Development (3) Curriculum planning, 
improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the selection and 
organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working in classroom 
and school on curriculum improvement. 

EDPA 636 Communication and the School Curriculum (3) Curriculum development 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 227 

based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's interactions 
with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environment. 
(Listed also as EDEL 636.) 

EDPA 641 Selection and Evaluation of Educational Media (3) Examination of media 
policy, and development of criteria for selection and evaluation of educational 
materials for classroom, school and system use. Measures of readability, listenability, 
visual difficulty, and interest level. 

EDPA 642 Instructional Systems Development (3) Introduction to the systems 
approach to designing instruction. Survey of instructional systems and instructional 
design models. Application of learning/instructional theories to designing instructional 
systems. Analysis of criteria for selecting and utilizing instructional media and for 
evaluating instructional systems. 

EDPA 644 Practicum in Educational Communications (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 642 
Planned and supervised field or internship experience for advanced graduate students 
in educational communications. 

EDPA 650 Professional Seminar in Higher and Adult Education (3) Introduction to 
higher and adult education as a field of study. Origins, current dimensions and 
problems, and emerging issues. Field trips to institutions, state and national capitals, 
and involvement in professional conferences. 

EDPA 651 Higher Education Law (3) Selected court opinions, legislation and 
executive guidelines regulating higher education. First and fourth amendment rights of 
students and faculty, procedural due process, equal educational opportunity, equal 
protection in hiring, promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual and institutional 
liability for civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior legal training required. 

EDPA 652 Higher Education in American Society (3) Examines the concepts of 
academic freedom, corporate autonomy and institutional accountability with emphasis 
on twentieth century relationships between higher education and government in the 
United States. 

EDPA 653 Organization and Administration of Higher Education (3) Basic concepts 
and terminology related to organizational behavior and institutional governance 
structures. The governance and organization of higher education in the United States. 

EDPA 654 The Community and Junior College (3) Historical development and 
philosophical foundations of community and junior colleges in America with emphasis 
on organizational and administrative structures in two year institutions and the clientele 
they serve. 

EDPA 655 Administration of Adult and Continuing Education (3) An overview of the 
field of Adult/Continuing education focusing on the administration of institutions and 
organizations that provide both credit and non-credit educational experiences for adult 
learners. Historical development of adult education in America. Concepts that have 
molded the adult education movement, and issues in financing and delivering adult 
education programs. 

EDPA 656 Collective Bargaining in Higher Education (3) Legal and education policy 
of collective bargaining in higher education. Nature and scope of the bargaining 
process, impact of collective bargaining on academic governance, student interests, 
personnel decisions, and grievance mechanisms. 



228 EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 657 History of Higher Education in the United States (3) History of higher 
education in America from colonial times to the present with emphasis on expansion of 
higher education and the growing complexity of its structures, organization, and 
purposes. 

EDPA 660 Administrative Foundations (3) Develops a theoretical and research 
based structure for the study and practice of administration in the field of education by 
introducing the student to selected contributors to administration, and by indicating the 
multidisciplinary nature of administrative study as it relates to purpose-determination, 
policy-definition, and task-accomplishment. 

EDPA 661 Administrative Behavior and Organizational Management (3) A critical 
analysis of organizational management (informal and formal dimensions), an 
assessment of the contributions from other fields (traditional and emerging) to the 
study of administrative behavior and the governance of organizations, and an analysis 
and assessment of the administrator's motivations, perceptions, and sensitivity as 
determinants of behavior. The theoretical and research bases for these areas and such 
related concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal relations, and sensitivity 
training are examined. 

EDPA 662 Administrative Processes (3) Develops competence with respect to 
selected administrative process areas. Examines efforts to develop theories and 
models in these areas and analyzessesearch studies and their implications for 
administrative practice. Develops skill in selected process areas through such 
techniques as simulation, role-playing, case analysis, and computer-assisted 
instruction. 

EDPA 663 Policy Formulation in Education (3) Introduction to education policy at all 
levels of school governance. Policy formation, administration and evaluation issues are 
studied. Conceptual and analytical models for the study of policy. 

EDPA 664 School Surveys (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Includes study of 
school surveys with emphasis on problems of school organization and adminstration, 
finance and school plant planning. Field work in school surveys is required. 

EDPA 665 The Organization and Administration of Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The work of the secondary school principal. 
Includes topics such as personnel problems, school-community relationships, student 
activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. 

EDPA 666 Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (3) Problems in 
administering elementary schools and improving instruction. 

EDPA 667 Public School Supervision (3) The nature and functions of supervision; 
various supervisory techniques and procedures; human relationship factors; and 
personal qualities for supervision. 

EDPA 671 Elementary and Secondary School Law (3) Selected court opinions, 
legislation and executive guidelines regulating elementary and secondary education. 
Equal educational opportunity, first and fourth amendment rights of students and 
teachers, tort liablity for negligence, equal protection in hiring, firing and non-renewal 
of teachers, individual and institutional liablity for federal civil rights violations and 
common law torts. No prior legal training required. 

EDPA 673 Collective Bargaining in Elementary-secondary Education (3) Evolution 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 229 

and impact of collective bargaining in elementary and secondary education. Impact of 
collective bargaining on the educational power structure, third-party community 
interests and education policy making. 

EDPA 675 Public School Personnel Administration (3) A comparison of practices 
with principles governing the satisfaction of school personnel needs, including a study 
of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewardb, and other benefits. 

EDPA 676 School Finance and Business Administration (3) An introduction to 
principles and practices in the administration of the public school finance activity. 
Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in the educational 
program are considered. 

EDPA 679 Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision (2-4) 

Prerequisite: at least four hours in educational adminstration and supervision or 
consent of instructor. A student may register for two hours and may take the seminar a 
second time for an additional two hours. 

EDPA 690 Research Issues in Education Policy, Planning and Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. An introduction to the practice of research and a 
survey of various modes of conceptualization, problem identification, and research 
design used in studies of education policy, planning, and administration. 

EDPA 700 Qualitative Research Methods in Education (3) Qualitative methods in 
education research, emphasizing the paradigms of philosophy, history, sociology, 
anthropology, and comparative studies as they rely on narrative rather than 
quantitative ordering of data. 

EDPA 705 International Educational Change (3) An exploration and analysis of major 
trends in education in several parts of the world, with attention directed to educational 
change as the outcome of deliberate efforts by nations and international organizations 
as well as those which occur without central planning or direction. 

EDPA 706 Education in Africa (3) An examination of the development of modern 
educational systems in Africa south of the Sahara out of the colonial and pre-colonial 
past into the independent present and future. The focus is on research into the 
changing philosophies and persistent problems in African education. 

EDPA 707 Education in the Near East (3) A consideration of current educational 
problems of the Near East as they have emerged from the confrontation of the 
traditional Muslim educational heritage with the foreign educational activities and the 
forces of nationalism and modernization. 

EDPA 712 Analysis of Educational Concepts (3) Analyses of selected concepts 
used in thinking about education. 

EDPA 732 History of Curriculum Theory and Development (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 
635 or permission of instructor. The writings of major educators in curriculum. 
Conceptual and formal similarities and differences between current curriculum projects 
and historical antecedents. Survey of curriculum materials for classroom use in their 
relationship to the curriculum theory of their time. 

EDPA 734 Organization and Administration of Teacher Education (3) Teacher 
education today. Current patterns and significant emerging changes, particularly those 
involving teachers and schools. Deals with selection, curriculum, research, 
accreditation, and institution-school relationships. 



230 EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary Curriculum (1-3) Current curricular 
trends, issues, theory, and research in the light of past curricular and social thought. 
Linguistic analysis, analysis of thinking, disciplines as modes of inquiry, influence of 
romantic thought, influence of the industrial model, shool as transformer of society, and 
political ideologies. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

EDPA 750 International Higher Education (3) Comparison of higher education 
systems in several countries, and of the problems and issues in higher education 
faced by these countries. 

EDPA 751 Law and Higher Education Policy (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 651 or 
permission of instructor. Analysis and evaluation of judicial and executive branch 
attempts to give operational meaning to federal equity legislation and to develop 
remedial policies relating to equal educational and employment opportunity in 
post-secondary education. 

EDPA 752 State Systems of Higher Education (3) Creation, operation, alteration and 
evaluation of state systems of higher education. Campus autonomy versus public 
accountability. Analysis of topics such as state planning, budget and program review, 
and administration of student aid and federal programs. 

EDPA 753 Higher Education Planning (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 653 or permission of 
instructor. Social science concepts underlying planning. Applications of planning 
concepts and techniques to higher education at institutional, state and national levels. 

EDPA 754 Higher Education Finance (3) Economic perspectives on higher 
education. Ways of financing higher education and current finance issues. Higher 
education budget concepts and processes. 

EDPA 755 Federal Policies in Post-Secondary Education (3) Evolution of the federal 
role, its current scope and funding. Policy issues associated with federal student aid 
programs, research grants and social equity regulations. 

EDPA 756 Curriculum in Higher Education (3) An analysis of research in curriculum 
and of conditions affecting curriculum change, with examination of issues in curriculum 
making based upon the history of higher education curriculum development. 

EDPA 757 College Teaching (3) An analysis of various methods and techniques used 
in college teaching. 

EDPA 759 Seminar in Adult and Continuing Education (3) Current issues and 
problems in adult and continuing education and lifelong learning in America. 

EDPA 760 The Human Dimension in Administration (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or 
consent of instructor. Theory, research findings, and laboratory experiences in human 
skills in organizations. Goal setting, communication, conflict, decision making 
evaluation, and consultant intervention. 

EDPA 761 Group Relationships in Administration (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or 
consent of instructor. Group relationships and relevant administrative skills in 
educational settings. The role of authority, group maturation, group member roles, 
group decision making, and intra-group and inter-group conflict. 

EDPA 764 General Systems Theory I (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 662 or permission of 
instructor. Theory of complex systems, principles and mechanisms of regulation, 
control, and adaptation in physical, biological, social, and symbolic systems. 
Equi-finality, evolution, feedback, hierarchy theory, homeostasis, requisite variety, and 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 231 

self-organization. Applications to policy making, planning, and management in 
educational organizations. 

EDPA 765 General Systems Theory II (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 764 or permission of 
instructor. General systems theory applied to actual organizational problems. Field 
work and relevant social science literature for the definition of one or more key, 
long-range problems and the development of plans to solve the problems. 

EDPA 766 Child Accounting (2) An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the 
school system, including an examination of the marking system. 

EDPA 788 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics 
and issues in education policy and administration. Repeatable to maximum of six 
credits. 

EDPA 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) Master's, AGS, or doctoral 
candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of 
their advisors may register for credit under this number. 

EDPA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registration required to the extent of six 
hours for master's thesis. 

EDPA 805 Seminar in Comparative Education (3) Analysis of educational issues on 
a worldwide basis with opportunities to focus on a particular country on an individual 
basis. Analysis of qualitative research methods as used in cross-cultural and 
comparative education studies. 

EDPA 809 Research Methods (3) Specific methodologies employed in educational 
studies. 

EDPA 811 Seminar in History of Education (3) Examination of current developments 
and continuing controversies in the field of history of education. The analysis of the 
various ways in which history of education is approached methodologically and 
interpretatively. 

EDPA 812 Seminar in Philosophy of Education (3) Examination of current 
developments and continuing controversies in the field of philosophy of education. The 
function of educational philosophy, methodological approaches, and current research 
trends. 

EDPA 813 Seminar in Educational Sociology (3) Sociological analysis of educational 
processes and institutions; emphasis on the social effects of formal organizations. 

EDPA 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 635 Critical and 
analytic review of major themes, concepts and language forms relevant to current 
curriculum theory and research. 

EDPA 839 Seminar in Teacher Education (3-6) A problem seminar in teacher 
education. A maximum of six hours may be earned in this course. 

EDPA 850 Seminar in Problems of Higher Education (3) Contemporary issues and 
problems in post-secondary education relevant to the interests of both administrators 
and college/universtiy faculty members. Problems of individual interest. Preparation of 
papers for publication on post-secondary education topics. 

EDPA 851 College and University Development (3) Identification and acquisition of 
extramural fiscal resources for institutions of higher education. The nature of 



232 EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

philanthropy, foundation solicitation, alumni administration, publications and public 
relations, and funding agency relationships. 

EDPA 853 Problems in Higher Education (3) Consideration of current issues in 
higher education from a historical perspective. 

EDPA 855 Lifelong Learning Policy (3) Prerequisites: consent of instructor. Analysis 
of policy initiatives that affect opportunities for adults to engage in continued learning. 
Policies of business and industrial firms, government agencies, unions and 
professional societies, nonprofit organizations, and postsecondary education 
institutions. 

EDPA 861 Seminar: Research in School Effectiveness (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 660, 
661 , 662, 663, and consent oof7instructor. Examination of organizational effectiveness 
and the methodologies for assessing organizational effectiveness. An individual 
research project is required. 

EDPA 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of Administrative Behavior (3) Prerequisite: 
EDPA 660, 661, 662, 663, and consent of instructor. Study of administrative behavior 
in educational institutions. Development of a research design for the study of 
administrative behavior in one educational institution. 

EDPA 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) Apprenticeships in the major area of 
study are available to selected students whose application for an apprenticeship has 
been approved by the education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at 
least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate staff member of a 
cooperating school, school system, or educational institution or agency. The sponsor 
of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. Prerequisites: teaching experience, a Master's degree in 
education, and at least six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. 
The total number of credits which a student may earn in EDPA 489, 888 AND 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours. 

EDPA 889 Internship in Education (3-8) Internships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students who have teaching experience. The- following groups of 
students are eligible: (a) any student who has been advanced to candidacy for the 
doctor's degree; and (b) any student who receives special approval by the Education 
faculty for an internship, provided that prior to taking an internship, such student shall 
have completed at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including at least six 
semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff member in a 
cooperating school, school system, or educational institution or agency. The internship 
must be taken in a school situation different from the one where the student is regularly 
employed. The intern's sponsor maintains a close working relationship with the intern 
and the other persons involved. The total number of credits which a student may earn 
in EDPA 489, 888 AND 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours. 

EDPA 895 Research Critique Seminar " (3) Critiques of research designs in 
preparation for the doctoral dissertation. 

EDPA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) Registration required to the extent of 
6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a PH.D. Dissertation. 



Electrical Engineering Program 233 



Electrical Engineering Program 

Professor and Chair: Davisson 

Professors: Baras, Barbe, Blankenship, Chu 1 , DeClaris, Ephremides, Galloway 
(part-time), Granatstein, Harger, Hochuli, Lee, Levine, Ligomenides, Lin, Mayergoyz, 
Newcomb, Ott 2 , Peckerer (part-time), Rabin, Reiser, 2 , Slaughter, Taylor, Thee 
Associate Professors: Antonsen, Davis, Destler, Emad, Gligor, Ja'Ja', Krishnaprasad, 
Pugsley, Silio, Simons, Striffler, Tretter, Zaki 

Assistant Professors: Abed, Farvardin, Ho, loannou, Makowski, Nakajima, Narayan, 
Owens, Shamma, Tits, Visvanathan, Webb 
1 joint appointment with Computer Science 
2 joint appointment with Physics 

The Electrical Engineering Department offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. 
and Ph.D. degrees. A diverse offering of courses, as well as seminars, colloquium 
series, and thesis guidance, encompasses a broad spectrum of topics. Specialization 
is possible in circuits (network analysis and synthesis, microwave and integrated 
circuits, computer-aided design and biomedical applications), communications 
(random processes; detection, estimation and coding, information theories; digital 
signal processing, optical communications, communication networks, remote sensing 
systems), computers (computer architecture and design, operating and software 
systems), control (computer-aided design, nonlinear, and distributed parameter 
systems, system optimization, optimal and stochastic control), and electrophysics 
(electromagnetic theory, charged-particle dynamics, quantum electronics, microwave, 
antenna, and optical engineering), lasers, nonlinear optics, and spectroscopy. 

Joint programs are maintained with the mathematics, physics, and computer 
science departments and the material science and chemical physics programs. 
Opportunities for programs of study in conjunction with many national laboratories and 
technical facilities also exist. The department has active research projects in optical 
communication, communication networks, coding theory, control theory, remote 
sensing, charged-particle dynamics energy conversion devices, electric energy 
systems, and many other areas. 

Employment opportunities for graduates of the Department have been exceptionally 
rich in recent years. Private industry, research laboratories, government agencies and 
labs, and academic institutions have been hiring at virtually unprecedented rates. This 
strong demand should continue through the coming decade. The accompanying 
salary scales have been, and should continue to be, very attractive. Recent graduates 
from the Electrical Engineering Department have been employed by IBM, 
Westinghouse, the Applied Physics Laboratory, the Naval Research Laboratory and 
similar institutions in advanced research and development positions. Others have 
been employed by consulting firms working on a wide range of special problems. The 
growing demand for engineering faculty, particularly in the areas of computer 
engineering and microelectronics, has created a large number of opportunities for 
those interested in teaching careers. 



234 Electrical Engineering Program 



Admission and Degree Information 

Present minimum requirement for admission to the Graduate School as an Electrical 
Engineering student is graduation from an ECPD accredited undergraduate program in 
Electrical Engineering with an average no lower than B, or similar undergraduate 
preparation in mathematics, computer science, physics, or other areas of engineering 
or science. 

Requirements for the master's thesis and nonthesis options are those of the 
Graduate School. All requirements must be completed within 5 years. 

Requirements for the Ph.D. degree include a minimum of 42 semester hours of 
graduate approved courses; the Ph.D. qualifying examination; and completion of all 
dissertation and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

There are modern research and project laboratories within the department which 
support a wide variety of research programs. These laboratories include a laser and 
electromagnetics laboratory; a microprocessor development laboratory; a gas laser 
laboratory (He, Ne, and C02 laser stability and lifetime and applications); a solid state 
laser laboratory (nonlinear optics); an integrated circuits laboratory (a full-line facility 
capable of producing monolithic, thin-film, and MOS structures); a VLSI Design 
laboratory; a microwave circuits laboratory; and an electron-ring accelerator laboratory 
(ion beam acceleration studies). The department has an excellent research 
computational facility including a VAX 11/780, Pyramid, and Ridge super 
mini-computers, several design work stations (Valid, Sun), and enhanced PC's, and 
extensive links to the University's central computing facility. A complete engineering 
library is housed nearby in conjunction with the mathematics and physical science 
collections. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to graduate students in the form of Graduate Research 
Assistantships, Graduate Teaching Assistantships and Fellowships. Applications for 
Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships should be completed and sent to the 
Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies. 

Graduate Research Assistantships are awarded subject to availability of funds and 
are renewed subject to satisfactory research progress. Summer appointments are 
often available. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usually awarded in April. Preference is given 
to United States citizens. Duties may include laboratory teaching assignments, 
assistance in the computation facility, or assistance in courses. Teaching Assistants 
must register for at least nine credit hours per semester. 

Graduate Research Fellowships are available for highly qualified applicants in a 
number of areas. In addition, the Fairchild Scholars Program, operated in conjunction 
with Fairchild Industries, provides a unique opportunity for graduate study. 

Local industries and government agencies have work-study programs in which 
about half of the Electrical Engineering graduate student body participates. Application 
should be made directly to the agencies. 



ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 235 



Additional Information 

Special brochures or publications offered by the Department may be obtained by 
writing to this address: 

Electrical Engineering Office of 

Graduate Studies 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 

ENEE 400 Computer Aided Circuit Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 314 Computer 
aided analysis of electronic devices and components. Network topology, computer 
formulation of Kirchhoff laws, nodal analysis of linear and non-linear networks, 
computer formulation of the state equations, time domain and frequency domain 
solution, sensitivity calculations. 

ENEE 407 Microwave-circuits Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: Senior standing in 
electrical engineering or consent of instructor. One lecture and three lab hours per 
week. Experiments concerned with circuits constructed from microwave components 
providing practical experience in the design, construction and testing of such circuits. 
Projects include microwave filters and S-parameter design with applications of current 
technology. 

ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or equivalent knowledge of 
circuit theory or consent of the instructor. This course is intended for students in the 
physical sciences, and for engineering students requiring additional study of electron 
circuits. Credit not normally given for this course in an electrical engineering major 
program. (ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an associated laboratory). P-n 
junctions, transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating point stability, switches, 
large-signal analysis, models, small-signal analysis, frequency response, feedback and 
multistage amplifiers, pulse and digital circuits. 

ENEE 412 Advanced Electronics (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Design and analysis of 
tuned circuits, oscillators, VCO's phase-locked loops, multipliers, modulators and A/D 
converters and their application in telemetry, communication and instrumentation. 

ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory (2) One lecture and three laboratory hours per 
week. Prerequisite: ENEE 314. The specification, design and testing of basic 
electronic circuits and practical interconnections. Emphasis on design with discrete 
solid state and integrated circuit components for both analog and digital circuits. 

ENEE 414 Network Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Network properties: linearity, 
reciprocity, etc.; 2-Port descriptions and generalization: Y, S, hybird matrices; 
description properties: symmetry, para-unity, etc,; basic topological analysis; 
state-space techniques; computer-aided analysis; sensitivity analysis; approximation 
theory. 

ENEE 416 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite : ENEE 304. Active and passive 
components, passivity, bounded and positive real, RC properties and synthesis, Brune 
and Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage and Y21 synthesis, active feedback 
configurations, image parameter design, computer-aided optimization synthesis via the 
embedding concept. 



236 ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 



ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3) Hours to be arranged 
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. May be taken for 
repeated credit up to a total of 4 credits, with the permission of the student's advisor 
and the instructor. Theoretical and experimental projects. 

ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical Engineering (2-3) Hours to be arranged 
Prerequisite: completion of sophomore courses and permission of an apprenticeship 
director. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of nine credits. A unique 
opportunity for experience in experimental research and engineering design. A few 
highly qualified students will be selected as apprentices in one of the research 
facilities of the electrical engineering department and will participate in the current 
research under the supervision of the laboratory director. In the past, apprenticeships 
have been available in the following laboratories: biomedical, electron ring accelerator, 
gas laser, integrated circuits, simulation and computer, and solid state laser. 

ENEE 420 Communication Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 324. Fourier series, 
Fourier transforms and linear system analysis; random signals, autocorrelation 
functions and power spectral densities; analog communication systems: amplitude 
modulation, single-sideband modulation, frequency and phase modulation, sampling 
theorem and pulse-amplitude modulation; digital communication systems pulse-code 
modulation, phase-shift keying, differential phase shift keying, frequency shift keying; 
performance of analog and digital communication systems in the presence of noise. 

ENEE 421 Information Theory and Coding (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 324 Definition of 
information and entropy; Memoryless and Markov sourcces; source coding; Kraft and 
MacMillan inequalities; Shannon's first theorem; Hoffman Codes; Channels, Mutual 
Information, and Capacity; Shannon's Noisy Channel Coding Theorem; Error Correcting 
Codes. 

ENEE 425 Digital Signal Processing (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 322. Sampling as a 
modulation process; aliasing; the sampling theorem; the Z-transform and discrete-time 
system analysis; direct and computer-aided design of recursive and nonrecursive 
digital filters; the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT); 
digital filtering using the FFT; analog-to-digital and digital-to analog conversion; effects 
of quantization and finite-word-length arithmetic. 

ENEE 426 Communication Networks (3) Prerequisite: Consent of department. The 
main design issues associated with ordinary, single-user, point-to-point communication 
systems and their juxtaposition to those involved in multi-user systems such as 
computer networks, satellite systems, radio nets, and general comminication networks. 
Application of analytical tools of queueing theory to design problems in such networks. 
Review of proposed architectures and protocols. 

ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Networks and Signals (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 204 
or 300. Introduction in the generation and processing of bioelectric signals including 
structure and function of the neuron, membrane theory, generation and propagation of 
nerve impulses, synaptic mechanisms, transduction and neural coding of sensory 
events, central nervous system processing of sensory information and correlated 
electrical signals, control of effector organs, muscle contraction and mechanics, and 
models of neurons and neural networks, course in 

ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical Processes in Biology and Medicine (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or 300. Techniques for recording biological signals such as 
brain, muscle and cardial electrical potentials; membrane theory; half-cell potentials, 



ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 237 



liquid junction potentials, polarization of electrodes; biological and medical 
instrumentation; and applications in the design of cardial pacemakers, or a similar 
case study. 

ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical Engineering (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. May be taken for repeated credit. The content may vary from semester to 
semester. Selected topics of current interest from such areas as bioelectric systems, 
modeling instrumentation, automated diagnostic, health-care delivery, etc. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 9 hours. 

ENEE 440 Microprocessors (3) Prerequisite: ENEE250. Microprocessor architectures, 
instruction sets, assembly language programming; memory organization, I/O 
interfacing (programmed, DMA, interrupt), special interfaces, (A/D and D/A converters, 
keyboard, display, floppy disc, etc.). 

ENEE 442 Software Engineering (3) Prerequisites: ENES 240; ENEE 250 or 
equivalent. Architectural aspects of software engineering. Machine language and 
machine structure; assembly language and assemblers; macro-language and 
macro-processors; loaders and linkers; programming languages and language 
structure; compilers and interpreters; operating systems. 

ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 250 Review of 
switching algebra; gates and logic modules; map simplification techniques; 
multiple-output systems; memory elements and sequential systems; large switching 
systems; iterative networks; sample designs, computer oriented simplification 
algorithms; state assignment; partition techniques; sequential system decompositions. 

ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: ENEE 444. One lecture and three 
lab hours per week. Hardware oriented experiments providing practical experience in 
the design, construction, and checkout of components and interfaces for digital 
computers and data transmission systems. Projects include classical design 
techniques and applications of current technology. 

ENEE 446 Digital Computer Design (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 250. Essential elements of 
the hardware design of digital computers. Arithmetic and logic units, adders, 
multipliers, dividers, logic and shifting operations, floating point arithmetic. Memory 
organization, design of a basic computer: instruction set, bus structure, fetch-execute 
microoperations, hard-wired control unit, microprogrammed control unit, index 
registers, indirect addressing, interrupt operation, direct memory access. Organization 
of commercially available computers. No student will be allowed credit for both CMSC 
410 and ENEE 446. 

ENEE 450 Discrete Structures (3) Prerequisite: ENES 240 or equivalent. Review of set 
algebra including relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic structures 
including semigroups and groups. Graph theory including trees and weighted graphs. 
Boolean algebra and propositional logic. Applications of these structures to various 
areas of computer engineering. 

ENEE 460 Control Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 322. Mathematical models for 
control system components. Transform and time domain methods for linear control 
systems. Introductory stability theory. Root locus, Bode diagrams and Nyquist plots. 
Design specifications in the time and frequency domains. Compensation design in the 
time and frequency domain. Introduction to sampled data systems. Introduction to 
computer aided design of control systems. 



238 ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 



ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: ENEE 460. One lecture and 
three lab hours per week. Projects to enhance the student's understanding of 
feedback control systems and to familiarize him with the characteristics and limitations 
of real control devices. Students will design, build, and test servomechanisms, and will 
conduct analog and hybrid computer simulations of control systems. 

ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Computation (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 304, 
and MATH 246 or consent of instructor. Matrix algebra, state space analysis of 
discrete systems, state space analysis of continuous systems, computer algorithms for 
circuit analysis, optimization and system simulation. 

ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical Machinery (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 304. 
Electromechanical transducers, theory of electromechanical systems, power and 
wideband transformers, rotating electrical machinery from the theoretical and 
performance points of view. 

ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical Machinery Laboratory (1) Corequisite: ENEE 
472. Experiments on transformers, synchronous machines, induction motors, synchros, 
loudspeakers, other transducers. 

ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381 
Review of Maxwell's equation, electromagnetic properties of dielectrics; introduction to 
quantum mechanics and quantum statistics; classical and quantum theory of metals; 
theory of semiconductors and semiconductor devices; principle of magnetic devices 
and selected topics. 

ENEE 481 Antennas (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381. Introduction to the concepts of 
radiation, generalized far field formulas; antenna theorems and fundamentals; antenna 
arrays, linear and planar arrays; aperture antennas; terminal impedance; propagation. 

ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measurements Laboratory (2) Prerequisites: ENEE 305 
and ENEE 380. One lecture and three lab hours per week. Experiments designed to 
provide familiarity with a large class of micro-wave and optical components, 
techniques for interconnecting them into useful systems, and techniques of high 
frequency and optical measurements. 

ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and Engineering Principles (3) 

Prerequisites: ENEE 380 and PHYS 420, or consent of the instructor. Sources of 
charged particles; methods of acceleration and focusing of ion beams in 
electromagnetic fields; basic theory, design, and engineering principles of particle 
accelerators. 

ENEE 488 Topics in Electrical Engineering (3) Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of six credits, with the 
permission of the student's advisor and the instructor. 

ENEE 494 Solid State Devices (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Introduction to 
semiconductor materials; p-n junctions; metal-semiconductor contacts; bipolar 
transistors, insulated gate field effect transistors; and related selected topics. 

ENEE 495 Integrated Circuit Technology (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 494. Introduction to 
the fabrication technologies for integrated circuits including oxidation, diffusion, and 
photolithography ; concepts of bipolar and MOS device design; layout of simple digital 
ICs. 

ENEE 496 Lasers and Electro-optic Devices (3) Pre- or corequisite: ENEE 381 



ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 239 



Optical resonators, fabry-perot etalon. Theory of laser oscillation, rate equations. 
Gaseous, solid state, semiconductor and dye laser systems. Electro-optic effects and 
parametric oscillators. Holography. 

ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Every semester 
regular seminars are held in electrical science and in the six areas of specialization 
offered by the electrical engineering department. They may be taken, by arrangement 
with the student's advisor, for repeated credit. 

ENEE 609 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of the 
instructor. Individual projects on advanced systems in electrical engineering. May be 
repeated for credit up to a maximum of three credits. 

ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory (3) Undergraduate circuit theory or consent of 
the instructor. Matrix algebra, network elements, ports, passivity and activity, 
geometrical and analytical descriptions of networks, state variable characterizations, 
scattering matrices, signal flow graphs, sensitivity. 

ENEE 612 Non-linear and Analog Integrated Circuits (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 610 or 
consent of instructor. The theory and design of nonlinear and analog circuits suitable 
for integrated circuit realization. Design projects required. 

ENEE 620 Random Processes in Communication and Control (3) Prerequisite: 
ENEE 324 or equivalent. Introduction to random processes: characterization, 
classification, representation; Gaussian and other examples. Linear operations on 
random processes, stationary processes: covariance function and spectral density. 
Linear least square waveform estimating Wiener-Kolmogroff filtering, Kalman-Bucy 
recursive filtering: function space characterization, non-linear operations on random 
processes. 

ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection Theory (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent 
or consent of instructor. Estif unknown parameters, Cramer-Rao lower bound; 
optimum (map) demodulation; filtering, amplitude and angle modulation, comparison 
with conventional systems; statistical decision theory Bayes, Minimax, 
Neyman/Pearson, Criteria-68 simple and composite hypotheses; application to 
coherent and incoherent signal detection; M-ary hypotheses; application to uncoded 
and coded digital communication systems. (Listed also as MAPL 644.) 

ENEE 625 Multi-user Communication (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 620. Basic queueing 
models. Store-and forward communications networks; switching modes; 
delay-throughput measures; capacity assignment; routing; topological design; 
computational aspects; flow control; error control; protocols; specification and 
validation; local networks; satellite and packet radio systems; multiple access 
schemes; stability and performance; multi-user information theory; and large scale 
system theory. 

ENEE 630 Advanced Topics: Radar Signals and Systems (3) Corequisite: ENEE 
620. Review of linear systems and signals: fourier transform representation time 
bandwidth product, resolution, complex representation; maximum signal-to-noise ratio 
criterion receiver and signal design, radar range equation; statistical detection theory: 
probability of error performance; statistical estimation theory: unknown parameters, 
range-Doppler radar, ambiguity problem, asymptotic maximum likelihood estimation 
and Cramer-Rao lower bound; resolution of multiple objects. 



240 ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 



ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and Muscles With Applications to Prosthetic 
Devices (3) Prerequisite: undergraduate degree in engineering or physics, or 
permission of the instructor. Principles and circuit models for resting and active 
membrane potentials of nerves and muscles; synaptic mechanisms including 
probabilistic models of neuromuscular transmission; electrode potentials and reactions; 
propagation of biopotentials in a volume conductor; properties, mechanical models, 
and circuit analogs for muscles and proprioceptors; spinal reflexes in the control of 
posture; applications of the above in the design of prosthetic and orthotic devices. 

ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and Signal Processing in Sensory Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 633 or ENEE 435 or permission of the instructor. General 
organization of sensory systems; receptor mechanisms; receptor and neural models; 
statistics of neural spike trains; peripheral signal processing in sensory systems, with 
emphasis on vision and audition; introduction to signal processing in the central 
nervous system; applications to development of sensory protheses. 

ENEE 642 Software System Implementation (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 442 or 
equivalent. Implementation aspects of software engineering. Programming languages; 
architectural designs; program design; structured programming; peripheral storage 
devices; I/O programming; debugging and evaluation. 

ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 446. Introduction to 
design techniques for digital computers; digital arithmetic; logic circuits; digital 
memories; design of computer elements; arithmetic unit; and control unit. A simple 
digital computer will be designed. 

ENEE 648 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering (3) Every semester courses 
intended for high degree of specialization are offered by visiting or regular electrical 
engineering faculty members in two or more of the areas listed in 488. The student 
should check with the electrical engineering office of graduate studies for a list and the 
description of the topics offered currently. 

ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching Theory (3) Prerequisites ENEE 450 and ENEE 
444. Application of algebraic techniques to combinatorial switching networks; 
multi-valued systems; symmetries and their use; optimization algorithms; heuristic 
techniques; majority and threshold logic; function decomposition; cellular cascades. 

ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Machines (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444. 
Machine realizations; partitions and the substitution property; pair algebras and 
applications; variable dependence; decomposition; loop-free structures; set system 
decompositions; semigroup realizations. 

ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Systems (3) Prerequisite ENEE 443 Mechanistic 
methods for differential equation solution; application of analog or hybrid computers 
and digital differential analyzers for that purpose; design and structure of languages 
for digital-analog simulation on a general purpose digital computer: mimic language 
and examples of its use. Class will run simulation programs on a largr-scale computer. 

ENEE 660 Modern Control System Design Method (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 and 
ENEE 620, or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Applications of state space 
design methods; linear regulator problem and applications to tracking, stabilization 
and disturbance elimination; self-tuning regulators. State estimators. The second 
method of Liapunov and applications in contol systems design. Applications of modern 
frequency domain methods in control system design; diagonal dominance, dynamic 



ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 241 



compensation, decoupling. Applications of the linear quadratic Gaussian problem in 
control systems design. Case studies from industrial, guidance and other engineering 
control problems. Analysis of computer algorithms are analyzed for each of the above 
four basic design methods provided. Analysis of interactive computer aided design 
methods and validation procedures are extensively analyzed. 

ENEE 661 Nonlinear Control Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of 
instructor. State space methods of stability analysis including second order systems 
and the phase plane, linearization and stability in the small, stability in the large and 
Lyapunov's second method. Frequency domain methods including the describing 
function. Popov's method and functional analytic methods. Introduction to Volterra 
series representations of nonlinear systems. Applications to conrol system design. 

ENEE 662 Sampled-data Control Systems (3) Prerequsite, preparations in linear 
feedback control theory or consent of instructor. Z-transform and modified Z-transform 
method of analysis, root locus and frequency response methods of analysis, ideal and 
finite width sampling, discrete and continuous compensation of digital control systems, 
state space equations, controllability and observability of discrete systems, stability, 
minimum time and minimum energy control, statistical design and the discrete Kalman 
filter. 

ENEE 663 System Theory (3) General systems models. State variables and state 
spaces. Differential dynamical systems. Discrete time systems. Linearity and its 
implications. Controllability and observability. State space structure and representation. 
Realization theory and algorithmic solutions. Parameterizations of linear systems; 
canonical forms. Basic results from stability theory. Stabilizability. Fine structure of 
linear multivariable systems; minimal indices and polynomial matrices. Inverse nyquist 
array. Geometric methods in design. Interplay between frequency domain and state 
space design methods. Interactive computer-aided design methods. (Listed also as 
MAPL 640) 

ENEE 664 Optimal Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of the instructor. 
General optimization and control problems. Static optimization problems. Linear and 
nonlinear programming methods. Geometric interpretations. Dynamic optimization 
problems. Discrete time maximum principle and applications. Pontryagin maximum 
principle in continuous time. Dynamic-programming. Feedback realization of solutions. 
Extensive applications to problems in optimal design, navigation and guidance, power 
systems. Introduction to state constrained and singular optimal control problems. 
(Listed also as MAPL 641 .) 

ENEE 665 Linear System Identification (3) Prerequisite: MATH 400 and ENEE 322 or 
equivalent ENEE 6200 representations for linear systems. Parameter estimation 
techniques such as least square and maximum likelihood. Correlation methods with 
white noise inputs. Stochastic approximation and gradient algorithms. Applications of 
quarilinearization and invariant imbedding. Effect of abrevation noise. 

ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381 or equivalent. 
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Maxwell's equations. Boundary 
value problems of electrostatics and magnetostatics. 

ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory II (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381 or equivalent. 
Continuation of ENEE 680. Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of 
Maxwell's equations. The homogeneous wave equation. Plane wave propgation. The 
interaction of plane waves and material media. Retarded potentials. The Hertz 



242 ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 



potential. Simple radiating systems. Relativisitic covariance of Maxwell's equations. 

ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Electron and Ion Beams (3) Three hours per 
week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. General principles of single-particle 
dynamics; mapping of the electric and magnetic fields; equation of motion and 
methods of solution; production and control of charge particle beams; electron optics; 
Liouville's theorem; space charge effects in high current beams; design principles of 
special electron and ion beam devices. 

ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave Phenomena With Electrical Application (3) Two 

lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 381 and ENEE 382 or equivalent. Introduction of 
quantum and wave phenomena from electrical engineering point of view. Topics 
included: general principles of quantum mechanics, operator algebra, the microwave 
resonant cavity and the analagous potential well problem, harmonic oscillator, 
hydrogenic atom. Perturbation method applied to the transmission line and potential 
well problems. Periodically loaded transmission line and Kronig-Penny model of band 
theory. 

ENEE 696 Integrated and Microwave Electronics (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 310. 
Registration in ENEE 793 recommended. Active and passive elements used in 
semiconductor structures. Design application of linear and digital integrated circuits. 

ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and Technology (3) Prerequisite ENEE 496 or 
equivalent. Registration in ENEE 793 recommended. The principles, structures and 
characteristics of semiconductor devices. Technology and fabrication of 
semiconductor devices. 

ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 605 or equivalents. 
Single-frequency models for transistors; small-signal and wide-band models for 
general non-reciprocal devices, hybrid-PI and TEE models for transistors; relationship 
of models to transistor physics; synthesis of wide-band models from terminal behavior, 
computer utilization of models for other semiconductor devices. 

ENEE 721 Information Theory (3) Corequisite: ENEE 620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or 
equivalent. Information measure, entropy, mutual information; source encoding; 
noiseless coding theorem, noisy coding theorem; exponential error bounds; 
introduction to probabilistic error correcting codes, block and convolutional codes and 
error bounds; channels with memory; continuous channels; rate distortion function. 
(Same as MAPL731.) 

ENEE 722 Error Correcting Codes (3) Introduction to linear codes; bounds on the 
error correction capabilities of codes; convolutional codes with threshold, sequential 
and viterbi decoding; cyclic random error correcting codes; P-N sequences; cyclic 
and convolutional burst error correcting codes. 

ENEE 724 Digital Signal Processing (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or consent of 
instructor. Review of Z transforms; correlations functions and power spectral densities 
for discrete time stochastic proces;es: discrete time Wiener filters; methods for 
designing digital filters to meet precise frequency domain specifation; effects of 
truncation, round-off and finite word length arithmetic on the accuracy and stability of 
digital filters; adaptive equalizers for narrow band data channels; discrete fourier 
transform ans fast fourier transform; homomorphic filtering; Gauss-Markov estimates; 
spectral density estimation. 



ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 243 



ENEE 728 Advanced Topics in Communication Theory (3) Topics selected, as 
announced, from advanced communication theory and its applications. 

ENEE 730 Advanced Topics: Radar Signals and Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 
620 or equivalent. The theory of imagine radar systems. Classiciations, resolution 
mechanisms, and principles. System design for additive noise: effects of ambiguity, 
multiplicative noise, motion errors, nonlinearities, and scattering mechanism. System 
design for ambiguity and multiplicative noise. Optical processing. Application to 
synthetic aperture, astronomical, and hologram radar. 

ENEE 733 Neural Control of Animal Movement (3) Prerequisite ENEE 633 or 634 
Properties of muscles, proprioceptors, reflexes, and central nervous system structures; 
linear and nonlinear models; field potential analysis and theories of cerebellar function; 
and the control and coordination of these structures during voluntary and involuntary 
movement in animals. 

ENEE 746 Digital Systems Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 646. Systems aspects 
of digital-computer-based systems; data flow analysis; system organization; control 
languages; consoles and displays; remote terminals; software-hardware tradeoff; 
system evaluation; case studies from selected applications areas such as data 
acquisition and reduction information storage, or the like. 

ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
Such topics as computer arithmetic, computer reliability, and threshold logic will be 
considered. May be taken for repeated credit. 

ENEE 760 Mathematical Methods in Control Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 
or consent of instructor. Applications of compactness in control and communication, 
geometric methods in optimal control of lumped and distributed systems and harmonic 
analysis of linear systems. Applications to control and estimation problems. (Listed 
also as MAPL 740.) 

ENEE 761 Control of Distributed Parameter Systems (3) Prerequisite: An 
introductory course in functional analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760, and 
background in control and system theory. Study of systems governed by paritial 
differential equations. Delay systems. Boundary and distributed control, Lyapunov 
stability. Optimal control of systems governed by paritial differential equations and of 
delay systems. Applications to continuum mechanics, distributed networks, biology, 
economics, and engineering. (Same as MAPL 741.) 

ENEE 762 Stochastic Control (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 620 or equivalent; and ENEE 
663/MAPL 640; or consent of the instructor. Stochastic control systems, numerical 
methods for the Ricatti equation, the separation principle, control of linear systems with 
Gaussian signals and quadratic cost, non-linear stochastic control, stochastic stability, 
introduction to stochastic games. (Same as MAPL 742.) 

ENEE 769 Advanced Topics in Control Theory (3) Topics selected, as announced, 
from advanced control theory and its applications. 

ENEE 772 Advanced Methods and Algorithms in Detection and Filtering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 621. Foundations of random processes. Conditional expectations. 
Markov processes and Martingales. ITO calculus. Detection and estimation of 
continuous signals with continuous observations. Jump processes. Detection and 
estimation with discontinuous observations. Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for 
digital filtering problems. (Listed also as MAPL 735.) 



244 Engineering Materials Program 



ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous Networks (3) Nonoriented systems, ports, 
linear orientations, theory of distributions, scattering matrices, operator theory of 
networks, activity, invariant embedding, multivariable PR and BR state-determined 
systems, synthesis, interval functions, tolerance analysis, neuron networks and models, 
Manley-Rowe relations, oscillators and nonlinear subharmonic generation. 

ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 681 . Mathematical methods 
for the solution of the wave equation, transmission lines and waveguides, selected 
topics in the theory of waveguide structures, surface guides and artificial dielectrics. 

ENEE 781 Optical Engineering (3) Fourier analysis in two dimensions, diffraction 
theory, optical imaging systems, spatial filtering, holography. 

ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation (3) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 
681 . General solutions of Maxwell's equations, geometrical optics approximations, 
propagation above a plane earth, effects of surface irregularities and stratified 
atmospheres, scattering by turbulence. 

ENEE 784 Antenna Theory (3) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 681 or 
equivalent. Review of Maxwell's equations; radiative networks; linear antennas; 
antenna arrays; aperture antennas; advanced topics. 

ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I (3) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: A 
knowledge of quantum mechanics and electromagnetic theory. Spontaneous emission, 
interaction of radiation and matter, masers, optical resonators, the gas, solid and 
semi-conductor lasers, electro-optical effect, propagation in anisotropic media and 
light modulation. 

ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics II (3) Nonlinear optical effects and devices, tunable 
coherent light sources: optical parametric oscillator; frequency conversion and dye 
laser. Ultrashort pulse generation and measurement, stimulated raman effect, and 
applications. Interaction of acoustic and optical waves, and holography. 

ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics (3) Prerequisite: A graduate course in quantum 
mechanics or consent of instructor. Properties of crystals; energy bands: electron 
transport theory; conductivity and hall effect; statistical distributions; fermi level: 
impurities; non-equilibrium carrier distributions; normal modes of vibration; effects of 
high electric fields; P-N junction theory, avalanche breakdown; tunneling phenomena; 
surface properties. 

ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Engineering Materials Program 

Professor and Director: Hoffman 1 
Professor and Dean: Dieter 2 
Professor and Department Chair: Cad man 1 
Professors: Armstrong 3 , Arsenault 1 , 
Adjunct Professor: Kramer 
Assistant Professor: An kern 
Associate Faculty: Park 4 
1 Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 
2 College of Engineering 



ENMA — Engineering, Materials 245 



3 Mechanical Engineering 

4 Physics and Astronomy 

The Engineering Materials program is administered by the Department of Chemical 

and Nuclear Engineering Special areas of concentration include diffraction. 

dislocation and mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and electron microscopic 

techniques, electronic and magnetic behavior of materials, the chemical physics of 

materials, and the properties and behaviour of polymeric materials. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any 
of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may 
be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The candidate for the M.S. 
degree has the choice of following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The 
equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required 
for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Engineering Materials 
must enroll in ENMA 650, 660 and 671. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate 
School certain special degree requirements are set forth by the Department in their 
departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special equipment available includes a scanning electron microscope, x-ray diffraction 
equipment, crystal growing, sample preparation and mechanical testing facilities, and 
high pressure and cryogenic equipment. 

Additional Information 

Information is available from: 

Director, Engineering Materials Program 
Department of Chemical and 
Nuclear Engineering. 
University of Maryland 

Courses 

ENMA — Engineering, Materials 

ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisites: ENES 230 or 
consent of instructor. Relationship of structure to the mechanical properties of 
materials. Elastic and plastic deformation, microscopic yield criteria, state of stress and 
ductility. Elements of dislocation theory, work hardening, alloy strengthening, creep, 
and fracture in terms of dislocation theory, course in 

ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder Processing of Engineering Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Methods and processes used in the 
production of primary metals. The detailed basic principles of beneficiation processes, 
pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy, electrometallurgy, vapor phase processing and 
electroplating. Liquid metal processing including casting, welding, brazing and 
soldering. Powder processing and sintering. Shapes and structures produced in the 
above processes. 



246 ENMA — Engineering, Materials 



ENMA 464 Environmental Effects On Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisites: ENES 
230 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the phenomena associated with the 
resistance of materials to damage under severe environmental conditions. Oxidation, 
corrosion, stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue and radiation damage are examined from 
the point of view of mechanism and influence on the properties of materials. Methods 
of corrosion protection and criteria for selection of materials for use in radiation 
environments. 

ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials (3) A comprehensive 
survey of the atomic and electronic structure of solids with emphasis on the 
relationship of structure to the physical and mechanical properties. 

ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry of Engineering Materials (3) Equilibrium 
multicomponent systems and relationship to the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of 
polycrystalline and polyphase materials. Diffusion in solids, kinetics of reactions in 
solids. 

ENMA 472 Technology of Engineering Materials (3) Relationship of properties of 
solids to their engineering applications. Criteria for the choice of materials for 
electronic, mechanical and chemical properties. Particular emphasis on the 
relationships between structure of the solid and its potential engineering application. 

ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering Materials (3) The effect of processing on the 
structure of engineering materials. Processes considered include refining, melting and 
solidification, purification by zone refining, vapor phase processing, mechanical 
working and heat treatments. 

ENMA 495 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisites: ENES 230 or 
consent of instructor. Study of the deformation and flow of engineering materials and 
its relationship to structural type. Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity of 
single phase and multiphase materials. Students who have credit for ENMA 495 may 
not take ENCH 495 for credit. 

ENMA 496 Polymeric Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: ENES 230 A 
comprehensive summary of the fundamentals of particular interest in the science and 
applications of polymers. Polymer single crystals, transformations in polymers, 
fabrication of polymers as to shape and internal structure. Students who have credit for 
ENMA 496 may not take ENCH 496 for credit. 

ENMA 650 Structure of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 470 or 
equivalent. The structural aspects of crystalline and amorphous solids and 
relationships to bonding types. Point and space groups. Summary of diffraction theory 
and practice. The reciprocal lattice. Relationships of the microscopically measured 
properties to crystal symmetry. Structural aspects of defects in crystalline solids. 

ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 
650. Electronic and magnetic materials in relationship to their applications. Metallic 
conductors, resistive alloys, superconducting materials, semiconductors, hard and soft 
magnetic materials, piezo-electric and piezo-magnetic materials, optical materials. 
Emphasis on relationships between electronic configuration, crystal structure, defect 
structure and physical properties. 

ENMA 659 Special Topics in Structure of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 



ENMA — Engineering, Materials 247 



ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 650 
Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics of engineering solids. Cohesion, 
thermodynamic properties. Theory of solid solutions. Thermodynamics of mechanical, 
electrical, and magnetic phenomena in solids. Chemical thermodynamics, phase 
transitions and thermodynamic properties of polycrystalline and polyphase materials. 
Thermodynamics of defects in solids. 

ENMA 661 Kinetics of Reactions in Materials (3) Prerequisite ENMA 660 The 
theory of thermally activated processes in solids as applied to diffusion, nucleation and 
interface motion. Cooperative and diffusionless transformations. Applications selected 
from processes such as allotropic transformations, precipation, martensite formation, 
solidification, ordering, and corrosion. 

ENMA 669 Special Topics in the Chemical Physics of Materials (3) Prerequisite 
Consent of instructor. 

ENMA 671 Dislocations in Crystalline Materials (3) Prerequisite ENMA 650 The 
nature and interactions of defects in crystalline solids, with primary emphasis on 
dislocations. The elastic and electric fields associated with dislocations. Effects of 
imperfections on mechanical and physical properties. 

ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite ENMA 
671. The mechanical properties of single crystals, polycrystalline and polyphase 
materials. Yield strength, work hardening, fracture, fatigue and creep are considered in 
terms of fundamental material properties. 

ENMA 679 Special Topics in the Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) Prerequisite 
Consent of instructor. 

ENMA 680 Experimental Methods in Materials Science (3) Methods of measuring 
the structural aspects of materials. Optical and electron microscopy. Microscopic 
analytical techniques. Resonance methods. Electrical, optical and magnetic 
measurement techniques. Thermodynamic methods. 

ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques in Materials Science (3) Prerequisite ENCH 620 
Theory of diffraction of electrons, neutrons and X-rays. Strong emphasis on diffraction 
methods as applied to the study of defects in solids. Short range order, thermal 
vibrations, stacking faults, microstrain. 

ENMA 689 Special Topics in Experimental Techniques in Materials Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

ENMA 691 Special Topics in Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 

ENMA 697 Seminar in Engineering Materials (1) 

ENMA 698 Special Problems in Engineering Materials (1-16) 

ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



248 English Language and Literature Program 



English Language and Literature Program 

Professor and Chair: Cross 

Professors: Bryer, Damrosch, Dillon, Freedman, Holton, Hovey, Kenny, Kerrigan, 
Isaacs, Lawson, Lightfoot, Myers, Panichas, Patterson, W. Peterson, Russell, 
Salamanca, Schoenbaum, Vitzthum, Winton, Wittreich 

Associate Professors: Barry, Bennett, Birdsall, Caramello, Caretta, Coletti, Coogan, 
Cooper, Donaworth, Flieger, Fraistat, Fry, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton, Hammond, 
Handelman, Herman, Howard, Jellema, Kleine, Mack, Miller, C. Peterson, Robinson, 
Smith, Trousdale, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Auchard, Cate, Coleman, David, Dobin, Dungey, Dunn, 
Fahnestock, James, Joyce, Kornblatt, Leinwand, Levine, Loizeux, Rutherford, Seidel, 
Van Egmond 

The Department of English offers graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy, with areas of specialization in English and American 
literature. In addition, candidates for the M.A. degree may take a minor in composition 
and rhetoric, and they may emphasize creative writing (up to 12 hours, including a 
creative thesis, out of 30). Traditionally most students enrolled in graduate programs 
in English language and literature have sought employment in postsecondary teaching. 
Although this situation continues today, the declining number of projected faculty 
openings means that an increasing number of students are finding it desirable to seek 
non-academic employment. The non-academic areas that attract most of these 
students include publishing, business and technical writing, administration and 
personnel management. For the student who decides to seek one of these alternatives, 
the University of Maryland offers assistance in two forms. First, for the graduate 
student in English there is an internship program which provides students contact with 
and work experience in various governmental and professional communities. Second, 
there is the University's Career Development Center which helps place students in 
careers suitable to their interests and to their level of educational achievement. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, applicants to the M.A. 
program should present a 3.5 GPA in English and 24 hours of upper-level English 
courses. Applicants to the Ph.D. program should present a 3.75 GPA and an M.A. 
degree in English. Exceptions are occasionally made when other evidence is 
unusually strong. 

Thirty credit hours are required for the M.A.; there is a distribution requirement to 
assure coverage of the major historical fields. The student may either take 24 hours of 
course credit and write an M.A. thesis for the other 6 hours, or may take 30 hours, 
submit a shorter scholarly paper, and pass a written comprehensive examination. 

The Ph.D. requires 51 hours of total graduate work (normally 21 hours beyond the 
M.A.). There are four further requirements,. -normally completed after course work: (1) 
an examination in a foreign language, (2) a general oral examination on the major 
areas of English and American literature, (3) a written examination on the student's 
area of specialization, (4) the dissertation. 



ENGL — English 249 



Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to drawing on the cultural and intellectual resources of Washington, D.C., 
the English department is an active participant in the Folger Institute of Renaissance 
and 18th Century Studies. Folger Institute fellowships have been awarded to advanced 
graduate students in the English department. 

Financial Assistance 

A small number of fellowships are awarded by the Graduate School to candidaates 
nominated by the various departments. Most financial aid is in the form of teaching 
assistantships, (two courses of composition per semester) which are awarded by the 
Department in March. At present about 90 assistantships are awarded each year, of 
which about 25 go to new students or to others who have not held them previously. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on admission, financial aid, and degree requirements can be 
obtained from: 

Leopold Damrosch, Jr. 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of English 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

ENGL — English 

ENGL 402 Chaucer (3) 

ENGL 403 Shakespeare (3) Early period — histories and comedies. 

ENGL 404 Shakespeare (3) Late periods — tragedies and romances. 

ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser (3) 

ENGL 41 1 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3) 

ENGL 414 Milton (3) 

ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3) 

ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3) Age of Pope and Swift 

ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3) Age of Johnson and the 
Preromantics. 

ENGL 418 Major British Writers (3) Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

ENGL 419 Major British Writers (3) Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic Period (3) First generation: Blake, Wordsworth, 
Coleridge, et. al. 

ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic Period (3) Second generation: Keats, Shelly, 
Byron, et. al. 



250 ENGL — English 



ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian Period (3) Early years. 

ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian Period (3) Middle years 

ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian Literature (3) A study of the literary 
movements and techniques which effected the transition from Victorian to modern 
literature. 

ENGL 425 Modern British Literature (3) An historical survey of the major writers and 
literary movements in English prose and poetry since 1900. 

ENGL 430 American Literature, Beginning to 1810, the Colonial and Federal 
Periods (3) 

ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to 1865, the American Renaissance (3) 

ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to 1914, Realism and Naturalism (3) 

ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to the Present, the Modern Period (3) 

ENGL 434 American Drama (3) 

ENGL 435 American Poetry: Beginning to the Present (3) 

ENGL 436 The Literature of American Democracy (3) 

ENGL 437 Contemporary American Literature (3) A survey of the poetry, prose, and 
drama written in America in the last decade. 

ENGL 438 Major American Writers (3) Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

ENGL 439 Major American Writers (3) Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

ENGL 440 The Novel in America to 1910 (3) 

ENGL 441 The Novel in America Since 1910 (3) 

ENGL 442 Literature of the South (3) A historical survey, from eighteenth-century 
beginnings to the present. 

ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature (3) An examination of the literary expression of 
the Negro in the United States, from its beginning to the present. 

ENGL 444 Experimental Approaches to Literature: Emerson and Thoreau (3) 

Variable subject matter presented in experimental methods and approaches. Grading 
in satisfactory /fail only. Consent of instructor required for admission. 

ENGL 445 Modern British and American Poetry (3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor required for students with credit in ENGL 345. A study of the formation of the 
"Modern Tradition" in British and American poetry, exploring the distinctive energy and 
consciousness in the poets of the early twentieth century (1896-1930). Special 
emphasis on Hopkins, Yeats, Pound, Eliot, and Stevens. Collateral readings in essays 
on modern poetics, and in other poets of the period. 

ENGL 446 Contemporary British and American Poetry (3) Prerequisite: Permission 
of instructor required for students with credif in ENGL 345. A study of British and 
American poetry from the Depression to the present. Special emphasis on Auden, 
Williams, Dylan Thomas, Theodore Roethke, Robert Lowell. A more general study of 
the work of some of these: Berryman, Jarrell, Fuller, Bishop, Wright, Kinnell, Larkin and 
including the projectivists, the beats and the present scene. 

ENGL 447 Satire (3) An introduction to English and American satire from Chaucer to 



ENGL — English 251 



the present. 

ENGL 449 Playwriting (3) 

ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) Beginnings to Marlowe 

ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) Jonson to Webster 

ENGL 452 English Drama From 1660 to 1800 (3) 

ENGL 453 Literary Criticism (3) 

ENGL 454 Modern Drama (3) 

ENGL 455 The English Novel (3) Eighteenth century 

ENGL 456 The English Novel (3) Nineteenth century 

ENGL 457 The Modern Novel (3) 

ENGL 461 Folk Narrative (3) Studies in legend, tale and myth. 

ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad (3) 

ENGL 463 American Folklore (3) An examination of American folklore in terms of 
history and regional folk cultures. Exploration of collections of folklore from various 
areas to reveal the difference in regional and ethnic groups as witnessed in their oral 
and literary traditions. 

ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and Culture (3) An examination of the culture of 
the Negro in the United States in terms of history (antebellum to the present) and 
social changes (rural to urban). Exploration of aspects of Negro culture and history via 
oral and literary traditions and life histories. 

ENGL 465 Urban Folklore (3) An examination of the folklore currently originating in 
white, urban, American culture. 

ENGL 466 Arthurian Legend (3) Development of the Arthurian legend of heroism and 
love in English literature from medieval to modern times. 

ENGL 476 Modern Fantasy and Science Fiction (3) Major works of fantasy and 
science fiction since the mid-eighteenth century, emphasizing their continuity and their 
relationships to philosophical speculation, scientific discovery, literary history and 
cultural change. 

ENGL 478 Selected Topics in English and American Literature Before 1800 (3) 

ENGL 479 Selected Topics in English and American Literature After 1800 (3) 

ENGL 482 History of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 483 American English (3) 

ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar (3) Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 
484 and LING 402. 

ENGL 485 English Phonology and Phonetics (3) An overview of the sound system of 
English, surveying traditional methods of analysis as well as contemporary feature 
analysis. Practice in analysis and transcription of sound. 

ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English (3) An introduction to the grammar, syntax, 
and phonology of Old English. Selected readings from Old English prose and poetry. 

ENGL 489 Special Topics in English Language (3) Studies in topics of current 



252 ENGL — English 



interest; repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing (3) 

ENGL 498 Creative Writing (3) 

ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing (3) 

ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods (3) 

ENGL 602 Middle English (3) 

ENGL 603 Readings in English Language History (3) An historical survey of the 
syntactic, lexical, and phonological patterns of English from Old English and its 
sources in Germanic and Indo-European through modern English. 

ENGL 604 Old English (3) Grammar, syntax, phonology and prosody of Old English. 
Designed to give graduate students a working knowledge of Old English and to 
introduce them to the major Old English texts in the original. 

ENGL 605 Readings in Linguistics (3) A survey of theoretical and applied linguistics. 

ENGL 611 Approaches to College Composition (3) A seminar emphasizing rhetorical 
and linguistic foundations for the handling of a course in freshman composition. For 
graduate assistants (optional to other graduate students). 

ENGL 612 Approaches to Professional and Technical Writing (3) A pedagogical 
approach to professional and technical writing, its history and methodolgy. 

ENGL 620 Readings in Medieval English Literature (3) 

ENGL 621 Readings in Renaissance English Literature (3) 

ENGL 622 Readings in Seventeenth — Century English Literature (3) 

ENGL 623 Readings Eighteenth-century English Literature (3) 

ENGL 624 Readings in English Romantic Literature (3) 

ENGL 625 Readings in English Victorian Literature (3) 

ENGL 626 Readings in American Literature Before 1865 (3) 

ENGL 627 Readings in American Literature Since 1865 (3) 

ENGL 630 Readings in 20Th Century English Literature (3) 

ENGL 699 Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite: departmental approval of research 
project and consent of the instructor. 

ENGL 718 Seminar in Medieval Literature (3) 

ENGL 719 Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3) 

ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) 

ENGL 729 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3) 

ENGL 738 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) 

ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) 

ENGL 748 Seminar in American Literature (3) 

ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature (3) 

ENGL 757 Seminar in Contemporary Literary Theory (3) Readings and research in 
the nature of literature from the point of view of author, text, audience, and context. 



Entomology Program 253 



ENGL 758 Literary Criticism (3) 

ENGL 759 Seminar in Literature and the Other Arts (3) 

ENGL 768 Studies in Drama (3) 

ENGL 769 Studies in Fiction (3) 

ENGL 775 Seminar in Composition Theory (3) Readings and research in recent 
theories of effective writing. 

ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore (3) 

ENGL 779 Seminar in Language Study (3) Seminar in linguistic aspects of literature 
and composition. 

ENGL 788 Studies in the English Language (3) May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of 9 hours. 

ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENGL 819 Seminar in Themes and Types in English Literature (3) 

ENGL 828 Seminar in Themes and Types in American Literature (3) 

ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Entomology Program 

Professor and Chair: Steinhauer 

Professors: Barbosa, Botrell, Davidson, Harrison, Hellman, Jubb, Menzer, Messersmith, 

Wood 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Denno, Dively, Hellman, Linduska, Nelson, 

Reichelderfer 

Assistant Professors: Lamp, Ma, Mitter, Raupp, Scott 

Adjunct Professors: Baker, Erwin, Ferguson, Grissell, Gwadze, Hsu, Knutson, Marsh, 

Miller, Saunders 

Adjunct Assoc. Professors: Batra, Schmidtmann 

Professors Emeritus: Bickley, Bissell, Haviland, Jones 

Lecturer: Spang ler 

The Department of Entomology offers both the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduate 

students may specialize in physiology and morphology, toxicology, biosystematics, 

ecology and behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, insect pathology, economic 

entomology and pest management. 

Employment opportunities for graduates exist in industry, academia, federal, state, 
and local governments, and in international and national spheres. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students applying for graduate work in entomology are expected to have strong 
backgrounds in the biological sciences, chemistry and mathematics. Since the 
Department is particularly anxious to find strong basic preparation, an undergraduate 
major in entomology is not required for admission to the program. Students lacking 
certain specific courses in their undergraduate program may need to extend the 
normal period of time required for the degree. 

In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, the student is given great latitude in the selection 



254 ENTM — Entomology 



of the advisory study committee, choice of the major study areas and supporting 
course work and choice of the research program. The M.S. degree is awarded 
following the successful completion of the course requirements and a satisfactory 
thesis. A non-thesis M.S. option is available for those interested in qualifying as pest 
management specialists. In this program a field experience course including a 
comprehensive report is substituted for the thesis. 

Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program, the student is given a written 
departmental examination to evaluate general knowledge of biology and entomology. 
After passing this examination the student's study committee suggests a program of 
course work and approves a detailed research proposal. Following completion of most 
course work and demonstration of competency in one foreign or computer language, 
the Ph.D. student is given an oral qualifying examination before applying for admission 
to candidacy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities are maintained in the Department for research in all areas of specialization 
offered, and in addition, cooperative programs with other departments in Agricultural 
and Life Sciences are possible. Cooperative research programs are often maintained 
by the Department with several government agencies, such as the Beltsville 
Agricultural Research Center, The U.S. National Museum of Natural History, and the 
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. Students may also participate in the Maryland 
Center for Sytematic Entomology where cooperative guidance toward advanced 
degrees has been established between the Department and scientists in the Insect 
Identification and Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute, S.E.A., U.S.D.A. and the 
Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution. Specialized facilities are frequently 
made available to graduate students in these programs. In many instances graduates 
of the programs in entomology find employment in such government agencies 
because of the contacts made in these cooperative projects. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of teaching and research assistantships available to 
entomology graduate students on a competitive basis. Several part-time employment 
opportunities are available in governmental and private research and developemental 
laboratories in the area. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Guidelines for Graduate Students" gives additional information on 
the graduate program, including requirements for admission, course requirements, 
examinations, seminars and research areas and facilities. Copies are available from: 

Department of Entomology 

University of Maryland. 

Courses 

ENTM — Entomology 

ENTM 407 Entomology For Science Teachers (4) Summer Four lectures and four 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. This course will include the elements of 
morphology, taxonomy and biology of insects using examples commonly available to 



ENTM — Entomology 255 



high school teachers. It will include practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and 
experimenting with insects insofar as time will permit. 

ENTM 412 Advanced Apiculture (3) One lecture and two three-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 111. The theory and practice of apiary 
management. Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a 
practical knowledge of bee management. 

ENTM 423 Insect Morphology and Classification (4) Two one-hour lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 205. A detailed study of the 
morphology and anatomy of insects. Emphasis on a comparison of structures using 
specimens from common orders to study the phylogenetic relationships and to form a 
basis for understanding insect classification systems. 

ENTM 424 Insect Collection and Identification (4) One hour of lecture and seven 
hours of field work per week. Prerequisites: ENTM 205 and ENTM 423. The techniques 
of collecting insects in the field and their classification into the latest hierarchial 
scheme. Field trips will visit habitats throughout the state. An insect collection is 
required. 

ENTM 432 Insect Physiology (4) Three hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisites: ENTM 205, CHEM 233, and CHEM 243; or consent of 
instructor. The physiology of different insect systems. Hormonal basis of insect 
metamorphosis and reproduction. 

ENTM 451 Insect Pests of Agricultual Crops (4) Two lectures and two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 205. The recognition, biology and 
control of insects injurious to fruit and vegetable crops, field crops and stored 
products. 

ENTM 452 Insecticides (2) Prerequisite: consent of the department. The development 
and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, 
with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, compatability, and host injury. Recent 
research emphasized. 

ENTM 453 Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Turf (3) Prerequisite: ENTM 205 or 
consent of instructor. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The 
recognition, biology and control of insects and mites injurious to ornamental shrubs, 
trees, greenhouse crops, and turf. Emphasis on pests of woody ornamental plants. 

ENTM 455 Urban Entomology (3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421 or consent of instructor. A study of the appearance, 
habits, life cycles and methods of control of pests of humans, pets and structures in 
the urban environment. Field observations of professional pest control operations and 
a paper on a selected pest group are required. 

ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary Entomology (4) Three lectures and one two-hour 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 205 or consent of department. A study of 
the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod parasites and disease 
vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior of vectors in relation to disease 
transmission will be emphasized. 

ENTM 611 Biological Suppression of Plant Pests (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. An advanced course on the theory and practice of biological control with an 
emphasis on biological insect pest suppression. The biological control of weeds and 



256 ENTM — Entomology 



plant pathogens with emphasis on the ecological and behavioral foundations of 
biological control. 

ENTM 612 Insect Ecology (3) Prerequisite: a course in general ecology or permission 
of instructor. An advanced course in population and community ecology, plant-insect 
interactions, and insect biogeography. Emphasis on current entomological literature. 

ENTM 622 Principles of Systematic Entomology (3) Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421. The principles of systematics 
including traditional classification methods, cladistics, and numerical taxonomy. 
Nomenclature, continental drift, and speciation theory. A laboratory problem in 
systematics is required. 

ENTM 623 Insect Evolutionary Biology (3) Prerequisite: ENTM 423 or consent of 
instructor. The relevance of evolutionary biology to ecology, comparative 
physiology/morphology, and pest management. Phylogeny and paleontology of insect 
orders; insect biogeography; coevolution and evolutionary ecology; insect speciation 
mechanisms; population genetics of insects, with emphasis on implications for pest 
management. 

ENTM 652 Laboratory Methods in Toxicology (1-2) Pre- or corequisite: ENTM 653 or 
MEES 641 or consent of the instructor. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. A methodology and techniques course designed to give the student experience 
in toxicological research. The first half of the course may be taken for one credit and 
will emphasize methods useful to entomologists. 

ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides (3) A study of the physical, chemical, 
biological and toxicological properties of insecticides. Emphasis on the relationship of 
chemical structure to insecticidal activity and mode of action. Insect resistance 
mechanisms. 

ENTM 654 Advanced Pest Management (4) Three lectures a week and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Current 
developments in pest management theory and practice. Emphasis on agro-ecosystem 
components and their manipulation. Biological and environmental monitoring, 
decision-making, cost-benefit relationships, and modelling. 

ENTM 662 Insect Pathology (3) Three lectures with directed independent laboratory 
study. Prerequisite: MICB 200, pre- or corequisite: ENTM 641 or consent of the 
instructor. An examination of primarily insect pathogens with special reference to 
symptomology, epizootiology and mode of action, and the microbial control of insect 
pests. 

ENTM 672 Culicidology (2) Second semester. One lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory period a week. (Alternate years.) The classification, distribution, ecology, 
biology, and control of mosquitoes. 

ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology (1-6) Credit and prerequisites to be determined by 
the department. First and second semesters. Studies of minor problems in 
morphology, physiology, taxonomy and applied entomology, with particular reference 
to the preparation of the student for individual research. 

ENTM 722 Biology and Taxonomy of Aquatic Insects (4) Biology and taxonomy of 
aquatic insects. One four-hour lecture and laboratory combined per week. Prerequisite: 
ENTM 421. Fifteen Saturday labs per semester will include the morphology, biology, 



Family and Community Development Program 257 



and taxonomy of adult and immature insects living in water. 

ENTM 723 Taxonomy of Larval Insects (2) Taxonomy of larval insects. One lecture 
and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421 and consent of 
instructor. A study of the identification and biology of larval insects. A collection is 
required. 

ENTM 728 Advanced Systematics of Selected Orders (1-3) Advanced systematics 
of selected orders. One lecture or one three-hour laboratory a week for each credit 
hour. Prerequisite: consent of department. Lectures and laboratory sessions on the 
systematics of selected major insect orders such as coleoptera, lepidoptera, diptera, 
and hymenoptera, or groups of minor orders. 

ENTM 788 Entomological Topics (1-3) One lecture or one two-hour laboratory period 
a week for each credit hour. Prerequisite: consent of department. Lectures, group 
discussions or laboratory sessions on selected topics such as: aquatic insects, 
biological control of insects, entomological literature, forest entomology, history of 
entomology, insect biochemistry, insect embryology, immature insects, insect behavior, 
insect communication, principles of entomological research. 

ENTM 789 Field Experience in Pest Management (1-6) Prerequisite: ENTM 654 or 
consent of the department. Involvement in practical problems of pest management in 
field situations. The student will be assigned to a problem area for intensive 
experience, usually during the summer. A final written report is required for each 
assignment. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ENTM 798 Topic Seminar (1) Discussion and presentation of current research and 
literature. 

ENTM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENTM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Family and Community Development 
ram 



Progi 



<Associate Professor and Acting Chair: Rubin 

Professors: Clignet, Gaylin, Hanna 

Associate Professors: Myricks, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Churaman, Epstein, Hula, Leslie, Valadez 

Lecturers: Leitch, Werlinich 

The Department of Family and Community Development is devoted to describing, 

explaining, and improving the quality of life in urban, suburban, and rural areas by 

means of interdisciplinary research, education, community outreach, and public 

service. The curriculum places special emphasis upon the family and the community 

as mediating structures in determining life quality. The approach is holistic, i.e., human 

ecology. Departmental graduate training prepares students for jobs in research 

centers, consulting firms, voluntary organizations, federal, state, and local 

governments, international organizations, and private practice. 

The Department offers a Master of Science degree with three areas of emphasis. 
Community Development is concerned with the processes and methods of local 
change, as well as individuals or groups as agents of change. Specializations include 
neighborhood revitalization, international community development, and the 



258FMCD — Family and Community Development 



improvement of community services. Management and Consumer Studies focuses on 
the efficient utilization of available family and community resources, the relationship 
between available resources and governmental (and private sector) policies, and the 
development of expanded resources through citizen action. Specializations include 
program management and consumer affairs. Family Studies stresses a working 
knowledge of the growth of individuals throughout the life span, with particular 
emphases on inter-generational aspects of family living and the effective delivery of 
family-oriented services. A cross-cultural perspective is employed. The familty 
emphasis includes a specialization in family therapy (accredited by the American 
Association for Marriage and Family Therapy), which draws upon knowledge of family 
dynamics and change using the clinical techniques of therapy and consultation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department employs the general policies of the graduate school as the basic 
criteria for admission to the Master's program. In addition, it is required that individuals 
take the Aptitude section of the GRE and have adequate undergraduate preparation in 
one or more of the following areas: anthropology, economics, geography, family 
development, planning, political science, psychology, public administration, social 
work, sociology, or urban studies. A course in elementary statistics at the 
undergraduate level is required. 

The Master's program is 30 hours. The student may choose either the thesis or 
non-thesis option. A student selecting the thesis option is required to enroll for six 
hours of thesis research. For the non-thesis option, a student will complete 30 hours of 
course work and take oral and written comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Due to the limited number of available Graduate Teaching Assistantships, and the high 
demand, application for financial aid should be made prior to April 1st for the Fall 
semester of the coming year. 

Additional Information 

Further information regarding this program should be obtained by contacting the 
Department directly; telephone (301) 454-2142. 

Courses 

FMCD — Family and Community Development 

FMCD 430 Gender Role Development in the Family (3) Prerequisites: SOCY100 and 
FMCD 260 or consent of instructor. The development of historical, cultural, 
developmental, and psychosocial aspects of masculinity and femininity within the 
context of contemporary families and the implications for interpersonal relations. 

FMCD 431 Family Crises and Intervention (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Family crises 
such as divorce, disability, substance abuse, financial problems, intrafamilial abuse, 
and death. Theories and techniques for intervention and enhancement of family coping 
strategies. 

FMCD 432 Intergenerational Aspects of Family Living (3) Prerequisites: PSYC 100, 
SOCY 100, FMCD 332 or other human development course. The historical, cultural, 



FMCD — Family and Community Development 259 



developmental, and psychosocial experiences of contemporary American generations. 
Interactions across generations within the family and the consequences for individual 
development. Cross-national comparisons. 

FMCD 441 Personal and Family Finance (3) Prerequisite ECON 201 or 205, or 
consent of instructor. Study of individual and family financial strategies with particular 
emphasis upon financial planning, savings, insurance, investments, income taxes, 
housing, and use of credit. 

FMCD 443 Consumer Problems (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 205, or consent of 
instructor. The consumer perspective in the production, marketing, and use of goods 
and services. Special emphasis on the investigation of current issues. 

FMCD 444 Human and Community Program Management (3) Goals, approaches, 
settings, and resources relevant to the management of human service programs in the 
community. 

FMCD 445 Family and Household Management (3) Interrelationship of resources 
(time, money, energy, space, materials and human resources) in operation of the 
household and in meeting demands of multiple roles of family members. Management 
as intervention strategy. 

FMCD 446 Cross Cultural Family and Community Field Experiences (3-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An experience in and analysis of living in a 
sub-culture other than one's own; participating in family and community activities. 

FMCD 447 The Disabled Person in the Family and Community (3) Prerequisite: 
PSYC 100 or SOCY 100. Disabled persons in family and community settings. 
Improvement of the quality of life of disabled persons. 

FMCD 448 Selected Topics in Home Management (3) Seminar format will be used to 
examine the ways families set priorities and organize their efforts and resources to 
achieve both social and economic goals. Prior registration in FMCD 250, 341, or other 
courses in management theory, systems analysis or research methods is desirable. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits provided subject matter is different. 

FMCD 453 Family and Community Advocacy (3) Prerequisites: 6 credits in SOCY 
and GVPT. Strategies for change used by governmental and non-governmental 
institutions to improve the quality of family and community life in a variety of political, 
social and historical contexts. 

FMCD 460 Violence in the Family (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or SOCY 105 or FMCD 
487. Theories of child, spousal, parental, grandparental abuse in the family setting, 
review of current evidence, and an introduction to methods for prevention and 
remediation. 

FMCD 483 Family and Community Service Systems (3) Prerequisites: 6 credits in 
SOCY and GVPT. The planning, implementation, administration, and evaluation of 
human services systems affecting families and communities. Major organizational 
theories, managerial styles, administrative techniques, and issues in human service 
delivery. 

FMCD 485 Introduction to Family Counseling (3) Prerequisites: FMCD 431, PSYC 
331 , PSYC 335, or permission of instructor. The fundamental theoretical concepts and 
clinical procedures that are unique to marital and family therapy. Individually-orien ted 
pysocotherapy. Pre-marital, marital and family, and divorce counseling techniques. 



260 FMCD — Family and Community Development 



FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Problems (3) Prerequisite FMCD 105 or SOCY 
105. Laws and legal procedures, with emphasis on adoption, marriage, divorce, 
annullment, and property rights, and how they affect family life. 

FMCD 497 The Child and the Law (3) Legislation and case law regarding children's 
legal rights with emphasis on the rights of children in the juvenile justice system, and 
rights to medical, educational, and other social services. 

FMCD 499 Special Topics (1-3) A - Family Studies B - Community Studies C - 
Management and Consumer Studies 

FMCD 600 Research and Theory in Family Studies (3) Survey of theories and 
research in the family. An overview of the theoretical frameworks underlying research 
on the family, and of the major research and theory in the field. 

FMCD 601 Theory and Practice in Community Development (3) Community 
development within inter- and intra-national contexts. Inter-disciplinary analysis of the 
relation between theory and practice. 

FMCD 602 Human and Community Management: Theory and Research (3) 

Theories of management and their application to the family and community in a variety 
of social and historical settings. 

FMCD 604 Integrative Aspects of Family and Community Development (3) 

Multidisciplinary approach to studying and improving the quality of life, drawing upon 
family, management/consumer, and community studies. 

FMCD 605 Community Development in Neighborhoods (3) Exploration of 
neighborhoods in cities, suburbs, and small towns. Comparison of neighborhoods in 
terms of population, culture and prospects for community development. Particular 
emphasis on the relevance of neighborhoods for the quality of individual and family 
life. 

FMCD 606 Neighborhood Management (3) The management tasks associated with 
community development efforts. Practical strategies for the acquisition and 
coordination of resources from public, private, and non-profit agencies. 

FMCD 609 Seminar in Family and Community Development (1-3) Explorations of 
current theories, methods, and issues in family and community development. Topics 
vary with instructor and student interests. May be repeated with the permission of the 
department to a maximum of 4 credits. 

FMCD 610 Research methods for Family and Community Development (3) 

Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of department competency examination in 
statistics or an approved statistics course. Research methods in the family and 
community development field. The role of theory, use of qualitative versus quantitative 
techniques, and differences between objective and subjective measurements. 
Emphasis on the logic and assumptions of research rather than specific techniques. 

FMCD 615 Needs Assessment for Family and Community Development (3) 

Exploration and application of needs assessment in family and community programs. A 
survey of theoretical and empirical literature regarding needs, the quality of life, and 
social indicators, combined with practical workshop experience. 

FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs (3) Seminar devoted to research and theory 
related to consumer affairs. 



FMCD — Family and Community Development 261 



FMCD 630 Theory and Research in Human Sexuality (3) Prerequisites A basic 
course in human sexuality or consent of instructor. Survey of theory and research in 
human sexuality and examination of implications for contemporary family and 
community life. 

FMCD 640 Family Therapy: Theory and Techniques (3) The fundamental theoretical 
concepts and clinical procedures unique to marital and family therapy, with an 
emphasis on those therapies which operate from a family systems perspective. 
Contrast between family therapy and individually-oriented psychotherapy. Analysis of 
family interaction processes and techniques for facilitating those processes. 

FMCD 641 The Dynamics of Couple Therapy (3) Prerequisite: FMCD 640. The 
dynamics of the couple relationship and methods of facilitating growth and interaction 
within that relationship. Emphasis on couples with conflicting needs and expectations, 
and dysfunctional communication and conflict-negotiation skills. Theories on marital 
therapy. 

FMCD 642 Intergeneratlonal Aspects of Family Therapy (3) Prerequisite: FMCD 640 
The psychological difficulties encountered within the family context which directly 
impact upon the parent child relationship. Emphasis on families with school-age 
children, and developmental (child) psychopathology in a family context, with some 
attention to adult children and their parents. 

FMCD 645 Sexual Issues and the Helping Professional (3) Prerequisite: A basic 
course in human sexuality and consent of the instructor. Sensitization of students to 
sexual issues and exploration of how their perceptions of such issues affect their work 
with people. Students are required to participate in a sexual attitudes assessment 
weekend workshop. 

FMCD 646 Sex Therapy: Theory, Skills, and Practice (3) Prerequisite: FMCD 645 or 
permission of the instructor. Introduction to the theory and practice of sex therapy, 
including information about human sexual function and dysfunction and appropriate 
intervention methods. Emphasis on the relationship system and the dynamics of sexual 
functioning within that system 

FMCD 647 Theory and Techniques of Family Mediation (3) An introduction to family 
mediation as an approach to helping families deal effectively with the issues 
associated with separation and divorce. Theory, practice, and techniques of 
negotiation, with an emphasis on custody, property division, and the constructive 
restructuring of family relationships. 

FMCD 650 Clinical Seminar in Family Therapy (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the basic principles and practices of family therapy. Limited to 
students admitted to the family therapy practicum. Emphasis on basic therapy skills 
applied to a family context and on professional ethics of the helping professional. 

FMCD 651 Clinical Practicum in Family Therapy I (3) Prerequisite: FMCD 650 
Clinical casework in family therapy. Limited to students admitted to the family therapy 
practicum. 

FMCD 652 Clinical Practicum In Family Therapy II (3) Prerequisite: FMCD 651 A 
continuation of FMCD 651. Limited to students admitted to the family therapy 
practicum. 

FMCD 653 Clinical Practicum in Family Therapy III (3) Prerequisite: FMCD 652 



262 Food, Nutrition and Inrthtution Administration Program 

Advanced clinical casework in family therapy. Limited to students admitted to the 
family therapy practicum. 

FMCD 660 Planning of Family and Community Development Programs (3) Theory 
and methods of planning with special emphasis upon family and community 
development programs. 

FMCD 661 Evaluation of Family and Community Development Programs (3) Theory 
and methods of evaluation with special emphasis upon family and community 
development programs. 

FMCD 689 Internship in Family and Community Development (3-6) Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor and department. Internship related to the student's chosen 
specialization. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits. 

FMCD 691 Family-Community Consultation (3) The enhancement of family and 
community services through the consultation process. Techniques and approaches to 
consultation, including both the role of the consultant and the needs of agencies. 
Individual field experience. 

FMCD 698 Advanced Topics in Family and Community Development (1-3) 

Arranged group study on specific topic which may vary from term to term. May be 
repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. 

FMCD 699 Independent Study (1-6) Prerequisite: permission of instructor and 
department. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits. 

FMCD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration 
ram 



Progi 



Professor and Chair: Prather 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton 

Associate Professors: Moser, Williams 

Assistant Professors: Axelson, Richardson, Rinke 

Lecturers: Gong, Norton 

Adjunct Assistant Professors: Behall, Hallfrisch, Michaelis, Welsh 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Goldberg, Reynolds 

Adjunct Professors: Berry, Bodwell, Hamosh, Kelsay, Reiser, Trout 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: McKenna 

The Department offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor 

of Philosophy degrees in each of the following major areas: food, nutrition, and 

institution administration. The Department participates in an interdepartmental program 

for Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nutritional science which is 

described under that title. The area of food- includes study in experimental foods as 

well as cultural and consumer aspects of food. Nutrition includes the science of 

nutrition as well as the broad area of community and clinical nutrition. Institution 

administration includes food service systems management. 



FOOD — Food 263 



Admission and Degree information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, a satisfactory score on the 
aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required. A minimum 
combination of 1000 with a minimum of 450 on both the verbal and quantitative is 
required for admission. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Masters of Science degree in 
food, nutrition or institution administration. 

All Master of Science students are required to take Seminar, Research Methods 
and a statistics course. Other courses are selected with the guidance of an advisor 
and/or a committee. Non-thesis option students must prepare a research paper, 
present an additional seminar and take a written comprehensive examination in 
addition to an oral examination. An average of three or four semesters is usually 
required to complete the M.S. thesis option and two or three semesters for the 
non-thesis option. 

Students with bachelor's degrees may apply for the doctoral program although they 
are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants holding a 
master's degree with appropriate background courses may be admitted directly into 
the doctoral program. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an individual 
basis. Written and oral comprehensive examinations are given upon completion of all 
course work. A final oral examination is held for the student to defend the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has special arrangements and cooperative agreements with 
laboratories at the Beltsville Human Nutrition Center, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., the University 
Affiliated Program in Child Development at Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, and 
University of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore for students in nutrition and foods. There 
are faculty members who have advanced degrees in the areas of experimental foods 
and food chemistry, cultural foods, community nutrition, clinical nutrition, human and 
animal nutrition, and food service systems. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of graduate teaching assistantships, traineeships and 
research assistantships available. 

Additional Information 

Copies of a Department mimeograph with additional information concerning admission 
requirements, courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are available from the Department 
Chairman. 

Courses 

FOOD — Food 

FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science I (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: 
FOOD 250 and CHEM 261 or 461. Chemical and physical properties of food as 
related to consumer use in the home and institutions. 

FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science Laboratory (1) Prerequisite or corequisite: 
FOOD 440. One three-hour laboratory per week. Chemical determination of selected 



264 FOOD — Food 



components in animal and plant foods. 

FOOD 450 Advanced Food Science II (3) One lecture, two laboratories per week. 
Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent. Individual and group laboratory experimentation 
as an introduction to methods of food research. 

FOOD 480 Food Additives (3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent or consent of 
instructor. Effects of intentionaland incidental additives on food quality, nutritive value 
and safety. Current regulatory procedures. 

FOOD 490 Special Problems in Foods (2-3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440 and consent of 
instructor. Individual selected problems in the area of food science. 

FOOD 498 Special Topics (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected current 
aspects of food. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is 
substantially different. 

FOOD 610 Readings in Food (3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or consent of instructor. A 
critical survey of the literature of recent developments in food research. 

FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evaluation of Food (3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or 
consent of instructor. Effects of production, processing, marketing, storage, and 
preparation on nutritive value and quality of foods. 

FOOD 625 Food Texture (3) Two lectures, one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
FOOD 450 or equivalent or consent of instructor. A study of the factors related to food 
texture, the classification of food systems according to textural parameters, use of 
instrumentation in the evaluation of food texture. 

FOOD 630 Sensory Evaluation of Foods (3) Prerequisites: FOOD 450 or equivalent 
and a statistics course. A study of the role of sensory analysis in the evaluation of 
food quality. Principles and methodologies of sensory evaluation with emphasis on 
planning, conducting, and reporting sensory tests. 

FOOD 640 Food Enzymes (3) First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent. The classification and 
behavior of naturally occurring and added enzymes in food; includes the effects of 
temperature, ph, radiation, moisture, etc., On enzyme activity. 

FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food (3-5) Second semester Two lectures and 
three laboratory periods a week. Selected readings of literature in experimental foods. 
Development of individual problem. 

FOOD 660 Research Methods (3) Prerequisite: a statistics course. A study of 
appropriate research methodology and theories including experimental design. Each 
student is required to develop a specimen research proposal. 

FOOD 670 Food-related Behavior of the Individual (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Examination of the factors that influence "food-related behavior and of the 
research methods used. 

FOOD 675 Current Issues in Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: At least 3 credits of graduate-level coursework in FOOD, NUTR.or IADM. 
Broad issues related to the present and future quality, quantity and distribution of the 
U.S. food supply. The integration of efforts to develop policy relative to the U.S. food 
supply. 

FOOD 678 Special Topics in Foods (1-6) Individual or group study in an area of 



NUTR — Nutrition 265 



foods. 

FOOD 688 Seminar (1-2) Reports and discussions of current research in foods. 

FOOD 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3) Directed graduate study which forms the basis 
of a non-thesis research paper. 

FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

FOOD 888 Doctoral Seminar (1) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion 
of current research related to foods. Presentation by doctoral students, faculty and 
visiting speakers. 

FOOD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

NUTR — Nutrition 

NUTR 425 International Nutrition (3) Prerequisite: course in basic nutrition. Nutritional 
status of world population and local, national, and international programs for 
improvement. 

NUTR 430 Nutritional Biochemistry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 261 or equivalent 
Nutritional biochemistry with special emphasis on the relationship between 
biochemistry and nutrition. 

NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition (3) Prerequisites: consent of department; 
NUTR 300 and BCHM 261 or concurrent registration in BCHM 462. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory per week. A critical study of the physiological and metabolic 
influences on nutrient utilization, with particular emphasis on current problems in 
human nutrition. 

NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisites: NUTR 300, 450. Modifications of the normal adequate diet to 
meet human nutritional needs in pathological conditions. 

NUTR 468 Practicum in Nutrition (1-6) Prerequisite: consent of the practicum advisor. 
Inservice training and practical experience in the application of the principles of 
normal and/or therapeutic nutrition in an approved community agency, clinical facility 
or nutrition research laboratory. 

NUTR 470 Community Nutrition (3) Prerequisites: NUTR 300. A study of different 
types of community nutrition programs, problems and projects. 

NUTR 475 Dynamics of Community Nutrition (3) Prerequisite: NUTR 470 or consent 
of instructor. The practice of community nutrition. Community assessment; nutrition 
program planning, implementation and evaluation; nutrition education and counseling; 
grantmanship; and the legislative process. 

NUTR 490 Special Problems in Nutrition (2-3) Prerequisites: NUTR 300 and consent 
of instructor. Individual selected problems in the area of human nutrition. 

NUTR 498 Special Topics (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected current 
aspects of nutrition. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is 
substantially different. 

NUTR 600 Recent Progress in Human Nutrition (3) Recent developments in the 
science of nutrition with emphasis on the interpretation of these findings for application 
in health and disease. 



266 NUTR — Nutrition 



NUTR 610 Readings in Nutrition (1-3) Reports and discussions of signifant nutritional 
research and investigation. 

NUTR 615 Maternal and Infant Nutrition (3) Prerequisite: NUTR 460 or equivalent, or 
consent of instructor. Current literature concerning the importance of diet during 
pregnancy and infancy on the health of the mother and infant. Physiological and 
biochemical changes during pregnancy aand infancy, current issues in infant feeding, 
such as possible effects of diet during infancy on obesity and degenerative diseases 
in later life, and current public health programs designed to serve pregnant women 
and infants. 

NUTR 620 Nutrition For Community Services (3) Application of the principles of 
nutrition to various community problems of specific groups of the punlic. Students may 
select specific problems for independent study. 

NUTR 625 Nutritional Needs of the Developmentally Disabled (2) An anlysis of the 
handicapping conditions resulting from abnormal brain structure, maturation or function 
and the effects on nutritional status. Assessment techniques, requirements and 
treatment approaches. 

NUTR 630 Nutritional Aspects of Energy Balance (3) Prerequisite CHEM 462 or 
equivalent, or consent of instructor. The prevalence and basic causes of caloric 
imbalance, along with a wide variety of approaches to weight control. 

NUTR 635 Carbohydrates, Lipids and Proteins in Human Nutrition (3) Prerequisite: 
NUTR 450 or equivalent. Current literature concerning recent developments in the area 
of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins in human nutrition. Application of research 
findings to clinical and community settings. 

NUTR 645 Vitamin and Mineral Nutrition in Humans (3) Current literature concerning 
recent developments in the areas of vitamin and mineral metabolism. Emphasis on 
interactions of these nutrients and clinical applications of current research. 

NUTR 650 Nutritional Needs of Women (2) Current literature concerning areas of 
nutrition that have special impact on women during the various stages of the life cycle. 
Examination of nutrient requirements from a hormonal perspective with an emphasis on 
the alteration of nutritional needs with hormonal contraceptives. 

NUTR 655 Nutrition, Food and Public Policy (3) Prerequisite: NUTR 450 or 

equivalent, and permission of instructor. History and current status of legislation 

relative to nutrition and food. Focus on gaining insights and skills regarding working 
effectively in the area of nutrition and public policy. 

NUTR 660 Research Methods (3) Prerequisite: a statistics course. A study of 
appropriate research methodology and theories including experimental design. Each 
student is required to develop a specimen research proposal. 

NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism in Nutrition (3) Second semester Prerequisite: 
CHEM 461, 462 or equivalent. The major 'routes of carbohydrate, fat, and protein 
metabolism with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts and their detection and 
significance in nutrition. 

NUTR 675 Advanced Clinical Dietetics (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study 
and application of principles and theories of normal and therapeutic nutrition to 
assess, plan, implement, evaluate and improve the total nutritional care of hospitalized 
and ambulatory patients. 



IADM — Institution Administration 267 



NUTR 678 Special Topics in Nutrition (1-6) Individual or group study in an area of 

nutrition. 

NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status (3) Prerequisites: Advanced Nutrition, 

Biochemistry and Physiology. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a 

week. Indirect and direct methods of appraisal of human nutritional status which 

include: dietary, anthropometric, clinical evaluations and biochemical measures. 

NUTR 698 Seminar in Nutrition (1-3) A study in depth of a selected phase of 
nutrition. 

NUTR 699 Problems in Nutrition (1-4) Prerequisite: permission of faculty. Experience 
in a phase of nutrition of interest to the student. Use is made of experimental animals , 
human studies and extensive, critical studies of research methods, techniques or data 
of specific projects. 

NUTR 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3) Directed graduate study which forms the basis 
of a non-thesis research paper. 

NUTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

NUTR 888 Doctoral Seminar (1) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion 
of current research related to nutrition. Presentations by doctoral students, faculty and 
visiting speakers. 
NUTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

IADM — Institution Administration 

IADM 410 School Foodservice (3) Two lectures and one morning a week for field 

experience in a school foodservice. Prerequisite: FOOD 200, OR 240 and 250, and 

NUTR 300, or consent of instructor. Study of organization and management, menu 

planning, food purchasing, preparation, service, and cost control in a school lunch 

program. 

IADM 440 Foodservice Personnel Administration (2) Personnel selection, training, 

scheduling, job evaluation, labor regulations and communications. 

IADM 450 Foodservice Equipment and Planning (3) Two lectures and one three-hour 

laboratory per week. Prerequisite: IADM 350. Equipment selection, maintenance and 

layout. Relation of the physical facility to production and service. 

IADM 455 Manpower Planning in the Foodservice Industry (3) Prerequisites: IADM 

350; and BMGT 362 or ECON 370. The foodservice labor market with emphasis on 

human resource planning and development, workforce productivity, and equal 

employment opportunities for minorities and the handicapped. Future needs and 

implications indicated by these and other factors. 

IADM 480 Practicum in Institution Administration (3) Prerequisites: IADM 350 and 

consent of instructor. Inservice training and practical experience totaling at least 120 

hours in an approved foodservice operation under direct supervision of practicum 

advisor. 

IADM 490 Special Problems in Foodservice (2-3) Prerequisites: senior standing, five 

hours in IADM courses and consent of instructor. Individual selected problems in the 

area of foodservice. 

IADM 498 Special Topics (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected current 



268 IADM — Institution Administration 



aspects of institution administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the 
subject matter is subtantially different. 

IADM 600 Food Service Administration (3) First or second semester. Principles of 
organization and management related to a food system. Control of resources through 
the use of quantitative methods. Administrative decision-making, and personnel 
policies and practices. 

IADM 610 Readings in Food Administration (3) Reports and discussion of significant 
research and development in the area of food administration. 

IADM 630 Computer Application in Food Service (3) The applications of computers 
within foodservice operations. Basic programming concepts, the operation of personal 
computers, and larger computer systems. Applications of software to such topics as 
cost control systems and nutrition education. 

IADM 640 Sanitation and Safety in Food Service (3) Alternate years. Prerequisite: 
MICB 200. Principles and practices of sanitation and safety unique to the production, 
storage and service of food in quantity: includes current legislation. 

IADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food Production (3) Alternate years. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: IADM 430 and FOOD 450 or equivalents. 
Application of experimental methods to quantity food production, recipe development 
and modification: relationship of food quality to production methods. 

IADM 660 Research Methods (3) Prerequisite: a statistics course. A study of 
appropriate research methodology and theories including experimental design. Each 
student is required to develop a research proposal. 

IADM 670 Control and Analysis of Costs in Food Service Industries (3) 

Prerequisite - consent of the instructor. Principles of controlling and analyzing costs in 
food service operations. The effects of these principles on day-to day operations. 

IADM 675 Advanced Administrative Dietetics (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
A study and application of the principles and theories of management and 
organizational behavior management of a hospital foodservice operation. 

IADM 678 Special Topics in Institutional Food (1-6) Individual or group study in an 
area of institutional food service. 

IADM 688 Seminar (1) Reports and discussion of current research in institution 
administration. May be repeated to a maximum of three semester hours of credit. 

IADM 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3) Directed graduate study which forms the basis 
of a non-thesis research paper. 

IADM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) First and second semesters. Credit in 
proportion to work done and results accomplished. Investigation in some phases of 
institution administration which may form the basis of-a thesis. 

IADM 888 Doctoral Seminar (1) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion 
of current research related to the foodservice industry. Presentations by doctoral 
students, faculty and visiting speakers. 

IADM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Food Science Program 269 



Food Science Program 



Professor and Chair: Wiley (Horticulture) 

Professors: Wheaton (Agricultural Engineering), Bender (Agricultural and Resource 

Economics), Bean (Botany), King, Westhoff (Animal Science), Keeny (Chemistry), 

Twigg, Quebedeaux, Solomos (Horticulture) Heath (Poultry Science) 

Associate Professors: Stewart (Agricultural Engineering), Vijay (Animal Sciences), Doerr 

(Poultry Science), Chai (CEES) 

Assistant Professors: Frey (Agricultural Engineering), Corey, Schlimme (Horticulture) 

Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk, Berry, Cross, Feldstein, Gerstenfeld, Green, Park, 

Sidwell, Shehata 

The Food Science Program offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 

degrees. The Program is interdepartmental with participation or support from the 

Departments of Animal Sciences, Horticulture, Botany, Poultry Science, Agricultural 

Engineering, Chemistry, and Agricultural and Resource Economics. Programs of study 

and research are individually planned with the student and an appropriate committee. 

Areas of study encompass animal, plant, seafood, and fabricated food products. 

Specialization is available in food microbiology and fermentations, food chemistry and 

biochemistry, quality assurance, food engineering and product development, nutritional 

evaluation, food sanitation, packaging, and distribution. 

Employment opportunities for MS and Ph.D. degree graduates are excellent. 
Students are employed in federal and state regulatory agencies, research and 
development laboratories, quality assurance laboratories, chemistry and 
microbiological laboratories, and food production plants. PhD graduates normally 
accept positions in academia with teaching and research assignments or in upper 
management positions in above listed laboratories or federal agencies. Salaries are 
competitive. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, the Aptitude Test of the GRE 
Examinations is required. The Food Science Admissions Committee evaluates and 
makes recommendations on all applications based on academic and professional 
experience and letters of recommendations (at least 3 required). When feasible the 
Committee may conduct a personal interview. In the absence of a bachelor's degree in 
Food Science or Food Technology a strong background in physical and biological 
sciences is recommended. Inadequate prerequisites will result in a requirement to 
complete a remedial program to remove all deficiencies. Program requirements are as 
follows: 1) Food Science; (the equivalent of the following courses): FDSC 412, 413, 
Principles of Food Processing; FDSC 421, 423 Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434 Food 
Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quality Control. 2) Biochemistry — minimum of 3 hours 
graduate credit. 3) Colloquium (seminar)- attendance each semester and at least 2 
presentations for credit during the program of study. 4) Provisional admission 
requirements must be satisfied in the time period designated. 

For the M.S. degree, students must complete the program of study as approved by 
their committee which will include the minimum requirements. Students entering the 
Program without a background in Food Science must complete all FDSC course 
deficiencies to obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S. with thesis, a research proposal 
must be submitted to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of 



270 Food Science Program 



the second semester of study. Students who for various reasons or circumstances 
cannot readily satisfy the thesis research requirement may select the MS Non Thesis 
option. This requires 6 additional hours of courses at the 600 level in addition to the 
program requirements above. A scholarly paper on a subject approved by the 
committee must be prepared and presented at a regular FDSC colloquium. A final 
comprehensive examination including defense of the scholarly paper will be 
conducted by the student's committee. Part of this examination will be written. The 
above programs should be completed within 3 semesters and a summer session. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the M.S. degree is not required but is 
generally recommended. Students completing an M.S. degree in the FDSC Program, 
UMCP must receive a favorable recommendation from the M.S. degree final 
examining committee. Students admitted from outside the FDSC Program, UMCP will 
be examined orally by their committee as a basis for developing a suitable program of 
study. The student must complete a program of study as approved by the student's 
committee including requirements of the Graduate School and FDSC Program There is 
no required number of hours of course work. Programs are developed based on the 
individual needs of each student A proposal for dissertation research will be presented 
to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of the third semester of 
study. A comprehensive oral examination will be conducted by the committee and 
other interested faculty members after substantial completion of the program of study 
and usually before the end of the fourth semester. Satisfactory performance in this 
examination is required before recommendation for admission to candidacy is granted. 
Each student will assist in teaching at least one course regardless of whether 
employed as a graduate assistant. The candidate will defend the dissertation before a 
committee of at least 5 members appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies. The 
candidate's advisor is usually chair of the committee. It is recommended that the 
candidate prepare initial drafts of intended publications for review before the final 
examination. This program should be completed in 3 years or less depending on the 
candidate's previous background. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The combined resources of the participating Departments are available for Food 
Science research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equipment are located in the Animal 
Sciences Center, Holzapfel Hall, Turner Laboratory and Shriver Hall. Facilities are 
available for the experimental processing of fruits, vegetables, poultry, red meat, and 
dairy products. A seafood processing facility is located off campus. Laboratories are 
equipped for microbiological, biochemical, biophysical, and engineering research 
including facilities for laboratory animals. Instrumentation includes gas-liquid 
chromatographs, atomic absorption spectrophotometers, electron microscope, 
radioisotope counters, amino acid analyzer, ultracentrifuge, fermenters, and controlled 
environment incubator. University research farms are available for both plant and 
animal production studies. Specialized facilities of nearby government and food 
industry laboratories are regularly made available for graduate student research. The 
National Agricultural Library is about 3 miles from the campus. The FDSC Program has 
an exchange agreement with the Food Science Department of the Central University of 
Venezuela for graduate study and research. 



FDSC — Food Science 271 



Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are made available by the participating 
Departments. Financial support is also available from contracts and grants and by 
special arrangements with several nearby government laboratories. 

Additional Information 

A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food Science," is available and can be 
obtained by contacting: 

Dr. R.C. Wiley, 

Coordinator and Chair, 

Food Science Program 

Holzaphel Hall 1122A 

University of Maryland 

Telephone: 301-454-3928. 

Courses 

FDSC — Food Science 

FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing I (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. A study of the basic methods by which foods are preserved (unit operations). 
Effect of raw product quality and the various types of processes on yield and quality of 
the preserved products. 

FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing II (3) Three lectures per week. A detailed 
study of food processing with emphasis on line and staff operations, including physical 
facilities, utilities, pre-and post-processing operations, processing line development 
and sanitation. 

FDSC 421 Food Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 113. The 
application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the composition and properties 
of foods. Emphasis on the relationship of processing technology, to the keeping 
quality, nutritional value, and acceptability of foods. 

FDSC 422 Food Product Research and Development (3) Two lectures, and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: FDSC 413, BCHM 461, or permission of instructor. 
A study of the research and development function for improvement of existing 
products and development of new, economically feasible and marketable food 
products. Application of chemical-physical characteristics of ingredients to produce 
optimum quality products, cost reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment and 
package development. 

FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory (2) Pre- or corequisite: FDSC 421 Two 
laboratory per week. Analysis of the major and minor constituents of food using 
chemical, physical and instrumental methods in concordance with current food 
industry and regulatory practices. Laboratory exercises coincide lecture subjects in 
FDSC 421 . 

FDSC 430 Food Microbiology (2) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: MICB 200 or 
equivalent. A study of microorganisms of major importance to the food industry with 
emphasis on food-borne outbreaks, public health significance, bioprocessing of foods 
and control of microbial spoilage of foods. 



272 FDSC — Food Science 



FDSC 431 Food Quality Control (4) Three lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Definition and organization of the quality control function in the food industry; 
preparation of specifications; statistical methods for acceptance sampling; in-plant and 
processed product inspection. Instrumental and sensory methods for evaluating 
sensory quality, identity and wholesomeness and their integration into grades and 
standards of quality. 

FDSC 434 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2) Two laboratories per week Pre- or 
corequisite: FDSC 430. A study of techniques and procedures used in the 
microbiological examination of foods. 

FDSC 442 Horticultural Products Processing (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. Commercial methods of canning, freezing, dehydrating, fermenting, and 
chemical preservation of fruit and vegetable crops. 

FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Method of production of fluid milk, butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk 
and milk products and ice cream. 

FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. A study of the technological factors concerned with the 
processing, storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry and the factors affecting their 
quality. 

FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing (3) Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite: BCHM 461 or permission of instructor. Physical and chemical 
characteristics of meat and meat products, meat processing, methods of testing and 
product development. 

FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing (3) Two lectures and one laboratory a 
week. Prerequisite: BCHM 461 or permission of instructor. The principal preservation 
methods for commercial seafood products with particular reference to the 
invertebrates. Chemical and microbiological aspects of processing are emphasized. 

FDSC 621 Systems Analysis in the Food Industry (3) Construction and solution of 
models for optimizing feed, product formulations, nutrient-palatability costs. Methods 
for optimizing processes, inventories, and transportation systems. 

FDSC 631 Advanced Food Microbiology (2) One lecture and one laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite: FDSC 430 or permission of instructor. An in depth understanding 
and working knowledge of a selected number of problem areas and contemporary 
topics in food microbiology. 

FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science (1-3) Studies in depth of selected phases of 
food science are frequently best arranged by employment of a lecturer from outside 
the University to teach a specific phase. Flexibility in the credit offered permits 
adjustment to the nature of the course. 

FDSC 698 Colloquium in Food Science (1) First and second semester Oral reports 
on special topics or recently published research in food science and technology. 
Distinguished scientists are invited as guest lecturers. A maximum of three credits 
allowed for the M.S. 

FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food Science (1-4) First and second semesters 
Prerequisite CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. Credit according to time scheduled 
and magnitude of problem. An experimental program on a topic other than the 



French Language and Literature Program 273 



student's thesis problem will be conducted. Four credits shall be the maximum allowed 
toward on advanced degree. 

FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

FDSC 811 Advances in Food Technology (3) First semester, alternate years 
Prerequisite: CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. A systematic review of new 
products, processes and management practices in the food industry. 

FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

French Language and Literature Program 

Associate Professor and Chair: Tarica 

Professors: Mac Bain, Therrien 

Associate Professors: Black, Demaitre, Fink, Meijer, Russell 

Assistant Professors: Felaco, Hage, Mossman, Rubin, Verdaguer 

The Department of French and Italian prepares students for the M.A. and Ph.D. 

degrees in French language and literature. The composition of the Graduate faculty 

and the variety of course offerings make it possible for students to specialize in any 

period or movement of French literature or any aspect of the French language, with the 

consent of their advisers. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Entry into the M.A. program is open to students having a solid grounding in French 
language and literature. It is strongly recommended that all applicants, whether 
graduates of the University of Maryland or not, take the GRE Advanced Examination in 
French. 

The students' knowledge of French is screened at the beginning of their first 
semester through a Language Proficiency Examination. In addition to evidence of 
independent scholarly research in the form of a thesis (thesis option) or a substantial 
research paper (non-thesis option), successful completion of the M.A. program 
involves passing a comprehensive examination (a six-hour written examination followed 
by a one-hour oral examination) in French literature from the Middle Ages to the 
present. The M.A. program is generally completed in four semesters. 

Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the most highly qualified and most highly 
motivated candidates, who can show that individual research is their major interest and 
who give evidence of strong qualifications to pursue that interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except M.A. graduates of this Department) 
must pass a three-part preliminary examination administered at the start of the Fall 
semester, consisting of an explication de texte, an essay and an oral examination, 
before being fully admitted to the program. They are then required to complete a 
program of seminars related to their field of interest and to pass four Special Topic 
examinations and a Foreign Language translation examination before being admitted 
to candidacy and beginning work on their dissertation. 



274 FREN — French 



Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the University graduate and undergraduate libraries, the Department 
maintains a reference library. Area research facilities include the Library of Congress 
and the Folger Library (specializing in 16th and 18th-century literature). The 
Department has a chapter of a National Honor Society, Phi Sigma lota. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial support is available in the form of assistantships and fellowships; for 
information contact the Department of French and Italian. 

Additional Information 

For complete information concerning the Department's requirements, set forth in the 
Guide to Graduate Programs in French, write: 

Department of French and Italian 

Language and Literature. 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

FREN — French 

FREN 400 Applied Linguistics (3) The nature of applied linguistics and its 
contribution to the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative study of 
English and French, with emphasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation 
and construction of related drills. 

FREN 401 Stylistics (3) Prerequisite: FREN 301 or course chairman's consent. 
Comparative stylistic analysis; translation. 

FREN 402 Advanced Grammar and Phonetics (3) Prerequisite: FREN 301 or course 
chairman's consent. Theory and practice of grammatical structures and rules of 
phonetics. 

FREN 404 Advanced Conversation in French (3) Prerequisites: FREN 31 1 and FREN 
312, or consent of the instructor. Development of fluency in French, stress on correct 
sentence structure and idiomatic expression. Credit may not be applied toward the 
major in French. 

FREN 405 Explication De Textes (3) Oral and written analysis of short literary works, 
or of excerpts from longer works chosen for their historical, structural, or stylistic 
interest, with the purpose of training the major to understand literature in depth and to 
make mature esthetic evaluations of it. 

FREN 406 Business and Commercial French (3) A study of French as used in the 
business and commercial world. 

FREN 407 History of the French Language (3) Evolution of the French language from 
Latin to modern French. 

FREN 419 Studies in Medieval French Literature (3) Selected topics in medieval 
French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 429 Studies in French Literature of the Renaissance (3) Selected topics in 
French literature of the Renaissance. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum 



FREN — French 275 



of six credits. 

FREN 439 Studies in 17th Century French Literature (3) Selected topics in 
seventeenth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum 
of six credits. 

FREN 449 Studies in 18th Century French Literature (3) Selected topics in 
eighteenth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of 
six credits. 

FREN 459 Studies in 19th Century French Literature (3) Selected topics in 
nineteenth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of 
six credits. 

FREN 469 Studies in 20th Century French Literature (3) Selected topics in 
twentieth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of 
six credits. 

FREN 471 French Civilization I (3) French life, customs, culture, traditions (800-1750). 

FREN 472 French Civilization II (3) French life, customs, culture, traditions 
(1750— present-day France). Credit not allowed for both FREN 472 and FREN 370. 

FREN 473 Contemporary French Society (3) The forces shaping contemporary 
France. Analysis of social groups, economic development, institutions, political 
structures. Lectures, discussions and most readings in French. 

FREN 475 French Cinema: A Cultural Approach (3) A study of French culture, 
civilization, and literature through the medium of film. 

FREN 478 Themes and Movements of French Literature in Translation (3) Studies 
treatments of thematic problems or of literary or historical movements in French 
literature. Topic to be determined each semester. Given in English. 

FREN 479 Masterworks of French Literature in Translation (3) Treats the works of 
one or more major French writers. Topic to be determined each semester. Given in 
English. 

FREN 489 Pro-seminar in Themes Or Movements of French Literature (3) 

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, Poetry (3) Supervised readings to be taken 
normally only by students admitted to the honors program. 

FREN 492 Honors Reading Course, Novel (3) Supervised readings to be taken 
normally only by students admitted to the honors program. 

FREN 493 Honors Reading Course, Drama (3) Supervised readings to be taken 
normally only by students admitted to the honors program. 

FREN 494 Honors Independent Study (3) Honors independent study involves guided 
readings based on an honors reading list and tested by a 6 hour written examination. 
HONR 494 and 495 are required to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in 
addition to two out of the following, 491 H, 492H, 493H. Open only to students admitted 
to the departmental honors program. 

FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research (3) Honors thesis research involves the writing of 
a paper under the direction of a professor in this department and an oral examination. 
HONR 494 and 495 are required to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in 



276 FREN — French 



addition to two out of the following, 491 H, 492H, 493H. Open only to students admitted 
to the departmental honors program. 

FREN 498 Special Topics in French Literature (3) Repeatable for a maximum of six 
credits. 

FREN 499 Special Topics in French Studies (3) An aspect of French studies, the 
specific topic to be announced each time the course is offered. Repeatable for a 
maximum of six credits. 

FREN 600 Problems in Bibliography and Research Methods (3) 

FREN 601 The History of the French Language (3) 

FREN 602 Comparative Romance Linguistics (3) Also listed as SPAN 612 

FREN 603 Stylistics (3) Advanced composition, translation, stylistic analysis. 

FREN 609 Special Topic in the French Language (3) 

FREN 610 La Chanson De Roland (3) Close reading of the text, study of epic 
formulae and early Medieval literary techniques; reading knowledge of old French 
desirable. 

FREN 619 Special Topic in Medieval French Literature (3) 

FREN 629 Special Topic in Sixteenth Century French Literature (3) 

FREN 630 Corneille (3) 

FREN 631 Moliere (3) 

FREN 632 Racine (3) 

FREN 639 Special Topic in Seventeenth Century French Literature (3) 

FREN 640 Voltaire (3) 

FREN 641 Rousseau (3) 

FREN 642 Diderot (3) 

FREN 649 Special Topic in Eighteenth Century French Literature (3) 

FREN 650 French Poetry in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

FREN 651 French Poetry in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

FREN 652 The French Novel in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

FREN 653 The French Novel in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

FREN 659 Special Topic in Nineteenth Century French Literature (3) 

FREN 660 French Poetry in the Twentieth Century (3) 

FREN 662 The French Novel in the Twentieth Century (3) 

FREN 663 The French Novel in the Twentieth Century (3) 

FREN 664 The French Theatre in the Twentieth Century (3) 

FREN 665 The French Theatre in the Twentieth Century (3) 

FREN 669 Special Topic in Twentieth Century French Literature (3) 

FREN 679 The History of Ideas in France (3) Analysis of currents of ideas as 
reflected in different periods and authors of French literature. 



Geography Program 277 



FREN 689 Seminar in A Great Literary Figure (3) 

FREN 699 Seminar (3) Topic to be determined each semester. 

FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics (3) Synchronic description of the phonology, 
morphology and syntax of modern spoken French: standard French in contrast with 
other varieties. 

FREN 709 College Teaching of French (1) Introduction to the teaching of French at 
the college level with particular emphasis on methodology. Seminars in theory, 
demonstration of different teaching techniques, supervised practice teaching, training 
in language laboratory procedures, evaluation of instructional materials. Required of all 
graduate assistants in French. Repeatable to a maximum of two credits. 

FREN 798 Master's Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite permission of the 
department's Director of Graduate Studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 3 credits. 

FREN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

FREN 818 French Literary Criticism (3) Analysis and evaluation of various trends in 
literary criticism as a manifestation of the French literary genius. Topic to be 
determined each semester. 

FREN 898 Doctoral Independent Study (3) Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ITAL — Italian 

ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance (3) A study of major trends of thought in 
Renaissance literature, philosophy, art, and science. 

ITAL 411 Dante (3) Dante's thought as expressed in his major writings: "The Vita 
Nuova," "De Monarchia" and "The Divine Comedy." In English. 

ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian Literature (3) Repeatable for a maximum of six 

credits. 

ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian Studies (3) An aspect of Italian studies, the 
specific topic to be announced each time the course is offered. Repeatable for a 
maximum of 6 credits. 



Geography Program 



Professor and Chair: Corey 

Professors: Fonaroff, Harper 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Christian, Groves, Mitchell, Thompson, Wiedel 

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Kearney, Lai, Leatherman, Petzold, Sawyer, 

Schneider 

Lecturers: Broome, Chaves, Frieswyk 

Visiting Professor: Deshler 

Assistant Research Scholar: Go ward 

Affiliate Faculty: Corsi 

The Department of Geography offers the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. All degree-seeking 

graduate students are required to complete the following courses during their first full 

year of study: GEOG 483 (requires non-class time on campus); GEOG 600, GEOG 

605, GEOG 610 (MA students only), and all prerequisites associated with these 



278 Geography Program 



required courses. 

While progress in the graduate program is largely an individual matter, students 
entering the Ph.D. should think of three years as the norm. The Department requires 
few particular courses-students at both levels initiate their own program of coursework 
and submit a plan of study for approval. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Incoming MA students are expected to have an undergraduate degree in geography 
or in a closely related field, with substantial work in geography. In the latter case, 
remedial work may be required prior to admission to the degree program. All 
graduate applicants should submit aptitude test scores of the Graduate Record 
Examination. 

The M.A. degree program offers four specializations: (1) physical geography and 
environmental analysis; (2) metropolitan analysis and planning; (3) human geography; 
and (4) cartography - geographic information systems - spatial analysis. Geography 
internships are encouraged for students in each specialization. 

All M.A. degree students will specialize by taking at least five courses in one of the 
four M.A. level specialty areas. In addition, each M.A. student will devise a 
three-course non - specialization designed to provide some breadth of knowledge in 
geography or in a related field; a regional or area-studies focus can be taken as part 
of the three-course non-specialization. M.A. degree requirements are set at a 
minimum of 38 graduate credit hours. No more than 13 credit hours may be taken at 
the 400 level. 

M.A. students specializing in physical geography and environmental analysis, 
metropolitan analysis and planning, and human geography may take the six 
credit-hour thesis or non-thesis, two-paper option. Students specializing in 
cartography-geographic information systems-spatial analysis are expected to take the 
non-thesis, two paper option. The non-thesis option involves the preparation of two 
substantial research papers. All M.A. students take an oral examination defense of a 
research proposal and a final oral examination based either on the thesis or the first of 
the two research papers. 

The Ph.D. program provides for individual student specialization. Doctoral 
applicants must submit a written statement of study that is used to solicit faculty 
sponsors. Because of the degree of specialization inherent in Ph.D. study, the 
Department only considers applicants whose interests coincide with departmental 
faculty competence. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the Department normally requires a 
grade-point average higher than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a recognized 
geography department, or competence in terms of fields or study and level of 
achievement comparable to the M.A. degree of the Department. A non M.A. -direct 
Ph.D. program is possible by petition from the student and upon approval of a faculty 
committee appointed by the Department Chair-.- 

After completion of formal course-work requirements for the Ph.D., there is a 
two-part qualifying examination. Part One is a written examination in the student's two 
major fields of specialization. Part Two is an oral examination evaluating the 
dissertation proposal. Upon satisfactory completion of the dissertation there is a final 
oral examination. 

Employment opportunities in applied geography, especially in the Washington, D.C. 
metropolitan area, while highly competitive, remain strong. Would-be practicing 



GEOG — Geography 279 



geographers should stress such marketable studies as: cartography, computer 
applications, international development, locational analysis, management and program 
planning. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities are contemporary and outstanding; they include a 
cartographic laboratory, a computer mapping and spatial analysis facility, an 
environmental analysis laboratory, and a self-instruction laboratory. A minicomputer 
graphics system and numerous computer terminals are housed in the Department. 
These new instructional quarters in Lefrak Hall include a physical geography 
laboratory, cartographic teaching and production laboratories. The Department 
publishes an Occasional Papers Series. The University's Institute for Urban Studies 
(see "Urban Studies Program") is a program of the Department. 

Additional Information 

More detailed information on the M.A. and Ph.D. programs can be obtained from: 
Graduate Program Advisor, 
Department of Geography 
1163 Lefrak Hall, 
University of Maryland 
Tel: (301)454-6655 

Courses 

GEOG — Geography 

GEOG 410 Colonial North America (3) The changing geography of the U.S. and 
Canada from pre-Columbian times to the end of the I8th century. Emphasis on areal 
variations, and changes in the settlements and economies of Indian and colonial 
populations. Areal specialization, and the changing patterns of agriculture, industry, 
trade and transportation. Population growth, composition and interior expansion. 
Regionalization. 

GEOG 411 19th Century North America (3) An analysis of the changing geography 
of the U. S. and Canada from 1800 to the 1920's. The settlement, expansion and 
socio-economic development of the U. S., and comparisons with the Canadian 
experience. Immigration, economic activities, industrialization, transportation and 
urbanization. 

GEOG 414 Historical Geography of the Hispanic World (3) The social, economic, 
political and cultural geography of the countries of the Iberian peninsula and Latin 
America in the past with concentration on specific time periods of special significance 
in the development of these countries. 

GEOG 416 Overseas European Colonization and the Third World (3) The impact of 
European overseas expansion on Africa, Asia and Australasia during the 19th and 
early 20th centuries. Settlement patterns and territorial organization. Cultural and 
demographic change. Economic organization of space. 

GEOG 420 Cultural Geography (3) Prerequisite: one of the following; GEOG 201 and 
202; ANTH 101 and 102; or consent of instructor. The impact of man through his ideas 
and technology on the evolution of geographic landscapes. Major themes in the 



280 GEOG — Geography 



relationships between cultures and environments. 

GEOG 421 Cultural Ecology (3) Basic issues concerning the natural history of man 
from the perspect ive of the geographer. Basic components of selected behavioral and 
natural systems, their evolution and adaptation, and survival strategies. 

GEOG 422 Population Geography (3) The spatial characteristics of population 
distribution and growth, migration, fertility and mortality from a global perspective. 
Basic population-environmental relationships; carrying capacity, density, relationships 
to national development. 

GEOG 423 Political Geography (3) Geographical factors in the national power and 
international relations; an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with 
special reference to the current world scene. 

GEOG 430 Location Theory and Spatial Analysis (3) Theories and procedures for 
determining the optimal location of industrial, commercial and public facilities. 
Techniques to evaluate location decisions. The provision of services within regions and 
metropolitan areas. Emerging trends. 

GEOG 433 Transportation Networks (3) The description and modeling of the spatial 
components of transportation systems. The theory and practice of analysing 
transportation networks, including nodes, links, routes, flows and regions. Examples 
drawn from different transportation nodes. 

GEOG 434 Agricultural and Rural Development (3) The nature of agricultural 
resources, the major types of agricultural exploitation in the world and the geographic 
conditions. Main problems of conservation. 

GEOG 436 Issues in Urban Transportation (3) The spatial patterns of personal travel, 
movement of goods, and public transit services in cities. Transportation and land use. 
Public policy issues; transportation access, energy use, and neighborhood disruption. 
Methods of data collection and analysis, travel demand surveys. 

GEOG 440 Process Geomorphology (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 340 or GEOL 340 or 
consent of instructor. A quantitative investigation of the fundamental geomorphic 
processes shaping modern landscapes, with emphasis on fluvial, coastal and glacial 
processes. Field, instrumentation and laboratory analyses. 

GEOG 441 Geomorphological Environment (3) Prerequisite GEOG 201, GEOL 100 
or consent of instructor. Analysis of regional geomorphic environments; arctic, alpine, 
coastal, desert. Fluvial and glacial landscape impacts. Discussion of historical 
environments. 

GEOG 442 Urban Climates (3) Prerequisite: one of the following; GEOG 345, 347, 
METO 301 or consent of instructor. Effects of cities on their climatic environment. 
Radiant energy budgets, urban heat islands, precipitation patterns and effects of the 
urban climate on human activities. Computer simulation of urban climates and field 
study. 

GEOG 446 Applied Climatology (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 345 or consent of instructor. 
The components of the earth's readiation balance and energy budgets: radiation, soil 
heat flux and the evaporation process. Measurement and estimation techniques. 
Practical applications of microclimatological theory and techniques. 

GEOG 448 Field and Laboratory Techniques in Environmental Science (1-3) Two 

lectures and on two-hour laaboratory per week. Prerequisite: one of the following; 



GEOG — Geography 281 



GEOG 201, GEOL 100, AGRO 105, ENCE 221 or consent of instructor. A variable 
credit course that introduces field and laboratory analyses in environmental science. 

GEOG 450 The Contemporary City (3) The contemporary urban system: towns, cities 
and metropolitan areas and their role as concentrations of social and economic 
activity. Patterns of land-use: residential, commercial activity, manufacturing, and 
transportation. Explanatory and descriptive models. International comparisons. 

GEOG 454 Washington: Past and Present (3) The development of the Washington 
area from its origin as the Federal Capital to its role as a major metropolitan area. The 
geographic setting, the L'Enfant Plan and its modification, the federal government role, 
residential and commercial structure. The growth of Washington's suburbs. 

GEOG 456 The Social Geography of Metropolitan Areas (3) A socio spatial 
approach to man's interaction with his urban environment; the ways people perceive, 
define, behave in, and structure their cities and metropolitan areas. Spatial patterns of 
social activities as formed by the distribution and interaction of people and social 
institutions. 

GEOG 457 Historical Geography of North American Cities (3) The urbanization of 
the United States and Canada prior to 1920. The evolution of the urban system across 
the countries and the spatial distribution of activities within cities. The process of 
industrialization and the concurrent structuring of residential patterns among ethnic 
groups. 

GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water Resource Planning (3) Critical concepts in 
U.S. water resources managememnt with emphasis on Federal water policy, water 
supply, water quality, flood control and water recreation issues. Water resource 
planning: basic concepts and the development of water management plans. 

GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of Pollution (3) Impact of human activities on the 
environment and resulting pollution problems. The characteristics and spatial aspects 
of air, water, and land resource problems. Federal legislation and planning techniques 
to reduce pollution. 

GEOG 464 Energy Resources and Planning (3) Regional distribution of energy 
resources and consumption in the U.S. past and present patterns of energy use. 
Assessment of the potential of conservation, and nuclear, fossil and renewable energy 
resources with an emphasis on spatial impact of energy policy desisions. 

GEOG 467 Energy Resources and the Environment (3) The effect of energy 
resource utilization on the physical environment including land use, air and water 
quality, and solid waste generation. Recent laws designed to reduce environmental 
impacts. The physical consequences of alternative energy technologies. 

GEOG 470 Development of Cartographic Technology (3) The impact of 
technological improvements in land surveying and maps production of graphic 
images. The formation, expansion and diffusion of geographic information. Study of 
cartographic imagery as a changing form of communication. 

GEOG 471 Cartographic Production (3) One hour of lecture and four hours of 
laboratory per week. Map making and modern methods of production and 
reproduction. Organization of artwork for multicolor or series map production including 
production planning and quality control. 

GEOG 475 Principles of Map Design (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 370. The principles of 



282 GEOG — Geography 



designing maps for publication in print media, including books and atlases. The 
selection of symbols, colors, lettering, map projections, and map content. Constraints 
and problems in the classification and representation of map data. 

GEOG 478 Problems in Cartography (3) Prerequisite: 6 credit hours in cartography 
or consent of instructor. Special topics in cartography for advanced students. 
Problems of cartographic management; special use maps; automated map production; 
map pattern perception; tabular information from maps; map projections, 
transformations, and new technologies. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 480 Advanced Remote Sensing (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 372 or introductory 
remote sensing in another department. Project-oriented approach to specific 
applications of remote sensing. Use of numerical, digital data and pictoral images from 
aircraft and space vehicles. Image display and enhancement. Applications in 
resources management and environmental studies. 

GEOG 481 Advanced Computer Mapping (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or consent of 
instructor. Advanced concepts in automated cartography. Computerized map 
projections and displays. Computer assisted map design and symbolization. 

GEOG 482 Geographic Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or consent 
of instructor. The construction and use of computer-based information systems. The 
collection, manipulation and automated display of geographical data. Applications in 
areas such as resource management, political boundaries, terrain analysis and 
community planning. 

GEOG 483 Survey of Computer Facilities for Geography and Urban Studies (1) 

The PRIME computer system. Graphics terminals, digitizers, plotters. File creation and 
use (PRIMOS), software for statistical analysis (MINITAB), relational data base 
management system (INFO), digitizing (DIGSRF2), contour mapping (SURFACE II), 
mapping of census data (CHOROMAP), symbol mapping (GIMMS). Other computer 
facilities on campus. 

GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and Source Materials (3) A comprehensive and 
systematic survey of geographic concepts designed exclusively for teachers. Stress 
will be placed upon the philosophy of geography in relation to the social and physical 
sciences, the use of the primary tools of geography, source materials, and the 
problems of presenting geographic principles. 

GEOG 498 Topical Investigations (1-3) Independent study under individual guidance. 
Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours in 
geography and to graduate students. Any exception should have the approval of the 
head of the department. 

GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Geography (3) Introduces the student 
both to research procedures needed in graduate work and to current trends and 
developments in geographic research. Lectures by various staff members form basis 
for discussion. Research paper required. 

GEOG 601 Field Course (3) 

GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis (3) Prerequisites: GEOG 305 and 483; or 
consent of instructor. Multivariate statistical method applications to spatial problems. 
Linear and non-linear correlation and regression, factor analysis, cluster analysis. 
Spatial statistics including: trend surfaces, sequences, point distributions. Applications 



GEOG — Geography 283 



orientation rather than mathematics or programming. 

GEOG 608 Seminar in Regional Studies (3) Selected topics in regional geography. 

GEOG 610 Research Tutorial (1-3) Prerequisite: GEOG 600 and permission of the 
department. Development of research proposal: critical literature review; formulation of 
research methodology; data identification and evaluation. Individual meetings with 
faculty. Proposal defense at end of semester. 

GEOG 615 Geomorphology (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 440 or consent of instructor. 
Analysis of physical process in landscape evolution. Coastal processes, river 
mechanics, alpone glaciation and aeolian transport. 

GEOG 618 Seminar in Geomorphology (3) Study and discussion of empirical and 
theoretical research methods applied to geomorphological problems including review 
of pertinent literature. 

GEOG 625 Advanced Climatology (3) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 
Advanced study of elements and controls of the earth's climates. Analysis of the 
energy and water balances at the earth's surface and their importance and application 
to life on this planet: radiation, soil heat flux, evaporation and evapotranspiration. 

GEOG 628 Seminar in Climatology (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected 
topics in climatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced students. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 638 Seminar in Environmental and Resource Management (3) The resource 
management planning process, energy conservation and renewable energy 
development, state and federal energy politics, issues in land use planning, and water 
resources management. 

GEOG 648 Seminar in Cultural Geography (3) An examination of selected themes 
and problems in cultural geography. 

GEOG 658 Seminar in Historical Geography (3) An examination of themes and 
problems in historical geography with reference to selected areas. Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. 

GEOG 668 Seminar in Economic Geography (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor 
An examination of themes and problems in the field of economic geography. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 678 Seminar in Political Geography (3) Beginning with a review of 
contemporary advanced theory, the seminar will turn to problems such as the spatial 
consequences of political behavior, the political system and the organization of space 
including perceived space, the organization of political space. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six semester hours. 

GEOG 679 Seminar in Urban Geography (3) Post-industrial urbanization; urban 
planning and management; metropolitan systems; internal structure of the city; use of 
techniques in urban locational research; transportation and land use. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 688 Seminar in Third World Devlopment (3) Selected topics in international 
development for the advanced student. Core-periphery spatial exchanges, location 
and accessibility issues, resource constraints and opportunities, planning for rural and 
agricultural development, urbanization processes, emerging regional patterns. 



284 Dual Master's Degrees Program in Geographic Information Systems 

GEOG 694 Computerized Map Projections and Transformations (3) Prerequisite: 
GEOG 373 or equivalent in computer science, or consent of instructor. Computer 
generated projections; techniques for transforming one coordinate system to another; 
software for producing different map projections; mathematical and perceptual 
problems in producing and using projections. 

GEOG 695 Spatial Models (3) Mathematical and other models for varied subject 
matter. Models for point, line, area, surface spatial data contexts. Descriptive and 
normative models. Aggregate and dis-aggregate models. Tools for research, planning, 
decision making. Information systems context. Intuitive understanding emphasized. 
Practical experience using several computer tools. Prerequisites: GEOG 483 or 
equivalent, and GEOG 605 or equivalent. 

GEOG 696 Geographic Information Systems (3) The design, use, and management 
of computer based geographic information systems. Computer assisted spatial data 
collection, management, and display in education, government, and industry. 

GEOG 698 Seminar in Cartography (1-6) Forensic cartography, tactual maps, design 
with new technologies, perception and cognitive mapping, history of cartography, 
laboratory management. 

GEOG 699 Seminar in Computer Cartography (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or 
equivalent course in computer science or consent of instructor. Selected topics in 
computer-assisted cartography: algorithms for linear generalization, containing 
three-dimensional mapping and continuous-time mapping. Analysis of graphics 
systems of the D.C. area. 

GEOG 788 Selected Topics in Geography (1-3) Readings and discussion on 
selected topics in the field of geography. To be taken only with the joint consent of 
advisor and head of the department of geography. 

GEOG 789 Independent Readings (1-3) Independent reading as arranged between a 
graduate faculty member and student. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 790 Internship in Geography (3) Field experience in the student's specialty in 
a federal, state, or local agency or private business. A research paper required. 

GEOG 798 Independent Study (1-6) Open only to students in the non-thesis M.A. 
Option. 

GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Dual Master's Degrees Program in 
Geographic Information Systems 

This is a joint program of the College of Library and Information Services and the 
Department of Geography. It results in two master's degrees; the Master of Library 
Science (MLS) and the M.A. in Geography. The dual-degree program requires a 
minimum of 56 graduate credit hours. For a full-time student, the program requires 
two years of intensive study. Admission to the program is competitive and students 
must apply separately and be admitted both to Library and Information Services and to 
Geography. Contact either the Department (301) 454-2241 or the College of Library 
and Information Services 454-3016 for more information. 



Geology Program 285 



Geology Program 



Professor and Chair: Chang 

ProfessorAtiler 

Associate Professors :Ridky, Segovia, Siegrist, Stifel, Weidner, Wylie 

Assistant Professors: Candela, Nielsen, McLellan 

The Department of Geology offers graduate programs leading to the MS and PhD 

degrees. Broad research interests among faculty members make study and research 

available in all major fields of geological sciences with specialization in economic 

minerals, fuels and deposits; engineering, and environmental geology; experimental 

petrology and crystal chemistry; solution and trace element geochemistry; 

sedimentation; straigraphy and paleontology; structural geology; and regional geology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students with a major in geology as well as in physics, chemistry, biology, 
and related sciences and engineering are invited to apply for admission to the 
graduate programs. There is no single prescribed curriculum for all graduate students. 
The entire course of study is individually developed for each student by his/her 
graduate program committee. All students are required to take an entrance 
examination, results from which are used to design their academic schedules. 

The MS degree is awarded following the successful completion of the course 
requirements and a satisfactory thesis. For the PhD degree, requirements include 
satisfactory course work, a comprehensive examination, and completion of all 
dissertation and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has all standard laboratory equipment for rock, mineral, and fossil 
preparation and treatment. Special equipment includes a fully automated x-ray 
spectrometer, an electron microprobe analyzer, x-ray diffractometers, atomic 
absorption spectcophotometer research transmitted and reflected light microscopes, 
geophysical equipment for magnetic, seismic, resistivity and EM measurements, and a 
complete laboratory for mineral synthesis and phase equilibrium studies at 
high-temperatures and high-pressures including hydrothermal, internally-heated 
piston-cylinder, and Bridgman opposed-anvil systems. Extensive library, computer 
and electron microscope facilities are available on campus for graduate research. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, 
D.C. and close to the city of Baltimore where a large number of outstanding institutions 
are located. These include the United States Geological Survey, Bureau of Mines, 
Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, National Bureau of 
Standards, NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Smithsonian Institution, the 
Carnegie Institute's Geophysical Laboratory and Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, 
and the Geological Survey of Maryland. Opportunites exist for programs of study in 
cooperation with many of these institutions. 



286 GEOL — Geology 



Financial Assistance 

Graduate students are eligible for departmental teaching assistantships, Graduate 
School assistantships, and grant-supported fellowships and research assistantships. In 
addition, some curatorial, library, and other part-time work is available. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Graduate Programs in Geology at Maryland" gives additional 
information on the requirements, examinations, faculty research interests and 
publications, research facilities, and financial aids. Copies are available from: 

Department of Geology, 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

GEOL — Geology 

GEOL 410 Industrial Rocks and Minerals (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of 
instructor. The origin; occurrence; mineralogy; extraction and treatment technology; 
production and deposit-evaluation of rocks and minerals used in the construction, 
ceramic, chemical and allied industries. Restricted to non-fuels, non-metallic, non-gem 
materials. Field trips to industrial locations are required. 

GEOL 423 Optical Mineralogy (3) One lecture and two laboratories a week. 
Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of instructor. The optical behavior of crystals with 
emphasis on the theory and application of the petrographic microscope. 

GEOL 432 Stratigraphic Paleontology (3) Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite: GEOL 331. Principles of biostratigraphy, paleoecology and 
pateogeography. Laboratory study emphasizes significant index fossils. 

GEOL 434 Micropaleontology (3) Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite: GEOL 331 or consent of instructor. A systematic review of the 
morphology, classification, ecology and geologic ranges of important microfossil 
groups, particularly ostracoses and foraminifera. 

GEOL 436 Regional Geology of North America (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 102 or 
consent of the instructor. A systematic study of the regional geology of North America 
including history, structure, stratigraphy and petrology of the physiographic provinces 
of the United States, Canada and the Caribbean. 

GEOL 443 Petrology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of instructor. Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week. A detailed study of rocks: petrogenesis; distributions; 
chemical and mineralogical relation; macroscopic descriptions and geologic 
significance. 

GEOL 444 Petrography (3) One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisites: 
GEOL 423, 342 or consent of instructor. Microscopic thin-section studies of rocks 
stressing the description and classification of igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

GEOL 445 Principles of Geochemistry (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 103 and GEOL 322. 
An introduction to the basic principles of geochemistry including geothermometry, 
geobarometry, geochronology and the genesis of natural inorganic materials. 

GEOL 446 Geophysics (3) Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: 



GEOL — Geology 287 



PHYS 142 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the basic theories and principles 
of geophysics stressing such important applications as rock magnetism, gravity 
anomolies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and surveying. 

GEOL 447 Geochemistry of Fuels (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or consent of 
instructor. Discussion of the progenitors and the biochemical, chemical and physical 
agencies that convert them into crude oils, coals of various ranks, natural gas and 
other organic fuels. The origin, composition, mineralogy and organic constituents 
(kerogen) of oil shales. Mineralogy, geochemical cycles and accumulation of uranium 
and thorium. 

GEOL 450 Economic Geology of Energy Sources (3) Problems related to current 
methods for exploration for and recovery of crude oils, coals, asphalts, tar sands, oil 
shales, gas, uranium, and geothermal energy. Geological, geochemical, engineering, 
economic and environmental considerations. 

GEOL 451 Groundwater Geology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the basic geologic parameters associated with the hydrologic cycle. 
Problems in the accumulation, distribution and movement of groundwater will be 
analyzed. 

GEOL 453 Economic Geology (3) Two laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 322 
or consent of instructor. A study of the geology of metallic ore deposits stressing 
ore-forming processes, configuration of important ore bodies, and familiarization with 
characteristic ore mineral suites. 

GEOL 454 Petroleum Geology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 341. The occurrence of 
petroleum, the reservoir, fluids in the reservoir, and preliminary consideration of 
reservoir dynamics based upon temperature and pressure. Special emphasis on 
reservoir sedimentology, the role of water in the behavior of constituent clays, and 
techniques of wireline logging of subsurface lithologies. 

GEOL 456 Engineering Geology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 341 or consent of the 
instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. A study of the geological problems 
associated with the location of tunnels, bridges, dams and nuclear reactors, slope 
control, and natural hazards. 

GEOL 462 Geological Remote Sensing (3) One lecture and two laboratories a week. 
Prerequisites: GEOL 341 and 342, or consent of the instructor. An introduction to 
geological remote sensing including applications of aerial photographic interpretation 
to problems in regional geology, engineering geology, structural geology, and 
stratigraphy. Films, filters, and criteria used in selecting imagery are also discussed. 
Laboratory exercises include measurements of geologic parameters and compilation 
and transference of data to base maps. 

GEOL 471 Geochemical Methods of Analysis (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 103 AND 113 
Principles and application of geochemical analysis as applied to a variety of geological 
problems. X-ray and optical spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction, atomic absorption, 
electron microprobe and electron microscopy. 

GEOL 472 Tectonics (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 341 or consent of instructor. Selected 
tectonic elements of organic belts through out the world viewed in the framework of 
plate tectonics and sea floor spreading. 

GEOL 474 Computer Modeling for Geologists (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 331, 341, 342 



288 GEOL — Geology 



or 423; CMSC 110. Computer modeling in the geosciences. 

GEOL 475 General Oceanography (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or equivalent, and one 
additional semester of physical science. An introduction to physical, chemical and 
geological processes that occur in the marine environment including physical and 
chemical properties of sea water, geology of the sea floor, general circulation of the 
ocean, currents, waves, and tides. 

GEOL 490 Geology Field Camp (6) Prerequisites: GEOL 322, 331 and 341, or 
consent of instructor. Six weeks of summer field work prior to senior year. Principles 
and problems in sampling, measuring, mapping, and reporting of geologic data. 
Group field trips and discussions. 

GEOL 499 Special Problems in Geology (1-3) Prerequisites: GEOL 102 AND 110 or 

equivalent, and consent of instructor. Intensive study of a special geologic subject or 
technique selected after consultation with instructor. Intended to provide training or 
instruction not available in other courses which will aid the student's development in 
his field of major interest. 

GEOL 501 Earth Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers i (4) Three 
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. The history of the universe, the solar 
system and the earth, a description of the earth's atmosphere and weather 
phenomena. The major minerals and rocks of the earth, and a description of the major 
geologic processes that change the earth's surface. 

GEOL 502 Earth Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers II (4) Three 
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: GEOL 501 . Description 
of the earth's interior, the continents and ocean basins and an explanation of those 
features in terms of the theories of continental drift, sea floor spreading and plate 
tectonics. 

GEOL 503 Earth Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers III (4) Three 
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: GEOL 502. An intensive 
field study of the geology of Maryland and the Mid-Atlantic States including the 
Coastal Plain; Piedmont, Blue Ridge, Ridge and Valley.and Appalachian Plateau 
provinces. 

GEOL 610 Geometries (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Formulation and analysis 
of geologic problems employing computer and statistical modeling techniques. 

GEOL 614 Thermodynamics of Geological Processes (3) Prerequisites: MATH 141, 
CHEM 113, GEOL 322, and PHYS 142. Thermodynamics and its application to 
problems in mineralogy, petrology and geochemistry. Systematic development of the 
laws of thermodynamics and the principles of chemical equilibrium as applied to 
geological problems. 

GEOL 621 Mineralogy of Ore-forming Sulfides (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or 
equivalent and permission of instructor. A systematic study of chemical compositions, 
crystal structures, and paragenetic relations of major ore-forming sulfides. 

GEOL 622 Mineralogy of the Rock-forming Silicates (3) Prerequisites: GEOL 422 
and CHEM 481 or equivalents and permission of instructor. A systematic study of the 
structure, polymorphic relations, composition and phase transformations of the major 
rock forming silicates. 

GEOL 623 Ore Microscopy (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 423. Pre or corequisite: GEOL 653. 



GEOL — Geology 289 



One lecture and two laboratories per week. A systematic study of general principles of 
reflected light optics and their application to the reflected light polarizing microscope 
as well as techniques for identifying common ore mineral in polished section. 

GEOL 632 Biostratigraphy and Paleoecology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 432 and 
consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Principles and 
processes of biostratigraphy and paleoecology including: controlling parameters of the 
marine environment; mode of life of fossil invertebrates; evolution and ecological 
function of populations, communities and provinces; ecological history; time and 
stratigraphy including sedimentary systems and correlation. 

GEOL 634 Micropaleontology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 431 or consent of instructor. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A systematic review of the morphology, 
classification, ecology and geologic ranges of important microfossil groups, particularly 
ostracoses and foraminifera. 

GEOL 641 Advanced Structural Geology (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A detailed treatment of stress, strain, 
deformation of rocks, and resulting structures on microscopic, mesoscopic, and 
macroscopic scales; consideration of world examples of structural variation; concept 
and problems of plate tectonics; all designed as a complete study of structural 
geology. 

GEOL 642 Sedimentary Petrography (3) Prerequisites: GEOL 442 or equivalent, and 
consent of instructor. Two laboratories per week. Sampling and description of 
sediments and sedimentary rocks. Includes a statistical characterization of the mineral 
composition, texture, structure, and geometry of sedimentary bodies. 

GEOL 643 Igneous Petrology (3) Prerequisites: GEOL 443, CHEM 481, or permission 
of instructor. Two laboratories per week. Analysis of the genesis of the igneous rocks 
using chemical, mineralogic, petrographic and field data. Estimation of intensive 
parameters, such as temperature and pressure on the basis of these data. 
Interpretation of chemical variation in related rock suites in terms of fractional and 
equilibrium crystallization and melting processes. 

GEOL 644 Metamorphic Petrology (3) Prerequisites: GEOL 443 and CHEM 481, or 
consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Analysis of the 
physical and chemical aspects of metamorphic processes. Suites of metamorphic 
rocks by the use of chemical, mineralogic, petrographic, and field data. 

GEOL 652 Geological Oceanography (3) Prerequisite: geoLOGY 475 and consent of 
instructor. Study of marine and estuarine environments with special attention to present 
geological and geochemical processes. Origin and evolution of basins, margins, 
sediments and water; sediment-water and basalt-water interactions; environmental 
effects of societal actions; oceanographic and laboratory techniques; Chesapeake bay 
processes. Shipboard excursions required. Laboratory workups on collected samples 
conducted on an individual basis to the interests of the student. 

GEOL 653 Advanced Problems in Economic Geology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 453 or 
permission of instructor. A systematic study of particular ore deposit types or areas of 
mineralization, primarily involving major economically important metals. Geologic 
setting, mineralogy and form and character of the ore bodies, chemical and physical 
factors affecting source, transport and deposition of ore forming fluids. 



290 GEOL — Geology 



GEOL 656 Engineering and Environmental Geology (3) Prerequisite: consent of the 
instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The relationship of man to the 
planet earth; his increasing colonization based upon available food, materials, and 
energy; environmental consequences of resource extraction; and the desirability of 
planetary management policy as a long-term goal. 

GEOL 660 Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3) Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. The dynamics, form and thermo characteristics of ice as related to glacial 
structures. Quaternary deposition and strata in relation to older strata as well as 
modern day sediments. The general lithology, morphology, and classification of till. 
Specific emphasis on the classical Wisconsin stage of glaciation of North America. 

GEOL 663 Morphotectonics (3) Prerequisites: GEOL 462 and GEOL 664 or consent 
of the instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Interactions between 
surface geologic processes and recent deformation of the earth's crust. Discussion of 
criteria and techniques applicable to the identification of recent folding and faulting. 
Surface manifestation of deep structures in areas covered by unconsolidated deposits. 

GEOL 664 Surface Geologic Processes and Terrain Analysis (3) Prerequisites: 
GEOL 440 and GEOL 441 . Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Chemical and 
physical processes which modify compositional and spatial parameters of geologic 
materials at and near the surface of the earth. Applications of surface process analysis 
in engineering geology, soils studies, archeology, land use planning, and mineral and 
petroleum exploration. 

GEOL 671 Analytical Methods in Minerology (3) Prerequisites: GEOL 422, CHEM 
471 and permission of the instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. An 
intensive study in the operation and application of instrumentation in mineralogical 
problems. Emphasis on designing and testing methods of analysis for use in the 
student's research problems in geology. 

GEOL 675 Geochemistry of Sedimentary Environments (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 442 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Application of geochemical principles 
and techniques to the study of authigenesis of sedimentary rocks. Emphasis on the 
geochemical parameters that describe recent sedimentary environments containing 
carbonates, clays, oron oxides and sulfides. Centering on instrumental techniques 
used in the study of chemical sediments, e.g. X-ray analysis, electron microscopy and 
luminescence petrography. 

GEOL 676 Geochemistry of Biosphere (3) Prerequisite: two years of chemistry 
including one year of either organic or physical chemistry. An interdisciplinary 
approach involving inorganic, organic, physical and biochemistry to integrate the 
available information necessary to interpret and explain the major aspects of the 
geochemistry of the biosphere. 

GEOL 789 Recent Advances in Geology (2-4) Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. Recent advances in geology research. 

GEOL 798 Seminar in Geology (1) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. 
Discussion of special topics in current literature in all phases of geology. 

GEOL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
GEOL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



Germanic Language and Literature Program 291 



Germanic Language and Literature Program 

Associate Professor and Chair: Brecht 

Professors: Best, Jones, Herin, Oster 

Associate Professors: Bilik, Fletcher, Frederiksen, Beiken, Pfister 

The Germanic Section of the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and 

Literatures offers programs of study leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. 

Specialization includes the following areas: Language Pedagogy and Applied 

Linguistics; Germanic Philology; Medieval Literature and Culture; and Literature of the 

German Speaking Countries from the Renaissance to the Present. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the Graduate School requirements, candidates must have a bachelor's 
degree with an undergraduate major in German language and literature or the 
equivalent, and fluency in the written and spoken language. Candidates for the 
doctorate must have a master's degree in Germanic Studies or in a related discipline, 
for example; German, Scandinavian Studies, Language Education, Medieval Studies, 
etc. 

Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis option) are: 24 hours of coursework, the 
thesis, and a written comprehensive examination. The M.A. (non-thesis option) requires 
30 hours of coursework. a mini-thesis with oral defense, and a written comprehensive 
examination. For both options the comprehensives consist of four two-hour 
examinations based on the coursework and the M.A. Reading List. 

Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as follows: 1) completion of at least 30 
hours of coursework beyond the master's degree, over a period of residency at the 
University of Maryland of at least one year, and a further 12 hours of dissertation 
research; 2) a reading skill examination in a language other than English or German, 
which may be another Germanic language or a language related to the candidate's 
research; 3) comprehensive written examinations; 4) presentation of the dissertation 
topic to the Germanic Section graduate faculty before the topic is approved; 5) the 
dissertation; 6) oral dissertation defense. The doctoral comprehensives consist of six 
three-hour examinations. The candidate has considerable freedom in choosing the 
subject to be covered in three of the examinations; the other three being the required 
fields of philology or applied linguistics, medieval literature, and modern literature. 
Candidates who opt for all three selected topics in German literature will choose 
subjects in the following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 18th century, 19th century, 
20th century; in which case the required modern literature examination will require 
interpretation of a text. Candidates who select topics from other fields such as 
philology, Scandinavian Studies, medieval studies, etc., will take a general examination 
in the modern literature required exam. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its course offerings listed below, the Germanic Section of the Department 
of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures sponsors the German Club, the 
University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phi Alpha (the national German language 
honors society). Distinguished scholars and lecturers, as well as visiting professors, 
visit the metropolitan area and campus regularly. College Park's closeness to 
Washington, D.C. facilitates participation in the many cultural functions of the capital 



292 GERM — German 



with its wealth of German and Scandinavian social groups and national societies. 

Financial Assistance 

The Germanic Section is able to contribute to the financial support of its graduate 
students in the form of teaching and non-teaching assistantships as well as several 
fellowships. 

Additional Information 

For further information write to: Director of Graduate Studies, Department of Germanic 
and Slavic Languages and Literature. 

Courses 

> 

GERM — German 

GERM 401 Advanced Conversation (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. 
Development of fluency in spoken German. Discussion of contemporary issues. 

GERM 403 Advanced Composition (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. 
Advanced instruction in writing skills. 

GERM 405 Stylistics (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. Stylistic analysis of 
oral and written German both literary and non-literary. Intensive study of vocabulary 
and syntax. Dictionary and composition exercises. 

GERM 415 German/English Translation I (3) An intensive presentation of German 
grammar limited exclusively to reading skill; graded readings in the arts and sciences. 
Instruction in English; can not be used to satisfy the arts and humanities foreign 
language requirement. May not be taken for credit by students who have completed 
GERM 111-115 and/or GERM 301/302. 

GERM 416 German/English Translation II (3) Prerequisites: GERM 302, GERM 415 or 
equivalent. Written translation of materials from the student's field of study. Discussion 
of basic problems of German-to-English translation, with examples from students' 
projects. Instruction in English. Cannot be used to satisfy the arts and humanities 
foreign language requirement. 

GERM 418 Practicum in German/English Translation (3) Prerequisite: GERM 416 or 
equivalent. Problems of professional translating from German into English; translation 
of literary and technical texts; the assembling and use of a specialized translator's 
reference library. May be repeated up to a maximum of six credits. 

GERM 419 Selected Topics in German Language Study (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 
and consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is 
different. 

GERM 421 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) Prerequisites GERM 321 and 322, or 

permission of instructor. German literature from the 8th through the 15th centuries. 
Readings include old high German texts; the German heroic, courtly and popular epic; 
Minnesang, Meistersang, the late Medieval epic: folk literature of the late Middle Ages. 
Read in modern German translation. 

GERM 422 From the Reformation Through the Baroque (3) Prerequisites GERM 
321 AND 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the 
reformation and the period of humanism through the baroque (ca. 1517-1720). 



GERM — German 293 



Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 423 From Enlightenment through Storm and Stress (3) Prerequisites GERM 
321 and 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the 
Enlightenment (1720- 1785), the Age of Sentimentalism (1740-1780), and Storm and 
Stress (1767-1785). Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 424 Classicism (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of 
instructor. Readings of representative authors from the Age of Classicism (1786-1832). 
Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 431 Romanticism and Biedermeier (3) Prerequisites GERM 321 and 322 or 

permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the periods of 
Romanticism (1798-1835) and Biedermeier (1820-1850). Readings and instruction in 
German. 

GERM 432 Junges Deutschland and Realism (3) Prerequisite GERM 321 and 322, 
or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the periods of 
Junges Deutschland (1830-1850) and Realism (1850-1890). Readings and instruction 
in German. 

GERM 433 Naturalism and Its Counter Currents (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 
322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the period of 
naturalism and its counter currents (1880-1920). Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 434 Expressionism to 1945 (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 AND 322, or 

permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from Expressionism 
through the period between the wars to the contrast of Nazi and Exile Literature (ca. 
1910-1945). Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 435 From 1945 to the Present (3) Prerequisite: GERM 321 and 322, or 
permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the 'Two 
Germanies," Austria, and Switzerland in the period from the end of World War II to the 
present. Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 439 Selected Topics in German Literature (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 AND 
322, or permission of instructor. Specialized study of an author, school, genre, or 
theme. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different. Readings 
and instruction in German. 

GERM 449 Selected Topics in Yiddish Studies (3) Prerequisite: Permission of 
instructor. Study of a linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Yiddish studies. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different. 

GERM 459 Selected Topics in Netherlandic Studies (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Study of a linguisitic, literary or cultural topic in Netherlandic Studies. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different. 

GERM 461 Reading Swedish, Danish and Norwegian I (3) Develops reading facility 
in three languages in one semester. Texts read include Bergman's Seventh Seal, tales 
by H.C. Andersen, excerpts from works by Ibsen and Hamsun, and selected folk 
literature. No foreign language prerequisite. Not available for credit to students who 
have taken GERM 164 or GERM 165. 

GERM 462 Reading Swedish, Danish and Norwegian II (3) Prerequisite: GERM 461 
or permission of instructor. Further development of reading facility. 



294 GERM — German 



GERM 463 The Icelandic Family Saga (3) Analysis of the old Norse saga as 
historiography, literature, and folklore. Readings and instruction in English. 

GERM 464 The Fantastic and Historic Saga (3) Mythological/heroic sagas, 
translation of chivalric materials from the continent, and the histories of the Norwegian 
kings, the "viking colonies" and the settlement of Iceland contrasted with the classical 
structure of the family saga, chivalric models, and other national histories by Germanic 
writers of the Middle Ages. Readings and instruction in English. 

GERM 469 Selected Topics in Scandinavian Studies (3) Prerequisite: Permission of 
instructor. Study of a linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Scandinavian studies. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different. 

GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic Philology (3) Prerequisites: GERM 115 and 
GERM 471, or equivalent. Reconstructed proto-Germanic and surveys of Gothic, Old 
Norse, Old English, Old Saxon. The development of High German from the Old High 
German period through Middle High German to modern German; a short introduction 
to modern German dialectology. Instruction in English. 

GERM 475 Old Norse (3) The language of the old Icelandic saga, the Eddas and 
Skaldic poetry. Reading of texts in the original; historical development of Old Norse 
and its role in the Germanic language family. No knowledge of German or a 
Scandinavian language required; instruction in English. 

GERM 479 Selected Topics in Germanic Philology (3) Prerequisite: consent of 
instructor. Selected topics such as comparative Germanic studies, Old Norse 
language or readings in Old Norse literature, modern German dialectology. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different. 

GERM 499 Directed Study (1-3) Prerequisite: by permission of department chairman 
and/or undergraduate advisor. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter 
is different. 

GERM 610 Structure of the German Language (3) An introduction to applied 
linguistics. Structural analysis of the phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and 
lexicon of modern German contrasted with that of modern English. 

GERM 611 College Teaching of German (3) Instruction, demonstration and 
classroom practice under supervision of modern procedures in the presentation of 
elementary German courses to college age students. 

GERM 620 Methods and Concepts of Germanic Studies (3) The history, methods 
and concepts of Germanic Studies (language and literature). 

GERM 621 Middle High German Literature I (3) Form and structure of the medieval 
verse narrative; treatment of the most important authors and works of the period. 

GERM 622 Middle High German Literature II (3) Form and structure of medieval lyric 
poetry; treatment of the most important authors of the period. 

GERM 631 German Lyric Poetry (3) An exposition of the genre of lyric poetry, its 
metrical and aesthetic background, illustrated by characteristic examples from the 
Middle Ages to the present. 

GERM 632 The German Novelle (3) Study of the development of the genre from the 
18th century to the present. 

GERM 633 The German Novel (3) The theory and structure of the German novel from 



GERM — German 295 



the Baroque to the present. 

GERM 634 German Drama (3) An introduction to the theory and structure of the 
German drama from the Baroque to the present with extensive interpretation of 
characteristic works. 

GERM 671 Gothic, Old High German, Middle High German I (3) The first semester 
of a two-semester practicum in reading Gothic, Old and Middle High German, with 
emphasis on linguistic analysis. 

GERM 672 Gothic, Old High German, Middle High German II (3) Prerequisite: GERM 
671. Continuation of GERM 671. 

GERM 691 Research Techniques: Documentation (1) Principles and conventions of 
scholarly documentation. 

GERM 692 Research Techniques: Bibliography and Manuscript Preparation (1) 

Bibliographic verification and search resources and techniques. The preparation of a 
scholarly manuscript: format, editing, and proofreading. 

GERM 693 Research Techniques: Formating (1) Scholarly formats - the abstract, 
review, report, essay, article and monograph related to purpose, structure, and 
limitations. 

GERM 694 Research Techniques: Materials Production (1) The production of 
camera-ready copy for academic use. 

GERM 798 Master's Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May 
be repeated to a maximum of six credits if content differs. 

GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

GERM 818 Seminar: The Middle Ages (3) Study of one or more representative 
authors or works of the Middle Ages. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits 
when content differs. 

GERM 819 Seminar: The 16th and 17th Centuries (3) The German literature of the 
Humanists, the Reformation and the Baroque as illustrated by study of one or more 
authors of the 16th or 17th centuries. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits 
when content differs. 

GERM 828 Seminar: The 18th Century (3) Study of one or more authors from the 
Enlightenment, Sentimentalism, Stress, or Classicism periods. May be repeated to a 
maximum of nine credits when content differs. 

GERM 829 Seminar: The 19th Century (3) Study of one or more authors of 
Romanticism, Biedermeier, Young Germany or Realism. May be repeated to a 
maximum of nine credits when content differs. 

GERM 838 Seminar: The 20th Century (3) Study of a literary movement or of one or 
more authors from the period of Naturalism to the present. May be repeated to a 
maximum of nine credits when content differs. 

GERM 839 Seminar: Special Topics (3) Study of a topic of a general nature and not 
limited to any specific century. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when 
content differs. 

GERM 879 Seminar in Germanic Philology (3) In depth study of a topic in Germanic 
or Indo-European philology comparative Germanic grammar, runology, dialect 



296 SLAV — Slavic 



geography, Eddie or Skaldic poetry, Indo-European studies. May be repeated to a 
maximum of nine credits if content differs. 

GERM 889 Seminar in Germanic Area Studies (3) Comprehensive study of a 
selected topic in German or Germanic area studies: history of ideas, cultural history, 
Germanic literatures other than German, folk literature and folklore. May be repeated to 
a maximum of nine credits if content differs. 

GERM 898 Doctoral Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
May be repeated up to a total of six credits when content differs. 

GERM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

SLAV — Slavic 

SLAV 401 Advanced Russian Conversation I (3) Prerequisite: SLAV 202. For 
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

SLAV 402 Advanced Russian Conversation II (3) Prerequisite: SLAV 401. A 
continuation of SLAV 401 . 

SLAV 403 Advanced Russian Composition I (3) Prerequisite: SLAV 202. 

SLAV 404 Advanced Russian Composition II (3) Prerequisite: SLAV 403 A 
continuation of SLAV 403. 

SLAV 410 Applied Russian Linguistics (3) The nature of applied linguistics and its 
contributions to the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative study of 
English and Russian, with emphasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation 
and construction of related drills. 

SLAV 419 Selected Topics in Russian Language Study (3) Prerequisite: permission 
of the instructor. Presentation of a topic in Russian language study. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits if content differs. 

SLAV 423 Russian Literature of the 18th Century (3) 

SLAV 431 Russian Literature of the 19th Century I (3) 

SLAV 432 Russian Literature of the 19th Century II (3) 

SLAV 433 Russian Literature of the 20th Century (3) 

SLAV 434 Soviet Russian Literature (3) 

SLAV 439 Selected Topics in Russian Literature (3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Presentation of a topic in Russian literature. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits if content differs. 

SLAV 468 19th Century Russian Literature In Translation (3) Development of 
Russian literary thought in the Russian novel and short prose of the 19th century. 
Influence of western literatures and philosophies considered. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits when content differs. 

SLAV 469 Selected Topics in Slavic Studies (3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Presentation of a topic in Slavic studies. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits if content differs. 

SLAV 472 Comparative Slavic Linguistics (3) Prerequisite: GERM 471 or equivalent. 
Comparative Slavic linguistics and, especially, a concept of the place of the Russian 
language in the world of Slavic culture through the reading of selected texts illustrating 



Government and Politics Program 297 



common Slavic relationships and dissimilarities. 

SLAV 475 Old Church Slavonic (3) Introduction to the language of the oldest 
recorded Slavic documents. Historical presentation of phonology, morphology, and 
syntax; reading of texts. 

SLAV 479 Selected Topics in Slavic Linguistics (3) Prerequisite permission of 
instructor. Presentation of a topic in Slavic linguistics. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits if content differs. 

SLAV 489 Selected Topics in Slavic Area Studies (3) Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. Presentation of a topic in Slavic area studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits if content differs. 

SLAV 499 Directed Study (1-3) For advanced students, by permission of department 
chairman. Course may be repeated to a maximum of six hours if content differs. 

Government and Politics Program 

Professor and Chair: Quester 

Professors: Azar, Bobrow, Butterworth, Claude, Conway, Glass, Hsueh, McNelly, 

Oppenheimer, Phillips, Segal, Stone, Wilkenfeld 

Associate Professors: Elkin, Glendening, Heisler, Pirages, Ranald, Reeves, Terchek, 

Uslaner 

Assistant Professors: Alford, Foreman, Kaiser, Kaminski, Lanning, McCarrick, Mcintosh, 

Oliver, Soltan 

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include American 
politics, comparative politics, international politics, political theory, political economy, 
public administration, public policy, public law, national security, and political 
development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's degree candidates may select a thesis or a non-thesis option, both of which 
require six semester hours of political theory or political philosophy, and six semester 
hours or methods courses, and a comprehensive examination in one field. Both 
options require a total of 30 semester hours of credit. 

The doctoral program involves seminars, research, and opportunities for teaching 
experience. Generally students will be expected to complete 42 hours of graduate 
work including courses in political theory and methods which are required for all 
students. In consultation with an advisor, students will identify two fields of 
specialization and must pass comprehensive written examinations in both fields and 
complete a dissertation. 

Financial Assistance 

In addition to teaching assistantships, the Department also has a government 
internship program for students interested in public administration and a limited and 
variable number of research positions with research grants. 



298 GVPT — Government and Politics 



Additional Information 

Further information and a manual on graduate study can be secured from the 
Department's Office of the Director of Graduate Studies. 

Courses 

GVPT — Government and Politics 

GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A study of 
governmental problems of international scope, such as causes of war, problems of 
neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to report on readings from current 
literature. 

GVPT 402 International Law (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the basic 
character, general principles and specific rules of international law, with emphasis on 
recent and contemporary trends in the field and its relation to other aspects of 
international affairs. 

GVPT 403 Law, Morality and War (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 300 or 401 or PHIL 142 or 
consent of instructor. An exploration of fundamental moral and legal issues 
concerning war. Also offered as PHIL 403. 

GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administration (3) Prerequisite GVPT 410 or BMGT 
360. A survey of public personnel administration, including the development of merit 
civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, examination techniques, 
promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee relations, and retirement. 

GVPT 412 Public Financial Administration (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 410 or ECON 450 
A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of current and 
capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the techniques of public 
purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-audit and post-audit. 

GVPT 413 Governmental Organization and Management (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 410. 
A study of the theories of organization and management in American government with 
emphasis on new trends, experiments and reorganizations. 

GVPT 414 Administrative Law (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the discretion 
exercised by administrative agencies, including analysis of their functions, their powers 
over persons and property, their procedures, and judical sanctions and controls. 

GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public Administration (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 280 
or 410, or consent of instructor. An introduction to the study of governmental 
administrative systems viewed from the standpoint of comparative typologies and 
theoretical schemes useful in cross-national comparisons and empirical studies of the 
politics of the administrative process in several nations-. Both western and non-western 
countries are included. 

GVPT 422 Quantitative Political Analysis (3) Prerequisite GVPT 220, or consent of 
instructor. Introduction to quantitative methods of data analysis, including selected 
statistical methods, block analysis, content analysis, and scale construction. 

GVPT 423 Elections and Electoral Behavior (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 or consent of 
instructor. An examination of various topics relating to elections; the focus includes the 
legal structure under which elections are conducted, the selection and nomination 
process, the conduct of election campaigns, and patterns of political participation and 



GVPT — Government and Politics 299 



voting choice in different types of elections. 

GVPT 426 Public Opinion (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of public 
opinion and its effect on political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and 
measurement, propaganda and pressure groups. 

GVPT 427 Political Sociology (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. A 
study of the societal aspects of political life including selected aspects of the sociology 
of group formation and group dynamics, political association, community integration 
and political behavior presented in the context of the societal environments of political 
systems. 

GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The problem 
approach to political behavior with emphasis on theoretical and empirical studies on 
selected aspects of the political process. 

GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional Law (3) Prerequisite GVPT 170 A 
systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American constitutional system, 
with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement 
of the federal constitution. 

GVPT 432 Civil Rights and the Constitution (3) Prerequisite GVPT 431 A study of 
civil rights in the American constitutional context, emphasizing freedom of religion, 
freedom of expression, minority discrimination, and the rights of defendants. 

GVPT 433 The Judicial Process (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of 
judicial organization in the United States at all levels of government, with some 
emphasis on legal reasoning, legal research and court procedures. 

GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public Law (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A political and 
legal examination of the constitutionally protected rights affecting racial minorities and 
of the constitutional power of the federal courts, congress, and the executive to define, 
protect and extend these rights. 

GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior (3) A study of judicial decision making at the state and 
national levels, drawing primarily on the more recent quantitative and behavioral 
literature. 

GVPT 436 The Legal Status of Women (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of 
judicial interpretation and application of common, statutory, and constitutional law as 
these affect the status of women in American society. 

GVPT 441 History of Political Theory: Ancient and Medieval (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 
100. A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers before 
Machiavelli. 

GVPT 442 History of Political Theory— Medieval to Recent (3) Prerequisite GVPT 
100. A survey of the principal theorists set forth in the works of writers from Michiavelli 
to J. S. Mill. 

GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 441 OR 442 A 
survey of the principal political theories and ideologies from Karl Marx to the present. 

GVPT 444 American Political Theory (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the 
development and growth of American political concepts from the Colonial period to the 
present. 

GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey and 



300 GVPT — Government and Politics 



analysis of political ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union from early times to the 
present. 

GVPT 448 Non-Western Political Thought (3) Examination of works by major authors 
and general themes of political thought originating in Asia, the Middle East, and Africa. 
This is not a survey of all non-western political thought, but a course to be limited by 
the professor with each offering. When repeated by a student, consent of instructor is 
required. 

GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign Policy Formation (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 
280 or 300, or consent of instructor. An introduction to the comparative study of foreign 
policy formation structures and processes followed by a survey of the domestic 
sources of policy for major states. A conspectus of substantive patterns of foreign 
policy in analytically salient types of systems is presented. Domestic and global 
systemic sources of foreign policy are compared. 

GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 1 70. A study of the 
development of the foreign policy of the Soviet Union, with attention paid to the forces 
and conditions that make for continuities and changes from Tsarist policies. 

GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An analytical and 
historical study of the Latin-American policies of the United States and of problems in 
our relations with individual countries, with emphasis on recent developments. 

GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The background 
and interpretation of recent political events in East Asia and their influence on world 
politics. 

GVPT 454 Contemporary African Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of 
contemporary development in the international politics of Africa, with special emphasis 
on the role of an emerging Africa in world affairs. 

GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A 
survey of contemporary development in the international politics of the Middle East, 
with special emphasis on the role of emerging Middle East nations in world affairs. 

GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The principles 
and machinery of the conduct of American foreign relations, with emphasis on the 
department of state and the foreign service, and an analysis of the major foreign 
policies of the United States. 

GVPT 460 State and Local Administration (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 1 70. A study of the 
administrative structure, procedures and policies of state and local governments with 
special emphasis on the state level and on intergovernmental relationships, and with 
illustrations from Maryland governmental arrangments. 

GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 1 70. An examination of 
administrative problems relating to public services, planning and coordination in a 
metropolitan environment. 

GVPT 462 Urban Politics (3) Urban political process and institutions considered in the 
light of changing social and economic conditions. 

GVPT 471 Women and Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 or permission of instructor. 
An examination of patterns of political participation among women and of problems of 
public policy especially relevant to women. 



GVPT — Government and Politics 301 



GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comprehensive 
study of legislative organization procedure and problems. The course includes 
opportunities for student contact with Congress and with the legislature of Maryland. 

GVPT 474 Political Parties (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A descriptive and analytical 
examination of American political parties, nominations, elections, and political 
leadership. 

GVPT 475 The Presidency and the Executive Branch (3) Prerequisite GVPT 1 70 An 
examination of the executive, legislative and party roles of the president in the political 
process. 

GVPT 479 Problems of American Public Policy (3) Prerequisite GVPT 170 The 
background and interpretation of various factors which affect the formation and 
execution of American public policy. 

GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 280 and at least 

one other course in comparative government. A study, along functional lines, of major 

political institutions, such as legislatures, executives, courts, bureaucracies, public 

organizations, and political parties. 

GVPT 481 Government and Administration of the Soviet Union (3) Prerequisite 

GVPT 170. A study of the adoption of the communist philosophy by the Soviet Union, 

of its governmental structure and of the administration of government policy in the 

Soviet Union. 

GVPT 482 Government and Politics of Latin America (3) Prerequisite GVPT 170 A 

comparative study of the governmental systems and political processes of the Latin 

American countries, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

GVPT 483 Government and Politics of Asia (3) Prerequisite GVPT 280 or 453 or 
HIST 261, or 262 or HIFN 442, or 445. A comparative study of the political systems of 
China, Japan, India and other selected Asian countries. 

GVPT 484 Government and Politics of Africa (3) Prerequisite GVPT 170 A 

comparative study of the governmental systems and political processes of the African 

countries, with special emphasis on the problems of nation-building in emergent 

countries. 

GVPT 485 Government and Politics of the Middle East (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 

A comparative study of the governmental systems and political processes of the 

Middle Eastern countries, with special emphasis on the problems of nation-building in 

emergent countries. 

GVPT 486 Comparative Studies in European Politics (3) Prerequisite GVPT 280, or 

consent of instructor. A comparative study of political processes and governmental 

forms in selected European countries. 

GVPT 487 The Government and Politics of South Asia (3) Political systems and 

governments of such countries as India, Pakistan, BanglaDesh, Ceylon, and Nepal. 

GVPT 492 The Comparative Politics of Race Relations (3) Impact of government 
and politics on race relations in various parts of the world. The origins, problems, and 
manifestations of such racial policies as segregation, apartheid, integration, 
assimilation, partnership, and nonracialism will be analyzed. 
GVPT 622 Quantitative Methods For Political Science (3) Introduction to 



302 GVPT — Government and Politics 



quantitiative methods of data analysis, with emphasis on statistical methods and 
computer usage. Measures of association, probability, correlation, linear regression 
estimation techniques, introductory analysis of variance, and use of package computer 
programs. 

GVPT 700 Scope and Method of Political Science (3) Required of all Ph.D. 
candidates. A seminar in the methodologies of political science, and their respective 
applications to different research fields. Interdisciplinary approaches and 
bibliographical techniques are also reviewed. 

GVPT 707 Functional Problems in International Relations: Comparative Systems 

(3) A survey from Kautilya to Kaplan of the literature in IR theory with an emphasis on 
comparative historical systems. 

GVPT 708 Seminar in International Relations Theory (3) An examination of the 
major approaches, concepts, and theories in the study of world politics with special 
emphasis on contemporary literature. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 hours. 

GVPT 710 Introduction to Graduate Study in Public Administration (3) An 

examination of the history, background, and trends of public administration and the 
basic concepts and the approaches utilized in the organizational process of public 
bureaucracies. Readings from textual sources will include the following: the study of 
public administration. The societal and political environment, organization theory and 
behavior, administrative law, comparative and development administration, policy and 
systems analysis, program planning and budgeting, manpower resources 
development, organizational performance and accountability. 

GVPT 722 Advanced Quantitative Methods For Political Science (3) Prerequisite: 
GVPT 622 or consent of instructor. Introduction to multivariate analysis. Elementary 
matrix algebra, multiple linear and curvilinear correlation and regression, analysis of 
variance, canonical correlation and regression, discriminant analysis, and several 
types of factor analysis. 

GVPT 729 Special Topics in Quantitative Political Analysis (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 
622 or consent of instructor. An intensive examination of special topics in quantitative 
methods of political analysis in such areas as survey research methods, exploratory 
data analysis, advanced data management techniques, or advanced methods of 
policy analysis. Repeatable for a maximum of six credits provided the topics covered 
are different. 

GVPT 730 Methods of Formal Political Theory (3) An introduction to the methods of 
formal theory, with emphasis on selected aspects of philosophy of science and on 
propositional and quantified logic. The limitations and potentialities of formal theory in 
both normative and empirical political science. 

GVPT 741 Political Theory (3) A graduate level introduction to the history of political 
philosophy and political theory. 

GVPT 750 Policy Evaluation (3) An examination of the application of social indicators 
and accounts, field and laboratory experimentation, formal modeling, and other 
techiques drawn from the social sciences to problems of public policy selected from 
various levels of the political system. 

GVPT 770 Seminar in American Political Institutions (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in the background and development of American 



GVPT — Government and Politics 303 



government. 

GVPT 780 Seminar in the Comparative Study of Politics (3) An examination of the 
salient approaches to and conceptual frameworks for the comparative study of politics, 
followed by the construction of models and typologies of political systems. 

GVPT 799 Masters Thesis Research (1-6) 

GVPT 802 Seminar in International Law (3) Reports on selected topics assigned for 
individual study and reading in substantive and procedural international law. 

GVPT 803 Seminar in International Political Organization (3) A study of the forms 
and functions of various international organizations. 

GVPT 808 Selected Topics in Functional Problems in International Relations (3) 

An examination of the major substantive issues in contemporary international relations. 

GVPT 810 Governmental Organization Theory (3) A study of recent developments in 
the area of organizational theory with an emphasis on empirical studies of 
organizational behavior. 

GVPT 812 Seminar in Public Financial Administration (3) Readings and reports on 
topics assigned for individual or group study in the field of public financial 
administration. 

GVPT 813 Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3) Reports on topics 
assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public personnel 
administration. 

GVPT 814 Developmental Public Administration (3) Reports, readings and/or field 
surveys on topics assigned for individual or group study in international, national, 
regional or local environments. 

GVPT 815 Government Administrative Planning and Management (3) Reports on 
topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative planning and 
management in government. 

GVPT 816 Studies in Comparative Governmental Administration (3) An examination 
of theoretical concepts and empirical findings in the field of comparative administation. 
Individual readings and research dealing with the civil services of western and 
non-western nations will be assigned. 

GVPT 818 Problems of Public Administration (3) Reports on topics assigned for 
individual study and reading in the field of public administration. 

GVPT 822 Problems in Quantitative Political Analysis (3) Prerequisite: Three hours 

of statistics or consent of instuctor. Study of selected problems in quantitative political 

analysis. 

GVPT 826 Seminar in Public Opinion (3) Reports on topics assigned for individual 

study and reading in the field of public opinion. 

GVPT 827 Seminar in Political Sociology (3) Prerequisite - GVPT 427 or equivalent 

Inquiries into the conceptual and theoretical foundations of and empirical data in the 

field of political sociology. Individual readings and research problems will be assigned, 

dealing with the social contexts of politics and the political aspects of social 

relationships. 

GVPT 828 Selected Problems in Political Behavior (3) individual reading and 



304 GVPT — Government and Politics 



research reports on selected problems in the study of political behavior. 

GVPT 831 Formal Theories of Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 730 or consent of 
instructor. Survey of major formal theories of politics, with emphasis on those theories 
based on the assumptions of rationality. The theory of public goods, game theory, 
coalition theory, and the theoretical properties of voting systems. 

GVPT 838 Topics in Formal Political Theory (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 831 or consent 
of instructor. An examination of selected topics in formal theory. Theories of justice, the 
voters paradox, the liberal paradox, the effects of costly information, and theories of 
regulation. 

GVPT 840 Analytical Systems and Theory Construction (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 700 
Examination of the general theoretical tools available to political scientists and of the 
problems of theory building. Attention is given to communications theory, 
decision-making, game theory and other mathematical concepts, personality theory, 
role theory, structural-functional analysis, and current behavioral approaches. 

GVPT 841 Great Political Thinkers (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 441. Intensive study of one 
or more men each semester. 

GVPT 842 Man and the State (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 442. Individual reading and 
reports on such recurring concepts in political theory as liberty, equality, justice, 
natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty, nationalism and the 
organic state. 

GVPT 844 American Political Theory (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 444. Analytical and 
historical examination of selected topics in American political thought. 

GVPT 845 Marxist Political Theory (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 443 or consent of 
instructor. Intensive study and analysis of the leading ideas of Marx and Engels and 
their development in the different forms of social democracy and of communism. 

GVPT 846 Theories of Democracy (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 442. A survey and analysis 
of the leading theories of democratic government, with attention to such topics as 
freedom, equality, representation, dissent, and critics of democracy. 

GVPT 847 Seminar in Non-Western Political Theory (3) Intensive study of selected 
segments of political theory outside of the Western European tradition. 

GVPT 848 Current Problems in Political Theory (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 443 
Intensive examination of the development of political theory since the Second World 
War. 

GVPT 850 Applied Foreign Policy Analysis (3) Individual research and reporting on 
standards of policy performance and analysis with emphasis on data display, 
information organization, forecasting, and rational resource allocation. 

GVPT 857 Seminar in American Foreign Relations (3) Reports on selected topics 
assigned for individual study and reading in American foreign policy and the conduct 
of American foreign relations. 

GVPT 859 Selected Topics in Public Policy (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 750 or consent of 
instructor. An examination of selected topics in public policy, such as judicial 
education, health, welfare, and resources policy. Repeatable for a maximum of six 
credits provided the topics covered are different. 

GVPT 862 Seminar On Intergovernmental Relations (3) Reports on topics assigned 



GVPT — Government and Politics 305 



for individual study and reading in the field of recent intergovernmental relations. 

GVPT 868 Problems of State and Local Government (3) Report of topics assigned 
for individual study in the field of state local government throughout the United States. 

GVPT 869 Seminar in Urban Administration (3) Selected topics are examined by the 
team research method with students responsible for planning, field investigation, and 
report writing. 

GVPT 871 Seminar in Public Law (3) Reports on topics for individual study and 
reading in the fields of constitutional and administrative law. 

GVPT 873 Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading about the composition and organization of legislatures 
and about the legislative process. 

GVPT 874 Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in the fields of political organization and action. 

GVPT 876 Seminar in National Security Policy (3) An examination of the 
components of United States security policy. Factors, both internal and external, 
affecting national security will be considered. Individual reporting as assigned. 

GVPT 878 Problems in American Government and Politics (3) An examination of 
contemporary problems in various fields of government and politics in the united 
states, with reports on topics assigned for individual study. 

GVPT 881 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Soviet Union (3) An examination 
of government and politics in the Soviet Union. 

GVPT 883 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Asia (3) An examination of 
governments and politics within Asia. 

GVPT 884 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Africa (3) An examination of 
governments and politics within Africa. 

GVPT 885 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Middle East (3) An examination 
of governments and politics within the Middle East. 

GVPT 886 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Europe (3) An examination of 
governments and politics within Europe. 

GVPT 887 Seminar in the Politics of Developing Nations (3) An examination of the 
programs of political development in theremerging nations with special references to 
the newly independent nations of Asia and Africa, and the less developed countries of 
Latin America. Individual reporting as assigned. 

GVPT 888 Selected Topics in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3) An 

examination of special topics in comparative politics. 

GVPT 889 Selected Topics in Area Problems in International Relations (3) Special 
topics concerning regional problems in the relations of states. 

GVPT 898 Readings in Government and Politics (3) Guided readings and 
discussions on selected topics in political science. 

GVPT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



306 Health Education Program 



Health Education Program 

Professor and Chair: Burt 

Professors: Greenberg, Leviton 

Associate Professors: Clearwater, Miller, Allen, Beck, Feldman 

Assistant Professors: Fertziger, Hollander, McKay 

The department of Health Education offers a program designed to prepare students to 

enter health education and related health professions in teaching, research, consulting, 

and administrative roles. Graduates of the program have placement opportunities in 

professional education, research, health maintenance, public schools, health care 

delivery and promotion, and private and governmental consulting settings. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy. The Masters program offers both thesis and non-thesis options. 

The Department offers fully developed tracks of study and some field experience in 
the areas of Controlling Stress & Tension, Health Behavior, and Safety Education. 
Advanced degree study is not limited to these areas. Each student, in consultation with 
the Director of Graduate Studies, designs an individual program of study to meet 
his/her projected professional needs. 

Admission is open to students holding at least a bachelor's degree in areas related 
to the social, psychological, or biological basis of human health. Entrance 
requirements include two semesters of human anatomy and physiology, an 
undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 and graduate GPA of 3.5, satisfactory G.R.E. scores 
(quantitave and verbal sections), and letters of recommendation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The student may experience specific application of theory through numerous field 
studies and departmental service programs in the areas of controlling stress and 
tension, children's health and development, programs for the aged, weight control, 
women's health, and safety education. Special departmental facilities include the 
Psychophysiological Research Laboratory, the Biofeedback Learning Lab, and the 
Safety Education Center. 

The proximity of the National Institutes of Health, the National Library of Medicine, 
and the Library of Congress render the University of Maryland unusually well suited for 
graduate work in health education. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of Graduate Teaching and Research Assistantships are available 
through the department. University fellowships may also be obtained. 

Additional Information 

For any additional information and program specifics, write to: 
Dr. Roger Allen 

Director of Research & Graduate Studies. 
Department of Health Education 
University of Maryland 



HLTH — Health 307 



Courses 

HLTH — Health 

HLTH 420 Methods and Materials In Health Education (3) Prerequisites HLTH 105 
OR 140, 310 or consent of instructor. The purpose of this course is to present the 
interrelationships of curriculum planning, methodology and the selection and use of 
teaching aids and materials. Special problems associated with health teaching are 
discussed. Students will become familiar with a variety of resources as well as 
planning for and presenting demonstration lessons. 

HLTH 430 Health Education in the Workplace (3) A survey of the role of health 
education in work settings. Examination of occupational stress, the health effects of 
shift work, women's health in the workplace, health education approaches to informing 
workers and management, and health promotion programs in the workplace. 

HLTH 450 Health of Children and Youth (3) A study of the health of 5 to 18 year 
olds. Physical, mental, social, and emotional health. Psychosexual development, diet, 
exercise, recreation, and the roles of parents and teachers. 

HLTH 455 Physical Fitness of the Individual (3) A study of the major physical fitness 
problems confronting the adult in modern society. Consideration is given to the 
scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of fitness at all age levels. Such 
problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special exercise 
programs are explored. This course is open to persons outside the fields of physical 
education and health. 

HLTH 456 Health of the Aging and Aged (3) Psychological, physiological and 
socio-economic aspects of aging; nutrition; sexuality; death, dying, and bereavement; 
self-actualization and creativity; health needs and crises of the aged. 

HLTH 460 Problems in School Health Education in Elementary and Secondary 
Schools (2-6) This is a workshop type course designed particularly for inservice 
teachers to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services, 
healthful environment and health instruction. 

HLTH 465 Safety Program Evaluation (3) Examination of the methods and 
techniques used to evaluate safety programs, with special reference to managerial 
decision making, needs assessment and hazard recognition, evaluation and control. 

HLTH 470 The Health Program in the Elementary School (3) Prerequisites: HLTH 
105 OR 140; 310. This course, designed for the elementary school classroom teacher, 
analyzes biological and sociological factors which determine the health status and 
needs of the individual elementary school child. The various aspects of the school 
program are evaluated in terms of their role in health education. The total school health 
program is surveyed from the standpoint of organization and administration, and health 
appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon modern methods and current materials in health 
instruction. (The state department of education accepts this course for biological 
science credit). 

HLTH 471 Women's Health (3) The women's health movement from the perspective of 
consumerism and feminism. The physician-patient relationship in the gynecological 
and other medical settings. The gynecological exam, gynecological problems, 
contraception, abortion, pregnancy, breast and cervical cancer and surgical 
procedures. Psychological aspects of gynecological concerns. 



308 HLTH — Health 



HLTH 476 Death Education (3) Examination of the genesis and development of 
present day death attitudes and behavior by use of a multidisciplinary life cycle 
approach. 

HLTH 477 Human Sexuality (3) The biological and developmental aspects of human 
sexuality; the psychological and emotional aspects of sexual behavior; sexual identity; 
the historical, cultural, social, linguistic, legal and moral forces affecting sexual issues; 
the importance of communication, disclosure and intimacy in interpersonal 
relationships; and research trends in the area of human sexuality. 

HLTH 480 Measurement in Health (3) Two lectures and two laboratory periods per 
week. The application of the principles and techniques of educational measurement to 
the teaching of health and physical education; study of functions and techniques of 
measurements in the evaluation of student progress toward the objectives of health 
and physical education, and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching. 

HLTH 489 Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop (1-6) A course designed to 
meet the needs of persons in the field with respect to workshop and research projects 
in special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses. Note: the 
maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any degree in physical 
education, recreation, or health education under PHED, RECR, or HLTH 489 is six. 

HLTH 498 Special Topics in Health (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics of 
special interest in areas not covered by regularly scheduled courses. Repeatable 
when the subject matter is different. 

HLTH 600 Seminar in Health (1) 

HLTH 650 Health Problems in Guidance (3) 

HLTH 651 Seminar On the Health Correlates of the Aging and Aged (3) 

Investigates the most recent theoretical formulations, research data, and clinical and 
therapeutic approaches to improving the health status of the aging. Extensive readings 
and research project are required. 

HLTH 652 Seminar in Death Education (3) Prerequisite: HLTH 456 or permission of 
the instructor. The advanced study and investigation of human dying, death, 
bereavement, suicidal behavior, and their relationship to human health utilizing a 
multidisciplinary approach. 

HLTH 665 Health Behavior I (3) The psychological, social psychological, and 
sociological theories of health behavior. The relation of health knowledge, beliefs, 
attitudes, intentions, and behavior to preventive, illness, sick-role, and health utilization 
behaviors. 

HLTH 666 Health Behavior II (3) Prerequisite: HLTH 665. An advanced course with 
intensive training in health behavior research and the 'opportunity to carry out original 
research in health behavior. Patient-provider interaction, patient cooperation with 
medical treatment and other social and psychological influences on health care. 

HLTH 670 Status and Trends in Health Education (3) 

HLTH 687 Advanced Seminar (1-3) 

HLTH 688 Special Problems in Health Education (1-6) 

HLTH 690 Administrative Direction of Health Education (3) 



Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 309 



HLTH 710 Methods and Techniques of Research (3) 
HLTH 720 Scientific Foundations of Health Education (3) 

HLTH 730 Problems in Weight Control (3) Prerequisite: HLTH 720 or permission of 

instructor. A study of the causes, health cost, and control of obesity through analysis of 

lipid-glucose interaction; hunger-satiety theories and mechanisms; psycho-social 

forces in obesity; body composition, energy output; and disease states related to 

obesity. 

HLTH 740 Modern Theories of Health (3) 

HLTH 750 Stress and Disease (3) A study of the causative agents of chronic disease 
with particular emphasis on stress including the physiological response of the human 
organism to contemporary psycho-social stressors and mechanisms of adaptation and 
prophylaxis. 

HLTH 760 Public Health (3) 

HLTH 775 Health Education Program Planning and Evaluation (3) Prerequisites: 
HLTH 710 and permission of instructor. A systematic approach to the planning and 
evaluation of Health Education programs. Diagnosis of the social, psychological, 
educational and administrative aspects of the health education program. Program 
monitoring, rigorous methods of impact assessment, and the measurement of 
efficiency. 

HLTH 780 Applied Principles of Health Education (3) Prerequisite: HLTH 665 or 
permission of instructor. An application of psychosocial theory related to health 
behavior. The use of theoretical frameworks in developing group or individual 
instructional designs to affect psychosocial variables which impact upon health 
behavior. 

HLTH 785 Internship in Health Education (3) Prerequisites HLTH 665, HLTH 675, 
and HLTH 680; or permission of instructor. The application of previously acquired skills 
and knowledge to the planning, conduct, and evaluation of health education. 
Emphasis on education designed to affect and use psychosocial influences of health 
behavior. The setting of the internship will depend upon the student's background and 
career goals. 

HLTH 791 Curriculum Construction in Health Education (3) 

HLTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

HLTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 

Associate Professor and Chair: Hamlet 2 

Professor: McCall 

Associate Professors: Baker, Dingwall, Yeni-Komshian 1 

Assistant Professors: Fitzgibbons, Gordon-Salant, Roth, Ratner 

Professor Emeritus: Newby 

1 Affiliate appointment with Dept of Psychology 

2 Affiliate appointment with School of Dentistry 



310 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 



Admission and Degree Information 

The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences offers the M.A. degree with either 
the thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in speech and 
language pathology or in audiology. The Master's degree is required for individuals 
preparing for positions as speech pathologists or audiologists in the schools, in the 
hospitals or rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech centers, or in other clinical 
settings. Academic course work is combined with supervised clinical practice in the 
University Speech and Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical facilities, so that 
the graduate will meet the academic requirements for clinical certification by the 
American Speech and Hearing Association, and for licensing in the State of Maryland. 
The Master's degree program is accredited by the American Boards of Examiners in 
Speech Pathology and Audiology. 

Applicants for the M.A. degree with an undergraduate major in the hearing and 
speech sciences or a related field are considered for admission. The M.A. degree 
program usually requires a full two years of graduate study. The program of study for 
individuals without a background in the hearing and speech sciences may need to be 
extended beyond two years. Only full-time students are admitted to the program. 

The Department also offers the Ph.D. degree with major emphasis in speech and 
language pathology, audiology, neurolinguistics, psycholinguistics, speech science, or 
hearing science. Students with a Bachelor's degree or a Master's degree are 
considered for admission to the doctoral program. Advanced courses in statistics and 
experimental research design are required of all doctoral candidates. Students are 
encouraged to take appropriate courses in other departments. The Department does 
not require proficiency in a foreign language, although it is encouraged. Course 
programs for the doctorate degree are planned by the student and a committee of at 
least three faculty members. Qualifying interviews are scheduled for each candidate 
after completion of at least 12 semester hours in the program. Written and oral 
comprehensive examinations for admission to candidacy are scheduled at the 
completion of the formal course program. 

In addition to the application materials required by the Graduate School, the 
Department requires applicants to furnish scores on the aptitude portions of the 
Graduate Record Examination. Prospective applicants should note that decisions on 
summer and fall admissions are made in early March, and on spring admissions in 
early November. Early application is encouraged. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department's facilities include (1) a seminar room, (2) an integrated audio-visual 
listening and viewing laboratory, (3) a student teaching laboratory, (4) several modern, 
well equipped research laboratories and (5) a Hearing and Speech Clinic. The 
research laboratories support research in the areas of hearing science, perceptual 
phonetics, acoustical phonetics, physiological phonetics and language. The facilities 
include four sound rooms and an electrically shielded sound room. The Department's 
Hearing and Speech Clinic includes three 2-room audiological test suites and twelve 
diagnostic/therapy rooms equipped for observation. Additional research and clinical 
facilities are available in the Washington and Baltimore metropolitan areas. The Library 
of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, and the libraries of the various medical 
schools in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement the University's library at 
College Park. 



HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences 311 



Financial Assistance 

The Department is able to provide some financial support in the form of teaching, 
research or clinical assistantships or traineeships to approximately 40 percent of the 
graduate students enrolled. 

Additional Information 

Additional information about the M.A. and Ph.D. programs may be obtained by writing 
to the Chair, Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences. 

Courses 

HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences 

HESP 400 Speech and Language Development in Children (3) Prerequisite HESP 
300. Analysis of the normal processes of speech and language development in 
children. 

HESP 401 Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) Disorders of hearing, 
language and speech for non-majors. Communication disorders in children and adults, 
with emphasis on etiologies, characteristics, assessment and management. 

HESP 402 Speech Pathology I (3) Prerequisite: HESP 300. Etiology, assessment and 

treatment of language and phonological disorders in children. 

HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic Science (3) Prerequisite: HESP 305 An 
introduction to physiological, acoustic and perceptual phonetics: broad and narrow 
phonetic transcription; current models of speech production and perception. 

HESP 404 Speech Pathology II (3) Prerequisite: HESP 305. Etiology, assessment and 
therapeutic management of phonation. resonance, and fluency disorders in children 
and adults. 

HESP 406 Speech Pathology III (3) Prerequisite: HESP 303, 305. Survey of the 
dysarthrias and aphasias in adults from an interdisciplinary point of view. 

HESP 407 Bases of Hearing Science (3) Prerequisite: HESP 311. Fundamentals of 
hearing including the physics of sound, anatomy and physiology of peripheral and 
central auditory nervous system, psychophysical procedures used in measurement of 
auditory sensation and perception and topics in psychological acoustics. 

HESP 408 Principles and Methods in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology 

(3) Prerequisite: HESP 402, 411. The principles underlying the treatment of speech, 
language and hearing disorders in children and adults. 

HESP 411 Introduction to Audiology (3) Prerequisite: HESP 311. An introduction to 
the field of audiology. Evaluation and remediation of the hearing-handicapped. 

HESP 417 Principles and Methods in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology 

(3) Prerequisite: HESP 402, 411. The principles underlying the treatment of speech. 

language and hearing disorders in children and adults. 

HESP 418 Clinical Practice in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (3) 

Prerequisites: HESP 417. Supervised observation with some direct participation in 
clinical methods for the treatment of disorders of articulation, fluency, child and adult 
language; evaluation and habilitation/rehabilitation of hearing impaired children and 



312 HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences 



adults. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

HESP 438 Seminar: Special Issues in Early Childhood Special Education (1-3) 

HESP 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Selected topics in 
human communication and its disorders. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester 
hour credits, providing the content is different. 

HESP 499 Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A directed 
study of selected topics pertaining to human communication and its disorders. May be 
repeated for a maximum of six semester hour credits. 

HESP 604 Acoustical and Perceptual Phonetics (3) Laboratory techniques in 
analysis of the acoustical and perceptual characteristics of the speech signal. 

HESP 606 Basic Hearing Measurements (3) Prerequisite: HESP 411 or equivalent. 
Administration and interpretation of hearing tests by pure tones and by speech; 
screening and clinical test procedures. 

HESP 610 Aphasia (3) Language problems of adults associated with brain injury. 

HESP 612 Stuttering (3) 

HESP 614 Orofacial Anomalies (3) 

HESP 616 Language Disorders of Children (3) 

HESP 620 Articulation Disorders (3) 

HESP 622 Neuromotor Disorders of Speech (3) 

HESP 624 Voice Disorders (3) 

HESP 626 Language Disorders and Learning Disabilities (3) Language disorders in 
children: pre-school through adolescence. Effects of oral language disabilities on 
social and emotional development and learning of academic skills, including 
implications for assessment and remediation. 

HESP 630 Electrophysiological Measurements (3) Prerequisite HESP 606 or 
permission of instructor. Principles and techniques of impedance/admittance and 
electronystagmographic testing. 

HESP 634 Medical Aspects of Speech and Hearing Disorders (1-3) Lectures by 
physicians on embryological, anatomical, physiological, and neurological bases of 
speech and hearing disorders. 

HESP 638 Minor Research Problems (1-3) Special projects in Hearing and Speech 
Science. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 639 Special Topics in Hearing and Speech Sciences (1-3) Prerequisite: 
departmental permission. Intensive coverage of selected topics of current interest. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when contents differs. 

HESP 640 Advanced Principles of Hearing and Speech Therapy (3) Analysis of the 
clinical process with emphasis on the application of learning theory to treatment of 
speech disorders. 

HESP 648 Clinical Practice in Speech (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Supervised training in the application of clinical methods in the diagnosis and 
treatment of speech disorders. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits 



HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences 313 



HESP 649 Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor 
Supervised training in the application of clinical methods in the diagnosis and 
treatment of hearing disorders. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 700 Hearing-aid Characteristics and Performance (3) Electroacoustic 
characteristics of hearing aids. Methods of hearing-aid evaluation and selection. 

HESP 702 Diagnostic Procedures in Speech Pathology (3) Diagnostic tools and 
methods in the analysis of various types of speech disorders. Practicum required. 

HESP 704 Physiological Phonetics (3) Prerequisite: HESP 604. Laboratory 
techniques in the study of the speech mechanism. 

HESP 706 Advanced Clinical Audiology (3) Prerequisite: HESP 606 or equivalent 
Techniques for evaluation of children and adults presenting special diagnostic 
problems. 

HESP 708 Independent Study (1-6) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual 
research projects under guidance of a faculty member. Repeatable for a maximum of 
6 credits. 

HESP 710 Industrial and Environmental Noise Problems (3) Prerequisite: 
permission of instructor. Evaluation and control of noise hazards. Effects of noise on 
man. Medico-legal aspects of noise-induced hearing impairment. 

HESP 720 Structure and Function of the Hearing Mechanism (3) Anatomy and 
physiology of the peripheral auditory and vestivular systems and pathologies of the 
peripheral hearing mechanism. 

HESP 722 Experimental Audiology (3) Experimental techniques in the investigation of 
problems in audiology. 

HESP 724 Quantitative Methods in Hearing and Speech Science (3) Prerequisite: a 
course in basic statistics. Analysis of current procedures used in quantifying 
phenomena observed in hearing and Speech Science. 

HESP 728 Advanced Clinical Practice in Speech (1-8) Prerequisite: HESP 648 and 
permission of instructor. Clinical internship in selected off-campus facilities. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 8 credits. 

HESP 729 Advanced Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-8) Prerequisite: HESP 649 
and permission of instructor. Clinical internship in selected off-campus facilities. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits. 

HESP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

HESP 804 Instrumental Phonetics (3) Prerequisites: HESP 604 AND 704 or 

permission of instructor. Instrumental techniques in phonetic science. 

HESP 806 Administration of Hearing and Speech Programs (3) Problems of 
staffing, budgeting, and operating traning and clinical service programs. 

HESP 810 Experimental Design in Hearing and Speech Science (3) Prerequisite 
HESP 724 or permission of instructor. Design and evaluation of research projects. 
Preparation for undertaking the doctoral dissertation. 

HESP 820 Bioacoustics (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Functioning of the 
hearing mechanism in animals and humans. Laboratory research methods. 



314 History Program 



HESP 822 Psychoacoustics (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Study of human 
response to acoustic stimulation. 

HESP 826 Neurophysiology of Hearing (3) Processing of stimuli by the auditory 
nervous system. 

HESP 848 Seminar in Audiology (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 858 Seminar in Speech Pathology (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 868 Seminar in Speech Science (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 878 Seminar in Language Disorders (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

History Program 

Professor and Chair: Evans 

Professors: Belz, Berlin, Brush 1 , Callcott, Cockbum, Cole, Foust, Gilbert, Goodblatt, 

Haber, Harlan, Kent, McCusker.A. Olson, K. Olson, Price, Smith, Sparks, Warren, 

Yaney 

Associate Professors: Breslow, Darden 3 , Farrell 2 , Flack, Folsom, Friedel, Harris, 

Hoffman, Greenberg, Grimsted, Kaufman, Holum, Lampe, Majeska, Matossian, Mayo, 

Moss, Perinbaum, Ridgway, Spiegal, Stowasser, Weissman, Wright, Zilfi 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Eckstein, Gullickson, Nicklason, Rozenblit, Sumida, 

Williams 

1 joint appointment with Institute for Physical Sciences and Technology 

2 joint appointment with Secondary Education 

3 joint appointment with Philosophy 

The Department of History offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 

and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: United States, Ancient, 

Medieval, Early Modern European, Modern European, British, Russian, Latin American, 

African*, Middle Eastern*, East Asian, Diplomatic, Economic, Science, and Women's 

History*. 

*Asterisked fields at M.A. level only. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm grounding in a field of history for 
teaching purposes and as preparation for the pursuit of the doctorate. In addition to 
general Graduate School requirements, the aptitude parts of the GRE are required; it 
should be noted that an undergraduate major in history is not as such required for 
admission. Thirty credit hours are required for the degree. Twelve credit hours are 
normally in the major area of history and nine in a minor area. The minor may be taken 
within or outside the Department. Departmental requirements for the degree include 
two sections of a general seminar (Historiography, American, European, and 
Comparative World History), and two 800-level research seminars. A maximum of nine 
hours of credit may be taken in 400-level courses. For those students who select a 



History Program 315 



thesis option six hours in M.A. thesis research courses (HIST 799) are required. There 
will be a final oral examination confined to the thesis and the area in which it lies. 
Candidates have a non-thesis option under which they take 30 credits, submit two 
scholarly papers for deposit in the department, and pass a four-hour comprehensive 
examination in the major area, based on a list of approximately thirty books submitted 
by the student and approved by the advisory committee. 

Admission to the doctoral program will be decided by the student's M.A. examining 
committee on the basis of the student's record of achievement in coursework, written 
examination (if required in the student's major area), and thesis and oral defense of the 
thesis, or two submitted research papers. Students with M.A. degrees awarded at 
other institutions will be asked to submit substantial evidence of their written work 
when they apply for admission to the doctoral program. Doctoral candidates must 
complete three sections of the General Seminar. Within six semesters after entering 
the doctoral program every student must pass a general oral and a special field 
written examination in his or her major area and one written field examination in a 
minor area. These examinations will test a broad, intelligent, and informed handling of 
the major historical problems and literature of that field. 

An oral examination on the student's dissertation prospectus and a bibliography on 
the dissertation field are required. The dissertation is to be understood as constituting 
the largest single portion of the doctoral program: it is expected to be a distinct 
contribution to historical knowledge and/or interpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a reading competence in one foreign language; 
the language examination must be passed before the student takes the written 
examination in the major field. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the field concentrations described above, the Department of History 
offers several* forms of specialized training. In the field of historical editing the 
Department has introduced a successful internship course in archival work, in 
conjunction with the National Archives. Since 1970 the Department has sponsored a 
journal of history, The Maryland Historian, which features scholarly articles and reviews 
and which provides practical experience for graduate students in the production of a 
journal. The journal was founded and is managed and produced by graduate students 
in the Department of History. The Department also sponsors three major editorial 
projects: the Booker T. Washington Papers; the Samuel Gompers Papers; and the 
Freedom in Southern Society project. A number of History Department graduate 
students have gained valuable research and editing experience on these projects, 
which also receive support from the National Historical Publications and Records 
Commission. In conjunction with the Department of Philosophy, the Department of 
History offers a special program of study in the history and philosophy of science. This 
program, administered by a joint committee comprising members of both departmental 
faculties, offers undergraduate and graduate courses, sponsors lectures, issues a 
newsletter, and holds colloquia. Along with several other universities, the Department 
of History sponsors and participates in the Folger Institute of Renaissance and 
Eighteenth-Century Studies. The Institute offers seminars for graduate students and 
faculty, workshops, conferences, colloquia, and lectures. The Institute awards 
fellowships to graduate students, and several of these awards have gone to doctoral 
candidates from the University of Maryland History Department. Still another project in 
which the Department of History participates is the Caesarea excavations. This project 



316 HIST — History 



provides a rich source of theses and dissertation topics for graduate students in 
Ancient History. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department of History offers financial assistance principally in the form of teaching 
assistantships to outstanding graduate students. These positions, which vary in 
number according to the availability of funds and of which there were 41 in the 
academic year 1984-85, are awarded to advanced students working toward the Ph.D. 
or MA degree. Appointment as a teaching assistant provides students an opportunity 
to work closely with faculty members in the teaching of undergraduate survey courses 
in history. 

Additional Information 

Complete descriptions of programs and requirements may be obtained from the 
History Department. 

Courses 

HIST — History 

HIST 400 Independent Study (1-6) Prerequisite: departmental approval of research 
project and consent of the department. Available to all students who wish to pursue a 
specific research topic. 

HIST 401 The Scientific Revolution: From Copernicus to Newton (3) Major events 
in the history of physical science during the 16th and 17th centuries and their relation 
to philosophy, religion and society in Western Europe. The attack on ancient and 
medieval scientific theories; the transition from geocentric to heliocentric astronomy; 
discoveries of Kepler, Galileo and Newton; and the establishment of the "mechanical 
philosophy" that dominated early modern science. 

HIST 402 The Development of Modern Physical Science: From Newton to Einstein 

(3) The history of physics in the 18th and 19th centuries, including some of its 
connections with mathematics, technology, chemistry and planetary science. Emphasis 
on internal technical developments in physical theory, with some discussion of 
experimental, philosophical and sociological aspects. This is the second part of a 
three-semester sequence (HIST 401, HIST 402, PHYS 490); each part may be taken 
independently of the others. For HIST 402 the prerequisites are MATH 110 and PHYS 
112 OR 117, or equivalent competence in mathematics and physics. 

HIST 404 History of Modern Biology (3) The internal development of biology in the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including evolution, cell theory, heredity and 
development, spontaneous generation, and mechanism - vitalism controversies. The 
philosophical aspects of the development of scientific knowledge and the interaction of 
biology with chemistry and physics. 

HIST 405 Introduction to Archives and Manuscript Repositories I (3) Prerequisite: 
departmental approval. History of the basic intellectual problems relating to archives 
and manuscript repositories; emphasis on problems of selection, access, preservation, 
inventorying and editing as well as the variety of institutions housing documents. Must 
be taken concurrently with HIST 406. 



HIST — History 317 



HIST 406 Introduction to Archives and Manuscript Repositories II (3) Prerequisite 
departmental approval. Practical experience through placement in cooperating 
archives or manuscript repositories in the Baltimore/Annapolis/Washington, DC. Areas. 
Assignments to specific projects based on intellectual interest of students. Must be 
taken concurrently with HIST 405. 

HIST 407 History of Technology (3) A survey course designed for junior, senior and 
graduate students with a solid base in either engineering or history; it will cover the 
time span from Greek antiquity to the First World War. Technology will be studied as a 
cultural force controlled by laws of its own and operating within a distinctive 
conceptual framework. The course will concentrate on the changing character of 
technology in history and on the interactions between technology and other cultural 
forces such as science, philosophy, art, material culture, and the economy. 

HIST 409 Science, Medicine and Technology: Historical Topics (3) Selected topics 
in the history of medicine, science and technology. Specific descriptions will be 
available in the history department when the course is offered. May be repeated to a 
maximum of six semester hours. 

HIST 410 History of Medicine and Public Health (3) Survey of the history of medicine 
and public health from primitive times to the present, covering major medical theories, 
therapeutics, and techniques, the evolution of the medicine man or priest-physician 
into a professional medical practitioner, and the close relationship between medicine 
and society. 

HIST 412 Readings in Psycho-history (3) Application of psychological theories to the 
study of historical personalities and collective behavior; survey of relevant personality 
theorists, and an evaluation of recent contributions. 

HIST 413 History of American Medicine and Public Policy (3) History of American 
medicine and public health ranging from Indian medical concepts and techniques to 
today's highly sophisticated medicine; the role of the medical profession in society, 
development of medical education, emergence of public health, and current problems 
facing medicine. 

HIST 414 History of European Ideas I (3) Review of the basic western intellectual 
traditions as a heritage from the ancient-world. Selected important currents of thought 
from the scientific revolution of the 16th and 17th centuries down to the end of the 18th 
century. 

HIST 415 History of European Ideas II (3) A continuation of HIST 414 emphasizing 
19th and 20th century thought. 

HIST 416 Modern Jewish Intellectual History I (3) An introduction to the major ideas 
and ideologies of the Jewish people from the period of the expulsion from Spain in 
1492 until the generation of Moses Mendelssohn and his contemporaries at the end of 
the eighteenth century. The course will emphasize the major intellectual developments 
within the Jewish community shaped by its encounter with major cultural developments 
such as the Renaissance, reformation and religious scepticism as well as by the 
constant threats to its collective identity and physical well-being throughout this entire 
period. 

HIST 417 Modern Jewish Intellectual History II (3) An introduction to the major ideas 
and ideologies of the Jewish people from the end of the eighteenth century until the 
present. The course will consider the major intellectual responses to the problem of 



318 HIST— History 



Jewish identity in the context of the effects of political and social emancipation, 
nationalism and socialism, secularism and cultural assimilation, as well as political 
anti-semitism and physical extermination upon the Jewish community. 

HIST 418 Jews and Judaism: Selected Historical Topics (3) Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credit hours if topics differ. 

HIST 419 Special Topics in History (3) May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. 

HIST 422 Byzantine Empire I (3) The Eastern Roman Empire from Constantine the 
Great to the crisis of the ninth century. The development of the late Roman state into 
the Medieval Christian Byzantine empire and the evolution of a distinctive Byzantine 
culture. 

HIST 423 Byzantine Empire II (3) The Byzantine empire from the Macedonian 
renaissance to the conquest of Constantinople by the Turks in 1453: the Byzantine 
empire at its height, the crusades, Byzantium as a minor power, and its contributions 
to the Renaissance and the cultures of Russia and the Balkans. 

HIST 424 History of Russia to 1801 (3) 

HIST 425 History of Russia From 1801 - 1917 (3) A continuation of HIST 424. 

HIST 426 Age of Industry: Britain 1760 to 1914 (3) An economic, social, political and 
cultural analysis of Britain in the age of her industrial supremacy. The nature of the first 
industrial revolution; the emergence of modern social classes; the cultural impact of 
industrialization; politics and society in the early and mid-nineteenth century; 
Victorianism and its critics; imperialism and politics; high and low culture; the rise of 
labor; social and political tensions 1910-1914. 

HIST 427 Age of Decline: Britain 1914 to Present (3) British society since the First 
World War. The social, cultural, economic and political impact of the First World War; 
labor and politics in the 1920s and 1930s; the inter-war depression, appeasement and 
foreign policy; the social impact of the Second World War; the welfare state and 
nationalization of industry; the dissolution of Empire; the emergence of a consumer 
society; social criticism in 1950s; the economic and political problems of the 1960s 
and 1970s. 

HIST 430 Tudor England (3) An examination of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life, 1485-1603, with special emphasis on Tudor government, the 
English reformation and the Elizabethan era. 

HIST 431 Stuart England (3) An examination of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life, 1603-1714, with special emphasis on Puritanism and the English 
revolutions. 

HIST 432 Britain in the 18Th Century (3) Developments in Great Britain from the 
revolution of 1688 to the end of the Napoleonic wars. 

HIST 434 Constitutional History of Great Britain I (3) Constitutional development in 
England, with emphasis on the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the 
common law, the development of Parliament, and the emergence of systematized 
government. First semester, to 1485. 

HIST 435 Constitutional History of Great Britain II (3) Constitutional development in 
england, with emphasis on the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the 
common law, the development of parliament, and the emergence of systematized 



HIST — History 319 



government. Second semester, since 1485. 

HIST 436 History of the British Empire (3) An analysis of the development of the 
British empire since the American revolution. Particular emphasis is given to the 
problem of responsible self-government, the evolution of the British empire into a 
commonwealth of nations and the problems of the dependent empire. Recommended 
prerequisites - HIST 112, 113, 141, OR 254. 

HIST 437 Modern France From Napoleon to Degaulle (3) The changing political and 
cultural values of French society in response to recurrent crises throughout the 19th 
and 20th centuries. Students should have had some previous survey of either western 
civilization or European history. 

HIST 440 Germany in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1914 (3) The development of 
modern Germany and the rise of national socialism. 

HIST 441 Germany in the Twentieth Century, 1914-1945 (3) Germany's aims and 
policies during world War I, its condition and policies in the inter-war period, the rise of 
national socialism, and Germany's part in World War II. 

HIST 442 The Soviet Union (3) A history of Soviet Russia and the Soviet Union from 
1917 to the present. Stress on the relationship between Marxist theory and practice, 
and the development of peculiarly socialist institutions and practices. 

HIST 443 Modern Balkan History (3) A political, socio-economic, and cultural history 
of Yugoslav, Bulgaria, Romania, Greece, and Albania from the breakdown of Ottoman 
domination to the present. Emphasis is on movements for national liberation during the 
nineteenth century and on approaches to modernization in the twentieth century. 

HIST 444 Nineteenth Century European Diplomatic History (3) The development 
and execution of European diplomacy from the Congress of Vienna to the outbreak of 
World War I, concentrating on Central and Western Europe. 

HIST 445 Twentieth Century European Diplomatic History (3) The development and 
execution of european diplomacy from the outbreak of World War I to the conclusion of 
World War II, concentrating on Central and Western Europe. 

HIST 446 European Economic History to 1750 (3) Economic development of Europe 
from the manorial economy of medieval feudalism through the emergence of capitalist 
institutions and overseas empires to the advent of the industrial revolution. 

HIST 447 European Economic History Since 1750 (3) The mainsprings of the 
Industrial Revolution first in 18th century England and then across the rest of Europe 
during the 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasis on the English, French, German, 
Austro-Hungarian and Russian experiences with private capitalism and public policy, 
including fascism and communism. Social consequences of industrial development 
such as urbanization and the rise of labor movements. 

HIST 450 Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) The development of the 
American economy from Columbus through the Civil War. 

HIST 451 Economic History of the United States After 1865 (3) The development of 
the American economy from the Civil War to the present. 

HIST 452 Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898 (3) American foreign 
relations from the beginning of the American Revolution in 1775 through the 
Spanish-American War of 1898, including both international developments and 



320 HIST — History 



domestic influences that contributed to American expansion in world affairs, and 
analyses of significant individuals active in American diplomacy and foreign policy. 

HIST 453 Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1898 (3) American foreign 
relations in the twentieth century during the age of Imperialism, World War I, the Great 
Depression, World War II, and the Cold War. A continuation of HIST 452. 

HIST 454 Constitutional History of the United States: From Colonial Origins to 
1860 (3) The interaction of government, law, and politics in the constitutional system. 
The nature and purpose of constitutions and constitutionalism; the relationship between 
the constitution and social forces and influences, the way in which constitutional 
principles, rules, ideas, and institutions affect events and are in turn affected by 
events. The origins of American politics and constitutionalism through the constitutional 
convention of 1787. Major constitutional problems such as the origins of judicial 
review, democratization of government, slavery in the territories and political system as 
a whole. 

HIST 455 Constitutional History of the United States: Since 1860 (3) American 
public law and government, with emphasis on the interaction of government, law, and 
politics. Emphasis on the political-constitutional system as a whole, rather than simply 
the development of constitutional law by the Supreme Court. Major crises in American 
government and politics such as Civil War, reconstruction, the 1890's, the new deal 
era, the civil disorders of the 1960's. 

HIST 456 History of Ideas in America to 1865 (3) The ideas, conflicts, myths, and 
realities that shaped American character and society from the first settlements to the 
Civil War. 

HIST 457 History of Ideas in America Since 1865 (3) A continuation of HIST 456 

HIST 458 Selected Topics in Women's History (3) Selected topics on women in 
American society including such areas as women and the law, women and politics, the 
"feminine mystique" and the "new feminism." May be repeated to a maximum of six 
semester hours. Students previously receiving credit in HIST 408 may not enroll. 

HIST 459 Society in America: Historical Topics (3) A consideration of selected 
aspects of American society from colonial times to the present. Special emphasis on 
regionalism, immigration, nativism, minorities, urbanization, and social responses to 
technological changes. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are 
different. 

HIST 460 History of Labor in the United States (3) The American working class in 
terms of its composition; its myths and Utopias; its social conditions; and its impact on 
American institutions. 

HIST 461 Blacks in American Life: 1865 to Present (3) The role of the Black in 
America since slavery, with emphasis on twentieth century developments: the 
migration from farm to city; the growth of the civil rights movement; the race question 
as a national problem. 

HIST 462 The Civil War (3) A detailed study of historical interpretations; the forces, 
situations and events that caused the war; the war and its impact. 

HIST 463 History of the Old South (3) The golden age of the Chesapeake, the 
institution of slavery, the frontier south, the antebellum plantation society, the 
development of regional identity and the experiment in independence. 



HIST — History 321 



HIST 464 History of the New South (3) The experience of defeat, the restructuring of 
southern society, the impact of industrialization and the modern racial adjustment. 

HIST 465 History of the American Frontier: the Trans-Allegheny West (3) Major 
historical interpretation of the significance to the period of the Trans-Allegheny West. 
Assesses the impact of the frontier experience on American history. Equal attention is 
given to political, economic, social and cultural problems associated with the 
development of the west. Indian culture, treatment of the Indians, and Indian-White 
relations are integrated into the course through readings and lectures. 

HIST 466 History of the American Frontier: the Trans-Mississippi West (3) 

Exploration, settlement and development of the Trans-Mississippi West. Assesses the 
impact of the frontier experience on American history. Equal attention is given to 
political, economic, social and cultural problems associated with the development of 
the West. Indian culture, treatment of the indians, and indian-white relations are 
integrated into the course through readings and lectures. 

HIST 467 History of Maryland (3) Political, social and economic history of Maryland 
from seventeenth century to the present. 

HIST 470 Diplomatic History of Latin America (3) A survey of the political, economic 
and cultural relations of the Latin American nations with emphasis on their relations 
with the United States and the development of the inter-American system. 

HIST 471 History of Brazil (3) The history of Brazil with emphasis on the national 
period. 

HIST 472 History of the Argentine Republic (3) Concentration upon the recent 
history of Argentina with emphasis upon the social and economic development of a 
third world nation. 

HIST 473 History of the Spanish Caribbean (3) 

HIST 474 History of Mexico and Central America I (3) History of Mexico and Central 
America, beginning with the Pre-Spanish Indian cultures and continuing through 
European contact, conquest, and colonial dominance, down to the beginning of the 
Mexican War for Independence in 1810. 

HIST 475 History of Mexico and Central America II (3) A continuation of HIST 474 
with emphasis of the political development of the Mexican nation. 

HIST 476 History of Canada (3) A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the 
nineteenth century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United 
States. 

HIST 477 American Foreign Relations in the Age of Roosevelt (3) An intensive 
study of foreign relations from 1932 to 1945. Diplomacy in the Great Depression; rise 
and fall of American isolationism; "aid-short-of-war" in opposition to Axis aggression; 
FDR's conduct of foreign affairs during World War II; his guidance toward an 
expanded leadership role for the United States after the war; and beginnings of the 
Cold War with the Soviet Union. 

HIST 480 History of Traditional China (3) China from earliest times to 1644 A.D. 
Emphasis on the development of traditional Chinese culture, society, and government. 

HIST 481 A History of Modern China (3) Modern China from 1644 to the People's 
Republic of China. Emphasis on the coming of the west to China and the various 



322 HIST — History 



stages of the Chinese reaction. 

HIST 482 History of Japan to 1800 (3) Traditional Japanese civilization from the age 
of Shinto mythology and introduction of continental learning down to the rule of military 
families, the transition to a money economy, and the creation of a townsmen's culture. 
A survey of political, economic, religious, and cultural history. 

HIST 483 History of Japan Since 1800 (3) Japan's renewed contact with the western 
world and emergence as a modern state, industrial society, and world power, 
1800-1931; and Japan's road to war, occupation, and recovery, 1931 to the present. 

HIST 485 History of Chinese Communism (3) An analysis of the various factors in 
modern Chinese history that led to the victory of the Chinese communist party in 1949 
and of the subsequent course of events of the People's Republic of China, from ca. 
1919 to the present. 

HIST 491 History of the Ottoman Empire (3) Survey of the Ottoman Turkish Empire 
from 1300 A.D. To its collapse during World War I. Emphasis on the empire's social 
and political institutions and its expansion into Europe, the Arab East and North Africa. 

HIST 492 The Contemporary Middle East (3) This course covers the break-up of the 
Ottoman empire and the emergence of contemporary states of the area. 

HIST 495 Twentieth Century Algeria (3) A brief survey of the history of Algeria and 
an indepth study of twentieth century events leading up to and including the War of 
Liberation and Algerian independence. Reading knowledge of French desirable. 

HIST 496 A History of West Africa (3) West Africa from approximately 4500 B.C. To 
the colonial era. The development of agricultural and technological achievements, 
which made it possible for West African civilizations to emerge and endure and the 
development of the medieval and early modern state systems. The structure of West 
African societies, the people and their cultural history. 

HIST 497 Economic History of West Africa (3) The economic history of West Africa 
from neolithic times to the end of the colonial era. Reading knowledge of French 
desirable. 

HIST 600 Historiography (3) 

HIST 601 Methods in Historical Research (3) Techniques of historical research and 
writing, emphasizing archival research, evaluation of sources, bibliography, and form 
and style in writing. 

HIST 602 General Seminar: American History (3) Classic and new interpretations of 
American history with special attention to current directions of scholarship and 
research. 

HIST 603 General Seminar: European History (3) Classic and new interpretations of 
European history with special attention to current directions of scholarship and 
research. 

HIST 605 The Teaching of History in Institutions of Higher Learning (1) 

HIST 608 Occupational Internship (1-6) Prerequisite: permission of department 
chairman. Individually arranged internship tailored to individual student needs with a 
cooperating public or private agency in the metropolitan, Washington/ Baltimore area. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 hours. 



HIST — History 323 



HIST 609 Readings in the History of Medicine and Modern Science (3) 

HIST 618 Readings in the History of Women (3) 

HIST 619 Special Topics in History (1-3) 

HIST 628 Readings in Colonial American History (3) 

HIST 629 Readings in the American Revolution and the Formative Period (3) 

HIST 638 Readings in the Middle Period and Civil War (3) 

HIST 639 Readings in Reconstruction and the New Nation (3) 

HIST 648 Readings in Recent American History (3) 

HIST 658 Readings in American Constitutional History (3) 

HIST 659 Readings in American Intellectual History (3) 

HIST 668 Readings in American Social History (3) 

HIST 669 Readings in the Economic History of the United States (3) An 

examination of the major issues in the history of the economy of the United States from 
the 17th century to the present, as these have been discussed by the more important 
economic historians. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

HIST 678 Readings in American Labor History (3) Social and cultural history of the 
American working class with special attention to communities based on ethnicity, race, 
sex, residence and ideology; history of the labor movement; selected comparisons with 
working-class communities of other countries. 

HIST 679 Readings in the History of American Foreign Policy (3) 

HIST 689 Readings in Southern History (3) 

HIST 698 Readings in the History of the American Frontier (3) The american frontier 
experience 1763-1890. Equal emphasis on the Trans-Appalachian and 
Trans-Mississippi West. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

HIST 718 Readings in Medieval History (3) 

HIST 719 Readings in the History of the Renaissance and Reformation (3) 

HIST 728 Readings in Early Modern European History (3) 

HIST 729 Readings in Modern European History (3) Reading knowledge of some 
European language recommended but not required. 

HIST 739 Readings in the History of Great Britain and the British Empire 
Commonwealth (3) 

HIST 748 Readings in Modern French History (3) 

HIST 749 Readings in German History, 1815 to the Present (3) Reading knowledge 
of German is encouraged, but not required. May be repeated for a maximum of nine 
semester hours. 

HIST 758 Readings in Eastern European History (3) Selected topics in the history of 
the Habsburg monarchy and the successor states, Poland and the Balkans. Emphasis 
on the rise of nationalism during the 19th century and the experience with fascism and 
communism in the 20th century. 

HIST 759 Readings in Russian History (3) 



324 HIST — History 



HIST 768 Readings in Chinese History (3) 

HIST 769 Readings in Japanese History (3) 

HIST 778 Readings in Latin American History (3) 

HIST 779 Readings in Middle Eastern History (3) 

HIST 788 Readings in European Economic and Labor History (3) Selected topics in 
european economic history from 1648 to the second world war. Attention to the 
mainsprings of industrialization, the economic consequences of war and revolution, 
and the variety of European labor movements. An introduction to the use of 
quantitative methods is provided. 

HIST 789 Readings in Modern European Intellectual History (3) 

HIST 798 Readings in Jewish History (3) Readings on selected topics in Jewish 
history. Emphasis on analysis of primary sources. Reading knowledge of hebrew 
recommended. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits. 

HIST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

HIST 808 Seminar in the History of Medicine and Modern Science (3) PrerequislTE, 
HIST609 or consent of instructor. 

HIST 809 Seminar in the History of Women (3) 

HIST 818 Seminar in Historical Editing (3) An apprenticeship in the editing of 
documentary sources and scholarly articles for publication. Repeatable to a maximum 
of six hours. 

HIST 820 Seminar in Chinese History (3) 

HIST 821 Seminar in Japanese History (3) 

HIST 828 Seminar in Middle Eastern History (3) 

HIST 829 Seminar in Latin American History (3) 

HIST 838 Seminar in Ancient History (3) By permission of instructor only. May be 
repeated to a maximum of six semester hours* 

HIST 839 Seminar in Medieval and Early Modern European History (3) 

HIST 840 Seminar in Greek History (3) 

HIST 841 Seminar in Roman History (3) 

HIST 844 Seminar in the History of the Renaissance and Reformation (3) 

HIST 848 Seminar in Modern European History (3) 

HIST 849 Seminar in Russian History (3) 

HIST 850 Seminar in East European History (3) Research papers on the history of 
the lands which are now Austria, Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Poland and the Balkan 
states, from the 18th century to the present. 

HIST 851 Seminar in German History (3) Prerequisite: HIST 749, or consent of 
instructor. Reading knowledge of German is required. May be repeated to a maximum 
of six semester hours. 

HIST 852 Seminar in Modern French History (3) 

HIST 853 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Europe (3) 



HIST — History 325 



HIST 854 Seminar in 20Th Century European History (3) Seminar in 20th century 
European history, 1914 to present. Prerequisite: HIST 729, or consent of instructor. 

HIST 855 Seminar in Modern European Intellectual History (3) 

HIST 856 Seminar in Modern European Diplomatic History (3) Prerequisite: reading 
ability of either French of German; a course in modern European history. May be 
repeated for a maximum of nine semester hours. 

HIST 857 Seminar in the Social and Cultural History of Europe (3) Research 
methods for multi-generational family history, the comparative study of folk cultures, 
and the study of creative minorities. Includes a general introduction to research in 
European society and culture. 

HIST 858 Seminar in the History of Great Britain and the British 
Empire-Commonwe (3) 

HIST 859 Seminar in History of Modern Wars (3) 

HIST 860 Seminar in Tudor and Stuart England (3) 

HIST 861 Seminar in English Law and Government, 1550-1760 (3) Prerequisites: 
one of the following courses; HIST 430, 431, 432, 435 or consent of instructor. From 
the accession of Elizabeth I to the death of George II. 

HIST 878 Seminar in Colonial American History (3) 

HIST 879 Seminar in the American Revolution and Formative Period (3) 

HIST 880 Seminar in Southern History (3) 

HIST 881 Seminar in American Frontier History (3) A research-writing seminar 
dealing with selected topics related to the American frontier, especially the 
Trans-Appalachian and Trans-Missippippi west, 1774 to the 20th century. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six semester hours. 

HIST 882 Seminar in the History of Maryland (3) 

HIST 888 Seminar in the Middle Period and Civil War (3) 

HIST 889 Seminar in Reconstruction and the New Nation (3) 

HIST 890 Seminar in American Intellectual History (3) 

HIST 892 Seminar in American Social History (3) 

HIST 893 Seminar in the Economic History of the United States (3) A 

research-writing seminar dealing with selected topics in American economic 
development from the colonial period to the present. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
semester hours. 

HIST 894 Seminar in American Labor History (3) Advanced research and writing on 
selected topics in the history of American workers, their conditions, communities, 
organizations and ideas. 

HIST 895 Seminar in American Constitutional History (3) 

HIST 896 Seminar in the History of American Foreign Policy (3) 

HIST 898 Seminar in Recent American History (3) 

HIST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



326 Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science 

Concentration in the History and Philosophy 
of Science 

The Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science supervises graduate study 
leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in History or Philosophy. Courses are offered 
in a wide range of subjects in the history and philosophy of science and technology, 
and research facilities are available on the College Park campus and in the 
Washington area. For advanced research the emphasis is on the history and 
philosophy of physical and biological science in the 19th and 20th centuries; history of 
the philosophy of science and scientific ideas; genetics, computer science, 
geophysics and astronomy; and scientific institutions in the United States. Integration 
of historical and philosophical interpretations of science is stressed in both teaching 
and research. 

While academia is the traditional employer of historians and philosophers of 
science, other opportunities exist with museums, government, and industry. Academic 
opportunities for historians and philosophers of science recently have been more 
plentiful than for historians or philosophers in general. While the numbers are small, 
thus far the Committee has successfully placed all its degree recipients. 

Students should apply for admission to either the History Department or the 
Philosophy Department, indicating History and Philosophy of Science as the field of 
specialization. Since people with diverse backgrounds can be successful in this field, 
there are no rigid requirements for admission; the quality of a student's work in 
science, history, and philosophy, as demonstrated not only by grades and test scores 
but also by papers and independent projects, is more important than the numbers of 
credit hours in these subjects. But prospective students should also be warned that 
the minimum requirement for doing research in the history and philosophy of science 
covers substantially more areas than normally expected of Ph.D.'s in any one of the 
traditional fields of history or philosophy or a science; it includes training in a science 
equivalent to a B.S. (preferably M.S.) degree, proficiency in both oral and written 
expression, and ability to read at least one foreign language (preferably both French 
and German). 

The Committee also encourages applications from students who do not intend to 
obtain a Ph.D. in history and philosophy of science but desire only the M.A. as 
preparation for careers in science teaching, government service, technical 
administration, museum work, etc., or who plan to proceed to the Ph.D. in another 
field. 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the History and Philosophy 
departments for students who have adequate backgrounds in those subjects. 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to: 

Chairperson 

Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science, 

1131 Skinner Building, 

University of Maryland. 



Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the M.L.S. 327 

Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and 
the M.L.S. 

The Department of History and the College of Library and Information Services 
coordinate two master degree programs to meet the need for multidisciplinary 
graduate training for archivists, records managers, manuscript curators, rare book 
librarians, bibliographers, conservation administrators, and those wishing to become 
subject and research specialists in academic, special, and/or research libraries. 
Because of the University's proximity to a variety of immensely rich research 
collections, students are able through internships to gain first-hand experiences that 
reinforce their classroom instruction. 

The aim of the sequence of courses leading to the two degrees is to prepare 
students to understand the intellectual approach of the research scholar through 
historical training and to meet those research needs through the information services 
offered in CLIS. The coordinated curricula provide four main options: 1) Archives and 
records management; 2) Curatorship of Historical collections; 3) Scholarly editing and 
publishing; and 4) Reference, research and bibliographic services. The fifty-four hours 
required for the degrees combine twenty-four hours in each component, plus six 
elective hours. The M.A. -M.L.S. is a non-thesis plan, but students may choose to write 
a thesis when such research enhances their program. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students may apply for admission under the rubric HILS (History-Library Science) 
either through the Department of History or CLIS. Each has a co-ordinator who serves 
as an advisor for students. Since many of these courses are offered in sequence, it is 
important for students to work closely with these advisors. The two degrees are 
awarded simultaneously, and a student who fails to complete the special requirements 
for the coordinated degree programs may not receive either degree. If students 
subsequently wish to receive only one degree, they must transfer from HILS either to 
the graduate program in History (HIST) or to the College of Library and Information 
Services LBSC and fulfill the normal requirements for the separate M.A. or M.L.S. 

Financial Assistance 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the Department of History and the 
College of Library and Information Services has some fellowship aid for students in this 
course of directed study. These are awarded on a competitive basis in both 
components. 

Additional Information 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to the HILS Co-ordinator, in either the 
Department of History or the College of Library and Information Services. 



328 Horticulture Program 



Horticulture Program 

Professor and Chair: Quebedeaux 

Professors: Gouin, Solomos, Wiley 

Adjunct Professor: Galletta 

Professors Emeritus: Link, Scott, Shanks, Stark, Thompson, Twigg 

Associate Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp, Gould, Kundt, McClurg, Ng, Pitt, Schales, 

Schlimme, Stimart, Swartz, Walsh 

Assistant Professors: Healy, LaSota, Stutte 

Lecturer: Mityga 

The Department of Horticulture offers graduate study leading to the Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of Science degree is offered with both 
thesis and non-thesis options. Candidates place major emphasis in the areas of 
pomology, olericulture, floriculture, or ornamental horticulture. Within these commodity 
areas, students may direct their studies and research efforts to mineral nutrition, 
postharvest physiology, plant breeding, chemical growth regulation, water relations, 
plant propagation, histochemistry, photoperiodism and environmental control, and 
other factors affecting production, postharvest handling, and preservation of 
horticultural crops. The research activities required for the thesis or dissertation are 
normally carried out in conjunction with the research programs of the departmental 
staff. 

The candidate's program may be directed toward a career in research, teaching, 
extension education, or industry. Many recent graduates are currently involved in 
research and teaching at major universities; others are teaching at the vocational 
agriculture and community college level. Still others are employed as County Agents 
with the Cooperative Extension Service or work in research and development with the 
U.S. government or with private industry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students seeking admission should present undergraduate preparation in horticulture, 
botany, chemistry, and supporting agricultural disciplines. Those without this 
background are advised to enroll as undergraduate students to correct these 
deficiencies. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required. 

Students entering the doctoral program should have, or plan on completing, a 
Master of Science degree in Horticulture, although presentation of the M.S. in a related 
plant science field may be acceptable. 

Upon admission, the student selects a faculty advisor and an advisory committee is 
appointed. It is an early function of the committee to work with the candidate in 
developing a program of courses and research, to meet the goals and aspirations of 
the students. The Department requires no foreign language proficiency. A 
comprehensive, oral examination is given each candidate for the M.S.; candidates for 
the Ph.D. take an oral qualifying examination as well as a final oral exam covering the 
dissertation. 



HORT — Horticulture 329 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Modern laboratory and greenhouse facilities are located at the College Park campus. 
Laboratory instrumentation provides for chromatography, spectrometry, elemental 
analysis, histology, and other procedures. A system for automatically monitoring 
respiratory gases and volatiles is available in connection with controlled atmosphere 
chambers. Controlled-temperature storages and growth chambers provide facilities for 
postharvest and environmental control studies. Greenhouse and plot areas are 
available for research with floricultural and ornamental plants. Orchards for research 
with fruits are located at the Sharpsburg Research and Education Center. Other 
research studies are conducted cooperatively with fruit growers in the western part of 
the state. Field research with vegetable crops is carried on at the Vegetable Research 
Farm, Salisbury, and with ornamental and vegetable crops at Cheston-on-Wye near 
Grasonville. The Beltsville Research Center of the United States Department of 
Agriculture is located 3 miles from the campus. Students have the opportunity to 
attend seminars at the Research Center, to take specialized courses of the USDA 
graduate school and, in certain cases, to conduct research projects in cooperation 
with the personnel at the USDA Research Center. In addition to library facilities at the 
University, the National Agricultural Library at the Research Center is readily available 
to graduate students of the University. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate students are supported with financial aid. Research and teaching 
assistantships are offered - on a competitive basis - to students on full admission 
status, as available. All graduate assistants are expected to assist in the teaching 
program of the Department, and those in the M.S. program will follow the thesis option. 

Courses 

HORT — Horticulture 

HORT 411 Technology of Fruits (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: HORT 112, 
prerequisite: HORT 112, prerequisite: or concurrent BOTN 441. A critical analysis of 
research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and 
botany to practical problems in commercial production. 

HORT 417 Tree and Small Fruit Management (1) Primarily designed for vocational 
agriculture teachers and extension agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new 
and improved commercial methods of production of the leading tree and small fruit 
crops. Current problems and their solution will receive special attention. 

HORT 422 Technology of Vegetables (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: 
HORT 222, prerequisite or concurrent, BOTN 441. A critical analysis of research work 
and application of principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical 
problems in commercial vegetable production. 

HORT 427 Truck Crop Management (1) Primarily designed for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and 
improved methods of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and 
their solutions will receive special attention. 

HORT 432 Fundamentals of Greenhouse Crop Production (3) Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite: HORT 231. This course deals with a study of the commercial 



330 HORT — Horticulture 



production and marketing of ornamental plant crops under greenhouse, plastic houses 
and out-of-door conditions. 

HORT 433 Plants For Interior Decoration (2) Prerequisite: HORT 231 or permission 
of instructor. A study of the selection, production and use of plants for interior 
decoration and their installation and maintenance under interior conditions. 

HORT 451 Technology of Ornamentals (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: or 
concurrent BOTN 441 . A study of the physiological processes of the plant as related 
to the growth, flowering and storage of ornamental plants. 

HORT 453 Woody Plant Materials (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 212. A field and laboratory 
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings. 

HORT 454 Woody Plant Materials (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 212. A field and laboratory 
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings. 

HORT 456 Production and Maintenance of Woody Plants (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite or corequisite: HORT 271 , 454. A study of the 
production methods and operation of a commercial nursery and the planting and care 
of woody plants in the landscape. 

HORT 457 Ornamental Horticulture (1) A course designed for teachers of agriculture 
and extension agents to place special emphasis on problems of the culture and use of 
ornamental plants. 

HORT 471 Systematic Horticulture (3) Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and horticultural classification of 
fruits and vegetables. 

HORT 472 Advanced Plant Propagation (2) Prerequisite: HORT 271 . A study of the 
anatomy, morphology and physiology of the seed and plant as related to macro and 
micro forms of propagation. A review of research in propagation. 

HORT 474 Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticultural Crops (2) Two 

lectures a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 441 . Factors related to maturation and application 
of scientific principles to handling and storage of horticultural crops. 

HORT 489 Special Topics in Horticulture (1-3) Credit according to time scheduled 
and organization of course. A lecture and/or laboratory series organized to study in 
depth a selected phase of horticulture not covered by existing courses. 

HORT 682 Methods of Horticultural Research (3) Second semester One lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory period a week. The application of biochemical and 
biophysical methods to problems in biological research with emphasis on plant 
materials. 

HORT 689 Special Topics in Horticulture (1-3) First and second semester. Credit 
according to time scheduled and organization of the course. Organized as a lecture 
series on a specialized advanced topic. 

HORT 699 Special Problems in Horticulture (1-3) First and second semester. Credit 
according to time scheduled and organization of the course. Organized as an 
experimental program other than the student's thesis problem. Maximum credit allowed 
toward an advanced degree shall not exceed four hours of experimental work. 

HORT 781 Edaphic Factors and Horticultural Plants (3) First semester, alternate 
years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A critical study of scientific literature and current 



Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 331 

research concerning factors of the soil affecting production of horticultural plants. 
Selected papers are studied and critically discussed. Attention is given to 
experimental procedures, results obtained, interpretation of the data, and to evaluation 
of the contribution. 

HORT 782 Chemical Regulation of Growth of Horticultural Plants (3) Second 
semester, alternate years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A critical review of literature and 
current research relating to the use of chemicals in controlling growth, and useful in 
the production, ripening, and handling of horticultural plants and products. Emphasis 
is placed on experimental procedures and the interpretation of results, current usage 
in the potentials for future research. 

HORT 783 Environmental Factors and Horticultural Plants (3) First semester, 
alternate years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A study of the literature and a discussion of 
current research concerned with the effects of environmentla factors on the growth and 
fruiting of horticultural plants. Effects of temperature, light, and atmospheric conditions 
will be considered. 

HORT 784 Current Advances in Plant Breeding (3) Second semester Alternate 
years. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: HORT 274 or permission of instructor. 
Studies of the genetic and cytogenetic basis of plant breeding, systems of pollination 
control and their application, mutation breeding, methods of breeding for resistance to 
plant diseases and environmental pollutants. 

HORT 798 Advanced Seminar (1) Three credit hours maximum allowed toward the 
M.S. Degree or six credit hours maximum toward the PH.D. Degree. 

HORT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

HORT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Human Development Education Program 
(Institute for Child Study) 

Professor and Chair: Hardy 

Professors: Eliot, Goering, Grambs, Seefeldt, Torney-Purta 

Professors Emeriti: Bowie, Dittman, Goering, Kurtz, Morgan, Perkins 

Associate Professors: Bennett, Flatter, Gardner, Hatfield, Huebner, Koopman, Marcus, 

Matteson, Milhollan, Robertson-Tchabo, Rogolsky. Tyler 

Assistant Professors: Ames, Fox, Green, Holloway, Hunt, Taylor 

The interdisciplinary programs of the Institute for Child Study attempt to collect, 

interpret, and synthesize the findings of the human sciences that are concerned with 

human growth, development, and learning, and to communicate this synthesis to 

persons who need such understandings as a basis for their practice and planning. 

Courses are psychological in nature and are intended to increase the student's 

understanding of human behavior. Research thrusts are primarily concerned with the 

social aspects of human development. 



332 EDHD — Education, Human Development 



Admission and Degree Information 

The Institute for Child Study offers graduate programs leading to Master of Education, 
Master of Arts with thesis, Master of Arts without thesis, Doctor of Philosophy, and 
Doctor of Education degrees, and Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate (a 
planned program of 30 graduate hours beyond the Master's degree). In addition to the 
general requirements of the Graduate School and the College of Education, the 
Program requires scores on the Miller's Analogies Test competitive with other 
applicants for admission to master's and doctoral programs, and the possession of a 
master's degree prior to admission to the doctoral programs. The research oriented 
M.A. and Ph.D. degree programs in human development are designed to develop 
student competencies in the theoretical areas of biological, psychological, and 
sociocultural processes, and related research methods in human development. The 
practice oriented M.Ed, and Ed.D. programs are designed to develop student 
competencies in identifying the implications of scientific knowledge for specific 
situations through training in program design, management, delivery, and evaluation of 
human services consistent with current scientific knowledge of human development. 

The primary thrust of Institute programs is focused upon educational institutions 
and services and secondarily with other human services which might also draw upon 
scientific knowledge of human growth and development. The graduate program is 
intended to prepare people for service in schools and other community agencies 
dealing with individuals of all ages, to prepare teachers of human development in 
higher education, and to prepare research-oriented individuals for service in public 
(county, state or federal) or private organizations. A student's program is individually 
developed through consultation with advisers and appropriate committees to meet the 
unique needs of the student consistent with the purposes and goals of the Institute for 
Child Study. A listing of graduate degree requirements is available from the EDHD 
office. Knowledge of foreign languages is generally not required unless a need for 
foreign languages is indicated in the student's program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington, D.C. area and the University of Maryland are particularly rich in 
resources for graduate study in human development. The faculty of the Institute is 
uniquely multi-disciplinary, representing the broad range of the human sciences and 
related applied fields. The Institute has ongoing in-service field programs in child and 
youth study, and opportunities for participating in research. Internship experiences are 
available through cooperation with various agencies and schools in the area. 
Resources of the College of Education include a Center for Young Children, a 
Curriculum Materials Center, an Educational Technology Center, a Reading Center, 
Science Center, and financial and advisory support services for research and 
evaluation. 

Courses 

EDHD — Education, Human Development 

EDHD 400 Introduction to Gerontology (3) An overview of the processes of aging 
including physiological, sociological, and psychological aspects as an introduction to 
the field of gerontology. Analysis of physiological changes, cultural forces and self 
processes that have a bearing on life quality in the late years. Examination of 



EDHD — Education, Human Development 333 



community action in response to problems of the elderly Direct field contact with 
programs for the elderly. 

EDHD 411 Child Growth and Development (3) Growth and development of the child 
from conception through the early childhood years, with emphasis on development 
sequences in physical, psychological and social areas. Implications for understanding 
and working with young children in the home, school, and other settings. 

EDHD 413 A